EDUCATION RESOURCE CENTRE

FEDERAL CAPITAL TERRITORY, ABUJA

FCT SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL

TEACHING SCHEMES

S S ONE (1)

2014 Edition
EDUCATION RESOURCE CENTRE
Federal Capital Territory, Abuja

FCT SENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING SCHEMES

2014 Edition

Third Edition: 2014

Produced by ERC Mini Press

 Table of Contents

Foreword---------------------------------------------- Senior Secondary (Humanities)

A
Acknowledgement----------------------------------
rabic Language------------------------------------
Cross-Cutting Subjects
Christian Religious Studies-----------------------
Civic Education-------------------------------------- Economics--------------------------------------------
English Language----------------------------------- French-------------------------------------------------
General Mathematics------------------------------- Geography-------------------------------------------
One Trade Subject---------------------------------- Government-----------------------------------------
Senior Secondary (Science) Hausa Language-----------------------------------
A
History------------------------------------------------
gricultural Science---------------------------------
Igbo Language-------------------------------------
Biology--------------------------------------------------
Islamic Studies-------------------------------------
Chemistry----------------------------------------------
Literature-in-English------------------------------
Computer Science-----------------------------------
Music-------------------------------------------------
Further Mathematics--------------------------------
Visual Arts-------------------------------------------
Health Education-------------------------------------
Yoruba Language---------------------------------
Physical Education----------------------------------
Physics------------------------------------------------- Senior Secondary (Business)

Senior Secondary (Technology) Commerce-------------------------------------------

Au
Financial Accounting------------------------------
to-Mechanics--------------------------------------
Insurance--------------------------------------------
Basic Electricity--------------------------------------
Office Practice--------------------------------------
Basic Electronics-------------------------------------
Store Management--------------------------------
Building Construction-------------------------------
Trade Subjects
Clothing and Textile---------------------------------
Foods and Nutrition--------------------------------- Block Laying, Brick laying and Concrete work
General Metal Work--------------------------------- Carpentry and Joinery-------------------------------
Home Management--------------------------------- Catering Craft------------------------------------------
Technical Drawing----------------------------------- Cosmetology-------------------------------------------
Wood Work-------------------------------------------- Electrical Installation------------------------------
Data Processing------------------------------------ Fishery------------------------------------------------
Dying and Bleaching------------------------------ Garment Making------------------------------------
Machine Wood Work------------------------------
Marketing--------------------------------------------
Photographic---------------------------------------
Salesmanship--------------------------------------
Tourism----------------------------------------------
Radio, TV and Electrical work------------------
Auto Mechanic Work------------------------------
Upholstery-------------------------------------------
Painting and Decoration-------------------------
Printing Craft---------------------------------------
GSM--------------------------------------------------
Refrigerator and Air Conditioning -----------
Animal Husbandry--------------------------------
Furniture Making----------------------------------
Book Keeping-------------------------------------
 Forword
It is my utmost pleasure to introduce the 2014 edition of the FCT Senior
Secondary School Teaching Scheme. The previous edition was printed in
2004. Recent developments in Education Policy had necessitated the
provision of an entire new teaching scheme for the senior secondary
school. The NERDC has developed a new SSS Curriculum which took
effect from September, 2011.

In this new curriculum by NERDC, there are four compulsory subjects

which are English Language, Mathematics, Civic Education and a Trade
Subject. There are also 34 trade subjects from which schools can select
the ones they can adequately teach.

It is my hope that like the previous one, this edition will make teaching more
convenient, purposeful and result-oriented for our Teachers, Principals,
Monitors and Inspectors.

I wish to appreciate the effort of the FCT Education Resource Centre,

especially the Curriculum Development Division for the production of this
vital educational material.

Finally, I recommend the 2014 new Senior Secondary School Teaching

Schemes to all our Public and Private Senior Secondary Schools.

Kabir Usman

Secretary for Education

FCTA, Abuja

2014
 Acknowledgement
The review of the 2004 edition of FCT Senior Secondary School Teaching
Scheme was prompted by the approval of the new National Senior
Secondary School Curriculum developed by the Nigeria Educational
Research and Development Council (NERDC) by the National Council on
Education in 2011.

Consequently, some staff of the FCT Education Resource Centre (ERC) in

partnership with selected subject teachers had to develop new Teaching
Schemes for Senior Secondary School subjects which are grouped into
Compulsory Cross-Cutting Subjects, Senior Secondary Science, Senior
Secondary Business, Senior Secondary Humanities, Senior Secondary
Technology and the 34 Trade Subjects.

In this regard, I wish to register my unreserved gratitude to the Director,

FCT Secondary Education Board and all the teachers who participated in
the exercise. I also wish to acknowledge the following ERC staff especially
of the Curriculum Development Division who facilitated the success of the
exercise. They include Mrs. E.J. Akpabio, Head of Division, Mrs. S.A
Mustapha, Mrs. F.R Omowale, Mrs. S.B Saleh, Mrs. Osuji R.A., Mrs. Sai
Msurshima, Mrs. B.O Edegbe, Mrs. Maryam Yakubu, Mrs. Amaefule
Genevieve, Mal. Harisu Aminu, Mr. Bere B. Friday, Mrs. Ajinomoh Maryam,
Mr. Aribi Dan Asabe, Mrs. Kunle Kunbi T.T., Mrs. Anthonia Okoro-Opara,
Mal. Samba Bashir M., Mrs. Adesina Victoria, Mrs. Gloria Opera C., Mrs.
S.N. Enekebe, Mrs. Jongas Mercy, Mrs Felicia Okoh, Miss Egwu Patience
M., Mrs. Roseline Katuka, Mr. Okoro Chinasa, Miss Batubo Kaine, Mr.
Fakaa Timothy and Mr. Ibrahim Dalhatu.

I specially thank all others who contributed in various ways to the

successful completion of the exercise. We are very grateful to the Hon.
Minister of FCT, Senator Bala Mohammed and the Secretary for Education,
Kabir Usman for their kind support.
Mrs. Ramatu A. Ibrahim
Director, ERC
2014
 ENGLISH STUDIES

ENGLISH STUDIES SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK UNIT TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Speech Selected /j/ view, yam, beauty Teacher: gives

consonant /z/ beds, goes, buzz model
sound /j/, /z/, /ʒ/ /ʒ/ vision, television pronunciation
occasion. Kitchen Student: repeat
utensils, furniture, after the teacher.
uncle, aunt, nephew, Use the words in
father-in-law. sentence.
Teacher:
encourages
students to name
things and people
found in their.

Vocabulary Vocabulary Revision of common

associated with nouns
home and family Use of capital letters
in proper nouns.

Structures Nouns – Types of Short prose passage

nouns on home life.

Comprehension Reading to
comprehend main
or story line.

Writing Narrative 1. Topics 1. The teacher

composition a. My first day at explains the
school narrative
b. A day I will never composition.
forget. 2. Focuses on
c. The day I met an choice of words
AID patient. and tense forms for
d. A kidnapping narrative essays.
incident I 3. Explains the
witnessed. importance of well
e. The day Chukwu punctuated essays
was sentenced to for effective
prison for stealing a communication.
car. 4. Leads students
2. Tense forms for to generate topic
 narrative essays. sentences for
3. Developing topic different
sentences. paragraphs.
4. Appropriate 5. Leads the
sentences. Types – students to develop
simple, complex, and logical, flowing
compound sentences narratives.

2 Speech /ƻ/, /Ɵ/ /ƻ/ seen in words like 1. Show pictures of

– mother, brother, some of the items
broader, weather, and real objects as
than well as pronounce
/Ɵ/ - thin, thick, them
author, bath, mouth, 2. Use the words
wealth, wreath, cloth. contextually in
sentences e.g.
a. He has a big
brother
b. Her mother is
pretty.
c. He has a big
mouth.
d. Ojo thinks of his
parents all the time.

Vocabulary Vocabulary 1. Crops: grains, 1. Teacher explains

Development associated with seeds, seedlings, briefly the
Agriculture tubers, cassava, importance of
onions etc. farming while
2. Farming activities: students listen and
bush-clearing, state importance of
planting season, ridge farming.
making, staking, 2. The teacher
weeding, pruning, leads the students
manure, fertilizer etc. to identify common
3. Implements: crops and words
tractors, hoe, axe, associated with
cutlass, silo-barn, using real objects,
bull-dozer, harvester, charts, diagrams.
wicker etc. Students may also
4. other related words be taken on a visit
bumper harvest, to a farm. Students
famine, crop-rotation, list crops they know
a good harvest, a bad and how they are
harvest etc. planted. They
identify some
 farming activities
that they have
taken part in or are
familiar with.
3. The teacher
using chart, leads
students to identify
farming
implements. The
teacher leads the
students to identify
other words related
to crops and crop
farming.

Comprehension Reading to Use: 1. The teacher

comprehend main 1. Short prose operates and
ideas or story passages directs the use of
line. 2. Recorded, but short various aids.
prose passages. 2. Leads the
3. Short discussion on students to
topical issues. recognize and
4. Dialogue to bring identify the
out main key/main points in
points/themes, key the discourse.
points in all of the 3. Corrects
above listening and students where
discursion session. necessary.
Use passages on: Students participate
1. Corruption actively in listening
2. Environmental and discussions.
3. Pollution
4. HIV/AIDS etc.

Structure Nouns 1. Revision of noun. Uses short

2. The definite article passages to revise
and its function with nouns.
the noun. a. Nigeria is a big
3. Exception to the country
use of indefinite b. People love to
article with the noun. watch the game of
Note-use passages football.
and sentences to c. The boy kicked
revise nouns e.g. flu, the ball
malaria, cancer (no Students identify
definite article) nouns in short
 passages and
sentences.

Writing Writing for Expository 1. The teacher

effective composition reflecting explains expository
communication – current issues e.g. composition while
revising 1. Describe how students listen.
continuous writing external examinations 2. Teachers
(in given length) are conducted in the focuses on choice
country. This should of words and
not be more than 400 tenses and
words. students pick
2. Elections in the relevant tenses for
country- Nigeria. expository essays.
3. Loss of lives 3. The teacher
through plane crash. explains the
4. Excursion to Abuja. importance of
5. Drugs Abuse correct punctuation
6. Corruption in the for effective
society. communication.
Students learn to
punctuate a short
passage.
4. Teacher leads
the students to
discuss and
generate topic
sentences for
different
paragraphs while
students white a
good essay.

Vocabulary Vocabulary 1. Meaning of fishing. 1. The teacher

Development associated with 2. Words associated leads students to
Fishing and with fishing-hook, fish- explain the
Animal trap, line and sinker, meaning of fishing
Husbandry- fish pond, fish using diagrams,
Fishing season, fish dam, fish charts, and stories
equipment. while students
listen.
2. Teacher leads
the students to
identify words
associated with
fishing.
 3. Explain meaning
of selected words
to students while
students tell the
meaning of some
words listed on the
diagrams.
4. Teacher makes
sentences with
some words and
examples for
students to
emulate.
5. Students make
sentences with
selected words by
the teacher.

3 Speech Consonants Words like twist, 1. Teacher shows

followed by /w/ sweep, sweat, twig, strips of cardboard
twine with pre written
words showing the
sound.
2. Teacher
pronounces them
and uses them in
sentences.
Students imitate the
teacher’s
pronounciation.
3. Writes the
sentences on the
chalkboard.
4. Students make
sentences with the
words on the
chalkboard
Structure Noun Phrases The use of noun plus Teacher uses short
the definite article as passages and
the noun phrase. sentences to revise
The use noun plus an and teach noun
indefinite article as phrases e.g.
the noun phrase. a. The game was
watched by a great
crowd.
b. The boy kicked
 the ball
Students identify
noun phrases in the
sentences.
Note- “A boy” in A
boy is here to see
you. – is a noun
phrase as well

Comprehension Reading to Use: Teacher explains to

comprehend 1. Tape recorded the students the
supporting details passages points that are
2. Short prose supporting main
passages. points.
3. Students listen
Newspaper/magazine attentively and
clippings participate actively
4. Students reading in the exercises.
texts. Students identify
supporting details
in the passages.
Use dictionary
where necessary.

Writing Mechanics in 1. Paragraphing 1. Teacher defines

writing i.e. define. paragraphing
paragraphing, 2. Punctuation – full students listen
punctuation stop, comma, attentively.
spelling. Question mark. 2. Teacher uses a
3. Spelling – words short passage for
familiar to students full stop and
e.g. desk, pencil, hoe, comma exercises.
farm, water, food, Students insert
foot, chicken, goat. question marks
4. Doubling of appropriately in
consonants – spelling, questions with a
befitting, beginning, short passage.
announce, occasion, 3. Exercises on
pudding spellings.

4 Speech Consonants Words such as 1. Shows strips of

followed by /j/ curious, cure endure, cardboard with pre-
human, humour, written words
future showing the sound.
a. He is a curious boy 2. pronounce them
b. Should endure the correctly and use
 pain them in sentences.
3. Students repeat
after the teacher.

Summary Introduction to 1. Key words that aid 1. The teacher

summary through summary of speeches presents the
identifying key lectures. speech. Lecture or
words. a. in addition. passage to the
b. as well as pupils.
c. first; second; third 2. Explains the
etc significance of the
d. also words group of
e. furthermore words in
f. despite etc. summarizing
2. Passages, materials. The
speeches on current Students list the
issues in which these relevant words as
words can be found identified from the
e.g. presentation and
a. Right to peaceful list the key words
association already identified.
b. Right of a child 3. Teacher leads
c. security issues in students to identify
Nigeria the relevant topic
d. Service sentences signalled
by these words.
Students also make
a summary of the
presentation by
putting the
sentences together.

Structure Countable and 1. Revision of lesson 1. Selected

uncountable on nouns sentences and
nouns 2. Explanation of passages from
countable and students’ texts,
uncountable nouns newspapers and
3. Nouns are both magazine clippings.
countable and 2. Use these to
uncountable teach the various
depending on the aspects under
structure e.g. water – content.
a cup of water, sugar 3. Students ask
– two cubs of sugar. questions for clarity
4. Uncountable nouns of points and write
that are used in ten nouns that
 singular forms e.g. could be used both
news, advice, as countable and
trousers, scissors, uncountables
binoculars, sentences.
information. Students pick out
countable and
uncountable nouns
from a given
passage.

Writing Popular articles 1. A list of features of The teacher leads

for various typical newspaper students to list the
reading article differentiating feature of a
audiences them from features of newspaper article.
a letter or a speech. He/she displays a
2. Articles on issues sample article.
of current interest like Teacher leads
a. Bribery of public students to discuss
officers feature including
b. Fraudulent language and style.
acquisition of Students write a
properties. short article for the
c. The importance of school magazine.
good quality life. They identify/list
differences
between an article
and a speech or
letter.

5 Speech Syllabic 1. Syllabic in words 1. Pronounces the

Consonants /ɭ/ such as little, bottle, words with syllabic /
kettle, rattle, novel, ɭ/
simple. 2. Teacher uses
a. Little by little says a them in sentences.
thoughtful boy. 3. Uses flash cards
b. The bottle is on the and real objects to
table. drill the students.
c. The novel is 4. The students
interesting. imitate the
teacher’s
pronounciation,
repeating the
sentences. Note.
Use flash cards or
real objects.
Comprehension Reading to 1. Use short prose 1. Students
comprehend main passage participate actively
ideas or story 2. Literature text. in the discursions.
line. 3. Recorded short 2. Teacher corrects
passages. students where
4. Short discussion on necessary.
topical issues Note:
a) use tape
recorded
materials/prose
b) Short passages
c) Picture charts.

Structure Introducing 1. Process of 1. Explains the

nominalization of nominalization process of
objectives and 2. Functions of nominalization.
verbs nominalized words. 2. Teaches the
3. Form classes (parts nominalized words.
of speech) to be 3, Makes a list of
nominalized e.g. words and
adjectives nominalized words.
a. wise – wisdom 4. Use them in
white – witness contextual
long – length sentences.
strong – strength 5. Students build
Verbs – conquer – the table of
conquest objectives and
Dance – Dancing verbs and
Write – The writing nominalize them.
Note:
Materials includes:
a. list of selected
words
students text
3. Dictionary.

Summary Introduction to The teacher presents 1. Teacher

summary words that indicate presents a list for
continued. direction. students to follow.
Listening 1. Left turn 2. Presents them in
attentively to 2. right turn the context of the
follow directions 3. straight ahead passage
effectively 4. round about 3. leads the
5. specific sign posts students to follow
6. land marks the directions
(buildings, trees) 4. Leads students
 to identify the key
directional terms
5. Leads students
to describe to other
students how to get
to given
destinations e.g.
their Mosque.
Church, Market,
Stadium etc.
Students are
presented with
speeches/passages
containing
directions for
identification of
directional terms/list
marks and sign
posts.

6 Speech Syllabic Syllabic /n/ in such 1. Teacher

consonants /n/ words as soften, pronounces words
sudden, ripen, certain with syllabic /n/
a. Theme was a 2. Use them in
sudden knock on the sentences
door 3. Uses flesh cards
b. It is certain that she and real objects to
will visit. drill the students in
the
pronounciations.
4. Students imitate
the teacher’s
pronounciations,
repeating the
sentences
Structure Pronoun 1. Features 1. Teacher explains
The relative pronouns the features of a
are – whom, whose, relative pronoun.
which, that, who 2. Leads students
2. Functions in explaining their
a. who, whose, whom functions and
are used for human positions in
beings. sentences.
b. which and that are 3. Identify them in
used to describe sentences.
inanimate objects and 4. Use relative
 animals. However, pronoun in
that can also be used sentences.
for a person. Note:
c. position Materials for use
Relative pronouns are here include real
placed close to the objects, sentence
words to which they strips and
relate. They take the passages.
place of a noun and
also join two parts of
a sentence.

Writing Letter writing 1. Meaning of an 1. Teacher explains

Informal letter informal letter what an informal
2. Format letter is.
a. address 2. Teacher displays
b. salutation an informal letter
c. body sample.
d. closing (subscript) 3. Teacher calls
3. Language and tone students attention
of an informal letter to address, date,
(relaxed, flexible, not salutation
many rules, slang 4. Body
used, and colloquial 5. Teacher leads
usages) students to closing
statements.
6. Students
participate actively
7. Students write
their own closing to
the informal letter.

Vocabulary Words associated 1. The meaning of 1. Take students on

Development with animal animal husbandry a visit to a dairy
husbandry. 2. Meaning of poultry farm
and piggery 2. Get the farm
3. Words associated hands in the farm to
with dairy farming – supply the words
open cages milking for some of the
time, chicken disease, equipment and
Vet. Doctor, farm activities.
hand, rooster, day 3. Students list the
and chicks, broiler, equipment
fresh milk. 4. Listen and write
4. Other related words the names of
cattle, ranch, activities on the
 herdsmen, poultry etc farm, also write the
products of animal
husbandry
Note: Aids includes
– charts, diagrams,
dairy farm, selecte
reading text.

7 Speech Words of two 1. Words of two 1. Teacher:

syllables stressed syllables with stress pronounces words,
on the 2nd syllable on the 2nd syllable. uses them in
2. Words such as correct contextual
enjoy, impound, sentences e.g.
engulf, inform, incite, a) We enjoy
employ, invite, listening to Mr.
welcome, excite, Fisher.
divide etc. b) I will invite all my
classmates.
c). It is not good to
incite people
against others.
2. Teacher uses –
cardboards, strips
containing words
and sentences,
picture chart.
3. Students repeat
after the teacher
the words stressed
on the 2nd syllable
4. Students show
correct stress on
the words.

Structure Possessive 1. Features. 1. Teacher explains

Pronoun The possessive possessive
pronouns are His, pronoun.
Mine, Hers, Theirs, 2. Leads students
Ours, Its, Yours in explaining their
2. Functions: functions and
They replace nouns positions.
(human beings) 3. Guides students
‘Its’ replace an to identify
animate thing or possessive
animal. pronoun in
3. position – at the sentences.
 beginning of a 4. Leads students
sentence or at the to make sentences
end. with them.
5. Students use
these pronouns in
sentences of their
own.
6. Teacher uses
sentence strips and
real objects.

Comprehension Reading to Use 1. Teacher explains

comprehend word 1. Dictionary for initial contextual word
meaning through word meaning and meaning as
context other levels meaning approach to surface
of some words. or dictionary
2. selected passage meaning.
to identify certain 2. Express illustrate
words and other the explanation
contextual meanings practically in a text
3. Newspaper and or sentences.
magazine clippings 3. Students listen
with certain words attentively using
underlined for passages for their
identification of differences.
contextual usage. 4. Uses various
materials such as
recorded text.
Student’s text etc.
Newspaper
clippings,
Dictionary.

Summary Reading to assign 1. Selected prose 1. Teacher explains

a title or heading passages on tropical what summary is –
relevant to or current issues e.g. reduction of original
context. patriotism, prose work.
kidnapping, 2. Teacher revises
corruption. with students the
2. Recorded work on main and
passages of suitable supporting ideas.
levels in either 3. Students recall
narrative or how to identify main
descriptive form and supporting
details.
4. Teacher assigns
 title and students
do same in similar
ways at paragraphs
levels.
5. Teacher
emphasizes on
props such as – for
example, further
more similarly, first,
second.
6. Tapes, student’s
texts, chalkboard
are used.

8 Speech Words of two 1. Words of two 1. Pronounce them

syllables with syllabus with stress correctly while
stress on the 2nd on the second students repeat.
syllable syllable. 2. Teacher uses
continued. 2. Words such as them in correct
enjoy, impound, contextual
engulf, inform, invite, sentences. E.g.
incite, endure, ensure, a) We enjoy
belong, extend, listening to our
backbite, resolve, teacher
device, locate b) I will invite all my
classmates.
c) It is not good to
incite people
against others.
Use chalkboard,
cardboard, picture,
chart, strips
containing words.

Vocabulary Words associated 1. The definition of 1. Teacher

Development with Religion – traditional religion – expresses
Traditional shrine, cult, diviner, traditional religion
Religion oracle, divination, to students
charm, amulet, 2. Teacher assists
sacrifice, ritual etc. all students to list
words associated
with traditional
religion.
3. Students read
out a passage
reflecting traditional
 religion practices.
4. Students write
their observations
on the words e.g.
shrine, amulet,
sacrifice.
Use real objects,
charts, drawings, a
visit to shrine.

Structure Regular and 1. Revision of 1. Revise with the

Irregular Verbs previous lesson on students the
verbs previous lesson on
2. What are regular/ verbs
irregular verbs 2. Teacher explains
3. The four forms of step by step what is
irregular verbs. contained in the
4. Selected sentences content.
for identifying the Use the dictionary,
verbs under study. students’ texts,
printed list of
regular/irregular
verbs.

Reading Reading to make Use the following:- 1. Teacher teaches

Comprehension notes 1.Clipings from pupils the need for
newspapers, note taking from
magazines reading or listening
2. Students texts session.
3. Taped materials 2. Skills such as
on: a) listening
a) Honestly as a b) reading with
guiding principle concentration
b) Dignity in labour c) identifying key
c) Exam malpractice words
d) Injustice. d) Identifying main,
secondary points
e) Students apply
the skills under the
guidance of the
teacher.

9 Speech Listening to tell 1. A listening 1. Teacher reads

the meaning of selection selected passages
words in context a) passage to the students
b) story while they listen.
 c) poem 2. Students list
d) drama important words
2. Select current they hear.
national issues e.g. 3. Teacher leads
a) The Nigerian students to explain
Constitution the words in
b) Duties of a Citizen context.
c) Self control Use interesting
passages, stories,
poems, word cards,
sentence strips.

Structure Complex Tense 1. Simple tense I 1. Reverse

Forms come, you come, previous lesson on
he/she comes, we verbs e.g.
come. - continuous tense
2. More complex – verb + ing
forms as in – - simple present –
I am coming verb + s
I have come 2. Teacher goes
I have been coming through other forms
I may have been a. Have +v + en
deceived. b. Be verb + en
3. use more examples c. Be + verb + ing
for understanding d. Going to + verb
e. Shell + verb
3. Creates activities
and games

Continuous Descriptive 1. Descriptive 1. Teacher

Writing Essay/Compositio composition using identifies
n various topics – appropriate topics.
a. My school 2. Discusses the
b. The petrol station in appropriate kinds of
times of fuel scarcity words and
c. The Principals sentences.
house 3. Using a
d. A fire incident in my paragraph,
street discusses the
e. The aftermath of punctuation for
students’ riot in a descriptive writing.
school/town 4. Teacher leads
f. A funeral ceremony students to analyse
g. A flood disaster the sample
caused by blocked paragraph for all
drains etc. the characteristics
 2. Tense forms of a descriptive
(present, past) essay.
necessary for 5. Students develop
descriptive essay. a descriptive
3. Sample paragraphs paragraph following
on descriptive essay. the teacher’s
4. Short well prompting.
punctuated
sentences.
5. Choice of words –
adjs, verbs

Comprehension Reading to Use selected 1. Teacher explains

identify writers passages from what purpose; tone,
mood, tone and 1. Students’ text mood are. Use the
purpose. 2. Newspaper dictionary for
3. Radio/TV extracts definitions.
4. Recorded materials 2. Through actions
5. Questions based mood affects tone
on the selected and tone affects
materials for meaning and
identification of mood, purpose.
tone, purpose and Use dictionary,
meaning. selected prose,
passages, recorded
tapes and
chalkboard.

10 Speech Consonant Words such as: 1. Pronounces

sounds followed Quench, quiet, words correctly.
by k + w quarter, equality, 2. Uses them in
quality, question, contextual
equal. E.g. sentences.
a) Everybody was 3. Demonstrates
quiet because of no some of the words
noise sign. 4. Students imitate
b) He has the answer the teacher’s
to the question. pronunciation.
c) My friend lives in 5. Students read
the junior staff through the
quarters. sentences.
Use chalkboard,
flash cards, picture,
charts.

Structure Demonstrative 1. Features: 1. The teacher

 Pronouns The demonstrative explains
pronouns are that, demonstrative
those, these, this. pronoun.
2. Functions: 2. Teacher leads
They function by students to explain
replacing nouns. The their functions and
nouns can be living or positions.
non living things. 3. Students use
3. Position: them in sentences
They can start a of their own. The
sentence or end it. teacher uses flash
They can appear in cards, sentence
the middle of a strips, chalkboard
sentence. E.g. and real objects.
a. This is
unacceptable.
b. He prefers those.
c. These belong to the
school.
d. The school bought
that for use at the
sent forth ceremony.

Vocabulary Words associated 1. The definition of 1. The teacher

Development with Religion Islam and Christian speaks about
religion. religion
2. Words associated 2. Supplies some
with Islam and words associated
Christaian religion – with religion Islam
The Glorious Qur’an, and Christianity.
Holy Bible, One God, 3. Students list
Clergy, Sheik, Pope, more words
Bishop, Mallam, 4. Teacher reads a
Catechist, Pew, Aisle, passage on Islam
Monk, Num, Holy and Christianity to
Communion, Deacon, the students
Pastor, Ustaz, 5. Teacher leads
Reverend Father, students to visit
Elder, Evangelist, Mosque and a
Repentance, Prayer, Church.
Fasting, Convert, 6. Make sentences
Deaconess etc. with these words.
Use The Glorious
Qur’an and the
Bible, real objects,
pictures, charts,
 diagram, sentence
strips.

Continuous Formal Letter 1. Meaning of an 1. Teacher explains

Writing informal letter. what is formal letter
2. Format is.
a. address and date 2. Teacher displays
b. salutation a formal letter
c. body sample
d. closing (subscript). 3. Call students’
3. Language tone of a attention to
formal letter, formal address, date,
respectful, no salutation.
colloquial language, 4. Body.
no slangs. 5. Teacher leads
students to closing
statements.
6. Students write
their own closing to
the formal letter.
Use textbooks,
charts, sample of
letters (formal)

11 Speech Listening to 1. Listening to 1. Teacher leads

identify a selections of different students to
Speakers style styles. appropriate
2. Expository different styles.
materials 2. Teacher leads
3. Narrative materials students to identify
4. Descriptive characteristics of
materials the different styles.
5. Argumentative 3. Ask questions on
materials style.
4. Teacher leads
students to develop
paragraphs in
different materials
Use materials on
issues of current
interest.

Continuous Semi Formal 1. The meaning of 1. Teacher explains

Writing Letter semi formal letter. semi formal letter.
2. The format of a 2. Displays sample
semi formal letter. of semi formal
 a. address, date letter.
b. salutation 3. Calls students
c. heading attention to the
d. body. characteristics of
e. closing formal letter.
3. Language and tone 4. Examines the
semi formal body and language
4. The differences of semi formal
between letter.
informal/semi formal 5. Leads students
letter. to examine the
5. The person we complimentary
write semi formal close and the
letter to. signature as used
in semi formal
letter.
Use chart, class
text, sample letter.

Structure Differences 1. Definition of a 1. The teacher

between a phrase phrase. defines phrase and
and a clause 2. Definition of a clause.
clause. 2. The teacher lists
3. Differences the differences
between a phrase and between a phrase
a clause. and a clause.
4. Sentences 3. Sample
indicating phrases sentences are
e.g. The book, around presented by the
the Church, teacher in phrases
at the market. and clauses.
5. Sentences 4. Students listen
indicating clauses e.g. attentively and
The students were participate in writing
punished sample phrases
- because they came and clauses.
late Use the dictionary,
- I could not locate the chalk board, flash
street. cards, strips of
- He arrived. sentences.

Summary Writing a 1. Definition of a 1. The teacher

summary of a summary. defines a summary.
passage in a 2. Listed 2. Gives the
specified number characteristics of a characteristics of a
of sentences summary. summary.
 3. Sentences as 3. Gives sample
sample of sentences of
summarized summarized
paragraphs. paragraphs.
4. Keywords in 4. Strips of
summary, first, summaries of
second, furthermore. passages.

12 Revision Revision of 1. A list of consonants 1. Teacher lists

consonant on a chart. consonants on the
sounds, 2. Noun listed on a chalk board.
Revision of nouns board. 2. List nouns in a
types. 3. Definition of chart.
Revision of paragraph, comma. 3. Presents the
paragraphing, 4. Sample paragraph definition of
comma, spelling. and punctuated paragraph and
Revision on passage using comma.
summary comma. 4. Teacher gives a
5. Definition of a sample paragraph
summary. and a punctuated
passage.
5. Teacher leads
the students to
punctuate a short
passage.
Use students text,
chalk board,
summary, flash
cards for
punctuation marks.

13 Revision Revision Revision Revision

14 Examination Examination Examination Examination

ENGLISH LANGUAGE
SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK UNIT TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Speech Words of three 1. Words of three 1. Pronounce the words

syllables, syllables, stressed on correctly
stressed on the the 2nd syllable 2. Teacher uses them in
second syllable contextual sentences
2. Words such as e.g.
academy, frustration a. I own a soccer academy
 construction, b. The frustration in the job
collation, badminton, is too much
starvation, addition, c. The people in overalls
convulsion, are construction workers
conversion, depletion d. She is at the venue for
collation of results etc.

Structure Phrases – Types 1. Definition of a 1. Defines the phrase

phrase
- a group of words 2. Lists different phrases
that do not contain a with examples
finite verb; it cannot
stand on its own to 3. Students participate
make meaning actively

2. List of types of 4. Students give their own

phrases examples of these phrases
- Noun Ph
- Adverbial Ph
- Adjectival Ph
- Prepositional Ph

3. Examples of
these phrases Noun
Ph – The book, a
clever boy, a school
Adv Ph – quickly,
stoutly built
Adj Ph – beautiful
house
- Clever boy
- Pre Ph – at the
door, beside the
river

Comprehen Reading to 1. An appropriate 1. Teacher selects

sion answer questions passage appropriate passage
2. A list of key words 2. Lists key words
3. Sample 3. Teacher leads students
sentences to locate these words in the
4. Sample questions dictionary
5. Sample answers 4. Writes sample
6. The use of sentences/questions
dictionary to define 5. Writes sample answer
these words for students to learn
 Continuous Debates 1. Definition of a 1. Teacher selects
writing debate appropriate title/topic for
2. A sample topic(s) debate
as selected by the 2. Teacher leads students
teacher to give points for and
e.g. against a topic
1. Science has done 3. Students participate
more Harm than actively
Good to Nigerian 4. Students write points for
society. a month topic proposing or
2. Farmer is better opposing the topic
than a Teacher in our
Society.
3. Boarding school is
better than a Day
school etc.

2 Speech Words of three 1. Words of three 1. Teacher pronounce the

syllables, syllables, stressed on words correctly
stressed on the the 1st or 2nd syllable 2. Teacher uses them in
1st or 2nd syllable 2. Words such as contextual sentences
‘concubine, e.g.
‘rhetorics, ‘beautiful, a. The man has many
proportion concubines
acceptance’ b. These are all rhetorics
c. His silence meant
2nd syllable stress – acceptance of what you
condition, reality, said
engagement, 2nd syllable stress e.g.
resumption a. No condition is
permanent
b. No resumption date has
been fixed for the students.

Vocabulary Words associated 1. Islamic religion 1. Teacher explains Islamic

Devt. with Religion – defined religion
Islam 2. Words associated 2. Teacher lists some
with Islamic religion words associated with the
(Koran, mosque, religion
hagj, pilgrimage, 3. Teacher asks students
ablution, jumaat, to list other words
Sheik, Ummra, 4. Makes sample
hadith, sunnaanbiya sentences with the listed
(prophet) Quliya words
(saint) Muslim 5. Students participate
festival – saleh, idel actively
 Maulud, id el kabir, id
el fitri, others – kettle,
praying mat etc.

Structure Introduction to Explain the process 1. Explains the process to

phrasal verbs I of this relationship students
a. Come + across, 2. Uses examples to
away, in by forward, illustrate points/process
off, out, up, round, to, 3. Brings out their
on, through meanings
b. Go + back, down,
after, through, under,
up
c. Call + off, out, in

Continuous Creative writing 1. Features of a 1. Teacher leads students

writing introduced short play plot, to identify play, poem, story
character, style, 2. Teacher guides students
setting, theme, to write their own short
characterization stories, poems, plays

2. Features of a
poem – high, concise
language, verses
used, imageries etc.

3 Speech Listening to grasp - Tape recorded 1. Teacher reads the

main points in a speech, poem correctly
poem conversation 2. Teacher identifies main
- Radio broad cast points
- Materials of 3. Teacher lists main/key
varying lengths sentences
4. Teacher guides students
to identify other main
points
5. Teacher selects sample
poems, passages, play,
story on current issues

Structure Introduction to 1. Definition of Goes through the same

phrasal verbs phrasal verb process as phrasal verb I
continued 2. Explain the
(phrasal verb II) process of this
relationship
3. Give + up, in,
back, off, away, put +
 off, up away, on, into
Bring + back, about,
up in, out
Take + away, off, up,
in

Continuous Writing of reports 1. A report of any Teacher explains the

writing (features of technical or scientific format of a
different types of issue e.g. a technical/scientific report
reports) laboratory or Leads students to identify
research report – a main and supporting detail
report of an e.g. – Introduction – date of
experiment carried the experiment
out by the students - purpose
2. Features of a - the outcome/result
scientific report - conclusion
* Students write in a logical
manner their own reports.

Summary Summarizing a 1. The Teacher gives the

passage in a characteristics of a characteristics of a
specified number summary summary as a reminder to
of sentences 2. Key sentences as the previous lesson
continued summary of - Gives sample
paragraphs sentences
3. Key words under - Students write their
– lined as indicators own sentences as they
of important participate in
sentences exercises.
4. Sample passages
(students texts)
5. Selected
passages, speeches,
discussions.

4 Speech Words of four (4) 1. Words of four 1. Teacher pronounces the

syllables which syllables, stressed on words correctly
are stressed on the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd 2. Teacher uses them in
the 1st, 2nd and 3rd syllables correct contexts
syllables 2. Words such as
discrimination
education
Locomotion
Modulation
Television
These are stressed
 on the 3rd syllable
3. Individual
Ingratitude
These are stressed
on the 1st syllable
4. Encumbrances
Discriminate
Topography
These are stressed
on the 2nd syllable.

Structure Adjunct of place, 1. Adjuncts are 1. Reverse lesson on

time adverbials adverbs
2. They modify 2. Use adjuncts in
verbs, prepositional sentences
phrases, indefinite 3. Introduce games
pronouns and noun involving adjuncts
phrases
e.g. he was in the
house
prepositional phrase
of place.
He came quickly
adjunct of manner
They came for their
launch
Adjunct of reason.

Comprehen Reading to 1. Carefully selected 1. Teacher plays recorded

sion identify speaker’s passages, recorded martial
mood and tone material, speech 2. Students identify
continued 2. Main points in speaker’s main points
conversation, speech 3. Teacher asks questions
3. Materials of on the speech
varying length 4. Students list points of
dealing with life secondary importance
situations.

Continuous Informal letters 1. Definition of an 1. Teacher defines an

writing continued informal letter informal letter
2. Features of an 2. Writes a sample informal
informal letter letter
3. Sample informal 3. Teacher guides students
letter to list points
4. List points 4. Students write their own
appropriate for the letters with correct
 receiver of the letter address, date, salutation,
introduction, body and
5. Development of conclusion
the points into a good
length.

5 Speech Listening to grasp 1. Reading of - Discuss some specific

main points/ideas carefully selected speech, recorded topics
passages, recorded - Teacher leads students to
material identify main points
2. Listing of main - Students participate
points actively in locating main
points.

Continuous Expository essay 1. Definition of 1. Teacher defines

writing expository essay expository essay
2. Sample of 2. Lists punctuations in a
expository essay sample essay
3. Likely 3. Students write well
punctuations in an punctuated expository
expository essay essay
e.g. come, full stop, 4. Teacher lists processes
semi colon, to be exposed about
possible topics
- How to mend a tyre
- How to cook my best
soup

Vocabulary Words associated 1. The definition of 1. The teacher lists items in

developmen with medicine medicine the logical
t 2. List of 2. Teacher leads students
items/activities in the to a visit to a hospital
hospital 3. Students supply names
3. Personnel in the of activities in the hospital
hospital 4. Make sentences with
4.Sentences with words associated with
words associated medicine
with medicine
- theatre, syringe,
needle, operation,
surgery, nurse,
doctor, patient,
outpatient, ward, X-
ray, bandages,
drugs, files, beds,
etc.
 Structure Phrasal verbs 1. Explain the Goes through the same
continued process of process as phrasal verbs I
relationship of these
phrasal verbs
Sit + Up, down, in,
back
Close + up, in, by
Ride + up, on

6 Speech Stress timing 1. Appropriate 1. Teacher leads students

passages are to read fluently
selected by the 2. Timing – observing the
teacher information contained in
2. Newspaper every word
passages
3. Magazine
passages.

Structure Adjunct of 1. Adjuncts are Teacher leads the students

manner and adverbs to identify more – ly words
reason 2. Manner Adjuncts
mostly are words that
end in – ly
e.g. quickly, slowly,
sluggishly, swiftly
3. Reason adjuncts
use because.

Continuous Recording 1. Records defined 1. Teacher discusses other

writing keeping 2. Items used to keep ways of keeping records
records listed
- diary
- discs – books
- files – logs
3. Purpose for
keeping of records
4. Language of
records – concise,
accurate.

Vocabulary Synonyms as 1. Define synonyms Explains the meaning of

developmen words: 2. Quick/fast synonyms to students
t 1. with the same Strong/powerful
meaning Busy/engaged Leads students to identify
2. Nearly the enemy/foe synonyms in passages
 same in meaning fearless/bold
3. Nearly the same
in meaning
Security/safe
Guest/visitor
Adore/admire.

7 Speech Listening 1. Direction words Teacher guides students to

attentively to - near, behind identify direction words in
follow the Around, next to passages
directions
effectively.

Comprehen Reading to 1. Short passages Teacher guides students to

sion answer questions read fluently
from a passage 2. Students answer
questions from the
passage.

Structure Adjunct of reason 1. Adjunct of reason Teacher guides students to

use because e.g. give more sentences of
a). The students their own
were punished
because they arrived
late.

Vocabulary Antonyms – Antonyms – 1. Teacher leads students

developmen exactly opposite Good/bad to read the passage
t in meaning Friend/hostile
Discipline/indiscipline 2. Teacher leads students
Temporary/ to identify antonyms
permanent

8 Speech Listening to grasp 1. Argue points out to 1. Teacher leads students

ideas in a debate favour them to argue points
2. Use persuasive constructively
words.

Reading Reading to 1. An appropriate Teacher guides the

comprehen answer questions passage selected by students appropriately
sion the Teacher
2. key words
3. sample answers
4. use the dictionary
to define words .
 Structure Adverbial clause 1. The definition of 1. Teacher defines adverb
an adverb 2. Gives examples of
2. Sample sentences sentences
to show adverbs 3. Students give their own
modifying verbs sentences
3. Adverbs can
modify other adverbs
e.g
John walks very
slowly.

Continuous Writing of articles 1. Features of a

writing newspaper article
2.The differences
between features of
a newspaper article
and a speech or
letter
e.g.
Bribery of public
officers
Fraudulent
acquisition of
properties
Cleanliness is next to
Godliness.

9 Speech Dialogue 1. Dialogue defined 1. Teacher defines

2. Sample dialogue dialogue
2. A short passage of a
dialogue between
characters

3. Teacher leads students

to dialogue between them
on current issue
4. Teacher leads students
to punctuate dialogue
using question marks.

Structure Concord 1. Concord means

agreement. It means
agreement between the
noun, noun phrase or
pronoun and the verb
e.g.
 the boy jumps
the boys jump
the boys ride bicycle to
school
2. Compound subjects
The staff are training in
Sokoto
Here compound subject
takes a plural verb ‘are’

Continuous Formal letter Note – The language

writing continued should be forma,
subscription yours faithfully
signature
Full names Ado Bayero.

Vocabulary advertising 1. Teacher uses the words

developmen for students to see
t 2. Teacher leads students
to read the passage
3. Drills the class
4. Could invite an
advertising practitioner to
speak.

10 Speech Speaking to Use the skills 1. Revise with the students

persuade developed on oral the skills of oracy
composition to 2. Discuss time allocation
debate on topics panel of judges and time
such as keeper
Farmers are more
important than
doctors
Women are better
leaders
Corruption destroys a
nation.

Comprehen Reading to 1. Use newspaper 1. Teacher guides the

sion extract main clippings students
points 2. Magazine
clippings
3. Students text.

Structure Determiners 1. Determined 1. The teacher gives

(introduction) 2. List of determiners sample sentences e.g.
 are many, some, Any committee member
much, little, few, can raise a motion
each and any
3. Use such in
examples.

Vocabulary Stock exchange 1. Meaning

2. Words such as
Stock broker, shares,
dividends, profit,
speculator, margin
bankruptcy, customer
market.

11 General revision
Debate
Concord
(agreement)
Article/writing
Stock exchange
Formal letter
Informal letter.

12 Revision Revision Revision Revision

13 Examination Examination Examination Examination

ENGLISH LANGUAGE
SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK UNIT TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Speech Speech Intonation patterns Rising and falling tones in
sentence stress contexts

Vocabulary Vocabulary Words associated Passages on religion are

religion used to underline
appropriate register on
religion.

Comprehensio Comprehension/ Reading passage(s) Text book passages apex

n/ Summary for words’ meaning in studied by teacher and
Summary context students to get contextual
meaning.

Structure Structure Types of sentences Simple and compound

sentences are illustrated
 with examples.

Writing Writing Speech writing Definition and features of a

written speech.

2 Speech Speech Oral composition Students narrate stories

and answer teacher’s
questions on them.

Vocabulary Vocabulary Words associated Appropriate newspaper,

with advertising magazine or textbook
examples are studied as
models.

Comprehensio Comprehension/ Summarising a given The points to note in

n/ Summary passage summary writing
Summary

Structure Structure Types of sentences Examples of simple and

contd. compound students
summarise a given
passage.

3 Speech Speech Intonation patterns Rising tone with questions,

continued e.g. WH questions. Falling
tones with statements.

Vocabulary Vocabulary Words associated Passage on stock broking,

with the stock the stock exchange and
exchange capital market, (see
Newspaper).

Comprehensio Comprehension/ Reading a passage Students read and answer

n/ Summary on investment/stock comprehension questions
Summary broking

Structure Structure Complex sentences Introduction to

subordinating conjunctions
in complex sentence e.g.
that, which, etc.

Continuous Continuous Oral composition of a Students describe orally

writing writing descriptive essay first what they intend to
write about.

4 Speech Speech Emphatic Stress Use of simple sentences to

 illustrate shifts in meaning
using emphatic stress.

Vocabulary Vocabulary Synonyms of words Students are given

examples of words nearest
in meaning to other words
– quick/fast, close/near,
brave/fearless, etc.

Comprehensio Comprehension/ Reading for summary Students read and

n/ Summary summarise a given
Summary passage.

Structure Structure Clauses independent Students are led to

and dependent discover the similarities
clauses between simple sentences
and independent clauses

Continuous Continuous Composition on Students study an example

writing writing articles of an article before writing
their own

5 Speech Speech Simple polite Examples of polite

requests, simple requests, “May I, Could
greetings you? Excuse me, etc
should be dramatized.

Vocabulary Vocabulary Antonyms of words Words that are opposites in

meaning are taught e.g.
little/small/famous/
notorious/ancient/modern,
etc.

Comprehensio Comprehension/ Listening to tell the Students take turns to read

n/ Summary meaning of words in aloud while their mates
Summary sentence context answer the teacher’s
questions.

Structure Structure Noun clauses Teacher gives the

examples that distinguish
noun clauses from other
clauses.

Continuous Continuous Writing articles contd. Issues of current interest

writing writing are discussed by Teacher
and Student s before the
 students write the articles.

6 Speech Speech Oral composition for Discussions, debates and

expository essays other interactions in
speech.

Vocabulary Vocabulary Words associated Like speculator, profit

with investment margin, bullish, bearish,
dividends bankruptcy, etc.

Comprehensio Comprehension/ Reading to make Students are guided by

n/ Summary notes their teacher to make notes
Summary from passages read.

Structure Structure Adjectival clauses Complex sentences are

studied to prick out
adjectival clauses.

7 Speech Speaking to 1. The Skills Of 1. Teacher uses real clock

persuade/convin Debate/Argument to time participants
ce continued
2. The Two Sides To 2. Teacher leads students
An Argument. to introduce themselves
Proposing And and their topics
Opposing
3. Teaches students to use
3. Issues Of Current the dictionary to learn
Interest definition
a. Corruption and the
Nigerian state is 4. Gathering of points to
endemic convince
b. Women are better
leaders.

Structure More on 1. Definition of 1. Teacher defines

adjectival objective objective
clauses
2. Adjectival clauses 2. Students identify them
qualities a noun or
pronoun in the 3. Students make
sentence sentences with adjectival
clauses
3. They are e.g. the man whose brother
introduced by relative was sacked has committed
pronouns, who, suicide
whose, whom, and
 that The song which Clara sang
was very melodious
Comprehensio Reading to test 1. Mindful of question 1. Guides students to
n/ speed and marks observe punctuation marks
Summary accuracy
2. Mindful of full 2. Frequent reading to
stops increase speed

3. Mindful of pauses
(coma, semi colon,
colon)

Vocabulary Politics 1. Politics/politician 1. Teacher gives a story of

devt (register) defined a politician he/she knows
2. Words such as
party, opposition, 2. Teacher invites politician
power, democracy, to give a talk
campaign, election
electorate, polls, both 3. Use words in sentences
governor, poster, and orally in discussions
dividend,
independence.

7 Continuous Argumentative 1. Use class to 1. Organize debate

writing essay organize a between two groups
debate/argument 2. Select interesting topics
2. Skills of convincing 3. Teach presentation of
another person points
points, figures, 4. Conclusion of essay
illustrations, 5. Features salutation topic
rhetorical questions body, conclusion.

8 Speech Description 1. Use special words 1. Teacher leads students

(orally) to bring out to garnish stories with use
descriptions in of adjectives and adverbs
discourse 2. Describe friend, class,
2. Involve students school, house, car etc
participation of
describing real
objects, events.

Structure Words 1. Use of the 1. Guide students in

commonly miss dictionary activities
pelt 2. Words commonly 2. Introduce spelling
miss pelt conceive, games
thief, chief, grateful,
 beginning decision,
succeed, reference,
accommodation,
referred, across
occasion, omission,
recommend,
admission,
embarrass

Comprehensio Reading for 1. Connotative 1. Teacher gives dictionary

n word meaning in meaning is meaning and situational or
context situational meaning contextual meaning

2. Denotative
meaning is dictionary
meaning

3. Select passage
with implied meaning
to bring out
connotative meaning

Vocab. Devt. Words 1. Types of cameras 1. Use real objects

associate with 2. Words associated 2. Pictures
photography with photography 3. Students make
such as tripod, film, sentences with words
lenses, light meter, associated with
frame, exposure, photography
negative, dark room,
prints portraits,
passports, enlarge

9 Speech Listening to 1. Recorded material 1. Teacher guides students

identify a be handy here to understand style
speaker’s style 2. Students can read 2. Instruct on figures of
and others identify speech
the speaker’s style.

Structure Introduction to 1. Define Active 1. Teacher guide students

Active and Sentence to give more examples
passive tense 2. Define Passive 2. Use chart, pictures
Sentence chalkboard
3. Active Tense
S + V + O Ojo killed
a rat
4. Passive Tense
 O+V+S
A Rat Was Killed By
Ojo

Comprehensio Reading to 1. Select appropriate 1. Teacher guides the

n answer passages students as they answer
questions 2. Key words in the questions
passage listed 2. Ensure students follow
3. Sample answer instructions on number of
4. Use the dictionary answers and time allowed

Vocabulary British and American ‘Or’ As In 1. Teacher guides students

development American Color, Honor appropriately
spellings of British ‘Our’ As In 2. Differentiate between
common words Colour, Honour the two
American – Theater 3. Use American books
Center 4. Use British books
British - Theatre
Centre
American – Offense
Defense
British - Offence
Defence

10 Speech Listening to 1. Tape recorded 1. Pre-recorded material

grasp main material 2. Teacher asks questions
points or ideas 2. Main points in a to elicit the main points
in a speech lecture 3. Teacher leads students
3. Materials of to discuss the lecture,
varying length speech
4. Use real life
situations speech,
lecture, discussions

11 Speech Revision on 1. Pronounce the 1. Teacher leads the

consonant words correctly students to pronounce
sounds 2. The dictionary is a 2. Students use these
guide here consonants to write various
words

Structure Synonyms 1. Same in meaning 1. Students supply more

imitation/mimic, words
busy/eventful, 2. Make sentences with
tasteless/insipid, them
dogmatic/rigid,
timid/fearful
 fearless/bold/brave
2. Nearly the same in
meaning
Callous/reckless
Hard/unfeeling/
pitiless
Treason/sedition
Candid/true/sincere

Summary Reading for 1. Selected passages 1. Teacher leads students

summary 2. Issues on current to answer in number of
happenings sentences
3. Look for key words
that indicate points.

Continuous Revision on 1. Formal letter – 1. Teacher leads the

writing Differences letters to people in students to recognize the
between official capacity differences between the
informal and 2. Informal – letters formal and informal letters
formal letters to known faces, 2. Students write the letters
friends until they are conversant
3. Formal letter with them
- Writers address,
date
- receivers
address
- salutation
- title
- body
- conclusion
(subscript)
full name after
signature
Informal letter
- Writers address,
date
- Salutation
- Introduction
- Body
- Conclusion
(subscript but no
signature)
- First name or
nickname.

12 Revision Revision Revision Revision

13 Examination Examination Examination Examination

GENERAL MATHEMATICS
SS ONE FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 NUMBER BASES (I) Teacher:

i. Decimal base (Base 10) and i. Guides students to realize other bases
other bases e.g. base 2(binary) other than binary (base 2) and denary (base
base 7 (days of the week) etc. 10)
ii. Conversion from Base 10 to ii. Guides students to convert the following:
other bases, conversion from one base to the other, are numbers with
other bases to base 10. decimal fraction to base 10.
Students:
Mention other base such as 4, base
5(quandary), base 8(octal) base 16
(Hexadecimal).
Convert decimal fractions to base 10 and
one base to another base.
Instructional Resources:
Charts showing the conversion from one
base (except base 2) to another base.

2 NUMBER BASES (II) Teacher:

i. Problem solving, addition, Guides students to perform mathematical
subtraction, multiplication and operations of: addition, subtraction,
division of number in the various multiplication and division.
bases. Students:
ii. Conversion of decimal fraction Perform the mathematical operations.
in one base to base 10. Instructional Resources:
iii. Apply number base system to As in week one above.
computer programming.

3 MODULAR ARITHMETIC Teacher:

i. Revision of addition, division, Guides students to revise the mathematical
multiplication and subtraction of operations of integers
integers. -to define modular arithmetic and uses
ii. Concept of modular arithmetic activities to develop the concept.
iii. Addition, subtraction and - To add, subtract, divide and multiply in
 multiplication operations in modular arithmetic.
modular arithmetic. - To appreciate its application to shift duty,
iv. Application to real life menstrual chart, name of market days.
situations. Students:
-Define modular arithmetic
-Perform the mathematical operations in
modular arithmetic
-Appreciate the concept of modular
arithmetic and apply in daily life.
Instructional Resources:
Modular arithmetic charts, samples of shift
duty chart, menstrual chart.

4 INDICES Teacher:
i. Laws of indices and their Guides students to represent numbers in
applications e.g. indices and gives examples.
a. ax x ay = ax+y Explains laws of indices with examples, drill
b. ax/ay = ax-y students on problem solving.
c. (ax)y = axy Students:
ii. Application of indices, simple -Study the laws of indices and solve related
indicial/exponential equations. problems.
-Study the steps in indicial equation and
solve exercises.

5 STANDARD FORM (AX10n) Teacher:

i. Writing numbers in index form Guides students to convert numbers to
ii. Adding two numbers and standard form with emphasis on the values
writing the results in standard of ‘A’ and ‘n’.
form. Students:
iii. Subtracting one number from -Convert numbers to standard form
the other in standard form. -Convert long hand to short hand notation.
iv. Multiplying numbers in (i.e. ordinary form to standard form and
standard form standard form to ordinary form)
v. Dividing numbers in standard Instructional Resources:
form including square root of Charts of standard form and indices.
such numbers.

6 LOGARITHMS (I) Teacher:

i. Deducing logarithm from Guides students to learn logarithm as inverse
indices and standard form i.e. if of indices with examples.
 y=10x, then x=logy10 -Define logarithm and find the various values
ii. Definition of logarithm e.g. of expressions like logaN
log101000=3 -plot the graph of y=10x and read the
iii. Graph of y=10x using x=0.1, required values.
0.2,……….. -to find logarithm of a number
(characteristics, mantissa, differences and
locate decimal points) and the antilogarithm.
Students:
Deduce the relationship between indices and
logarithms.
Define logarithm and find the various values
of expressions like logaN numbers plot the
graph of y=10x.
Find the logarithm and antilogarithm of
numbers greater than 1.
Instructional Resources:
Indices/logarithms chart, definition chart of
logarithm, graph board with graph of y=10x,
graph book etc.

7 LOGARITHM (II) Teacher:

Calculations involving Guides students to read logarithm and
multiplication and division. antilogarithm table in calculation involving
multiplication and division.
Students:
Read the tables and solve problems
involving multiplication and division.
Instructional Resources:
Logarithm table chart and Antilogarithm table
chart made of flex banner logarithm table
booklet.

8 LOGARITHM (III) Teacher:

i. Calculations involving power -Guides students to read logarithm and
and roots using the logarithm antilogarithm tables in calculations involving
tables. powers and roots.
ii. Solving practical problems -Explain meaning of capital market.
using logarithm tables relating to -Solve related problems and other real life
capital market. problems.
iii. Explain the concept of capital Students:
 market operation Read the tables and solve problems
iv. Use logarithm tables in involving multiplication and division, and
multiplying the large numbers solve problems related to real life problems.
involved in capital market Instructional Resources:
operation. Logarithm tables chart, logarithm table
booklet etc.

9 DEFINITION OF SETS Teacher:

i. Set notation – listing or roster Guides students to:
method, rule method, set builder -define set
notation -define types of sets
ii. Types of sets: e.g. universal -write down set notations
set, empty set, finite set and -use the objects in the classroom, around the
infinite set, subset, disjoint set, school and within home to illustrate sets.
power set etc. Students:
Define set, use set notations
Identify types of sets.
Instructional Resources:
Objects in the classroom, sets of students,
set of chairs, mathematical sets, other
instrument etc.

10 SET OPERATIONS Teacher:

i. Union of sets and intersection Guides students to explain and carry out set
of sets complement of sets. operations:
ii. Venn diagram -explains Venn diagram, draws, interprets
iii. Venn diagram and application and uses diagram.
up to 3 set, problems -applies Venn diagram to real life problems.
Students:
Carry out set operations, draw, interpret and
use Venn diagrams.
Instructional Resources:
As in week nine above.

11 SIMPLE EQUATIONS Teacher:

i. Change of subject of formulae Guides students in the process involved in
ii. Formula involving brackets, changing the subject in a formula and carries
roots and powers. out substitution.
iii. Subject of formula and Students:
substitution. Follow the process involved in changing
 subject in a formula and substitute in the
formula.
Instructional Resources:
Charts displaying processes involved in
change of subject in a formula.
Charts displaying the various types.

12 SIMPLE EQUATION AND Teacher:

VARIATIONS Revises solution of simultaneous equations
i. Revision of simultaneous in two unknowns.
linear equation in two (2) Treats each type of variation with examples
unknown and solve problems in variation.
ii. Types and application of Students:
variations. Solve problems involving all types of
variations.
Instructional Resource
s:
As in week 11 above.
13 Revision/Examinations
14 Examinations

GENERAL MATHEMATICS
SS ONE SECOND TERM
WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 FACTORISATION OF Teacher:
QUADRATIC EXPRESSION OF i. Illustrates the factorization of quadratic
THE FORM ax2+bx+c where a, expressions using:
b, c are constants (a) Grouping (b). factor methods
i. Factorising quadratic ii. Teacher leads students to factorize
expression of the form ax2+bx+c quadratic expressions written in the different
ii. Factorising quadratic forms.
expression of the form ax2-bx+c Students:
iii. Factorising quadratic -Factorize quadratic expressions using the
expressions of the form ax2+bx-c methods.
iv. Factorising quadratic -Factorize the different forms given.
expressions of the form ax2-bx-c Instructional Resources:
v. Solving quadratic equation of Quadratic expressions and factors chart.
the form ax2+bx+c = 0 using Sharing at least six expressions each of the
 factorization method. form ax2+bx+c, ax2-bx+c, ax2+bx-c and ax2-
bx-c (could be in flex banners).

2 APPROXIMATION Teacher:
i. Rounding up and rounding Gives students two roots and leads them to
down of numbers to significant form a quadratic equation.
figures, decimal places and Students:
nearest whole numbers. Use the roots given to construct quadratic
ii. Application of approximation to equation.
everyday life Instructional Resources:
iii. Percentage error. Given values, in integer and fractions
incomplete table showing various numbers
and approximation to various significant
figures, decimal places etc. to be completed
in class as illustration

3 QUADRATIC EQUATIONS(III) Teacher:

i. Plotting graph in which one is - Leads students to construct tables of
quadratic function and one is a values, draws the x and y axis, chooses
linear function. scale, graduates the axis and plot the points.
ii. Using an already plotted curve - Leads students to observe where the
to find the solution of the various quadratic curve crosses the axis and write
equations. down the roots of the equation.
iii. Finding the gradient of a - Identifies the maximum and minimum
curve, the maximum value of y, values.
and minimum value of y and the Students:
corresponding values of x. - Follow the teacher lead in plotting the graph
iv. Solving a comprehensive - Follow the teacher leads and read the
quadratic and linear equation roots.
graphically. - Read the minimum and maximum values.
v. Word problem leading to Instructional Resources:
quadratic equations. Graph boards, graph books are mandatory.

4 LOGICAL REASONING (I) Teacher:

i. Meaning of simple statement – a. Uses examples to explain simple
open and close statements, true statements.
or false. b. State the true value of a statement
ii. Negation of simple statements c. States simple statements and writes
iii. Compound statements – not or “it is not true that” a negation of
conjunctions, disconjunctions, simple statements.
 implication, bi-implication with d. Guides students to write examples of
examples. compound statements and
distinguishes them from simple
statements.
Students:
i. Gives examples of the non examples of
simple statements writes the true value of a
given statements.
ii. Negates some simple statement using ‘not’
or ‘it is not true that’.
iii. Write examples of compound statements.
Instructional Resources:
Charts showing examples of simple
statement, true and false statements,
negation of statements.

5 LOGICAL REASONING (II) Teacher:

i. Logical operations and symbols Leads students to list the five logical
– Truth value table – compound operations and their symbols.
statement, Negation (NA), -Leads students to construct truth value for
conditional statement, bin- each operation.
conditional statement. Students:
List the five logical operations with symbols
and construct truth value chart for each.
Instructional Resources:
Truth table chart etc.

6 MENSURATION OF SOLID Teacher:

SHAPES (I) Guides students to find the length of arcs of
i. Length of arc of a circle with circle using cut card board practically,
practical demonstration, using deduces the formula and apply it in solving
formula problems.
ii. Revision of plane shapes – -cuts out sectors and segment, solve
perimeter of sector and segment exercises.
iii. Area of sector and segment. -guides students to cut a circle into sectors
and measure the angles.
-cut out triangle from a sector.
Students:
Practice the practical demonstration.
Participate in deducing the formula and apply
 it to solve problems carry out teacher
activities.
Follow the teacher instruction to carry out the
activities.
Instructional Resources:
Cardboard paper, rope, string, scissors,
drawings on cardboard showing various arcs
(minor and major arcs in a circle).

7 MENSURATION OF SOLID Teacher:

SHAPES (II) -Guides students to cut out a sector and
i. Relationship between the folding sector into a cone.
sector of a circle and the surface -Leads students to determine the relationship
area of a cone. between the sector of a circle and the
ii. Surface area of solids – cube, surface area of a cone.
cuboids, cylinder, cone, prism, -Revise the areas of the plane shapes that
pyramids. formed the listed solids and lead students to
find their surface areas.
Students:
-Follow the teacher in carrying out the
activities and observe the relationships
-Participate in the revision of the areas of the
solids.
Instructional Resources:
Cut out papers, (sectors and segments) etc.

8 MENSURATION OF SOLID Teacher:

SHAPES (III) -Revise the area of the listed solids and lead
i. Volume of solids – cube, students to find their volumes.
cuboids, cylinder, cone, prism, - show model of fraction of cones pyramids
pyramids, frustum of cone and and solve problems.
pyramids. -Lead students to solve problems on surface
ii. Surface area and volume of area and volume of compound shapes.
compound shapes. Students:
Participate in the revision of the areas and
volume of the solids.
-Solve problems on compound shapes.
Instructional Resources:
Shapes of cube, cuboids, cylinder, cone,
prism, pyramids, lampshade and buckets as
 frustum as cone etc.

9 CONSTRUCTION (I) Teacher:

i. Lines, line segments, bisection -Lists out steps for drawing a line segment
of a line segment e.g. horizontal, and how to bisect line segment.
vertical, inclined lines etc. -Leads students to construct special angles
ii. Construction and bisection of with the steps involved in bisection of angles.
angles e.g. 180o, 90o, 45o, 22o, Inspect them.
60o, 30o, 150o, 75o, 135o, 105o, Students:
1650 etc. List out triangle, draw a line and bisect,
iii. Construction of triangles construct the given angles and bisect them.
iv. Construction of quadrilaterals. Instructional Resources
Whiteboard, mathematical set, students
mathematical set. Teacher’s construction
instruments mandatory.

10 LOCUS OF MOVING POINTS Teacher:

i. Equidistant from 2 intersecting Guides students to list and explain the steps
straight lines involved in constructing locus of moving
ii. Equidistant from 2 points points equidistance from:
iii. Equidistant from a fixed point i. Two intersecting straight lines
etc. ii. Two given points
iv. Construction of locus iii. One point
equidistant from a given straight iv. A given straight line on the
line. chalkboard using chalkboard
mathematical set .
Inspects students constructing.
Students:
-Attempts to list and explain the steps
involved, write down the steps listed and
explained by the teacher and ask questions.
- Follow teacher’s demonstration on the
chalkboard by carrying out similar activities in
their exercise book with their mathematical
sets.
- Participate in the teacher’s re-
demonstration and take special notes of the
salient steps.
Instructional materials: As shown in week 9
 11 Revision/Examinations Revision/Examinations
12 Examinations Examinations

GENERAL MATHEMATICS
SS ONE THIRD TERM
WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 DEDUCTIVE PROOFS (I) Teacher:

i. Types and properties of triangles - Leads students to explain the format for
ii. Proofs of sum of angles in a carrying out proofs in geometry, by
triangle is 180o, the exterior angles explaining the concepts of: given, required
is equal to the sum of its two interior
to prove, construction, proof, conclusion.
opposite angles.
- Guides the students to prove the two
theorems on the board with necessary
diagrams.
- Assists students to carryout practical
demonstrations, and to solve examples and
give students some task to solve and inspect
them.
Students:
Participate in discussing the format for
proving geometrical theorem, take special
note of the format, then write them down and
ask questions.
-Solve the task given.
Instructional Resources:
Cardboard paper, cutout of triangles,
protractor to verify and establish the truth
about the theorem.

2 DEDUCTIVE PROOFS (II) Teacher:

i. Similar and congruent triangles Demonstrates on the chalkboard how to
ii. Isosceles and equilateral prove the followings:
triangles. Angles of parallel lines, angles in a polygon,
congruent triangles, properties of
parallelogram, deductive reasoning and
axioms using relevant models of plane
shapes.
Students:
 Participate in the teacher’s demonstrations
by contributing in making some deductions
and write down essential points agreed upon,
on angles of a polygon, congruent triangles.
etc.
Instructional Resources:
Parallel lines, congruent triangles, polygons,
cut out paper, protractors.

3 DEDUCTIVE PROOFS (III) Teacher:

i. Properties of parallelogram and - Leads students to demonstrate the
related quadrilaterals. properties of the riders using paper cutouts,
ii. Intercept theorem protractors, models of parallelogram,
iii. Parallelogram of the same polygon, congruent triangle etc.
base and between the same - Guides students to solve problems and help
parallel lines are equal in area. them to reproduce arguments based on the
reasons (theorem or axioms).
Students:
Carry out practical demonstration of the
properties of the rides along with the teacher
using paper cutouts, construct models of
plane shapes. Apply deductive reasoning to
solve the given practical problems.
Instructional Resources:
As in week 2

4 POLYGON – TYPES Teacher:

i. Sum of interior angles of any n- As in week 2 and 3 above.
sided polygon. Students:
ii. Sum of exterior angles of any As in week 2 and 3 above
polygon Instructional Resources:
iii. Problem solving on polygon. As in week 2 and 3 above.

5 TRIGONOMETRY (I) Teacher:

i. Basic trigonometric ratios, sine, - Shows students a chart of right angled-
cosine and tangent with respect triangle with a clearly marked angle.
to right-angled triangles. - Guides students to identify ratios forming
ii. Trigonometric ratio of special sine, cosine and tangent of the marked
angles 30o, 45o, 60o. angles. (verify the position of the marked
iii. Deriving trigonometric ratios of angles)
 30o, 45o, 60o. - Lead students to construct right angled-
triangles of 30o, 45o, 60o.
- Guides students to use the above shapes
to derive trigonometric ratios of 30o, 45o, 60o.
Students:
Study the chart; identify ratios forming cosine
and tangent of marked angle on the chart.
Draw right-angled triangles and use it to
solve problem involving calculation of
lengths, construct right-angled triangles of
30o, 45o and 60o.
Derive trigonometric ratios of 30o, 45o and
60o under teacher’s supervision.
Instructional Resources:
Charts showing trigonometric ratios of a right
angled triangle, pencil and ruler, protractor,
cutout shapes of right angled triangles
showing angles 45o, 30o and 60o respectively.

6 TRIGONOMETRY (II) Teacher:

i. Solving problems involving use i. Guides students to use sine, cosine and
of sine, cosine and tangent at tangents to solve problems involving
right-angled triangles. calculation of length, angles, angles of
ii. Application of trigonometric elevation and depression etc.
ratios of 45o, 30o and 60o to ii. Leads students to draw right-angled
solving problem without the use triangle of side 1 unit on the equal sides.
of calculating aids. iii. Guides students on how to derive
trigonometric of ratio.
iv. Leads students to measure the two other
angles in the right angled triangle.
v. Lead students to obtain sine and cosines
of various angles using measured lengths.
Students:
Solve problems on practical application of
trigonometric ratios under guidance of
teacher.
Obtain sine and cosine of various angles.
Identify the relationship between the
trigonometric ratios and the measured
values.
 Instructional Resources:
Chart showing unit circle etc.

7 TRIGONOMETRY (III) Teacher:

Trigonometric ratios related to Guides them to see the relationship between
the unit circle calculated sine and cosine of trigonometric
i. Draw graphs of sine from ratios and the angles measured with
0o ≤ ө ≤ 360o protractor in the unit circles.
ii. Draw graphs of cosine from Constructs table of values for 0o ≤ ө ≤ 360o
0o≤ ө ≤ 360o fie both sine and cosine, plots the points on
the graph board and draw the graphs.
Guides them on the activities to obtain
accurate values.
Leads them to obtain solution from graph
drawn.
Students:
Participates in the construction of table of
value for y and plotting of the points and
drawing of the graph.
Instructional Resources:
Graph board, graph book, pencils, and
mathematical sets. Mandatory.

8 STATISTICS Teacher:
i. Revision on collection, Guides students to:
tabulation and presentation of -information on their age, number of children
data. in the families and other areas of life.
ii. Construction of frequency -tabulates data collected
tables -lists various forms of presentation of data
iii. Bar charts and histogram e.g. bar chart, pie chart.
differentiate between bar chat -leads students to construct table from given
and histogram. data; draw bar chart and histogram.
Students:
Submit objects like corks brought to class.
Tabulate into specific categories, list various
of presentation of dates, table from given
data.
Draw bar chart and histogram.
Instructional Resources:
Ages of students recorded on cardboard,
 prices of goods, objects of different kinds.
Corks of soft drinks, posters containing real
life data.
Graph board, graph book.

9 STATISTICS (II) Teacher:

i. Calculating the sectoral Leads students to calculate the angular
component of pie chart. equivalent of the different frequency in a
ii. Drawing pie chart correctly. given distribution using the idea of ratio and
iii. Interpreting the pie chart and proportion.
bar chart. Guides students to draw pie chart using their
compass, and protractor.
Interpret the pie chart in terms of sectoral
angles.
Students:
Calculate sectoral angles, draw pie charts,
correctly to interpret data using the pie chart.
Instructional Resources:
Graph board, graph papers, a pair of
compass and protractor etc.

10 STATISTICS (III) GROUPED Teacher:

DATA Guides students to use frequency table to
i. Drawing histogram draw histogram.
ii. Estimation of mode from Leads students to construct table from given
histogram. data, construct group frequency table.
Guides students to use class boundaries to
draw histogram and how to read or estimate
mode from the histogram.
Students:
Participate in the activities with the teacher,
perform the instructions given by the teacher.
Draw histogram and estimate mode from the
histogram.
Construct frequency table of a grouped data.
Instructional Resources:
Graph board, graph papers etc.

11 STATISTICS (III) Teacher:

 Construction of frequency Guide the students to construct frequency
polygon of a given distribution. polygon of a given distribution.
Students:
Construct frequency polygon from a grouped
data.
Instructional Resources:
Graph board, graph papers etc.

12 Revision Revision
13 Examinations Examinations

CIVIC EDUCATION
SSS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC CONTENT

1 VALUE i. Meaning/definition of value

ii. Identify types of values.
2 VALUES CONTNUED Explain the following forms and the importance
of justice and selflessness.

3 OPPORTUNITY TO DEFEND i. Explain the meaning of opportunity

ONESELF to defend oneself
ii. Identify the various ways students
can defend oneself.

4 INVOLVEMENT IN i. Meaning/Definition of community

COMMUNITY SERVICES services
ii. Identify the types of community
services.

5 HIV AND AIDS i. Meaning

ii. Causes of HIV and AIDS
6 HIV AND AIDS CONTINUED Identify the symptoms and effects of HIV and
AIDS

7 HIV AND AIDS CONTINUED i. Prevention and control measures of

HIV and AIDS
ii. Stigmatization associated with HIV
and AIDS

8 YOUTH EMPOWERMENT i. Explain the concept of youth

empowerment
 ii. Concept of youth empowerment.

9 YOUTH EMPOWERMENT i. Identifying the various skills e.g. life-

coping, manipulative, intellectual,
communicative and artificial etc.

10 YOUTH EMPOWERMENT i. Importance of youth empowerment

and benefits of the skills.
ii. Practical work and specific skills

11 GOALS OF CITIZEN i. Meaning of citizenship

EDUCATION ii. Types of laws and rights of
individuals
iii. Structures and functions of
government

12 NATIONALISM i. Explain nationalism

ii. Major, local/world civic problems
iii. Nationalistic roles of individuals and
groups.

13 Revision Revision
14 Examinations Examinations

CIVIC EDUCATION
SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC CONTENT

1 DEMOCRACY i. Meaning/Definition of democracy.

ii. Explain representative democracy
iii. Characteristics of democracy.

2 RULE OF LAW i. Meaning/definition of rule of law

ii. Explain maximum benefits to the
citizens

3 RULE OF MAJORITY i. Meaning/Definition of rule of majority

ii. Steps to safe guide the minority.

4 MAJOR PILLARS OF i. The constitution

DEMOCRACY ii. Strong institution e.g. arms of
government – (executives,
legislature, and judiciary), Armed
Forces and Civil societies.
5 FEDERALISM i. Meaning/definition of federalism
ii. Federal, state and local government.
iii. Characteristics, functions,
structures.

6 CITIZENS i. Meaning/definition
RESPONSIBILITIES ii. Explain the followings: Rights,
Duties and Obligations of citizens.

7 POLITICAL PARTIES AND i. Meaning/definition of political party

FREEDOM OF PRESS and freedom of press.
ii. Types of political parties
iii. Explain the press freedom and
benefits

8 UNIVERSAL DECLARATION i. Meaning/definition of Human Rights

OF HUMAN RIGHTS ii. The historical background of
universal declaration of human right.

9 CORE-FREEDOM OF i. Meaning of seven core-freedom of

UNIVERSAL DECLARATION universal declaration of human
OF HUMAN RIGHTS rights.

10 CORE-FREEDOM OF i. Explain the seven core freedom of

UNIVERSAL DECLARATION universal declaration of human rights
OF HUMAN RIGHTS e.g. freedom from discrimination,
fear etc.

11 RESPONSIBILITIES OF i. Meaning/definition of responsibilities

INDIVIDUALS AND GROUPS of individuals and groups.
IN UNIVERSAL ii. Roles of individuals and groups
DECLARATION AND (Advocacy through prints and
HUMAN RIGHTS electronic media, awareness
campaign)

12 RESPONSIBILITY OF Explain the roles of government in universal

GOVERNMENT IN declaration of Human rights e.g. Enactment of
UNIVERSAL DECLARATION agencies like the NAPTIP, Legal Aids Council)
OF HUMAN RIGHTS

13 Revision Revision
14 Examinations Examinations

CIVIC EDUCATION
 SS 1 THIRD TERM
WEEK TOPIC CONTENT

1 CULTISM i. Meaning of cultism

ii. Types of cultism groups and their
symbols in the school. E.g. Black
Axe, Eye Buccaneers etc
2 CULTISM CONTINUED i. Origin of cultism
ii. Formation of cultism

3 CULTISM CONTINUED Reasons for establishing and joining cult.

4 CULTISM CONTINUED Consequences of cultism

- Expulsion
- Violence murder
- Spiritual problems etc
5 CULTISM CONTINUED Prevention and control against cultism –
abiding rules and regulations, studying hard in
school, faith in God as protector and provider

6 ORDERLINESS Meaning/definition of orderliness

7 ORDERLINESS CONTINUED I. Examples of orderliness – listening – skills;

driving skills, decorum, quelling culture etc.

8 ORDERLINESS CONTINUED - Roles of orderliness in the society - By

showing good examples to people,
training people around you
- Correcting young ones patiently
- To be careful in whatever you do.
9 RESPECT FOR Meaning and definition of constituted
CONSTITUTED AUTHORITY authority.

10 CONSTITUTED AUTHORITY Types of Constituted Authority

CONTINUED a. Democratic constituted authority
b. Bureaucratic constituted authority

11 CONSTITUTED AUTHORITY Types of Constituted Authority

CONTINUED c. Traditional constituted authority
d. Charismatic constituted authority

12 CONSTITUTED AUTHORITY Explain the importance of constituted

CONTINUED
 authority to the public.
13 Revision Revision
14 Examinations Examinations

SENIOR SECONDARY (SCIENCE)

BIOLOGY
SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 RECOGNISING (I) Characteristics of living I. The teacher groups the
LIVING thing. student into two, one group to
THINGS ii) Difference between plant collect living things and the
and animals other group to collect non-
ii) Levels of organization of living things for comparison.
Life with examples. ii) Teacher provides a living
cockroach and a potted plant,
asks student to write down
their observation.

2. CLASSIFICATI I) kingdom Monra:- i) Teacher to grow culture of

ON OF LIVING Characteristics & examples bacteria and blue – green
THINGS ii) Kingdom protista algae, asks student to observe
Characteristics & example the cultures, record and make
inferences.

3. CLASSIFICATI i) Kingdom fungi:- i) Teacher guide students to

ON OF LIVING Characteristics & examples uproot the farm plant, collect
THINGS CONT. ii) Kingdom plantae :- lemon, pistia (water lettuce),
Characteristics & examples break some branches of
iii) Kingdom Animalia :- shrubs & bring them into the
Characteristics examples laboratory, asks student to
Note: the kingdoms should observe all the specimens,
be classified into prokaryotes record and make inferences.
and eukaryotes: also in
kingdom plantae the
difference between higher
and lower plant should be
 emphasized.
4 THE CELL i) Cell as a living unit of living I). Teacher Provide Prepared
organism slides of Paramecium or
ii) The cell theory Euglena, volvox and spirogyra,
iii) Forms in which living asks students to observe the
things exist slides under the microscope
-- independent organism and record their observation.
-- As a colony Ii). Teacher mounts slides of
-- As filament, plant and animal cells for
iv) Cell structures and student to observe, draw, label
functions of cell component. and note their difference and
v) Differences between similarities.
plants and animal cell.
5. CELL & ITS i)Diffusion – Definition, i) Teacher provides perfume
ENVIROMENT processes & significance and request a student to spray
ii) Osmosis - Definition, at one end of the classroom
processes & significance and ask the student to
iii) Definition of Plasmolysis,describe what happened
Haemolysis, Turgidity and ii) Teacher to demonstrate
flaccidity. diffusion and osmosis using
iv) Biological importance. living and non-living
components.
6 PROPERTIES i) feeding:- Definition and i) The teacher sets up
& FUNTIONS types experiment to show the effects
OF THE CELL a) Autotrophic nutrition of different nutrients or
photosynthetic nutrition spirogyra. Asks students to
chemosynthetic nutrition observe record and discuss
b) Heterotrophic nutrition and experiments.
mode of nutrition.
7 PROPERTIES i) Micro and Macro nutrients i) Teacher sets experiments to
& FUNCTIONS ii) Deficiency and effects of show respiration in yeast
OF THE CELL macro elements Respiration (anaerobic) and respiration in
CONTINUE i) Gaseous exchange rat (aerobic)
(external respiration) ii) Teacher draws the krebs
ii) Glycolysis cycle on the chalkboard and
iii) Aerobic respiration (kreb asks the students to draw also.
cycle) iii) Teacher demonstrates to
iv) Anaerobic respiration students action of ptyalin on
(lactic acid formation) cooked starch and the student
v) Difference between also produce saliva from their
 aerobic and anaerobic mouths to carry out the
respiration. experiment.
vi) Role of enzyme in cellular
respiration
8 EXCRETION i) Definition of excretion i) Teacher ask students to run
ii) importance of excretion round the class to produce
iii) Difference between sweat and observe what
excretion, secretion and happens to them then and
egestion. after a minutes.
iv) Diagram of excretory
organelle
v) products of different
excretory organelle
vi) forms in which excretory
product are excreted.
9 GROWTH. I) Basis of Growth – Cell i) Teacher demonstrates
Division (Mitosis) , Cell growth by students measuring
enlargement and cell their height (length) and
differentiation. weight.
ii) regulation of growth by
hormones
iii) Example of animal
hormones
v) growth measurement
(height, weight , dry mass,
size
10. IRRITABILITY i. Cell reaction to its i. Demonstration of Nastic
environment, irritability as a response using Nimoss pudica
basic characteristics of plant
protoplasm. ii. Demonstration of the
ii. Types of responses with response to light and earth
example: Nastic, tropic and using plant shoot and plant
taxis. root.
iii. Positive and negative iii. Teacher perform
responses experiments to show
11 MOVEMENT Ai. Definition and importance a. Phototrophic response of
ii. cyclosis in protozoa shoots.
iii. organelles for movement b. geotropic response of roots
iv. growth movement as c. geotropic response of
regulated by axins shoots
 B. Reproduction d. phototadic response in earth
i. Types of reproduction – worms
sexual and asexual
ii. difference between sexual
and asexual
iii. meiosis
12. REPRODUCTI i. Reproduction in i. Teacher provide yeast, warm
ON Amoeba water and plastics bowls and
CONTINUES - Paramecium also provides prepared slides
- Spirogyra of conjugation in paramecium,
- Earthworm asks students to examine
- Housefly mounted paramecium, identify
- Cockroach and draw conjugating
- Snails paramecium using
- Yeast microscopes or power lens.
ii. Vegetative or artificial
reproduction
13 Revision Revision Revision
14 Examination Examination Examination
 BIOLOGY
SS1 SECOND TERM

WEEKS TOPIC CONTENTS ACTIVITIES

1 TISSUE AND i) Definition of supporting and i) Teacher and students
SUPPORTING systems. together provide cockroaches,
SYSTEM ii) Types of skeleton grasshoppers, centipede,
Hydrostatic skeleton earthworm and cartilaginous
Exo (ecto) skeleton fish, individual bone of the
Endo – skeleton mammalian skeleton and
iii) Skeletal materials:- Chitin, infant mammalian skeleton,
cartilage and bone asks students to observe all
iv) Functions of supporting the specimen taking note of
tissues in plants and animals – the different skeleton and
protection, support, locomotion, stating the types of skeleton.
strength, rigidity, resistance to ii) Teacher provide small
forces of wind and water. mammal and guide students
to produce a mammalian
skeleton, ask students to
identify and list the main parts
of the mammalian skeleton.
2 VERTEBRATE i) Axial skeleton – The skull i) Teacher provides relevant
SKELETON and vertebral column materials for students to make
ii) Appendicular skeleton – The working model of a human
limbs, sternum and ribs, limb arm, ask students to observe
girdle. the protection functions of the
shell of snails, skull of toad.
3 SUPPORTING i) Types of supporting tissue in i) Teacher provides transverse
TISSUE IN plants section of stems and roots of
PLANTS ii) Location of supporting tissue monocotyledons and
in plants dicotyledons plants, asks
iii) Structures and components students to view transverse
of supporting tissues in plants section of roots and stem
e.g. collenchymas, under the microscope and
paranchyma, xylem, phloem make drawing of the tissue
etc. taking note of the shape of the
cells of the various tissues
4 A) NUTRITION i) Food substances – classes i) Teacher provides garri, yam,
IN ANIMALS with examples rice, meat, butter, common
ii) Concept of balance diet and salt, fish, prewn, pepper,
its importance cowpea, sabs etc to the class,
 iii) Food test ask students to categorize the
food items under four classes
of food.

B) MODE OF i) Types of heterotrophic i) Teacher exposes some

NUTRITION nutrition – holozoic, pieces of meat in the
saprophytic and parasite laboratory, ask students to
nutrition observe flies feed on them
ii) Feeding mechanism in and record their observation.
holozoic organisms – filter
feeding, fluid feeding and
deposit feeding
5 A) i) Forms – milk and permanent i) Teacher collects different
MAMMALIAN teeth types of teeth from the abattoir
TEETH ii) Types – Incisors, canines, and from killed cats or dogs,
premolar & molar ask students to observe the
iii) Structures of a tooth (canine different teeth, draw and label
/ molar) them.
iv) Dental formular and
adaption – Herbivores,
carnivores and omnivores

B) ENZYMES i) Definition of enzymes

ii) Characteristic of enzymes i) Teacher performs
iii) Types of digestive enzymes experiment to test for the
– sources, location, substance acidity of the enzyme ptyalin,
acted upon and effect/products ask students to observe the
iv) importance / functions of experiment, record and
enzymes discuss their observations.
6 BASIC i) Components of an i) Teacher takes students on a
ECOLOGICAL ecosystem fieldtrip to at least one of the
CONCEPTS - Biotic (living) and Abiotic biotic communities e.g. forest
A) (non-living) component reserve or a botanic garden,
COMPONENTS - Aquatic and terrestrial ask students to study the
OF component. community, record and
ECOSYSTEM ii) Definitions of common terms discuss.
in ecological studies – ii) Teacher makes available
environment, population, study charts, photographs and
biosphere, lithosphere, films of different biotic
hydrosphere, atmosphere, communities in Nigeria and
 nicher habitat, biotic, biomes of the world.
community, ecosystem.

i) Local communities (biomes)

– Nigeria ecological region
(sahel, sudan, guinea savanna,
tropical forest, swamp forest)
ii) Major biomes of the world:
Tropical forest, savanna,
desert, shrub, apro - alphine
and swamps.
7 POPULATION i) Population size, population i) Teacher guides the students
STUDIES BY dominance, population density to measure sizes of the
SAMPLING ii) Factors affecting population ecosystem.
METHOD iii) Ecological factors affecting ii) Teacher displays ecological
aquatic and terrestrial habitat instruments ask student to
iv) Importance of ecological study them and discuss, show
factors to population of plant & students how to improvise
animals some measuring instruments
e.g. wind vane
8 ECOLOGICAL i) Relationship between soil i) Students with the help of the
FACTORS types and water holding effects teacher perform the
CONTINUES of soil on vegetation experiment to compare water
ii) Simple measurement of holding capacity in the three
ecological factors and samples of soil e.g. loamy,
measuring instrument e.g. clay and sandy soil
physical factors and edaphic
factors.
9 FUNCTIONING i) Definitions of autotrophy & i) Teacher show samples of
ECOSYSTEM heterotrophy autotrophs and heterophs to
ii) Definition of terms – students
Producer, consumers, aquatic ii) Student collect organisms
and terrestrial and classify them as
iii) Examples of producers and producers, consumers and
consumers. decomposers.
10 TROPHIC i) Definition of food chain and i) Guide students to make
LEVELS food web chart showing relationship
ii) Non-cycle nature of energy among organisms e.g. food
transfer chain, food web.
iii) Nutrient movement (energy ii) Students to develop a chart
 flow) in aquatic and terrestrial showing relationships among
habitat. organisms (food chain, food
iv) Pyramid of number and web)
energy
v) Nature of energy flow in food
chain and food web.
11 Revision Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination Examination

BIOLOGY
SS1 THIRD TERM
WEEK TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITIES
1 ENERGY i). Energy loss in ecosystem i). Teacher uses the law of
TRANSFORMATION II). Laws of thermodynamics thermodynamics to
IN NATURE iii) Application of law of explain energy flow across
thermodynamics to the tropic levels.
ecological phenomenon.
Iv). Food chain.
2 RELEVANCE OF i) classification of plants i) Teacher shows student
BIOLOGY TO ii) Botanical classification various type of plant and
AGRICULTURE. e.g. algae, spermatophyte classifies them.
ii) Agricultural classification
e.g. fibre plant non- fibre
plant.
iv) Classification based on
life cycle e.g. annual biennial
and perennials.
3 EFFECTS OF i) Effect of bush burning , i) takes students, on field
AGRICULTURAL tillage , fertilizers, herbicide trip to a farm land cleared
ACTIVITTIES ON and pesticide application. by burning.
ECOLOGICAL ii) Effect of different types of ii) Teacher leads student
SYSTEM farming method on to visit farm projects and
ecosystem herbicide.
4 PEST & DISEASES i) Definition and types of i) takes students to a
OF AGRICULTURAL pests livestock farm to identify
IMPORTANCE. ii) life cycle of pests pests of animals
iii) control of pests ii) student make a table
iv) Disease – types of showing local farm
diseases livestock pests and
 disease they cause
5 FOOD PRODUCTION i) Role of food in agricultural i) Demonstrate different
AND STORAGE. production food storage methods to
ii) factors affecting student e.g. drying, salting
production and storage etc.
iii) ways of improving crop
yield
iv) cause of wastage
v) Methods of preserving and
storing food.
6 POPULATION i) relationship between i) collect a large number of
GROWTH & FOOD availability of food and insects and use them to
SUPPLY. human population demonstrate the effect of
ii) effects of food shortage food shortage.
iii) Government effort to
increase food production e.g.
Agricultural resolution
7. MICRO ORGANISMS i)classification e.g. viruses i) Divide the student into
AROUND US bacteria, fungi protozoa working groups, provide
ii) carriers e.g. victors and each group with sterilized
transmitting organisms. Petri- dishes which
iii) beneficial effects and contain culture medium
harmful effects. ii) Student in each group
iv) growth of micro-organism grow cultures of micro
v) control and prevention of organism from air, water
micro-organism disease and under the finger nails
(public health)

8 AQUATIC HABITAT i) Definition i) Observe the pattern of

ii) Types of aquatic habitat distribution of the biotic
iii) aquatic organism and its components in the
adaptive features habitats and their adaptive
iv) Characteristics of aquatic features.
habitat
v) Food chain and food web
in aquatic habitats
9. TERRESTRIAL i) Definition i) Construct food chain of
HABITAT ii) types of terrestrial habitat the biotic component
iii) Terrestrial organisms and
their adaptive features
 iv) Characteristics of
terrestrial habitat
v) Food chain and food web
in terrestrial habitat
10. CLASSIFICATION i) Classification of plants into i) Leads students to
OF PLANTS seed bearing and non seed classify the specimens
bearing using agricultural
ii) Classification of plants into classification
cereals and legumes
iii) Classification into root
crops, vegetables fruits,
beverage and drug, oils latex
(fibre)
11 DIGESTIVE SYSTEM i) Types of digestive system i) With the aid of dissected
(alimentary canal) specimens, models,
ii) Description and functions charts, teach the
of the parts of alimentary alimentary canals of
tract planariam, earthworm,
iii) Diagram of digestive tract grasshopper, birds and
of different groups of rabbits
organisms.
12 Revision Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination Examination

CHEMISTRY
FIRST TERM SS 1

WEE TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K
1 INTRODUCTION TO Teacher:
CHEMISTRY - Defines chemistry, gives examples and
1. Meaning of chemistry illustrations.
2. Career prospects tied to - Guide students to identify career prospect
chemistry in chemistry.
3. Applications (Hospital, Military, - Uses posters and charts to guide class
Teaching, Chemical and discussion.
Petrochemical Industries, Space
Science, Agriculture etc). Instructional Resources:
- Pictures of chemical industries and
laboratories.
- Posters and charts.
Instructional Resources: locally available,
 chemical industries.
2 INTRODUCTION TO Teacher:
CHEMISTRY i. Application of chemistry and adverse
1. Adverse effects of chemicals, effect on chemicals.
drug abuse, poisoning, corrosion, ii. Take students to visit chemical industries
pollution. e.g. paints, tie and dye, vegetable oil,
2. Scientific method. petrochemical industries.
iii. Explain the scientific methods of enquiry
using specific examples.
3 CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES Teacher:
1. Types of chemical industries - Uses pictures of some local industries to
2. Importance: guide students to identify chemical industries
- to the individual in Nigeria.
- to the nation. - Initiates and guide discussion on the
economic importance of the chemical
industries.
Instructional Resources:
- Pictures
- Charts
4 CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES Teacher:
Excursion to chemical industries - Takes students on field trips to chemical
industries.
- Guides students to observe:
i. the processes going on in the industries
ii. the various ways these industries degrade
the environment.
iii. Suggest ways of reducing environmental
problems.
Instructional Resources:
Chemical industries in the locality

5 STANDARD SEPARATION Teacher:

TECHNIQUES FOR MIXTURES -Guides students to understand underlying
1. Classification of substances principles behind the choice of a separation
2. Filtration, Evaporation, technique for a particular mixture.
Decantation, Floatation, -Demonstrates the method of separation.
Frostation. Instructional Resources:
3. Crystallization and Fractional -Water
Crystallization. -Sand
-Common salt
-Filter paper
-Evaporation dish

6 STANDARD SEPARATION Teacher:

TECHNIQUES FOR MIXTURES Demonstrates the method of separation
1. Distillation and fractional
 distillation. Instructional Resources:
2. Precipitation - Liebing condenser
3. Magnetization (magnetism). - Magnets
7 STANDARD SEPARATION Teacher:
TECHNIQUES FOR MIXTURES Demonstrates the determination of melting
1. Chromatography point for solids and boiling points for liquids.
2. Sublimation
3. Pure and impure substances Instructional Resources:
- Ink
- Separating funnel,
- Cubes of sugar.
8 PARTICULAR NATURE OF Teacher:
MATTER Demonstrates physical and chemical
1. Physical and chemical changes using simple examples like burning
changes of candle, salts dissolved in water, burning of
2. Atoms and molecules magnesium ribbon and preparation of pap
3. Dalton’s Atomic theory (akamu) and starch.
ii. To guide students to make chalk (CaCO3)
as a chemical change.
Instructional Resources:
- Water
- Common salt
- Sugar
- Candle
- Matches
- Models (coloured beads)
- Calcium carbonate (calcium
trioxocarbonate iv) [CaCO3]
9. PARTICULAR NATURE OF Teacher:
MATTER To guide students to calculate the empirical
1. Constituents of atoms, formula from percentage composition.
Protons, Neutrons and electrons.
2. Arrangement of electrons
around the nucleus.
10 PARTICULAR NATURE OF Teacher:
MATTER Guide the students to calculate the relative
1. Atomic number, mass number molecular mass of a compound.
and isotopy.
2. Relative atomic masses based
on C14 isotope
11 Revision Revision
12 Examinations Examinations
13 Examinations Examinations

CHEMISTRY
 SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 CHEMICAL COMBINATION Teacher:
1. Periodic Table ( first 20 i. Guides students to:
elements) - identify the first 20 elements
2. Electronic configuration of - draw the electronic configuration of these
atom elements
3. Types of bonds: - place these elements in their proper
a. strong bonds (interatomic position on a blank periodic table template
bonds) e.g. electrovalent (ionic), ii. Explains the types of bonds and their
covalent, coordinate covalent characteristics.
(Dative), metallic bonds.
Instructional Resources:
- Blank periodic table template
- Models
- Charts
- Table salt.
2 CHEMICAL COMBINATION Teacher:
Types of bonds continued: - Uses simple demonstrations to illustrate
b. Weak bonds e.g. hydrogen the type of bond in common substances like
bond, van-der waals forces camphor, common salt (NaCl), sulphur, etc.
dipole-dipole force of attractions. - Teaches students to write conventional and
(intermolecular bonds). IUPAC names of common substances.
4. Systems of naming
compounds: Instructional Resources:
- conventional - Sugar
- IUPAC - Camphor balls
Note: any of these 2 naming - Some liquids e.g. oil, water
systems is acceptable at this - Aerosol.
level.
3 CHEMICAL COMBINATION Teacher:
5. States of matter: Initiates class discussion on:
- solid - states of matter
- liquid - kinetic theory and change of state.
- gaseous state
6. The kinetic theory and its
applications
4 SYMBOLS, FORMULAE AND Teacher:
EQUATION - Guides the students to write chemical
1. Chemical symbols of symbols and formulae correctly.
elements and their valencies - Guides the students to write and balance
2. Empirical and molecular chemical equations.
formulae - guides students to calculate the empirical
3. Law of conservation of matter. and molecular formula of a compound.
- perform experiment to illustrate
 conservation of mass.

Instructional Resources:
- Periodic table of elements
- Coloured beads.
5 SYMBOLS, FORMULAE AND Teacher: Performs experiments to illustrate:
EQUATION - law of Constant composition
1. Law of constant composition - law of Multiple proportion
2. Law of multiple proportions - to guide the students to report the
3. Chemical Equations experiment in the correct format:
- Aim
- Objective
- Method
- Diagram
- Result
- Discussion
- Conclusion
6 GAS LAWS Teacher:
1. Boyle’s law - Defines Boyle’s and Charles’ laws
2. Charle’s law - Illustrates Boyle’s and Charles’ laws
3. General gas equation - Write the equations for both laws.

Instructional Resources:
-Pictures and charts
-Piston and pump
7 GAS LAWS Teacher:
4. Gay-Lussac’s law -Performs experiments to explain the laws
5. Avogadro’s law - Effects of temperature on the volume of a
6. Ideal gas equation gas.
-Effects of pressure on volume of a gas.
8 GAS LAWS Teacher:
7. Graham’s law -Definition of gases e.g. cotton wool soaked
8. Molar volume of gases in ammonia solution and conc. HCl.
9. Avogadro’s number and -Volume relations in gaseous reactions.
the mole concept -State the Gay-Lussac’s, Avogadro’s and
10. Calculations based on the Graham’s laws.
Gas law. -Solves the relevant calculations.
-Explains the relationship PV=nRT.

Instructional Resources:
- Cotton wool and ammonia solution; conc.
HCl.
- Thermometer and glass vessel etc.

9 ACIDS, BASES AND SALTS Teacher:

1. Characteristics, Preparations, -Provides different ripe and unripe fruits, sour
 reactions and uses of acids, milk, some common laboratory indicators.
bases and salts. -Guides students to classify indicators into
acidic and basic indicators.

Instructional Resources:
-Ripe and unripe fruits (mango, orange,
pawpaw, grape, lime, etc).
-Sour milk.
10 ACIDS, BASES AND SALTS Teacher:
2. Relative acidity and alkalinity Guides the students to extracts from flowers
(the pH scale). as indicators.
3. Deliquescent, Efflorescent Demonstrate efflorescence, Deliquescence
and Hygroscopic substances. and Hygroscope.

Instructional Resource:
-Brightly coloured flowers or leaves (hibiscus,
croton, ixora, allamanda, bluebells, etc).
-Chemicals (NaOH, KOH, HCl, H2SO4).
11 ACIDS, BASES AND SALTS Teacher:
Solubility of salts in water. -performs experiments to illustrate
neutralization reaction
-guides the students in the preparation of
salts.
-demonstrates solubility of salts.

Instructional Resources:
-Distilled water
-Acetone
-Ethanol
-Filter paper
-Motar/pestle, litmus paper
-methyl orange, phenolphthalein
12 Revision Revision
13 Examinations Examinations
14 Examinations Examinations

CHEMISTRY
SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 WATER Teacher:
1. Sources of water i. Guides students to:
2. Types of water (soft and -identify properties of water
hard water) -list sources of water
3. Water pollutants - list some water pollutants
 4. Uses of water ii. Demonstrate causes of water hardness.
5. Laboratory preparation of iii. Gives the laboratory properties of water as
water a reading assignment.

Instructional Resources:
-charts (preparation of water, uses of water).
-water samples (river, well, tap etc)
-soap
-samples of contaminated water
-samples of hard water.
2 CARBON AND ITS Teacher:
COMPOUNDS -Leads the students in a guided identification
1. Carbon: structure of of carbon containing compounds in and
carbon around us.
2. Allotropes of carbon -Explains the relationship between carbon
-charcoal, graphite and and life by explaining the function of some of
diamond the compounds listed above.
-structure and properties -Relates the structure of carbon to the
of the allotropes. formation of various compounds.
-the combusting of carbon Introduces the phenomenon of allotropes
allotropes. using carbon.
Instructional Resources:
1. Samples of carbon-containing
compounds in and around us, e.g.
stick, paper, coal etc.
2. Models or coloured beads.
3 CARBON AND ITS Teacher:
COMPOUNDS Explains the location, method of mining and
3. Coal: economic importance of coal and coke.
-different types
-industrial distillation of Instructional Resource:
coal -Real examples of crude oil fractions such as
-uses and products petrol (pms), diesel oil, kerosene etc.
4. Coke: -Shells, fruits, alkanols.
- gasification and uses.
4 CARBON AND ITS Teacher:
COMPOUNDS - Synthetic gas:
5. Oxides of carbon: manufacture and carbon uses
-carbon(iv) oxide (carbon -Explains the properties of carbon (iv) oxide,
dioxide) carbon (ii) oxide and trioxocarbonate (iv)
-carbon(ii) oxide (carbon salts.
monoxide)
6. Synthetic gas: Instructional Resources:
-manufacture and uses. -carbonates
-glass vessels.
5 CARBON AND ITS Teacher:
 COMPOUNDS Explains the properties of carbonic acid and
7. Carbonic acid trioxocarbonate (iv) salts.
(Trioxocarbonate (iv) acid)
8. any carbonate
(Trioxocarbonate(iv) salts).
6 CARBON AND ITS Teacher:
COMPOUNDS Identifies the location of crude oil in Nigeria.
9. Hydrocarbon and its main
classes.
7 CARBON AND ITS Teacher:
COMPOUNDS List the various fractions of crude oil giving
10. Crude oil and natural gas their uses and economic importance.
11. Importance of hydrocarbons
Instructional Resources:
Gas from decaying foods, fruits and
vegetables.
8 HYDROCARBONS Teacher:
1. Structure and valency of -Explains the tetravalent nature of carbon
carbon -Define homologous series and state their
2. Meaning and examples of characteristics.
hydrocarbon -Identify and write structures of alkanes,
3. Homologous series alkenes and alkynes.
(characteristics and naming-
IUPAC) Instructional Resources:
4. Saturated hydrocarbons: -Models of hydrocarbons.
composition and structure. -baromime water
-silver trioxonitrate (v) solution
-charts
-coloured beads.
9 HYDROCARBONS Teacher:
5. Isomerism -Illustrate with models, the stereo-chemistry
6. Unsaturated hydrocarbons of simple hydrocarbons.
(composition and structure -Explain and give examples of: aliphatic and
7. Aromatic hydrocarbon e.g. aromatic hydrocarbons.
Benzene structure and properties
only.
10 PETROLEUM OR CRUDE OIL Teacher:
1. Origin and composition of -Guides the students in the discussion of
petroleum (crude oil). origin and composition of crude oil.
2. Nigerian and world crude oil -Explains the fractional distillation of
reserves. petroleum and gives the students the list of
3. Exploration and drilling of the major fractions.
crude oil. -Guides the students in identifying Nigerian
4. Fractional distillation and Refineries.
major products. -Explain the term cracking and reforming.
5. Location of Nigerian
 Refineries. Instructional Resource:
6. Cracking and reforming. 1. Pictures:
-on exploration of oil
-of any refinery in Nigeria
-fractional distillation apparatus
-petroleum products: kerosene, diesel oil,
grease etc.
11 PETROLEUM OR CRUDE OIL Teacher:
7. Petrochemicals as starting -Explains the use of petrochemicals as
materials or organic synthesis. starting materials for the synthesis of a large
8. Quality of petrol: meaning of number of organic compounds like plastics,
octane number synthetic rubber, insecticides, detergents,
9. Natural gas: fibres etc.
-occurrence -Explains the use of octane number in
-packaging as liquefied natural determining the quality of petrol
gas (LNG) -Explains the occurrence, packaging and
-uses uses of natural gases.
- Economic importance of petrol.
Instructional Resources:
-samples of plastics, synthetic rubber,
insecticides, detergents, fibres, (nylon,
Dacron, etc).
-cylinder of natural gas.
12 Revision Revision
13 Examinations Examinations
14 Examinations Examinations

PHYSICS

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS
-Definition of Physics Teacher presents relevant charts to
-Applications of Physics( in automobile, students.
space, aeronautics, electronics,
Communication, medicine, warfare, etc)
-Career prospects in Physics
-Fundamental and derived quantities and
their units.
2 POSITION, DISTANCE, AND -Teacher to guides the students on
DISPLACEMENT the use of the meter rule, the vernier
-Measurement of distance caliper, and micrometer screw gauge.
-Teacher to guide the students on the
-Concept of direction use of compass bearing to indicate
direction.
 -Concept of position and position -Teacher to guide the students on
coordinate use of rectangular coordinate axis to
locate the position of the objects.
3 TIME Teacher to guide the students on the
-Concept of time use of stop clocks/watches to
-Ways of measuring time measure time intervals.
4 MOTION Teacher to use the following to
-Types of motion: Random, demonstrate types of motion: simple
oscillatory/vibration, pendulum, loaded spiral spring,
translational/rectilinear, rotational motion rotating fan, etc.
-Relative Motion
5 MOTION Teacher: Uses of the following to
Cause and effects of motion demonstrate contact force and force
-Types of force field: spring balance and magnets
i) Contact force
ii) Force field

-Friction (Solid Friction)

I) Types of Friction: Static friction and
dynamic friction
ii) Coefficient of limiting friction
iii) Advantages and disadvantages of
friction
iv) Methods of reducing friction
6 SPEED AND VELOCITY Teacher: Runs or rolls an object
-Concept of speed through a measured distance,
-Concept of velocity measure the time taken and calculate
-Uniform/Non-uniform speed/Velocity the speed.
-Distance/Displacement-time graph Guide the students to plot distance-
time graph.
7 RECTILINEAR ACCELERATION Teacher: Guides the student on the
- Concept of acceleration plotting of velocity-time graph and on
-Uniform/Non-uniform acceleration the derivation of the three equations
-Velocity-time graph of the uniformly accelerated motion.
-Analysis of rectilinear motion(equations Students to interpret and apply the
of uniformly accelerated motion) three equations of motion to solve
simple problems.
8 SCALARS AND VECTORS Teacher to guide the student on how
-Concept of scalars to represent vector in their note
-Concept of vectors books.
-Distinction between scalars and vectors
-Vector representation
9 VECTORS Teacher: Leads the students on the
-Addition of vectors use of the force board to determine
-Resolution of vectors the resultant of two forces and uses
Analytical and graphical methods to
 solve problems on addition and
resolution of vectors.
10 WORK, ENERGY AND POWER Teacher uses charts
-Concept of work, energy and power
-Inter changeability of work and energy
11 WORK, ENERGY AND POWER Teacher uses charts
-Determination of work, energy and
power
-Work done in a force field
12 WORK, ENERGY AND POWER Teacher uses charts
-Types of energy(Mechanical)
i) Potential energy
ii) Kinetic energy
-Conservation of mechanical energy
-World energy resources
i) Renewable energy resources
ii)Non-renewable energy resources
13 Revision Revision
14 Examination Examination

PHYSICS

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 HEAT ENERGY The teacher to use kinetic theory to
-Concept of temperature explain changes in temperature.
-Effects of heat
i) Rise/fall in temperature
ii) Expansion/Contraction
iii) Change of state/phase
iv) Change of resistance, etc
-Expansion in solids and its
consequences and application
2 THERMAL EXPANSIVITY Teacher to guide the students on how
-Linear expansivity to solve simple problems involving
-Area expansivity linear, area and volume expansivity.
-Volume or cubic expansivity
3 TRANSFER OF HEAT ENERGY The teacher to lead the students to
-Conduction identify a better absorber of radiant
-Convection heat between black and shinning
-Radiation surface.
4 ELECTRIC CHARGES The teacher to guide the students in
-Production of charges producing charges using different
-Types of charges methods.
 -Distribution of charges
-Storage of charges
-Application in lightening conductor
5 DESCRIPTION AND PROPERTIES OF The teacher to use iron filling and bar
FIELDS magnet to show field and field lines.
-Concept of fields
-Types of fields( gravitational, magnetic
and electric fields)
-Properties of fields
6 GRAVITATIONAL FIELD The teacher to demonstrate the use of
-Concept of gravitational field ticker-timer to determine acceleration
-Acceleration due to gravity due to gravity.
-Shape and dimension of the earth
7 ELECTRIC FIELD The teacher to show lines of force
-Electric lines of force using a test positive charge.
-Electric current and potential difference
-Production of electric current
8 ELECTRIC FIELD Teacher to lead the student to make
-Electric circuit electric circuit from an electric cell,
-Electric conduction through materials key, the ammeter, voltmeter and
-Ohm’s law resistors in parallel and series.
-Electrical work done in a given circuit

9 PARTICLE NATURE OF MATTER The teacher to lead discussion on the

-Structure of matter concept of the atom; give a simple
i) Evidence of the particle nature of illustration e.g. Successive cutting of a
matter piece of yam by students.
ii) Simple atomic structure
-Molecules
i) Their nature
ii) Their size
.Brownian motion
.Diffusion
-States of matter The teacher to use models to illustrate
i) Solid the three states of matter. Guides
ii) Liquid students to do similar illustrations.
iii) Gas
10 CRYSTAL STRUCTURE The teacher to provide different
-Arrangement of atoms in crystal substances to identify which is
structure crystalline and non crystalline.
-Distinction between crystalline and
amorphous substances
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination
 PHYSICS

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 ELASTIC PROPERTIES OF SOLID Teacher to guide the students to verify
-Hooke’s Law Hooke’s Law
-Young Modulus
-Work done in springs and elastic string
2 FLUIDS AT REST AND IN MOTION Teacher to lead students to perform
-Surface Tension simple experiments on surface tension
i) Definition and effects and their and also lead discussion on the
applications applications of viscosity.
-Capillarity
i) Cohesion
ii)Adhesion
-Viscosity
i) Definition
ii) Terminal velocity
iii) Application of viscosity
3 PHYSICS IN TECHNOLOGY -Teacher to guide the students to
-Units in industry construct simple tester.
-Electrical continuity testing -Lead students to construct solar
-Solar energy collector and use it to heat water.
-Solar panels or Solar collectors for
energy supply
4 EQUILIBRIUM OF FORCES The teacher to guide the students on
-Resultant and Equilibrant forces the verification of the principle of
-Parallel forces moment.
-Moment of a force

5 CENTRE OF GRAVITY Teacher to guide the students on how

-Stability of objects to determine the centre of gravity of
-Stable given uniform and nom-uniform solids.
-Unstable
-Neutral
6 EQUILIBBRIUM OF BODIES IN Teacher to guide students to verify
LIQUIDS Archimedes’ principle and also to
-Archimedes’ Principle determine the density and relative
-Law of floatation density of common materials.
-Density and relative density
-Hydrometer
7 LINEAR MOMENTUM Teacher guides students on the
-Momentum and Impulse application.
-Newton’s law of motion
-Conservation of linear momentum
 -Applications of Newton’s law of motion
8 MECHANICAL ENERGY The teacher to use a lever to
-Application of mechanical energy demonstrate the working of a simple
-Machines: machine.
i) Force ratio Students should practice the
ii) Velocity ratio applications.
iii) Efficiency
-Types of Machines
i) Levers
ii) Pulleys
iii) Inclined Plane
iv) Wedge
v) Screw
vi) Wheel and axle
vii)Gear wheels, etc
9 PROJECTILES The teacher to use thrown ball against
-Concept of Projectiles a vertical wall to demonstrate
-Ways of projecting an object projectile motion.
i) Vertical Projection Students should practice the
ii) Horizontal projection applications
iii) Projecting at an angle to the
horizontal
-Simple problems involving range,
height, time of flight.
10 CIRCULAR MOTION Teacher to use a stone tied to a string
-Uniform circular motion to demonstrate circular motion
-Centripetal force
-Centripetal acceleration
-Centrifugal force
-Angular speed and velocity
-Example of circular motion
11 SIMPLE HARMONIC MOTION The teacher to use the simple
-Definition of Simple harmonic motion pendulum, loaded spiral springs,
-Displacement, velocity and loaded test tube oscillating in a liquid
acceleration of Simple harmonic motion to illustrate simple harmonic motion.
-Energy of simple harmonic motion
-Forced vibration and resonance
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination

FURTHER MATHS
FIRST TERM SS ONE
WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES
1 SET I i. Teacher: Guides the students to define the
i. Definition of set types of sets and their notation.
ii. Set notation methods
iii. Types of set: ii. Students: use different methods to present
a. Null set sets.
b. Singleton
c. Finite Instructional Resources: charts of sets using
d. Infinite the different methods of notation etc.
e. Universal
f. Power set
g. Number of elements
2 SET II Teacher: guides students to draw Venn
i. set operations diagrams and how to use them to solve
a. union problems.
b. intersection Students: solve problems involving set
c. Venn diagrams and operations and Venn diagram.
applications up to 3 set problem Instructional Resources: charts of different
operations and of 2-set, 3-sets Venn diagram
etc.
3 INDICES Teacher: Drills the students on calculations
i. laws of indices involving the use of the laws of indices
ii. application of indices Students: study the steps in solving indicial
iii. Indicial equations equations.
Instructional Resource: charts on laws of
indices and solutions of indicial equations
etc.
4 LOGARITHMS Teacher: Drills the students on problems
i. laws of logarithms involving the laws of logarithms
ii. change of base of logarithms Students: solve problems involving the use
of the laws.
Instructional Resources: charts of the laws
of logarithms and the rule of change of base
of logarithms illustrated with examples etc.
5 COORDINATE GEOMETRY(The Teacher: guides the students to determine
straight line I) the distance between two point.
i. Midpoint of a line segment Students: determine problems on the
ii. Gradient of a straight line straight line.
iii. Distance between two points Instructional Resources: charts on various
ideas on the straight line etc.
6 COORDINATE GEOMETRY Teacher: leads the students to determine the
(The straight line II) condition for parallelism and perpendicularity.
i. Conditions for parallelism and Students: derive the equation of a line in
perpendicular different forms.
ii. Equation of a line Instructional Resources: charts of equation
of a line in different form.
7 COORDINATE GEOMETRY Teacher: guides students to determine the
 (The straight line III) areas of triangles and quadrilaterals where
i. Transforming non-linear the coordinates of the vertices are given.
relationship into linear form. Students: transform relations into linear
ii. Areas of triangles and forms.
quadrilaterals. Instructional Resources: charts of
transformed relationship etc.
8 SURDS Teacher: guides students to the rules for
i. Definition of surds manipulating surds
ii. Rules for manipulating surds Students: work on examples on rationalizing
iii. Rationalization of the the denominator
denominators of surds Instructional Resources: charts of the rules
for manipulating surds.
9 TRIGONEMETRIC RATIOS OF Teacher: guides students to derive
SPECIAL ANGLES trigonometric ratios of 30o, 45o and 60o
i. Trigonometric Ratio of 30o, 45o Students: derive trigonometric ratios of 30o,
and 60o 45o and 60o.
ii. Application of trigonometric Instructional Resources: plane figures of
ratio 30o, 45o and 60o to solve right-angled triangles showing angles of 30o,
problems without the use of 45o and 60o.
tables.
10 LOGICAL REASONING Teacher: guides the students to construct
i. The truth table truth table.
ii. Using p or q, p and q (pvq; Students: solve practical problems involving
p^q) the truth table.
iii. P=>q, p<=>q Instructional Resources: Charts showing
iv. Rule, of syntax, simple true or examples on truth table.
false statement. Instructional Resources: charts showing
examples on truth table.
11 LOGICAL REASONING Teacher: leads the students on the rules of
i. Rules of logic application to implication and deduction
argument Students: solve problems on antecedents
ii. Implication and deduction. and consequences of statements
Instructional Resources: charts showing
conditional statements.
12 Revision Revision
13 Examinations Examinations
14 Examinations Examinations

FURTHER MATHS
SECOND TERM SS ONE
WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES
1 SEQUENCES AND SERIES Teacher: guides students on how find the nth
i. Definition of sequences and term of sequences and series.
series Students: participate in giving examples of
ii. the nth term of a sequence and sequences.
 series Instructional Resources: Charts of
iii. Arithmetic progression (AP) examples of sequences and series etc.
2 SEQUENCES AND SERIES Teacher: guides the students to recognize
i. Geometric progression (GP) convergent and divergent geometric
ii. Solving problems on AP and progression.
GP. Students: find the sum to infinity of
convergent geometric progressions.
Instructional Resources: charts of
examples of convergent and divergent
geometric progressions etc.
3 FUNCTIONS Teacher: guides the students to define the
i. Definition of a function types of functions.
ii. Types of function Students: gives examples of types of
(a) One to one functions.
(b) Onto function Instructional Resources: charts of types of
(c) Inverse function functions etc.
(d) Identity function
(e) Constant function
(f) Circular function
4 FUNCTIONS Teacher: Drills students on problems on
ai. Logarithmic function function
ii. Exponential functions Students: learn the steps in solving
bi. Application of functions problems on functions
ii. Solutions to problems on Instructional Resources: charts of solutions
functions of some problems on functions etc.
5 VECTORS IN TWO DIMENSIONS Teacher: guides the students to identify
i. Scalars and vectors vectors and scalars
- zero vectors Students: perform simple operations on
- negative vectors vectors
ii. Vector addition and Instructional Resources: charts of directed
subtraction line vectors etc.
iii. Scalar multiplication of vectors
iv. Magnitude and direction of
vectors
v. Unit vector.
6 VECTORS IN TWO DIMENSIONS II Teacher: leads students to resolve vectors.
i. Triangle law of vectors Students: resolve vectors in given direction
ii. Parallelogram law of vectors Instructional Resources: charts of resolved
iii. Resolution of vectors vectors etc.
7 VECTORS IN TWO DIMENSION III Teacher: directs students to apply scalar
i. Scalar (dot) product product in geometry and trigonometry
ii. Application of scalar (dot) Students: Define scalar product
product Instructional Resource: charts of
geometrical application of scalar product etc.
 8 MEASURE OF LOCATION Teacher: guides students to determine the
Mean, mode, median (for measures of location of data.
grouped data) Students: Determine the measures of
location of data.
Instructional Resources: charts of
determined measures of location etc.
9 MEASURE OF LOCATION Teacher: guides the students to determine
i. Decile the measures of location of data.
ii. Percentile Students: determine the measures of
iii. Quartile location
Instructional Resources: charts of
determined measures of location etc.
10 MEASURE OF DISPERSION Teacher: guides the students to determine
i. Range the measures of dispersion of data
ii. Inter-quartiles Students: determine the measures of
dispersion of data
Instructional Resources: charts of
determined measures of dispersion
11 MEASURE OF DISPERSION Teacher: guides the students to determine
i. mean deviation the measures of dispersion of data
ii. standard deviation Students: determine the measures of
iii. Coefficient of variation dispersion of data.
Instructional Resources: charts of
determined measures of dispersion of data.
12 Revision Revision
13 Examinations Examinations

FURTHER MATHS
THIRD TERM SS ONE

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 LINEAR INEQUALITIES Teacher: guides students to solve linear
i. Linear inequalities in one inequalities in one and two variables
variable Students: solve problems on linear
ii. Linear inequalities in two inequalities in one and two variables
variables. Instructional Resources: the number line
etc.
2 LINEAR INEQUALTIES Teacher: leads students to plot the values in
i. Graphs of linear inequalities in graph sheet from the graph board
two variables Students: solve problems on linear
ii. Region that satisfies linear inequalities in two variables
inequalities Instructional Resources: Graph board,
graph book etc.
3 CALCULATING AND Teacher: guides students on how to use the
 PROCESSING DEVICES I calculating devices
i. Abacus Students: solve problems on the binary
ii. Decimal and binary systems systems
Instructional Resources: Abacus, four
figure tables, slide rules, calculators,
computer etc.
4 CALCULATING AND Teacher: guides students to draw flow charts
PROCESSING DEVICES II Students: draw flow charts
i. Flow charts Instructional Resources: charts of flow
ii. Application of flow charts charts.
5 OPERATIONS RESEARCH Teacher: guides the students to define
i. Definition of operations operations research
research Students: tell the history of operations
ii. History and nature of research
operations research Instructional Resources: charts of historical
development of O.R.
6 MODELS I Teacher: guides students to distinguish
i. models of operations research models
ii. linear programming models Students: construct models that can
iii. Transportation distinguish the models.
iv. Assignment models Instructional Resource: charts on the
model
7 MODELS II Teacher: guides students on practical
Practical application of models problems on the models of operations
research.
Students: participate in solving practical
problems using the model.
Instructional Resource: charts on solution
of problems that involves the models.
8 BINARY OPERATIONS I Teacher: helps the students in defining
i. Definition of binary operation binary operations on sets
ii. Laws of binary operation Students: study various binary operations
a. Associative law defined in sets.
b. Commutative Instructional Resources: charts of standard
c. Distributive operations on standard sets.
9 BINARY OPERATIONS II Teacher: treats each type of law with
i. laws of complementation as in examples
sets Students: solve problems involving the laws.
ii. identity elements Instructional Resources: charts displaying
iii. inverse of an element the laws of binary operations.
10 BINARY OPERATION III Teacher: guides the students to draw the
Multiplication tables of binary multiplication tables of binary operations on
operations sets with examples.
Students: draw multiplication table of some
given binary operations.
Instructional Resource: charts of
 multiplication tables.
11 Revisions Revisions
12 Examinations Examinations
13. Examinations Examinations

AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE
FIRST TERM SS ONE

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Meaning and Importance of Agriculture Class discussion
i. Definition of Agriculture
ii. Branches of Agriculture
iii. Importance of Agriculture to the individual,
community and the nation.
2 Problems of Agricultural Development in Nigeria Class discussion
Problems created by inadequate:
i. Land
ii. Basic amenities
iii. Finance
iv. Transportation
v. Shortage and processing facilities
vi. Agricultural education and extension
vii. Tools and machinery
viii. Farm inputs.
3 Solutions to the Problems of Agriculture in Class discussion
Nigeria

Possible solutions to identified problems

4 Husbandry of Selected Crops (Root and tuber Cultivate at least a crop
crops) e.g. yam, cassava, sweet potatoes. suited to the local
i. Method of propagation environment.
ii. Climatic and soil requirements
iii. Land preparation
iv. Manuring and fertilizer application
v. Harvesting, processing and storage of the
selected crops
5 Husbandry of selected crops (cereals) e.g. maize, Keep appropriate farm
rice etc. records
i. Method of propagation
ii. Climatic and soil requirements
iii. Land preparation, planting dates, seed
rates, spacing, sowing depth
iv. Manuring and fertilizer requirements and
application
v. Harvesting, processing and storage
6 Land and its uses Class discussion/take the
i. Definition of land students to the school
ii. Uses of land for: farm land, orchard.
- Agriculture
- Forestry
- Wildlife
7 Factors affecting Land availability Class discussion
Factors affecting land availability for agricultural
purposes:
i. Alternative uses of land e.g. building of
cities, towns, industries, roads
ii. Soil type and topography
8 Husbandry of Oil crops e.g. Oil palm, melon, Grow at least one of the
groundnut. oil crops
i. Method of propagation
ii. Climatic and soil requirements
iii. Land preparation (pre-planting and
planting operations)
iv. Manuring and fertilizer requirements
v. Harvesting, processing and storage of oil
crops
9 Husbandry of beverage e.g. cocoa, tea and coffee Keep appropriate farm
i. Method of propagation records
ii. Climatic and soil requirements
iii. Land preparation (pre-planting
operations)
iv. Manuring and fertilizer requirements
v. Harvesting, processing and storage of
beverage.
10 Husbandry of latex crop e.g. rubber Keep a good farm record
i. Method of propagation
ii. Climatic and soil requirements
iii. Land preparation, nursery requirements
iv. Manuring and fertilizer requirements and
application
v. Harvesting, processing and storage
11 Practical: Identification Students should identify
Identification of the common crops available e.g. oil each crop by knowing
palm fruits, cocoa pod, kola nut, rubber seed, cotton their names (common),
seed and lint, groundnut pod, different species of and botanical
maize etc.
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination
14 Examination Examination
 AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE
SECOND TERM SS ONE
WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES
1 Anatomy and Physiology Identification of various organs
i. Meaning of anatomy and physiology on charts, pictures and
ii. Systems of the body: models.
- Digestive (monogastric and ruminant)
- Reproductive system
2 Systems of the body of farm animals i. Identify the internal organs
Systems of the body: of a freshly slaughtered
- Circulatory system animal.
- Respiratory system ii. Draw and label those
- Nervous system organs
3 Reproduction in farm animals i. Students should detect
i. Oestrus cycle with emphasis on heat animals on heat
period ii. Draw a chart (table)
ii. Mating in farm animals indicating the gestation period
iii. Gestation period of the very common farm
iv. Parturition animals.
v. Lactation and colostrums
4 Egg formation in poultry i. Describe the process of
egg formation in poultry
Processes of egg formation in poultry ii. Draw a chart or picture
showing the different stages of
egg formation
5 Role of hormones in reproduction State the role of hormones in
The role of hormones in reproduction reproduction
6 Livestock management i. Rear at least one of the
Live stock management techniques: animals from each group –
- Good housing ruminant and non-ruminant
- Feeding
ii. keep appropriate farm
records
7 Livestock management Keep appropriate farm records
Live stock management techniques:
- Hygiene
- Finishing
8 Husbandry of Pulses (groundnut, cowpea) Keep appropriate farm records
- Method of propagation
- Climatic and soil requirements
- Pre-planting and planting
operations
- Manuring and fertilizer
requirements
- Harvesting, processing and
storage
 9 Husbandry of fibre crops e.g. cotton Keep appropriate farm records
- Method of propagation
- Climatic and soil requirements
- Pre-planting and planting
operations
- Manuring and fertilizer
requirements
- Harvesting, processing and
storage of fibre
10 Rock formation Collect and identify rock types
- Definition of rocks
- Rock types: e.g. igneous,
sedimentary and metamorphic
- Rock formation processes/soil
formation
11 Practical: Identification of rock. Collect the different rock types
Identification of the various rock types. and identify them for the
students.
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination

AGRICULTURAL SCIENCE
THIRD TERM SS ONE
WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES
1 Sources of farm power i. class discussion
Sources of farm power: ii. use one or two students to
- Human perform one farm activity in the
- Animal farm (human power)
- Mechanical iii. observe the use of
- Electrical mechanical farm power
- Solar (machine)
- Wind
- Water
2 Mechanization Visit to mechanized farms or
- Definition of mechanization agro-service centres.
- Explanation of mechanization in
a broad term
3 Prospect of mechanization Observe the use of mechanical
The advantages of mechanization: or electrical farm powers
i. Increased productivity
ii. Reduced drudgery
iii. Timeliness of operations etc.
4 Problems of mechanization Observe and compare a newly
(a) Disadvantages of mechanization: worked land with machines with
 - displacement of workers manually worked land.
- destruction of soil structure
- environmental pollution
- compaction of soil
(b) Limitations:
- economic limitations
- technical knowhow
- small holdings
5 Prospects of mechanization Class discussion
Possible ways of improving Agriculture
through mechanization:
- financial empowerment to farmers
- emphasis on technical education to train
and have enough technicians
- increase holdings
6 Factors of production Excursion to large scale
Factors of production: agricultural establishment
- Land
- Labour
- Capital
- Management
7 Farm manager i. state the functions
Functions of a farm manager: ii. explain the functions
Planning, organizing, supervising etc.
8 Agricultural financing i. state the various sources of
Sources of farm financing: farm credit and finance
i. Agricultural banks
ii. Commercial banks ii. explain the sources
iii. Cooperative societies
iv. Money lenders
v. Individuals
9 Agricultural financing i. Explain the sources
Sources of farm financing continues
vi. Savings and thrift society ii. use professional (guest
vii. Self financing lecturer) bank officials
viii. Government
ix. Others
10 Implications of farm credits Explain the implications of credits
The implication of farm credits e.g. interest (loan) especially from
rates commercial banks
11 Practical: Visit to agro-service centres
Identification of farm machines and their
parts
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination
 PHYICAL EDUCATION
SS1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Foundation of Physical -The teacher discusses the philosophies of
Education the founding fathers
Principles and philosophies of - Explains the changes in the concept of
founding fathers physical Education
Changes in concept of Physical - the students compare the philosophies of
Education the founding fathers and mention some
changes in the concept of physical Education
- Instructional Resources textbook, Audio
visual aids and CD-ROMs

2 Concept Of The Whole Man - The teacher explains the disadvantages of

Over view concept of the whole over emphasizing one aspect of life at the
man expense of the others e.g. placing more
-Unitary nature of man emphasis on the physical at the expense of
- Education of the physical and emotional or social
education through the physical -Describes the role of physical education in
the role of physical education in developing the mind and body.
developing the mind and body of - The students state the relationship between
man the mind and body
-List ways physical education develops the
mind and body
- Instructional Resources textbooks, charts
etc.
3 Physical Education Ideologies - The teacher defines nationalism and
-Nationalism and patriotism in patriotism
physical education and sport -Explains nationalism and patriotism giving
- Definition of Nationalism and examples
patriotism - Relates ideologies in physical education to
-Patriotism using Greeks, national ideologies
Spartans and Athenians as -The students give examples of patriots in
example sports
- discuss national ideologies that can be
developed through physical education
- Instructional Resources: Textbook, posters
etc.
4 Recreation -The teacher defines recreation, rest and
-Definition and importance of leisure
recreational activities - Explains the objectives of recreation
- Characteristics of recreational List some recreational activities
activities -The students participate in class discussions
- Differences among work, rest, by defining the key words
recreation, leisure and sports. - Mention the objectives of recreation, rest
and leisure
- State some local recreational activities,
facilities and equipment.
Instructional Resource:-poster, pictures, open
spaces, CD-ROMs, sports facilities and
equipment

5 Recreation Continues -The teacher classifies recreational activities

Types of recreational activities
into indoor and outdoor
(indoor and outdoor) - Explains the various activities under indoor
and outdoor
- Mentions the equipment and facilities in both
indoor and outdoor activities
- The students identify indoor and outdoor
activities
- Enumerates the equipment and facilities in
both indoor and outdoor activities
6 Competitive Sports The teacher defines intramural and extra
Intramural and Extramural mural activities
sports activities -Explains minor and major games
-Minor and major games and - differentiate between minor and major
sports games with examples
-the students discuss intra and extra mural
activities
- gives examples of minor and major games
-Instructional Resources: playground, charts,
textbooks sporting equipment etc.
7 Competitive Sports -The teacher defines tournament
(Tournament) -Lists the types of tournament
Definition of tournament -Explains the various types, it’s advantages
-Types of tournaments e.g. and disadvantages
single, Double |Elimination and -Mentions some advantages and
Round robins disadvantages of the various types of
-Advantages and Disadvantages tournament
of each tournament -Instructional Resources;- charts for the
various types of tournament Rules books of
different sports etc.
8 Traditional Physical Education -The teacher narrates the history of traditional
And Sports In Nigeria sports in Nigeria
 -Mentions the types of traditional sports
-Origin of traditional sports in -state values (importance of traditional sports
Nigeria -the students identify some traditional sports
-types of traditional sports and games
-values /Importance of traditional -Mention some values of traditional sports
sports and games
-Practice some of the traditional sports and
games
-Instruction Resources textbooks, pictures,
CD-ROMs Local musical equipment.

9 Athletics And Sports -The teacher defines athletics and sports

-Definitions -Mentions the classes of athletics and sports
-Class of athletics events races (Bunch, medium and Elongated)
-The sprints - The students practice the types of start in
-a the start sprint and the stages in running
-b the acceleration - Instructional Resources;- starting block,
-c finishing whistle / starting gun, stop watch, Rules book
and pillar.

10 Athletics And Sports (Relay -The teacher defines relay race

Races) -Lists the types of relay race
-Relay Races -Describes the method of baton exchange
Definition -Specifies the exchange zone
-Types of relay races -students practice the baton exchange within
-The baton exchange the exchange zone and take note.
-Types of baton exchange -Instructional Resources;- Relay baton,
(visual and non –visual) whistle/ starting gun, pillar, starting block,
-the exchange zone (20m zone) spike shoes, rules books etc,.

11 Revision Revision
12 Examinations Examinations

PHYICAL EDUCATION
SS1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Traditional Sports in West -The teacher narrates the history of traditional
Africa sports in west Africa
-Origin of the sports -Mentions the significance of traditional sports
-The significance of the in west Africa
traditional sports in west Africa -The students participate in the classroom
discussions
-List some traditional sports in west Africa
Instructional Resources –posters, CD-ROMs,
Textbooks etc.
2 Modern Physical Education -The teacher explains modern physical
And Sports In West Africa Education in Nigeria
-Modern physical Education in -mentions the contribution of the pioneers of
Nigeria physical education in Nigeria and other west
- Contribution of the pioneer of Africa nations.
physical Education in Nigeria - The students take note and mention some
and west Africa pioneers of Physical Education in west Africa
-Instructional Resource posters, textbooks,
CD-ROMs etc.
3 National Sports -The teacher defines national championship
Championship -Explains the organization and administration
-Definition of national championships
-Organization and administration -Lists the types of national championships
of national championships -The students listen, ask questions and take
-Types of national down notes
championships e.g. -Instructional Resources : text books, charts
a) National Championships illustrating the types of championships, CD-
organized by different sports ROMs, etc
Associations (NSC) and its
significance
b) Organized by corporate
organizations
c) Organized by Nigerian school
sports federation (NSSF)
4 Institutional Sports -The teacher lists and explains the various
-The Nigeria Universities Games institutional sports
association (NUGA) -Explains the importance of institutional
-The Nigerians polytechnics sports to national development
Games Association (NIPOGA) -The students participate in class discussions,
-The Nigerian Advanced ask questions and take notes
teachers colleges and colleges -Instructional Resource pictures, charts, CD-
of Education Game Association ROMs etc.
(NATCEGA)
-Their National development
5 International Spots -The teacher defines the term ECOWAS
-ECOWAS Games -Enumerates the ECOWAS nations
-Definition -Mentions the functions of ECOWAS
-Membership -Explains the importance of ECOWAs Games
-Functions to the various regions and mentions the
-Importance of ECOWAS ECOWAs headquarter.
Games to the region, local -The students participate in the classroom
Secretariat of ECOWAS discussion and take note
-Instructional Resources charts, CD-ROMs
picture, Textbooks etc.
6 The Skeletal System -The teacher defines skeletal system and
-Definition joins
 -Types of bones -Guides the student to identify and label the
-Joins- main parts of the skeletal
-Definition -The students draw and label the parts of the
-Kinds of joins skeleton
-Instructional Resources;- picture, textbooks,
CD-ROMs, projectors and diagrams
7 The Circulatory System -The teacher guides the students to draw and
-The heart muscle label the different parts of the heart and
-Effects of training on the heart explains the different between veins, and
arteries
-Discusses the effects of training on the heart
-Students draw and label the different parts of
the heart, participate on the heart –
Instructional Resources –Diagrams,
textbooks CD-ROMs, projector and pictures.
8 Blood Circulatory System -The teacher discusses the composition of
-The blood circulation blood
-Functions of bold -Explains the functions and differentiate
-Types of blood circulation between the two types of circulation
(pulmonary and systemic circulation)
-Students participate in class discussion listen
and explain the function of blood, asks
question and copy notes.
-Instructional Resources
-Diagram, projectors, pictures CD-ROMs and
textbooks.
9 The Respiratory System -The teacher draws and labels the respiratory
-The structure of the lungs system
-Functions -Explains the structure and functions of the
-Types of respiration lungs
-Effects of exercise on -Discusses types respiration and explains the
respiration effects of exercises during respiration
-Students draw and label the respiratory
system
-Participate in class discussion and take
notes
-Instructional Resources;- CD-ROMs,
projectors, pictures< textbooks and diagrams.
10 Revision Revision
11 Examination Examinations

PHYICAL EDUCATION
SS1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Ball Games (Soccer) The teacher explains and demonstrates the
-Skills in soccer skills in soccer
-safety in soccer -Lists the protective kits in soccer
-kits, equipment and facilities -Explains the basic rules and regulations
-rules and regulations in soccer enumerates the equipment and facilities in
-officials in soccer and their soccer
duties. -Mentions the officials and their duties
-The students practice the various skills
-Soccer pitch, ball, boots, shin, guards, CD-
ROMs, whistle, corner flags, stop watch.
2 The Hockey Games The teacher discusses the types of hockey
-Types of hockey -Draw the hockey pitch,
-Dimensions of the hockey pitch -Lists the equipment and their functions
Equipment and facilities and -Demonstrates some of the skills in hockey
their functions -Supervises the students while they practice
-Officials and their duties in -List the officials and their duties
hockey -Students demonstrate the skills and
participate in class discussions
-Instructional Resources;-
Hockey sticks and balls, head protector for
goal keeper, shin guards, boot, the pitch
textbooks.
3 Racket Games (Table Tennis) -The teacher explains the history of table
-Brief history of table tennis and tennis and the nature of the game
the nature of the game -Drawn and explain the dimension of the table
-Table tennis specification tennis
-Equipment -Lists the basic skills
-Basic skills -Enumerates the rules and regulations
-rules and regulations of the -The students listen and take notes
game. -Draw the table tennis with specification
-Practice the skills
-Mention the rules in the game
-Instruction Resources;- the table, balls, net,
bats etc.
4 Tennis -The teacher narrates the brief history of the
-Brief history and the nature of game and it’s nature
the game -Mention the types of court in tennis
-Types of count in tennis -Draws and explains the tennis court
-Equipment and facilities -Mention the equipment and lists the skills
-The skills in tennis -Enumerates the rules and regulations
-Rules and regulations -The students practice the skills
-Participate in class discussions
-Draw the tennis court with specifications
-Instructional Resources the tennis court,
tennis racket\bat, tennis balls the net, CD-
ROMs
5 Nigerian Traditional Dances -The teachers explains the various dances
-Different dances from the -Demonstrates the dance steps
regions of the country e.g. -Provides costumes for the various dances
Atilogwu in Igbo, Fulani, Hausa, -Displays pictures of some costumes
Efik and Yoruba dances. -The students listen and take down notes
-Practice the dance and dance steps
-Instructional Resources – pictures, CD-
ROMs
-Dance costumes, Radio cassette, local
instruments –drums, samba, gong, earthen
Rot etc.
6 Nigerians Traditional Dances -The teacher demonstrates the various
Continues dances and dance steps
-Practical demonstration of -The students practice the dances and the
traditional dances and dance dance steps.
step. -Instructional Resources:- pictures CD-ROMs,
dance costumes, radio cassette, local
instruments.
7 Physical Fitness -The teacher defines physical fitness
-Definition -Itemizes the components
-Components of physical fitness -Classifies the components under health and
-Classification into health performance\skills related components
performance\ skills related -The students listen and take notes
components -Mention and classify the components of
physical fitness
-Instructional Resources:- textbooks, posters,
charts, CD-ROMs.
8 Physical Fitness Test -The teacher explains the meaning of
-Physical fitness texts activities physical fitness tests
-Administration of physical -Demonstrates the selected fitness test
fitness tests -The students demonstrate and practice
selected physical fitness test
-Discuss the impotence of physical fitness
tests
-Instructional Resources;- charts, benchers
mats, pictures, textbooks, stop watch, and
jotters,
9 Warm-up -The teacher defines warm-up
-Definition of warm-up -Explains the types of warm-up activities
-Types of warm-up activities -The students listen and write the types of
-Importance of warm-up warm-up activities, participate in class
activities Discussions
-Instructional Resources:- textbooks, pictures
and CD-ROMs
10 Adapted Physical Education -The teacher defines major concepts in
Programme adapted physical education programme
 -Definition of major concepts -Explains the various categories of people
-Categories of people with with special needs
special needs -The students take notes of the definitions
and describe the various special needs they
know
-Instructional Resources;- picture, posters
CD-ROMs etc.
11 Adapted Physical Education -The teacher discusses and demonstrates
Programme corrective exercises
-Corrective exercises -Explains activities suitable for different
-Activities for the special needs categories of special needs
-The students participate in class discussions
on activities suitable for different categories of
special need conditions
-Practice the corrective exercises
-Instructional Resources:-
-Special equipment
-CD-ROMs
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examinations

HEALTH EDUCATION
SS 1 FIRST TERM
WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES
1 MEANING AND SETTING FOR -Identify school-based setting in their
HEALTH EDUCATION school
-Meaning of health education -Discuss the types of setting for health
-Meaning of setting for health education with their teacher
education
-Types of setting for health INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE:
education: Home based setting, Posters, flip charts showing setting for
school based setting, community health education, etc.
based setting, health facility based
setting, workplace based setting

2 HEALTH PROMOTION Students should give examples of health

-Meaning of health promotion promotion in their locality and nationally.
-Differences between health
promotion and health education in INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE
Nigeria Charts, posters showing health promotion
-History of health education in programs and activities, etc
Nigeria
3 CELLS AND TISSUES OF HUMAN Teacher guides students to stain and
BODY identify the check cell using appropriate
-Definition of cells and tissues dyes and microscope. Draw and label the
 -Nature of cells and tissues of stages of cell division.
human body
-Meaning of growth and INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE:
development Charts showing cell division, microscope
-Differences between growth and check cell, etc
development
-Cell division

4 THE SENSE ORGANS Students draw and label sense organs

-Definition of sense organs
-Types of sense organs e.g. skin, INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE:
eye and ear Charts showing the sense organs to
-Structure and functions of sense students, etc
organs

5 SENSE ORGANS CONT. Teacher guides students to demonstrate

-Defects and diseases of the eye how to take care of the skin
and their corrections
-Defects and diseases of the ear INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE:
and their remedies Posters, charts, models showing defects
-Common skin diseases: Eczema, and diseases of sense organs, etc
athlete foot, ringworm and scabies

6 SYSTEMS OF THE BODY Students draw and label the human

-Definition of skeletal and muscular skeleton, different types of bones and
systems muscular system
-Structure of skeletal and muscular Teacher guide students to demonstrate
systems human movement.
-Human movement
INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE:
Models, charts posters showing human
skeleton and human movement, muscular
system, etc
7 PHYSICAL HEALTH Both teacher and students to carry out a
-Meaning of physical health simple daily exercise. Students
-Importance of physical health demonstrate how to care for the hands,
-Care of human body parts mouth and other body parts.
INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE:
Weighting scale, rulers, charts, posters,
real life objects, etc

8 COMMUNITY HEALTH SERVICES Teacher guide students to list various

-Definition of community health health services in their locality and explain
-Community health services and efforts of their community in health
their providers: promotion.
i) Orthodox services e.g. Primary
 health care INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE:
ii) Traditional services e.g., Bone Charts, posters showing community efforts
setters, birth attendants in health promotion etc
-Community effort in health
promotion, e.g. Awareness
campaign
9 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Students discuss the various components
-Definition of school health program of school health program
-List and explain the components of
school health program INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE:
i) Skill based health education National School Health Policy, media
ii) Healthful school (Radio, TV, Newspapers), charts, posters
environment( Physical and etc
biological environment)
iii) School health and nutrition
services
iv) School, home and community
relationship
-Goal s and objectives of school
health program
10 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Students collect information about global
CONT. health initiatives from mass media and
Linkages for promoting school internet.
health program(initiatives): Teacher lead students to discuss global
i) Health promoting school(HPS) health initiatives for promotion of school
ii) Child friendly school health.
iii) Focusing resources on effective INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE:
school health(FRESH) Posters and charts , media, National policy
iv) Skill based health on global health initiatives, etc
education(SBHE)
v) Life skill(LS)
vi) Education for all(EFA)

11 HOUSING Teacher takes students to visit a standard

-Criteria for good housing: building or an estate to observe the criteria
i) sitting and components of good housing.
ii) Ventilation
iii) Lighting INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE:
iv) Sanitation Charts, posters, films showing examples
-Components of a standard house of houses and components.
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination

HEALTH EDUCATION
SS 1 SECOND TERM
WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES
1 WATER SUPPLY Students demonstrate some methods of
-Definition of water water purification.
-Sources of water: rain, bore-hole,
river, streams, and spring, well INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE:
and pond Posters and charts showing sources of
water, cloth filter, alum, etc

2 NUTRITION AND FOOD Students bring food stuff to class, classify

NUTRIENTS them and identify their sources.
-Definition of
i) Nutrition INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
ii) Nutrient Real food stuff, posters and charts of food
-Classes of food nutrients substances, etc
-Sources of food nutrients and
their examples
3 BALANCED/ADEQUATE DIET Students plan a table of balanced/adequate
-Definition of balanced adequate diet.
diet
-Food groups in the locality INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCE:
-Nutritional problems Posters, charts, real food stuff, etc

4 FACTORS INFLUENCING Teacher leads students to illustrate factors

FEEDING HABITS/CHOICE OF influencing feeding habits.
FOOD
-Factors influencing feeding INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
habits/choice of food: Charts and posters illustrating factors
i) Availability influencing feeding habits.
ii) Religion
iii) Education
iv) Age
v) Belief
vi) Health
vii) Condition
viii) Cost

5 FIRST AID Teacher guides students to demonstrate

-Definition of First Aid how to apply First Aid
-Relevant terms used in first aid
e.g. Casualty etc INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
-Situations in which first aid kits Posters/pictures showing situations that
are used require first aid
-Importance of first aid treatment

6 FIRST AID TREATMENT Students role play an emergency condition.

-Principles of first aid treatment
 -Nature of specific emergency INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
conditions Stretchers, blankets, posters, and charts
-Contents of a first aid box and illustrating first aid treatment and box.
uses

7 SAFETY EDUCATION Students role play importance of safety

-Definition of safety education education and healthful school living
-Need for safety education environment.
-Principle of safety
-Importance of safety education INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
-Healthful school environment Broom, buckets, mop, etc

8 DRUG EDUCATION Students collect information on effects of

-Terminologies in drug education: drug abuse and participate in class
drug abuse, drug dependence, discussion.
drug misuse, drug addiction, self
medication, alcoholism, INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
rehabilitation, etc Charts showing classes of drugs, First Aid
-Classes of drug commonly box.
abused
9 DRUG EDUCATION CONT. Teacher guides students to discuss
-Ways of taking drugs in to the characteristics of drug addicts, ways of
body( oral, injection, inhalation, taking drugs into the body and ways of
topical and anal) rehabilitating addicts.
-Drug abuse and consequences of
self medication INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
-Differences between drug abuse Posters and charts showing ways of taking
and drug misuse drugs into the body, First Aid box
-Ways of rehabilitating drug
addicts
10 DISEASES Teacher leads the students to participate in
-Definition of disease the discussion on communicable and non
-Classes of diseases communicable diseases.
i) Communicable
ii) Non Communicable disease INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
-Differences between Posters, charts, showing classes of
communicable and non diseases
communicable diseases
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

HEALTH EDUCATION
SS 1 THIRD TERM
WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES
1 COMMUNICABLE DISEASE Teacher guides students in mentioning
 -Definition of communicable types of diseases, their epidemiology and
disease, epidemiology, prevalence rate.
prevalence rate etc
-Classification of communicable INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
diseases(airborne, water borne, Posters, charts, graphic presentation of
body contact infection) prevalence of diseases

2 CAUSES AND PREVENTION OF Students participate in the discussion on the

COMMUNICABLE DISEASES effects of causative agents, host and
-Causes of communicable environment in the cause and spread of
diseases diseases
-Conditions for communicable
diseases to occur: agent, host and INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
environment Posters, charts, magazines, graphic
-Prevention of communicable illustrations etc
diseases
3 HUMAN REPRODUCTION Students draw and label male and female
Definition of: sex organs
i) Reproduction INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
ii) Sex gamete Posters and charts showing female and
iii) Ovulation male sex organs.
iv) Menstruation
v) Pregnancy
vi) Gestation
-Description of sex organs
-Process of fertilization

4 HUMAN REPRODUCTION Teacher guides the students in describing

-Foetal development the ways in taking care of the pregnancy
-Care of pregnancy and newborn and the newborn.

INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
Posters, charts, CDs, etc showing a
pregnant woman and the newborn.

5 HUMAN SEXUALITY Students discuss human sexuality and

EDUCATION gender equality
-Define:
i) Human sexuality INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
ii) Sexuality education Posters, charts, etc showing gender equality
iii) Sexual health
iv) Sexual reproductive health
right
v) Gender and equality
-Explain the nature of human
sexuality
6 ASSERTIVE COMMUNICATION Students role play assertive communication
SKILLS skills
-Describe assertive and
communication skills INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
-List the attributes of Posters and charts illustrating assertive
communication skills communication skills.
-Differences between assertive
and communication skills as
applicable to human sexuality

7 FAMILY AND FAMILY HEALTH Role play an ideal family set up

ROLES
-Family and household INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
i) Definition of: Family, Household Posters, charts and CDs showing types of
-Roles, responsibility and family.
functions of members of the family
-Marriage and parenthood
i) Types of marriage
ii) Process of marriage

8 EMOTIONAL HEALTH Role play emotional conditions

-Definitions of emotional health
and social health INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
-Differences between emotional Posters and charts showing classes of
and social health diseases
-Inter-relationship between
emotional and social health
9 ATTRIBUTES OF EMOTIONAL Teacher guides students in identifying
AND SOCIAL HEALTH personal problems and their solutions
-Definition of
i) Personality INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
ii) Personality traits Posters, charts and graphic presentation of
-Personality problems and prevalence of disease.
solutions
i) Identification of personality
problems
ii) Solving personal problems
10 CONSUMER HEALTH Teacher guides students to identify
EDUCATION consumer health products and services in
-Consumer health: the community
i) Meaning
ii) Products INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
iii) Services Brochures of health products and brochures
-Consumer health education of health services organizations.
i) Meaning
-Features of genuine products and
 services( trade mark, expiry date,
etc)

11 CONSUMER HEALTH Make field trips to agencies promoting

PROTECTION consumer health in Nigeria.
-Laws protecting health in Nigeria
-Agencies promoting consumer INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
health in Nigeria and their Law documents, Brochures of agencies
activities( e.g. NAFDAC, SON, promoting consumer health in Nigeria.
Consumer protection board)

12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination

COMPUTER STUDIES
SS ONE FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 OVERVIEW OF COMPUTER TEACHER’s ACTIVITIES

SYSTEM - Leads students to define computer
-Definition of computer -- Guide students to state the two broad
-Two main constituents of a classes of computer.
computer ---States characteristics of a computer.
a) computer hardware STUDENTS ACTIVITIES
b) computer software ---Participate in class discussions.
---Identify various parts of hardware and
software.
---States characteristics of a computer.
RESOURCE MATERIALS
-A computer set.
-parts of computer, charts and pictures.

2 COMPUTER HARDWARE TEACHER’s ACTIVITIES

-System unit ---lists examples of hardware and
-peripherals software.
COMPUTER SOFTWARE. ---Displays a computer set.
-System software STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
-Application software ---Identify a computer as electronic
machine
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Parts of computer, charts and picture.
3 DATA AND INFORMATION TEACHERS’ ACTIVITIES.
-Definition of data and ---Lead students to define data and
information information.
---differences between data and ---State differences between data and
information information.
STUDENTS ACTIVITIES .
---participate in class discussions.
---Identify data as written by the teacher.
---Observe the keyboard letter
arrangement as data.
RESOURCE MATERIALS

Computer; charts and materials.

4 DATA AND INFORMATION TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

-Differences between data and List examples of data and information
information -Displays key arrangement
-Examples of data and On the key board as a type of data
information -Guides students to type in alphabets or
numbers in a related form into computer
as information.
STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
-observe the keyboard letter
Arrangement as data.
-Enter alphabets or numbers into data
and information.
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer, Charts and material.

5 COMPUTING DEVICES 1(PRE- i) Abacus

COMPUTER AGE TO 19th ii) Slide rule
CENTRY) iii)Napcer’s bon
-Features, Components and use iv)Pascal calculator
of; v) Lerbnitz multipler
vi) Jacquard’s Loom
vii) Charles Babbage
viii) Analytical Engine
ix) Hollerith Census machine
x) Burrough’s machine .
TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES
-Guide students to state the features of
each computing device.
-Displays their components to student.
State their uses’
STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
-Identify the size and components of
 each device
-Participate in class discussions
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Charts, pictures, and any available pre—
computer age computing device.

6 COMPUTING DEVICES II (20TH TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

CENTURY TO DATE ) -state the features of each computing
-Features Components and uses device
of: -Display their components to students
i) ENIAC -States their uses
ii)EDVAC STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
iii) UNIVAC 1 -Identify size and components of each
device
-Copy notes from chalkboard.
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Desktop computers, Laptop, Charts and
Pictures.

7 COMPUTING DEVICES II (20TH TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

CENTURY TO DATE) -States the features of each Computing
-Feature; components and uses device.
of: -Displays their components to students
Iv)Desk Top Personal Computer -States their uses.
V)Laptop and Notebook STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES.
Computer -Identify the size and components of
vi) Palm Top Computer each device.
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Desktop computer, Laptop, palmtop,
charts and pictures.

8 INPUT DEVICES. TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

-Definition of input devices -Leads students to define an input
-Types of input devices:- device
Keyboard, Mouse, Scanner, -Displays input device to students
Microphone, Joystick, Card- -Leads students to list input devices.
reader, Light pen, Digital Camera STUDENTS ACTIVITIES
etc, -Participation in class discussions.
-Identify various input devices as
displayed in class.
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Keyboard, Mouse, scanner, Microphone,
Joystick, Light pen, Cards reader, Digital
Camera etc.

9 INPUT DEVICES TEACHER’S ACTIVITIIES

 -Mouse -Displays the mouse in the class for
-Feature of a mouse students.
-Functions and operation. -Guides students to operate the mouse
STUDENTS ‘ ACTIVITIES
-Identify the mouse and its features.
-Operate the mouse.
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Mouse, computer system.

1O KEYBOARD TEACHERS ACTIVITIES

-Structure and function. -Displays keyboard in the class for
-Keys on the keyboard:- Function students.
keys , Numeric keys, Alphabetic -Guides students to operate the
keys, special Character keys, keyboard .
cursor control keys, command STUDENTS ACTIVITIES
keys. -Identify the keyboard and its features
-RESOURCE MATERIALS
Keyboard, computer system.

11 Revisions Revisions
12 Examinations Examinations

COMPUTER STUDIES
SS ONE SECOND TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 OUTPUT DEVICES TEACHER ACTIVITIES

-Definition of output device: Monitor, -Leads students to define output devices
Printer speaker, plotter -displays the output devices in for
-Features and uses of output device students
-Monitor:- structure types and -Leads students to list output devices.
functions -States the features of monitors.
I-e Monochrome and colour. STUDENTS ACTIVITIES
-Identify the output devices as displayed
-Switch on the monitor
RESOURCE MATERIALS.
Monitor, Microphone. Speakers, Charts.

2 OUTPUT DEVICES:-printers, types TEACHERS ACTIVITIES

-Impact Displays different types of printers.
Dot matrix printers, line printers, -State the features and their differences.
character printers -Guides students to operate the printer.
-NON-Impact. STUDENTS ACTIVITIES
Inkjet Printers, Laser jet Printers, -Operate the printer under teacher’s
Thermal Printers guidance
 -Comparative study of common -Copy notes from the chalkboard into
printers. their notes
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Printers, charts, Computer system.

3 COMPUTER SYSTEM SOFTWARE TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

-Definition of software -Leads students to define computer
Types of software: System software( software
operating system, translator, -Guides students to name different types
tools/utility program) and Application of software
software STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
Identify operating systems displayed on
the screen.
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer with windows or Unix operating
system installed.

4 COMPUTER SYSTEM SOFTWARE TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

-Examples of operating system e.g. -Leads students to list examples of
Graphical user interface (GUI), MS operating system
windows, Linux. -Displays operating system environment
-Command line(Linux, Microsoft, on the screen
disk operating system (DOS) STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
-Examples of translators e.g. -Participate in class discussions
Assemblers, compilers, interpreters -Identify DOS directory at the C. prompt
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer with DOS installed charts and
pictures.

5 COMPUTER APPLICATION TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

SOFTWARE -Lead students to define application
-Examples of utility software
programs(Editors, Anti-virus) -Leads students to state categories of
-Definition of application software application packages
-Types of application software( User STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
application program i.e program Identify application packages as
written by numbers) and (Application displayed
packages) RESOURCE MATERIALS
-Categories of application packages Application packages, charts and pictures
e.g. word processing, spread sheet,
graphics, database, games.

6 COMPUTER APPLICATION TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

SOFTWARE -Leads students to list packages for
-Packages for specialized areas: specialized areas
Accounting software, Payroll STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
 Programs, Banking Software, Identify different packages for specialized
Educational Management Software, areas
Statistical Packages, and Hospital RESOURCE MATERIALS
Management Software etc. Pictures and charts

7 PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE TEACFHER’S ACTIVITIES

-Definition of programming language -Leads students to define programming
-Levels of programming language: language
Machine Language(ML), -Displays a stored programming language
-Low Level Language( LLL), High on the screen
Level Language( HLL) -States the various programming
-Features of each level language levels.
-Describe features of each programming
language level.
STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES.
-Identify a programming language when
displayed on the screen
-Describe the features of each level of
programming language.
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer, A high level language stored
or installed e.g. BASIC environment.

8 PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

-Examples of programming Guides students to compare the various
language levels of programming language.
-Comparison of levels of STUDENTS ACTIVITIES
programming language Compare the various levels of
programming languages.
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer, charts.

9 BASIC PROGRAMMING TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

LANGUAGE -Leads students to state the full meaning
-Meaning of “BASIC” (Beginners All- of ‘BASIC’
Purpose Symbolic Instructional -List Basic character set
Code) -List some Basic statement
-Basic Statement: LET, READ, STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
INPUT, DATA, END,L PRINT -State the full meaning of ‘BASIC’
-Basic character List BASIC character set and some
BASIC statements.
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer with BASIC program installed,
chart

1O BASIC PROGRAMMING TEACHERS ACTIVITIES

 LANGUAGE -Writes BASIC notations for arithmetic
-BASIC Arithmetic operator expressions
-BASIC Arithmetic expressions -Leads students to write simple BASIC
program
Students Activities
-Write simple BASIC program
-Run BASIC program installed, chart
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer with BASIC program installed,
chart.

11 BASIC PROGRAMMING TEACHERS’ ACTIVITIES

LANGUAGE -Write BASIC notations for arithmetic
-Evaluation of arithmetic expression expressions
-Simple BASIC program -Guides students to run BASIC program
on computer
STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
-Write simple BASIC program
-Run BASIC program in the computer
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer with BASIC program installed

12 Revisions Revisions
13 Examinations Examinations

COMPUTER STUDIES
SS ONE THIRD TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

-Full meaning of ICT -Leads students to state the full
-Types of ICT e.g. Broadcasting, meaning of ICT
Telecommunications, Data Networks, -State types of communications.
Information Systems, Satellite -List types of broadcasting
communications. STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
-Broadcasting: Radio, Television, Identify ICT gadgets
Satellite TV systems. RESOURCE MATERIALS.
Computer, Radio, Television

2 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

-Telecommunications: ( Public -Display available ICT gadgets,
Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), radio, television and computer.
Mobile phone system (GSM), Circuit -Shows satellite dish in an out-of-
 switched packet telephone system, class activity.
Satellite telephone system, Fixed STUDENTS ACTIVITIES
wireless telephone system Access information on internet or
-Data Networks: (Personal Area other information devices
Network (PAN), Local Area RESOURCE MATERIALS
Network(WAN), Internet. Internet facility, GSM phone, fax
machine.

3 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

-Information system: Data processing -Leads students to list ICT
system, Global positioning application areas
system(GPS) -Leads students to list ICT based
-Applications of ICT: Teleconferencing, gadgets
video conferencing, tele-presence, STUDENT ACTIVITIES
telecommunication and networking, Identify application areas of ICT in
tele-computing, messaging, an out-of-class activity or through
information search, retrieval and internet or on pictures
archival. RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer, television, internet, ICT-
based gadgets available.

4 APPLICATION AREA OF ICT TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

-ICT-based gadgets – mobile phones, -Guides students to operate ICT-
computer, fax machines, automated based gadgets
teller machine(ATM), dispensing STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
machines, point of sales machine, -Operate ICT-based gadgets under
automated cash register(ACR), radio teacher’s supervision.
set, etc. RESOURCE MATERIALS
-Operation of ICT based gadgets Computer with DOS installed,
charts and pictures.

5 BASIC COMPUTER OPERATIONS TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

-Description of the booting process -Leads students to describe
-Types of booting: Cold and warm booting process
-Components of window desktop: -Leads students to identify icons on
Icons, taskbar, background. the desk top
STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
-Power the computer under the
supervision of the teacher
-Observe light blinking as booting
continues
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer, power source.

6 BASIC COMPUTER OPERATIONS TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

-Running an application program e.g. -Guides students to run an
 Microsoft word application program in the
-The process of shutting down the computer.
computer STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
Run application program under
teacher’s supervision
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer system

7 WORD PROCESSING TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

-Definition of Word Processing and -Leads students to define word
Word Processor processing and word processor
-Examples of Word Processors: -States the features of a word
Microsoft Word, word perfect, word processor
star. STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES.
-Features of word processors -Open word processing
environment under teacher’s
supervision.
-Carry out basic word processing
operations, hands-on-
experience(h-o-e)
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer, word processing
packages.

8 WORD PROCESSING TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES

-Word processing environment Guides students to carry out basic
-Using a word processor to: create, operations on word processing
edit, format, save, retrieve, print and hands-on-experience(h-o-e)
close. STUDENTS ACTIVITIES
Create document, edit document,
save document, close document
file and exit word.
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer system

9 PRESENTATION PACKAGES TEACHER’S ACTIVITIIES

-Definition of presentation package -Leads students to define and list
-Example of presentation packages presentation package
e.g. Microsoft power-point -States the features of a
-Features of presentation package: presentation package
Creation of slides, insertion of pictures, STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
insertion of video and audio, -Identify a presentation program
animation, slide shows, creating environment
graphics, creating of organization and RESOURCE MATERIALS
other charts. Computer with presentation
package
 1O USING PRESENTATION PACKAGE TEACHER’S ACTIVITIES
-Microsoft power point(Open the -Guides students to identify the
application, create a new presentation, features of a presentation program
insert slide contents: text, graphics -Leads students to carry out basic
and pictures) operation on presentation program
STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
Carry out simple presentation
operation with power point.
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer with presentation
package (e.g. Power point).

11 USING PRESENTATION PACKAGE TEACHERS’ ACTIVITIES

-Microsoft power point-Animation -Lead students to carry out basic
contents, add new slides, save operation on presentation program.
presentation, close –presentation, STUDENTS’ ACTIVITIES
close application. -Carry out simple presentation
operation with power point
RESOURCE MATERIALS
Computer with presentation
package(e.g. Power point)

12 Revisions Revisions
13 Examinations Examinations

SENIOR SECONDARY (BUSINESS)

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
SS1 FIRST TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 BOOK-KEEPING AND Teacher explains the meaning of book

ACCOUNTING keeping and accounting, lists the institutions
and organizations where accounting can be
- Meaning studied, ask the students to list professional
- History of accounting
accounting bodies in Nigeria, specify the
- Origin
prerequisite qualifications for a professional
- Accounting as a profession
- Future prospects accountant, mention the users of accounting
information, state the accounting equation.
 - Users of accounting Students write short note on book-keeping
information and accounting, identify the famous
- Accounting equation accounting bodies in Nigeria, lists the users
- Identify different igeria. of accounting information.

Resources; resource person, publications,

chart.

2 BOOK KEEPING AND Teacher mention the need for book-keeping

ACCOUNTING and accounting, give reasons why the
keeping of accounting record is the soul of
- The need for book keeping business, explain the valuation of stock and
and accounting.
assets.
- Keeping of accounting
records as a soul of Students are to mention the need for book-
business
keeping and accounting, listen to the
- Valuation of stock
teacher and take notes on stock and assets
- Valuation of assets
- Determine debtors valuation.
creditors
Resources; chart, company accounting
- Conservation of assets.
publication showing preparation of stock
-
valuation.

3 ETHICS OF ACCOUNTING Teacher explains the meaning and

importance of qualities of an accountant and
- Explain the term how to appreciate the attributes of
accounting ethics
accounting profession.
- Accounting ethics; honesty,
transparency, integrity, Students listen to the teacher and take
accountability, fairness,
notes.
objectivity and
trustworthiness. Resources; charts listing ethics/qualities.
- Benefits of accounting
ethics to the; profession,
society.
4 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE Teacher explains the principles of double
OF DOUBLE ENTRY entry, illustrates the rules of double entry
principles using format of ordinary cash
- Meaning and definition book.
- Principles and rules of
double entry. Students practice some exercise based on
- Application of the rules with double entry.
ordinary cash book-
meaning, format, and Resources; chart/format.
preparation.
5 DOUBLE ENTRY/THREE Teacher illustrates the double column cash
COLUMN book with emphasis on contra entries.

-Double column cash book with Students work examples based on double
emphasis on contra- entry. column cash book demonstrating the
principle of contra entry.
-The three column cash book with
discounts well explained. Teacher illustrates three column cash book
showing discount allowed and discount
received.

Resources; chart/format.

6 DOUBLE ENTRY/THREE Teacher guides the learners to work as

COLUMN many exercises as possible with emphasis
on contra entries and discounts well
-Further treatment of three explained in three column cash book,
column cash book. illustrates with examples the application of
-The ledgers – meaning and double entry on the ledger, guide the
types. learners on how to post transactions
correctly in the ledger.
-Application to double entry book
keeping from cash book. Students listen and take part in the
preparation, application of double entry and
-Posting of transactions to ledger. correct posting of transactions in the ledger.

Explain the meaning/types of ledger

accounts.

Resources; charts showing format.

7 ANALYTICAL CASH BOOK Teacher explains the meaning and

advantages of the petty cash book,
- Meaning/ definition illustrates the analytical petty cash book with
- Advantages of petty cash
imprest.
book
- Analytical petty cash book Students pay attention, list the advantages
imprest. of the petty cash book, practice some
exercises on the analytical petty cash book
with imprest.

Resources; charts, invoice, and receipts, a

company’s petty cash specimen
8 ANALYTICAL CASH BOOK Teacher guides the students to post petty
cash transactions to the ledger.
Petty cash transactions to the
ledgers. Students demonstrate the posting of petty
cash transactions to the ledger.
Preparations.
Resources; chart.

9 SUBSIDIARY BOOKS AND Teacher explains source document, mention

SOURCE DOCUMENTS the types of source documents.

- Meaning Students identify the various types of source

- Identify and explain source documents and subsidiary books.
documents
- Match source documents Resources; chart, invoice, receipts, credit
to subsidiary books. note, debit note etc.
-
10 SUBSIDIARY BOOKS AND Teacher explains the subsidiary books, give
SOURCE DOCUMENTS reasons for subsidiary books and mention
the types, guide the learners in the
- Meaning preparation of subsidiary books.
- Reasons for subsidiary
books Students highlight the reasons for subsidiary
- Types books, observe the preparation of subsidiary
- Preparation of subsidiary books, demonstrate the preparation of
books.
subsidiary books.

Resources; chart.

11 TRIAL BALANCE Teacher discusses the rules and the uses of

trial balance.
- Meaning
- Rules of trial balance Students highlight the rules and uses of trial
- Uses of trial balance balance.

Resources; chart.

12 TRIAL BALANCE Teacher guides the learners in preparing

trial balance, balancing of trial balance.
- Formation layout
- Preparation of final balance Students demonstrate the preparation of
- Extraction of balances from trial balance.
the ledger account.
 Resources; chart.

13 Revisions Revisions
14 Examinations Examinations

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
SS1 SECOND TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 GENERAL JOURNAL Teacher explains the meaning and uses

of general journal, illustrates the layout
- Meaning and definition of a typical general journal, illustrates
- Uses of the general journal.
with examples, the opening and closing
- Advantages of general journal.
entries.
- Opening and closing entries.
Students pay attention to the meaning
and uses of general journal, demonstrate
the opening and closing entries.

Resources; chart, receipts, invoice.

2 CORRECTION OF ERRORS Teacher guides students in correcting

errors that affect the trial balance.
-Errors in accounting
-Meaning Students pay attention and take part in
-Errors that affect the trial the correction of errors that affect the
balance trial balance.
- Errors that do not affect the
trial balance Resources; chart.
- Correction of errors and
preparation.
3 SUSPENSE ACCOUNT Teacher explains suspense account,
guides the students to prepare suspense
- Meaning account.
- Location and correction of
errors Students observe the preparation of
- Preparation of suspense suspense account.
account.
Resources; chart.

4 CLASSIFICATION OF ACCOUNT - Teacher explains to the learners the

Types classes of accounts.

- Personal account Students write short notes on the

 - Impersonal account different classes of account.
- Real and nominal (explain and
give example in each class) Give reasons and benefits of classifying
- Reasons and benefits accounts.

Resources; chart.

5 BANK RECONCILIATION Teacher explains the different types of

STATEMENT bank document.

- Meaning/definitions Students write short notes on

- Bank document dishonoured cheque, uncredited cheque,
- Terminologies used in bank unpresented cheque, commission
reconciliation statement. interest.

Resources; bank documents, chart.

6 BANK RECONCILIATION Teacher interprets the bank statement,

STATEMENT work some examples, adjustment of
cash book, bank reconciliation statement
- Interpretation of bank preparation.
statements.
- Adjustments of cash books. Students prepare adjusted cash book,
- Preparation of bank prepare bank reconciliation statement
reconciliation. from a given bank statement, standing
order, direct payment, observe the
various stages of cash book adjustment,
bank reconciliation.

Resources; bank documents, charts,

resource person.

7 ACCOUNTING CONCEPTS Teacher guides the students to explain

the term accounting concepts, mentions
- Define accounting concept. and discusses these concepts.
- Identify and explain the
accounting concepts e.g. Students write short notes on the
entity concept, going concept, accounting concept.
money measurement. Etc
Resources; chart.

8 TRADING ACCOUNT Teacher explains the items in the trading

 - Meaning/definition account.
- Terminologies used in trading
account Guides the students to prepare trading
- Preparation of trading account. account.

Students identify the various

terminologies, demonstrate the
preparation of trading account.

Resources; chart.

9 PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT Teacher explains profit and loss account
items, draws the format of profit and loss
- Meaning and definition account.
- Identification of profit and loss
account items. Students draw the format of profit and
- Format or layout – shape and loss account items.
vertical method.
Resources; charts.

10 TRADING, PROFIT AND LOSS Teacher guides the students to prepare

ACCOUNT profit and loss account.

- Preparation of trading profit Students demonstrate the preparation of

and loss account. profit and loss account.
- Determination of net profit and
loss. Resources; charts.
-
11 Revisions Revisions
12 Examinations Examinations

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
SS1 THIRD TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 TRADING, PROFIT AND LOSS Teacher guides the students to

ACCOUNT distinguish between bad debt and
provision for bad debt, guides the
- Preparation of trading and loss
 account. learners to solve problem involving bad
- Adjustments in profit and loss debts and provision for bad debts in
account. ledger and trading profit and loss
- Bad debts and provision for account.
bad debts, meaning,
distinction, posting of entries Students take part in the discussion and
into ledger and final accounts. activities in the classroom; solve
- Payment and accruals;
problems involving bad debts and
meaning, distinctions between
pre-payment and accruals. provision for bad debts in ledger and
trading profit and loss account
preparation.

Resources; charts reflecting account

payments, prepayments.

2 TRADING PROFIT AND LOSS Teacher discusses the differences

ACCOUNT between pre-payments and accruals,
demonstrates the posting of pre-
- Adjustments in profit and loss payments and accruals to ledger and
account.
final account, discusses the provision for
- Posting of pre-payments and
accruals into ledger. discount allowable, demonstrates the
- Provision for depreciation on posting into ledger and final account,
fixed assets; meaning and discusses the provisions for
calculation of depreciation. depreciation, demonstrates entries into
the ledger of provision for depreciation
account, trading, profit and loss account.

Students copy the posting of pre-

payment and accruals to the ledger and
final account.

Resources; charts.

3 BALANCE SHEET Teacher guides learners to distinguish

between assets and liabilities, discusses
- Meaning/definition the different types of assets and
- Distinguish between assets
liabilities.
and liabilities.
- Identification of types of assets Students note the differences between
and liabilities. assets and liabilities.
- Classification.
Resources; charts.

4 BALANCE SHEET Teacher draws the format/layout of a

 balance sheet, using the two methods,
prepare a balance sheet.
- Balance layout/format; -T-
shape/conventional method. Students draw the format/layout of a
- Vertical method balance sheet using the two methods,
- Preparations. take part in the preparation of a balance
sheet.

Exercises on preparation of final

accounts.

Resources; charts.

5 CONTROL ACCOUNT Teacher guides the learners to identify

sales ledger items, prepare sales ledger
- Definition control account.
- Features of control account
- Uses of control account Students listen and take part in the
- Terminologies preparation of sales ledger control
- Preparation of sales ledger account.
control account.
Resources; a chart.

6 CONTROL ACCOUNT Teacher guides students to identify

purchases ledger items, prepare
- Preparation of purchases purchases ledger control account.
control account.
- More exercises on sale ledger Students listen and take part in the
control/account and purchases preparation of purchases ledger control
ledger control account.
account.

Resources; charts.

7 DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT Teacher mentions the various causes of

depreciation, discusses the
- Meaning terminologies of depreciation.
- Reasons for charging
depreciation. Students pay attention.
- Causes of depreciation
- Methods of depreciation. Resources; charts.
-
8 DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT Teacher discusses the terminologies
used in straight line, guides the students
Straight line/fixed installment method through the calculation and posting of
- Meaning straight depreciation of final accounts.
 - Formula for calculating Students pay attention, participate in the
depreciation preparation and the calculation, and
- Preparation of depreciation. posting of straight line depreciation.

Resources; charts.

9 DEPRECIATION ACCOUNT Teacher explains the terminologies of

diminishing depreciation, guides the
- Diminishing or reducing learners through the calculation and
balance method.
posting of depreciation to final account.
- Meaning
- Formula Students take part in identifying the
- Preparation depreciation terminologies,
demonstrates in the calculation and
posting of depreciation to final account.

Resources; charts.

10 REVISIT ADJUSTMENT Teacher guides the students to

distinguish between bad debts and
-Bad and doubtful debts provision. provision for bad debt, guides the
-Discount allowed and recurred pre- learners to solve problem involving bad
payment and accruals. debts, and provision for bad debts in
ledger and final account.

Students take part in the discussion and

activities in the classroom; solve
problems involving bad debts and
provision for bad debt in ledger and final
account.

Resources; charts.

11 Revisions Revisions
12 Examinations Examinations

STORE MANAGEMENT
 SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 REVISION OF JSS Teacher revises past questions with
EXAMINATION student
2 INTRODUCTION TO STORE Teacher explains the concept and
MANAGEMENT objectives of store management.
- Meaning and objectives Students identify the importance and
- Importance of store management function visit to a typical store in their
- Functions of store manager locality.
3 COMPONENTS OF STORE Explain and discuss characteristics,
MANAGEMENT meaning, types and benefits of the topic.
- Characteristics of store Students participate in the discussion.
management
- Customer services:- meaning,
types and benefits.
4 PRIMARY FUNCTIONS OF Discusses the functions of management,
MANAGEMENT AS THEY illustrates functions with examples in the
RELATE TO STORE Student environment. Students
MANAGEMENT participate
Planning/organizing – meaning in the discussion and ask questions.
and benefits Visit a typical store that operate base on
- Leading/directing and controlling Managerial function.
meaning and benefit
- Staffing – meaning/stages involve
in staff recruitment
5 STORE ESTABLISHMENT List points to consider as factors in
- Meaning/factors that affect store establishing a store and discuss them,
establishment Students take note of the explanation and
- Competition and types of also participate in the discussion.
business. Charts showing factors to be considered
- Size of business in establishing a store.
6 STORE ESTABLISHMENT
- Security and capital
- Experience
- Source of supply.
7 INTRODUCTION TO RETAILING Teacher discusses concept, functions
AND WHOLESALING and types of retailing.
- Concept of retailing :- meaning Students note explanation and
and functions. participate.
- Factors to be considered in
setting up a trade
- Types of retail trade
8 MODERN TREND IN RETAILING Teacher defines each modern trend in
- Self-service and branding retailing, discusses each of them.
- Automatic vending Students participate and attempt
 - Pre-packaging and e-retail sales identifying the differences. Visit to a
standard store or organization where self-
service, branding, automatic vending, etc
is in operation.
9 CONCEPT OF WHOLESALER Teacher discusses and defines concept,
- Meaning of wholesaling and types, and function of wholesaling
wholesaler Students note and participate in the
- Functions of a wholesaler to the discussion.
manufacturer and retailer.
- Types of wholesaler.
10 INTRODUCTION TO WARE Teacher defines and discusses meaning,
HOUSE types and importance of ware house.
- Meaning of ware housing and Students participate by identifying the
ware house, and types of ware importance of ware house.
house. Visit a typical ware house in your locality
- Importance of ware house. or take a trip.
- Problems that affect the siting of
ware house
11 INTRODUCTION TO Discuss and list the different means of
TRANSPORTATION transportation, their benefits and
- Meaning and means of problems.
transportation:-land, water, air and Students participate and ask questions.
pipeline Take a trip to any airport, seaport etc.
- Land – benefits and problems Charts showing types transportation.
- Water – benefits and problems
12 TRANSPORTATION Teacher discusses and list various
- Air and pipeline - benefits and documents used for transportation
problems Students participate and ask questions.
- Factors that determine the means Documents used in various means of
of transportation: cost, risk, transportation e.g. bus ticket, airway bill,
distance, etc. bill of lading, etc.
- Documents used in the various
means of transportation – Airway
bill, bill of lading, etc.
13 Revision Revision
14 Examination Examination

STORE MANAGEMENT
SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 REVISION AND INTRODUCTION Teacher revises last term work and
TO STOCK explain the meaning of stock and stock
 - Revision of first term examination control, reason for holding stock and
- Stock control – meaning of stock, types of stock.
control and reasons for holding Students listen, note and ask questions.
stock, Past question paper, charts showing
- Types of stock: types of stock.
i) Work in progress
ii) Consumable materials
iii) Finished goods
2 TYPES OF STOCK List/explain different types of stock
- Maintenance materials and records students note and draw different
components stock records.
- Types of stock record – bin card, Stock records – stock card, bin card,
stock card stock list
- Stock requisition form,
purchasing and the issuing
procedure.
3 METHODS OF STOCK Teacher discusses different methods of
CONTROL: stock control, takes students to
- Manual method: computerize store. Discusses stock
i) Perpetual method accounting, verification, purpose,
ii) Periodic method procedure and reasons for discrepancies.
- Benefits and problems of each. Chart showing procedure for stock
- Continuous stock tally: accounting and verification.
i) Computerized methods
ii) Meaning, benefits and problems
- Stock accounting and verification:
purpose, procedure and reason for
stock discrepancies.
4 LEVELS OF STOCK CONTROL List and describe different levels of stock,
- Maximum level – benefits and explain benefits and problems.
problems-Minimum level – benefits Students participate in listing the benefits
and problems Reorder levels – and problems.
benefits and problems- First in first
out (FIFO) – benefits and
problems, factors to be considered.
5 METHOD OF ISSUING STOCK List ways of issuing stock and explain
- Last – In – First – Out (LIFO) – them.
meaning and benefit Students listen and ask questions
- Problems of LIFO
- Factors to be considered.
6 INTRODUCTION TO PRICING Teacher explains pricing, state and
- Meaning and objectives describes types of pricing.
- Types of pricing method: Students participate in the discussion of
i) market skimming types of pricing.
ii) product line and their benefit and List prices on cardboard paper.
problems.
 - Factors influencing pricing
decision
7 PRICING METHODS Teacher list the method benefits and
- 1.Mark-up and mark-down : - problems of pricing and explain each of
benefits, problems, and them. Teacher gives and explain the
- a)Target on return pricing and meaning of organizational policy.
- b)Variable pricing - benefits and Students listen and ask questions.
problems. Chart showing code of conduct
- 2. Organizational policy characteristics of policies.
- a) Meaning of organizational
policy
- b) Characteristics of policies.
- 3 Policy decision
- a) on employment
- b) Customer services
- c) Code of conduct
8 POLICY DECISIONS Teacher explains the following terms:
1. a) Health and safety standard, productivity standard, standard
b) Finances for customer satisfaction.
c) Fraud Students listen and ask questions.
d) Recycling etc. 2. Organizational Screen projector and laptop.
standard and culture
- Definition, explanation and form
of organizational standard. e.g.
Code of
3. Productivity standard: customer
service, human resources
standard, dress standard (Code).
9 QUALITY ASSURANCE Teacher explain quality assurance
STANDARD standard, marketing standards etc.
1. Quality assurance standard, students listen and ask questions
marketing standard, corporate Teacher uses role play to explain type of
presentation, documentation of Organizational culture; attitude to
standard, benefits of using customers, relationship with co-workers
standards and boss etc. Students watch films,
2. Organizational culture participate in role- play, ask questions
a. Meaning of organizational and take notes.
culture Teaching Resources
b. Types -Role play
3. Attitude to work (b) Relationship -Screen projector
with workers (c) Relationship with -Laptop
boss (d) dress code (e) Benefits of
organizational culture
10 Business Communication Teacher gives the meaning of business
I. Meaning, goals of communication, importance
communication, importance of Lists types of communication, benefits
 communication, importance of and problems.
communication Students listen, participate and ask
II. Types of communication: questions.
a. Oral- benefits & problems
b. Written communication-
benefits & problems
c. Non- verbal- benefits &
problems
III. Barriers to effective
communication
Forms of communication
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

STORE MANAGEMENT
SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Business Documents Teacher defines meaning & types of
I. meaning & types- a. business business documents.
letter b. business memo, meaning Students listen, ask questions.
and preparation Teaching Resources
II. business reports- meaning and Business Documents
preparation
III. Circular- meaning & preparation
IV. Notices- meaning & preparation
2 Electronic Communication Teacher defines electronic
I. Meaning, means of electronic communication, explains and
communication (a) Fax; explain & demonstrates use of electronic means of
demonstrate the use (b) communication.
Telephone; explain II.Email- -Students listen, join in the discussion,
explain & demonstrate (d) radio observe the communication gadgets
message- explain while on excursion and discuss in class.
III. Electronic money transfer- Teaching Resources
explain& demonstrate the use. Fax machine, telephone, internet etc or
trip to organizations that use these means
of electronic communications.
3 Business Law- meaning, Teacher gives the meaning.
I. aspects of business law (a) sale -state sale of goods act
of goods act- meaning, features, -explain contract, rights of the seller &
implied provisions of sale of goods buyer to the buyer.
act 1993. -students listen, ask questions, participate
II. Rights of the seller & buyer in class discussion.
III. law of contract; meaning, Teaching Resources
features of contract (a) offer & Chart showing features of sale of goods,
 acceptance (b) consideration rights of seller and buyers etc
4 Law of contract cont. The resource person discusses intention
I. Intention to create legal backing to create legal backing.
(d) certainty terms of agreement Students listen, note the points and ask
II.(e)All the parties must have questions.
constructional capacity.
III.(f) The concept of the parties Teaching Resources
must be genuine (g) formalities of Bring in a resource person eg a lawyer.
a contract
5 I. The object of a contract must be The resource person with the teacher
legal. It must be possible to discusses the object of a contract,
perform discharge of contract. Students note
II. Discharge of contract (b) points, ask questions.
Circumstances in which contract Teaching Resources
can be frustrated Resource person e.g. a lawyer.
III. Remedies for breach of
contract.
6 Business Law cont. Resource person discusses duties of the
I. Law of agency (a) Money duties principal & rights.
of the principal, rights of the -Meaning, character and classification of
principal agents.
II. Agents, meaning, characteristics -Students listen, ask questions.
and Teaching Resources
III. Classification of agents Resource person e.g. lawyer.
7 I. Appointment of an agent Teacher discusses duties of an agent,
II. Agency cont. students listen, ask questions.
III. Duties of an agent, rights of an Teaching Resources
agent. Chart showing duties of an agent.
8 Termination of an agency Teacher discusses, students participate
II. (a).Contract of employment and ask questions
meaning (b) duties of an employer Teaching Resources
III. Rights of employers Chart showing duties of an employer,
rights etc
9 Contract of employment cont. Teacher discusses duties/rights of an
I. Duties of an employee employee.
II. Rights of an employee -Students participate, note points etc
III. Rights of a woman in Teaching Resources
employment of dismissal of Chart showing duties/ rights of employee
employment
III. Termination of contract of
employment
10 Government regulation on Teacher discusses meaning, reasons,
business method and benefits derived from the
I. Meaning, reasons for handbook and other textbooks.
government regulation of business. Teaching Resources
II. Methods of government Handbook on government regulation on
 regulation of business. business.
III. Benefits of e- government
11 Government regulatory agencies Teacher with the resource person
I. Standards Organization of discusses regulatory agencies and
Nigeria (SON)- meaning, functionsfunctions.
II. NAFDAC- meaning & functions -Students listen, ask questions.
III. EFCC- meaning, duties Teaching Resources
IV. NDLEA- meaning & functions Resource person from NAFDAC, SON,
EFCC,
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination
OFFICE PRACTICE
SS1 FIRST TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 REGISTRATION Students listen attentively and

note the explanation. Write down
- Introduction to office practice the notes.
- Meaning of practice
- Objectives of office practice
- Importance of office practice.
2 THE OFFICE Students listen to the definition
and write down in their notes.
- Meaning of an office.
- Types of office [open or large, Resources; pictures of different
and close or small]. diagrams of office on chalk
- Advantages and disadvantages board, charts VCD showing
of small/close office different office setups. Projector
- Advantages/disadvantages of
(electronic/OHP).
large/open office.
3 FUNCTIONS OF AN OFFICE Students participate in class
discussion, answer teacher’s
- Receiving information questions, copy chalkboard
- Recording informing
summary.
- Giving information
- Safeguarding information.
- Processing information
- Storing information.
4 SECTIONS OF THE OFFICE Students listen to the definition
and write down notes, participate
- The reception in class discussion.
- The open registry
- The store. Resources; pictures of an office.

5 SECTIONS OF THE OFFICE CONT. Students listen to the

 explanation, write down the
meaning pictures of office.
- The general office Resources; envelop sealing
- Mail room and its equipment.
machine addressing machine.

6 OFFICE ORGANIZATION Students note teacher’s

explanation, ask for classification
-Meaning where necessary.
-Objectives of office organization
-Smooth operation Resources; pictures, slide show
-Realization of organizational of organization, charts, use
goals projector [with accessories].
- Sharing responsibilities
- Reduction of fatigue.
7 ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE; Students listen to explanations,
ask questions and jot down
- Meaning notes.
- Types.
Resources; use pictures, slide
show of organization.

8 ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS Note teacher explanation, copy

notes from chalk board.
- Meaning.
- Types Resources; charts.

9 PRINCIPLES OF A GOOD OFFICE Students listen to explanation,

ORGANIZATION ask questions, participate in the
discussion, jot down points.
- Span of control
- Unity of direction/command Resources; use pictures, charts
- Unity of function for illustration.
- Delegation
- Specialization
10 Revision Revision
11 Examination Examination

OFFICE PRACTICE
SS1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 TYPES OF OFFICE PERSONNEL; Students note the definitions,

participate in the discussion, jot
 - Meaning, clerical staff, drivers. down points.
- Confidential secretary
- Their duties. Resources; pictures, charts.

2 TYPES OF OFFICE PERSONNEL Students listen to explanation, jot

down points.
- Typist/computer operator
- Messenger Resources; pictures, charts.
- Cleaners
- Their duties.
3 FUNCTIONS OF DIFFERENT Students participate in the
DEPARTMENTS IN AN ORGANIZATION discussion and jot down points.
Visit organizations, write report
Meaning and functions of: on their visit to different
- Administration organizations.
- Accounts/finance
- Personnel/human resource Resources; use charts, pictures.
- Marketing/sales.
4 FUNCTIONS OF DIFFERENT Students listen to explanation,
DEPARTMENTS IN AN ORGANIZATION visit an organization, write report
CONT on your visitation.

- Purchasing department Resources; use charts, pictures,

- Transport projectors, (electronic or OH with
- Production accessories).
- Legal and customer service.
5 OFFICE EQUIPMENT Identify the various types of office
equipments, practice how to use
- Meaning and importance. some of the equipments.
- Types of office equipment-;
manual and electric Resources; pictures, typewriter,
- Uses and care of these computer, telephone, stapler,
machines. calculators, perforators etc

6 MANUAL; THEIR USES AND CARE Students identify the various

types of office equipment. Put
- Manual typewriter some of the equipment into
- Perforator
practice.
- Stapler
- Office pins and clips Resources; use pictures, some
- Office cabinet office equipment, office pins,
- Office stamp trolleys, office cabinet etc
- Trolleys.
7 ELECTRIC; THEIR USES AND CARE Students identify the various
types of equipment, practice how
 - Electric typewriter (word to use some of the equipment,
processor) e.g electric typewriter,
- Computer computers, fax machine.
- Fax machine
- Franking machine.
8 OFFICE EQUIPMENTS CONT; USES Students identify the various
AND CARE types of equipment, practice how
to use the equipment, give
- Photocopier example- photocopier, scanning
- Scanning machine
machine.
- Shredding machine
- Overhead projector
9 OFFICE EQUIPMENTS CONT; USES Students identify the various
AND CARE types of equipments, practice the
use of equipment, e.g calculator,
- Telephone envelop, sealing machine.
- Duplicating machine
- Calculator
- Dictating machine
- Envelop sealing machine.
10 OFFICE EQUIPMENT CONT; USES AND Students put into practice some
CARE of the equipment, give example;
addressing machine, laminating,
- Automated time stamp dating machine. Jot down and
- Dating machine
copy notes on the various types
- Addressing machine
of equipments.
- Folding machine
- Letter opening machine
- Factors to be considered in
selecting office equipment.
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

OFFICE PRACTICE
SS1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 THE RECEPTION Students participate in

discussion, jot points down, role-
- Meaning of the reception and play on the receptionist.
the Receptionist.
- Job qualities and personal
qualities of a Receptionist.
 - His/her duties/responsibilities.
2 DOCUMENTS HANDLED BY THE Students enumerate reward for;
RECEPTIONIST; honesty, truthfulness, integrity,
punctuality, devotion to duty etc.
- Visitors book/register, visitors fill request forms, visitors’ book,
slip/form
telephone pad.
- Telephone message pad,
business cards, telephone
directory
- Steps in answering telephone
calls.
3 OFFICE PROCEDURES; MEANING Students make and answer
telephone calls.
-Importance, objectives of office
procedures.
- General office procedures.
4 OFFICE PROCEDURES CONT; Diagrams, specimen documents,
dummy, telephones, religious
Booklet/manual-meaning publications, film shows,
Contents celebrities, books, biographies.

Steps in changing office procedures.

5 OFFICE DOCUMENTS Teacher explains to students and

shows them specimen
- Meaning. documents. Samples and
- Types of office documents
diagrams.
1. Administrative documents:
a. Nominal roll
b. Calendar of events
c. Leave roster, etc.
2. Sales documents
3. Purchasing/stores
documents.
4. Other office documents.
6 Sales Documents Students participate in the
preparation of office documents.
a. Letter of enquiry State the uses of office
b. Quotation
c. Catalogue, documents.
d. Price list,
7 Sales Documents Cont. Students participate in
discussion, give examples of
e. Order documents.
f. Delivery notes/consignment note
g. Invoice
 h. Pro-forma invoice Resources; delivery note, invoice
etc.

8 Sales Documents Cont. Examples of; credit note, debit

note, receipts.
a. Credit note
b. Debit note
c. Statement of account
d. Receipts.
9 Purchasing/ Stores Documents; Example of; store records,
requisition form.
a. Requisition form
b. Stores record
c. Types of store record.
10 Bank Documents: Example of; cheque book,
deposit slip, withdrawal slip, bank
a. Bank statement statement.
b. Cheque book
c. Deposit slip
d. Withdrawal slip.
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

INSURANCE

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPICS/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Introduction to Insurance:- Teacher explains insurance
i) definition of insurance contracts, parties in insurance
ii) Insurer and the insured(Policy contracts , essential features
holder) students participates
iii) Insurance Contract(parties Instructional resources of word cards
involved in insurance contract)
iv) Essential features of
insurance contracts:-Adhesion,
Disclosure, Material factors,
insurable interest, and warranty.

2 Historical development of
insurance :- Teacher gives brief history of
i)pre independent insurance insurance.
market Students narrate the historical
ii) Post independent insurance development.
market Instructional resources; magazine,
iii) Local legislator for insurance journal.
3 Risks :-
i)Definition of risk, risks and
society. Teachers explain the concepts
ii) Classification of risk students participates. Give examples
a) Fundamental risk of risks at home/roads.
b) Speculative risk Instructional resources:-
Chart showing road accident
victims/other risks.
4 Classification of Risk:-
i)Pure risk Teacher states classes of risks.
ii)particular risk Students participates by giving
iii)Dynamic risk examples of risks at home, on the
iv)Static risk, examples of risks in road and institutions
homes, roads and risks
organization is expose to

5. Hazards :-
i)Definition of physical hazard in Teacher explains the concepts with
property with examples(life, examples.
motor and liability) Students participates in describing
ii) moral hazards : landlessness, hazards
dishonesty Instructional resources: - Use of
school environments.
6. Hazards (cont)
i)Meaning of peril Teacher states the relationship
ii) relationship between risk and between peril and risk.
peril Students distinguished between the
iii) Relationship between peril concepts.
and hazard. Instructional resources: - Use of
(distinguish between risk and school environments.
hazard)

7. Insurable and uninsurable risks:-

i)meaning if insurable risks Teacher explains with examples.
( a) insurable risk in life:- Students participate in the
-risk of pre-mature death discussion.
-risk of disability Instructional resources: - Cardboard
-risk of retirement displaying insurable and uninsurable
-risk of medical expenses etc. risk in a tabular form, characteristic of
b)property risks insurable and uninsurable in a tabular
c)liability risks: employer liability form.
ii)meaning of uninsurable risks
with examples- earthquake, war,
bad publicity, natural cause.
Etc
 iii) characteristics of insurable
and uninsurable risks

8 Functions of Insurance:
I) Primary functions- spreading of
insurance risk. Teacher guides discussion on the
ii) Secondary functions- loss concepts.
prevention, security.etc. Students state the differences
between these concepts.
Instructional resources: - Tabular
presents.
9 Benefits of Insurance;-
i)Important of insurance benefits
ii) Benefit of insurance to the Teacher enumerates and explains
individual, society and business benefits of insurance.
organization. Students state with the example s the
iii)Primary, secondary functions benefits of each concept.
of insurance Instructional Resources: charts.
iv) Importance of insurance
(reasons why insurance should
be encouraged).

10. Insurable interest:

i)Meaning of insurable interest
ii) Legal requirements of Teacher explains the concepts, state
insurable interest. the essentials of insurable interest.
iii) Interest (insurable interest in Students give example of insurable
various classes of insurance life interest in life property
assurance, property. Instructional Resources: -magazine,
chart.
11 Insurance interest(cont):
Creation of insurable interest
ii) Different between insurable Teacher explains the concept and
contract and wagering contract. enumerates differences between
insurable contract and wagering
contract.
Students listen and take down notes.
12 Revision Charts.

13 Examination Revision

Examination
 INSURANCE

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Insurable Interest (cont.) Teachers explains the concepts
i)creation of insurable interest Students identify the differences.
ii)difference between insurance Instructional Resources: - chart.
contract and wagering contract

2 Principles of insurance Teacher explains with examples

i)utmost good faith Students itemize the point required.
ii) the insured and the insurer Instructional Resources:-charts,
duty of disclosure magazine, word cards.
 iii)facts required to be disclosed
iv) breaches of utmost good
faith, effect of a breach
v) penalties for breach of duties
disclosure

3 Principles of insurance (cont.) Teacher explains with examples

Students itemize the point required.
Instructional Resources:-charts,
magazine, word cards.

4 Proximate cause:- Teacher explains with illustrations the

i) Definition of proximate cause, concepts.
examples. Students write down the meaning,
ii) Determination of proximate classifies the insurance peril.
cause. Teacher explains with examples
iii) application of simple claims Students itemize the point required.
iv)effect of proximate cause on Instructional Resources: - charts and
claims journal.

5 Indemnity:- Teacher explains, gives options/

i) Definition, method of methods of selling indemnity.
providing indemnity to Students state its application to
insurance contract property and life.
ii) Options available to Instructional Resources:- charts
insurers to execute
indemnity(cash,
replacement, repair,
reinstatement
iii) Application of
indemnity in property
and liability, insurance
life.
iv) Limitations of
6 indemnity Teacher explains the concepts, state
how subrogation rights arises
Subrogation Students give meaning of concepts.
Meaning of subrogation Instructional Resources: charts
ii)subrogation rights
iii)reasons for subrogation rights
iv)How subrogation rights arises
v) Sources of subrogation
(waiver of subrogation rights):-
knock for – knock agreements,
third party shaving.
 7 Teacher explains with examples
Students mention conditions for
Contribution:- contribution to arise.
I definition of contribution Instructional Resources: - charts/
ii. How contribution may arise word card.
(conditions required for
contribution to arise.
iii. Application of contribution
Iv. Methods/Example applying
contribution in a contract,
modification to the principles of
8 contribution. Specimen of proposal form.
Teachers explain and students
Insurance practice: identify the specimen together.
i) Proposal form: Meaning and Instructional Resources:- specimen of
features of proposal forms. proposal form from a recognized
Examples (a company , personal insurance company
details, property details)
ii)function and uses of proposal
form
iii) Contracts where proposal
forms are used: Fire,
burglary/theft, personal accident
and sickness, motor insurance.
9 Teacher explains cover notes, its
function sand applicable contracts
Cover notes:- where it is issued.
i)Meaning of cover note Students state the
characteristic, functions and uses functions/.characteristics.
of cover notes Specimen of covered notes.
ii)contracts where cover notes
are issued
10 Teachers explain the concepts
Students enumerate the component
Certificate of insurance:- of the typical certificates
Definition of certificate of Instructional Resources:- specimen
insurance document
ii)certificate of insurance in
-motor insurance
-Marine insurance
11 -employer liability Revision

12-13 Revision Examination

Examination
 INSURANCE

THIRD TERM SS1

WEEK TOPICS/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Insurance practice: Teacher explains.
i)Cover notes Students identify specimen
ii)certificate of Insurance document.
iii) marine insurance

2 Policy document:- Teacher explains the concepts,

i)Definition of policy document Students identify the component
ii)component parts of a policy parts of the policy documents.
documents Instructional Resources: -
iii) Contraction of a policy, uses of a specimen document.
policy document.

3 Reinsurance. Teacher explains with examples.

i)Meaning of reinsurance, parties to Students identify and state two
reinsurance contract types of reinsurance and its
ii)Forms of reinsurance functions.
facultative and treaty Instructional Resources:- word
iii) functions of reinsurance card, chart
iv)Application of reinsurance

4 Reinsurance (Cont.) Teacher explains with examples.

Students identify and state two
types of reinsurance and its
functions.
Instructional Resources:- word
card, chart

5 Insurance renewal:- Teacher explains the concepts

i)Meaning of renewal notice, need for Students identify the duties of the
renewal notice parties
ii)Consideration at renewals Instructional Resources:-specimen
iii)Procedure of renewals documents.
iv)Duties of the insurer, insured in
processing claims

6 Insurance renewal( cont) .Teacher explains concepts.

i) Legal status of renewal notice. Students state reasons for
ii) long term agreement (LTA) renewals
 iii)The use of NCD and LTD to ensure Instructional resources : chart
renewal
iv) Reasons for renewal of contracts.

7 Insurance claims:
i)Meaning of claims notification Teachers explains the concepts
ii) Duties of the insured and Students identify specimen.
underwriters (insurer) in claims. Instructional resources:-Charts.

8 Insurance claims (cont.)

i) Duties of loss Assessors and Teacher explains the concept.
adjusters. Students list duties of Loss
Assessors.
Charts.
9. Insurance premium:-
i)Meaning of premium, premium in life Teacher makes use of table to
and non life explain the concepts.
ii)Premium loading(factor that are Students list factors to be
considered before loading a considered before loading a
premium. premium.
iii) How premium can be returned. Use of chart.

10
Insurance premium cont. Teacher .explains the concepts.
i)Total return of premium Student enumerate reasons for
ii) Reason for total return of premium. partial return of premium
iii)Partial return of premium Use of chart, use of word card
iv)Reason for partial return of
premium
11
Revision Revision
12-13
Examinations. Examination

COMMERCE
SS1 FIRST TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 INTRODUCTION TO COMMERCE Teacher should discuss

commerce in detail, identify the
- Meaning differences between commerce
- Scope functions
and e-commerce.
- Characteristics
- E- commerce, meaning, and Students to participate actively in
functions class discussion from the board.

Resources; diagrams/charts.

2 HISTORY OF COMMERCE The teacher guides the students’

discussion on evolution of
- Historical background of commerce in Nigeria and leads
commerce in Nigeria.
the discussion on barter system.
- Factors affecting the growth of
commerce. Resources; cowries and museum
- The barter system.
materials.

3 OCCUPATION Teacher discusses occupation

and types in detail and lists
- Meaning factors affecting employment.
- Classifications; industrial,
commercial and services Students participate actively in
occupation. the class discussion.
- Factors that determine types of
occupation and employment. Resources; a diagram illustrating
types of occupation.

4 PRODUCTION Teacher discusses production in

details.
- Meaning and types of industry
(primary & secondary). Students copy notes.
- Commerce (aids trade).
- Services/tertiary (direct & indirect) Resources; illustrate with a
diagram.

5 PRODUCTION Teacher picks a production of

simple products like envelop in
- Factors determining the volume of the class and divides labour
production.
amongst the students.
- Factors of production ; land, labor,
capital, entrepreneur. Students participate actively in
- Division of labour; meaning,
advantages and disadvantages.
 -Limitations to division of labour. their groups.
-Specialization and exchange.
-Interrelationship between Resources; charts, eco-journals.
production, division of labour,
exchange and specialization.
6 TRADE The teacher uses the diagram to
illustrate the different types of
-Meaning and types of trade. trade.
-Home trade
-Foreign trade Students copy the illustration.
-Entrepot trade
-Relationship among the different Resources; diagram and chart.
types of trade.
7 HOME TRADE The teacher could arrange visit to
two or more retail shops and
-Characteristics and functions of interview the owners.
retail trade, highlight the features,
advantages and disadvantages of Students participate actively.
retail trade.
- Factors to be considered before Resources; charts, journals,
setting up retail shop. pictures.
- Small scale retailing; hawking,
mobile shops, kiosk etc
- Meaning, characteristics,
advantages, and disadvantages
of each.
8 SMALL SCALE RETAILING The teacher arrange visit to
market shops and interviews the
- Store/market trader- meaning, owners.
characteristics, features,
advantages and disadvantages. Students argue for and against
- Unit/tied shop- meaning, the elimination and survival of
characteristics, features,
retailers and wholesalers in
advantages and disadvantages.
- Reasons for survival or small trade.
scale retailers. Resources; charts, pictures,
- Problems of small scale retail
journals.
business.
9 LARGE SCALE RETAIL TRADE; Teacher explains the
TYPES organizational set-up of each of
the retail trade.
- Super market; meaning, features,
advantages and disadvantages. Students participate fully in the
- Departmental store; meaning, discussion.
features, advantages, and
 disadvantages. Resources; examples of
- Multiple/chain store; meaning, supermarkets and departmental
features, advantages and store in Nigeria.
disadvantages.
10 LARGE SCALE RETAIL Teacher examines the
organizational set up of each
- Mail order business r firms; type of retail trade, and also
meaning, features, advantages
examines the role of wholesaler
and disadvantages.
- Hyper market- meaning, features, in the chain of distribution.
adv. & disadvantages.
- Variety store/one top shop-
meaning, features, advantages
and disadvantages.
- Retail/whole sale co-operative
society; meaning, features,
advantages and disadvantages.
-
11 MODERN TREND IN RETAILING

-Branding –meaning, advantages

and disadvantages.
- Self services; meaning,
advantages and disadvantages.
- After sale services- meaning,
advantages and disadvantages.
- Describe necessary documents
used in home trade.
12 MODERN TREND CONTD.

- Vending machine; meaning,

advantages, and disadvantages.
- Reasons why retail trade may fail.
13 Revision Revision

14 examination examination

COMMERCE
SS1 SECOND TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 WHOLESALE TRADE Teacher discusses functions of

wholesale in detail.
 - Meaning and functions to the; Students copy notes from the
a. Manufacture board.
b. Retailer.
- Differences between wholesaler Teacher illustrates with diagram
and retailer. the channels of distribution.
- Channels of distribution
- Factors to be considered before Resources; diagram, charts.
choosing a particular channel of
distribution.
2 MIDDLE MEN Teacher discusses the activities
of middlemen in business.
-Meaning, elimination and survival
of the middlemen. Students participate in argument
- Criticism/reasons that may for and against the elimination of
warrant the elimination of middlemen in the chain of
middlemen.
distribution.
- Types of wholesalers.
- Merchant wholesaler; functions
and types.
- Agent middlemen; types, brokers,
manufacturers, agent and
aunctioneers.
- Commission agent, delcredere
agent.
3 WARE HOUSING Teacher lists and explains in
detail types of warehousing.
- Warehousing;- meaning and
importance. Students participate actively in
- Types of warehousing, bonded discussing of types of
warehousing. warehousing.
- State/queen’s warehousing
- Public warehousing
- Manufacturer’s warehousing.
4 FOREIGN TRADE Teacher guides students in class
discussion, gives division of
- Meaning and types (bilateral and foreign trade and lists the
multilateral)
barriers.
- Advantages and disadvantages of
foreign trade. Students writes notes on the
- State barriers to foreign trade.
topic.
- Differentiate between export,
import and entrepot. Resources; diagram and
- Procedures for foreign trade. documents of foreign trade and
brochures from custom and
 exercise etc

5 BALANCE OF TRADE AND BALANCE Teacher differentiates between

OF PAYMENT balance of trade and balance of
payment.
- Distinguish between balance of
trade and balance of payment. Students participate actively in
- Reasons for imposing the discussion.
tariffs/restrictions in foreign trade.
Resources; documents used in
foreign trade (samples)

6 DOCUMENTS USED IN FOREIGN

TRADE

- Mail transfer, documentary credit,

letter of hypothecation.
- Foreign bill of exchange, travelers
cheque, telegraphic transfer, etc
- Custom and exercise functions.
- Nigerian export promotion
council;- functions.
7 NIGERIAN AIRPORT AUTHORITY Teacher discusses function of
Nigerian ports authority, and
- Nigerian airport authority and Nigerian airport authority, guides
Nigerian ports authority;-
students to some commodities
functions.
- Nigerian export authority;- produced in Nigeria.
functions.
Students differentiates types of
- Commodity exchange;- meaning,
commodities, i.e agricultural
types of tradeable commodities,
agricultural produce, solid produce, solid minerals, oil and
minerals, oil and gas. (list gas.
commodities and classify)
- Requirements for trading, grading Resources; organize excursion to
system, warehousing, clearing airport, etc, use pictures, charts,
system, standardizing. and sample of commodities.

8 COMMODITY EXCHANGE CONTD Teacher guides students to

identify commodities to be
 Types (spot, forward features), exchanged.
method of trading, open, outcry,
electronic. Students copy notes on
 Benefits of commodity exchange.
commodity exchange.
- Increase in agricultural
production.
 -Stabilization in agricultural Resources; pictures, charts,
product pricing. samples of commodities.
- Encourage exploration of solid
minerals,
- Foreign exchange earnings,
- Increased agricultural output and
quality.
 Constraints to commodity trading;
- Inadequate supply
- Poor storage
- Bad weather
- Ethical issues
- Middlemen, inadequate
knowledge of commodity
exchange.
9 COMMODITY EXCHANGE Teacher leads discussion on sole
proprietorship.
-Differentiate between commodity
and stock Students suggest the
- Items traded; tangible and advantages, disadvantages and
intangible methods of pricing. the sources of capital.
- Sole proprietorship; meaning,
features and sources of capital, Resources; journals and charts.
advantages and disadvantages.
- Partnership; meaning, types,
formation and agreement.
10 PARTNERSHIP CONTD Teacher leads discussion on
partnership, and distinguishes
- Sources of capital;- advantages between sole proprietorship and
and disadvantages.
explains different types of
- Dissolution
partnership.

Students participate in class

discussion and copy notes.

Resources; sample of
partnership deed.

11 Revision Revision
12 Examination examination

COMMERCE
SS1 THIRD TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES The teacher invites a business

executive like a banker or
- Types of occupation insurance broker, to give a talk
- Career opportunity
on their profession.
- Requirements for the various
careers, factors to be considered Students listen to and ask
before choosing career. questions.
- Career hazard
Resources; pictures of workers at
work.

2 CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES; Teacher leads students to

discuss on co-operative
- Definition, formation, societies.
characteristics and history of co-
operative movement. Students participate actively in
- Types of co-operative societies; the class discussion.
- Consumer co-operative
- Producer cooperative Resources; co-operative
- Wholesaler cooperative society’s constitution.
- Retailer cooperative
- Thrift and credit societies
- Multi-purpose.
3 CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETIES CONT Teacher leads students to
discuss on co-operative
 Advantages, disadvantages, and societies.
problems of co-operative societies
in Nigeria. Students participate actively in
 Public enterprises; meaning,
the class discussion.
formation, management and
sources of capital. Resources; co-operative
society’s constitution.

4 PUBLIC ENTERPRISES CONTD Teacher identifies and makes a

list of public enterprises in the
 Reasons for government locality.
ownership of public enterprises.
 Advantages and disadvantages of Students identify public
public enterprises.
enterprises in their locality.
 Discuss various types of public
enterprises and their methods of Resources; memorandum and
formation.
article of association.
5 LIMITED LIABILITIES COMPANIES Teacher gives examples of
private and public limited liability
 Meaning, companies in their locality.
 Types; private and public
 Formation (legal requirement for Resources; memorandum and
the formation of a limited liability article of association, share
company), memorandum of
association, article of association, certificates.
prospectus, certificate of
incorporation and trading.
6 LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES Teacher gives examples of
CONTD private and public limited liability
companies in their locality.
Sources of capital;
a. Shares, debentures, retained Resources; memorandum and
profit, loans, and overdraft, etc article of association, share
 Other sources of capital; trade
certificates.
credits, equipment/leasing.
 Advantages and disadvantages of
limited companies.
 Liquidation/dissolution of a limited
liability company.
7 TRADE ASSOCIATION AND OTHER Teacher organizes a visitation to
ENTERPRISES local chamber of commerce.

Definition and examples Students participate in the

Aims and functions visitation to a local chamber of
Chamber of commerce;- meaning, commerce.
aims, functions, and structure.
 Consortium, cartel, Resources; pamphlets on trade
amalgamation/merger/combine association constitution.
trust holding.
8 MONEY Teacher explains in detail the
history and forms of money.
Meaning, history/ evolution of
money. Students participate actively in
 Qualities of money the discussion.
 Types and forms of money.
 Similarities and differences Resources; forms of money,
between money and other paper, coins etc.
communities used for exchange in
trade by barter.
9 TRANSPORTATION

 Meaning, importance and forms.

 Land (road & rail) advantages and
 disadvantages.
 Water (advantages and
disadvantages).
10 TRANSPORTATION CONTD. Teacher shows different
documents used in
 Forms of transportation; air transportation.
transportation;- advantages and
disadvantages. Students provide some
 Pipeline; advantages and
documents too.
disadvantages.
 Identify documents used in Resources; delivery notes,
transportation.
advice note etc

11 COMMUNICATION Teacher leads discussion on

types of communication.
 Definition
 Types;- oral, written, visual, non- Students mention and explain
verbal etc types of communication.
 Advantages and disadvantages of
communication. Resources; charts, computer,
phones etc.

12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination
 SENIOR SECONDARY (HUMANITY)

LITERATURE-IN-ENGLISH

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Introduction to Literature - What is literature: various definitions
of literature.
- Functions of literature
- Difference(s) between literature in –
English and English Literature
2 Genres of literature - Definition of Drama
1(Drama) - Characteristic (features) of drama.
- Types of Drama
3 Terms used in Drama - Professional Terms such as stages,
audience, dialogue, soliloquy, aside,
character, flashback, fore shadowing,
prologue, epilogue, prompt, script,
backdrop, costume etc
- Draw a chart of terms used in drama
4 Genres of Literature - Definition of prose
11(Prose) - Characteristics (features) of prose.
- Types of prose
- Narrative Techniques: first person
narrative/third person narrative etc
- Draw up a chart of Narrative persons
5 Genres of Literature 111 - Various definitions of poetry
(Poetry) - Characteristics (features) of poetry
 - Types of poetry
6 Poetic Devices - Rhyme, Rhythm, Stanza, metre,
Poetic license, poetic personae
7 Literature Term 1 - Discussion on figures of speech such
as : simile, metaphor, personification,
oxymoron, onomatopoeia,
alliteration, assonance, etc
- Various examples of each
8 Literary Terms 11 - Further discussion s on figures of
speech such as: Paradox, Irony,
Euphemism, Hyperbole,
Synecdoche, Metonymy, Litotes,
Malapropism, pun, etc
- Various examples of each
- A list of the figures of speech on
cardboard sheet.
9 Literary Appreciation 1 - Definition of Literary Appreciation
- Discussions on what to appreciate
and how:
-Significance of Literary works in
context.
- Special Syntax of poetry
- Effective use of Literary devices

10 Literary Appreciation 11 - Professional Terms used in Literary

- Appreciation such as: Themes, style,
setting, tone, mood, symbolism, etc
- A list of literary terms on cardboard
paper.
11 General Overview of the - Distinct features of each of the
Literary Genres genres
- Differentiate between Drama, prose
and poetry
- Similarities between drama, prose,
and poetry

12 Plot - Definition of plot

- Difference between plot and story
13 Revision Revision
14 Examination Examination

LITERATURE-IN-ENGLISH

SS 1 SECOND TERM
WEEK TOPIC CONTENT/ACTIVITIES
1 Introduction to “Lonely - Background of the Novelist (Author)
Days” by Bayo Adebowale - Background and setting of the Novel
- Plot summary/plot
2 Theme(s) and style - Discussions on the theme(s) in the
text
- Analysis of the style
3 Character Analysis 1 - Discussions on the major characters
in the Novel
- Analysis of their roles and
significances
4 Character Analysis 11 - Discussions on the minor characters
- Analysis of their roles and
significances
- Relationship between the characters.
5 General overview of the - General discussions/compete with
Novel /project work, or pair students up for
discussions. Question and answer
sessions on the text.
6 Introduction to “Harvest of - Background of the
Corruption” by Frank Ogodo dramatist(playwright)
- Background and setting of the play
- Plot summary
7 Theme(s) and style - Discussions on the theme(s) in the
text
- Analysis of the style
8 Characterization - Discussions on the major characters
- Analysis of their roles and
significances
9 Characterization - A discussion on the minor characters
- Analysis of their roles and
significances
- How are the characters related
10 Role play (Drama) - Role-play the actions of the major
characters in the text
- Role-play on the actions of the minor
characters in the play /text
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

LITERATURE-IN-ENGLISH

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Introduction to “the Panic of - Background and setting of the
Growing Older” by Lerrie poet/poem
Peters - Background of the poem subject-
matter/summary
- Effective use of poetic
devices/techniques
- Effective use of imagery/symbolism
- A cardboard/print out picture of
someone growing older.
2 Theme(s) and style - Analyze the Theme(s) of the poem
- Relate the Themes to personal life
encounters
- Analyze the style
- Use portions of the text to explain
themes
3 “Vanity” by Birago Diop - Background and setting of the
poet/poem
- Background of the poem subject-
matter/summary
- Effective use of poetic
devices/techniques
- Effective use of imagery/symbolism
- A cardboard/print out picture of
someone growing older.
4 Theme(s) and style - Analyze the Theme(s) of the poem
- Relate the Themes to personal life
encounters
- Analyze the style
- Use portions of the text to explain
themes
5 Introduction to “the Last - Background of the Novelist
Goodman” by Patience - Background and setting of the
Swit. Novella
- Plot summary/state sequence of
major events and show cause-effect
relationship.
6 Theme(s) and style - Analyze the major themes in the text.
- Relate the themes to personal life
encounter(s)
- Discuss the styles in the Novella
7 Characterization - Mention and discuss the major
characters in the text
- Discuss their various roles and
significances
- State the relationship between the
characters
 8 Characterization - Mention and discuss the minor
characters in the text
- Discuss their various roles and
significances
- State the relationship between the
characters
9 General Overview - Compete with /Give project work or
pair students (group) for discussion
- How does the story relate to human
life?
- Man’s entire struggle in life is vanity.
- Why does the old man keep
dreaming about lions and baseball?
10 General overview contd. General overview contd.
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

GEOGRAPHY
SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Introduction to Geography; - Guide students to explain concepts of
- Definition and scope of geography
geography - Define geography
- Importance of geography - Explains the scope and importance of
geography
- Students draws references from the
local environment to explain the term
geography.
Resources;
- Pictures
- Maps
2 Geography of FCT - Draw a sketch map of FCT and
- Location, position and size insert some major physical and cultural
of FCT features.
- Political division FCT, - Guide discussions on ;
Towns and villages and a) location, position, size of FCT,
their headquarters. b) political divisions,
- Physical setting of FCT. c) physical setting etc.
Relief and drainage Resources;
- Pictures, maps, atlas, drawing
paper.
3 Climate and vegetation of FCT; Guide discussions on:
- CLIMATE: Temperature - Climate of FCT
and rainfall, humidity, etc - Vegetation type
 - Vegetation type; (man and - Population
natural vegetation) - Mineral resources and
- Population and people of agriculture
FCT - Commercial activities in FCT
- Carry out a guided field word

4 Economic Activities in FCT :

- Mineral resources and
agriculture
Industries and commercial
activities in FCT
5 The solar system 1. Guide students to model the solar
- Definition of solar system system
- Components of the solar 2. Uses the model to guide students to
system and their identify and describe components of
characteristics solar system.
- Size and shape of the earth. 3. Guides discussions on:
a) shapes and size of the earth, 2)
position of the earth in relation to the
sun.
4. model the Solar System
Resources;
Globe, Aerial photographs of the earth,
Illustrative diagrams.
6 Earth’s Sphericity, Rotation and TEACHER: Uses the globe and other
Revolution. models to demonstrate Rotation and
- Evidence of the earth’s Revolution
sphericity 2. guide discussions on effects of the
- Meani ng of Rotation and its earth’s rotation and revolution
effects STUDENTS: watch demonstrations
- Meaning of Revolution and and ask questions
its effects INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS
Globe, slide, Torch light and any
source of light, diagrams
7 - Difference between Rotation
and Revolution
- Eclipse; Dawn and Twilight
8 Latitudes and Longitudes; TEACHER :uses the globe and map of
- Meaning of Latitudes and the world to identify and explain:
important line of latitudes. - Latitudes and longitudes
- Calculation of distances using - Equator, Meridian, Greenwich
lines of latitudes mean time, international Date
- Meaning of longitudes, line and grid reference.
important lines of longitudes STUDENTS:
and their uses - Listen to teacher’s explanations,
- Differences and similarities ask questions
 between latitude and - Participate in discussions
longitudes - Determine distances, time and
- Great and small circles. time zones from Latitude and
Longitude.
INSTRUCTIONALMATERIALS:
- Atlas, globe, illustrative
diagrams of positions of major
regions of the world etc.
9 - Calculation of local time TEACHER: - Guides discussions on :
and longitudes Equator, Relationship with
- International date line major regions of the world. The
- Greenwich mean time meridian and the time zones etc
(GMT), Standard time, - Guides students to:
local time and time zones. -differentiate between latitudes
and longitudes,
- Calculate local time of places
from Longitudes.
STUDENTS: Determine distances,
time and time zones from latitudes and
longitudes
INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS: As in
week 8
10 THE EARTH’S STRUCTURE: TEACHER: Uses diagrams and
- Major spheres of the sketches to guide students to :
earth(atmosphere, - Identify earth’s major spheres
biosphere, etc) - Identify the structure of the
- Interior structure of the earth’s crust
earth(crust, mantle and 2. Initiates and guides discussions
core) on
- Rock types (igneous, - composition of the spheres
sedimentary and - characteristics of crust, mantle
metamorphic) and their etc
characteristics (structure, - explains relationship between
colour and texture. ) the spheres etc
STUDENTS: - Participate in guided
tour of the school to observe the
earth’s spheres
- Draw and label cross section of
earth’s crust
INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS:
Illustrative diagrams, sketches, models
of the cross section of earth’s interior
11 Rocks contd. TEACHER: Takes students on field
- Mode of formation and work to collect and classify rocks
uses of rocks -Initiate and guide discussions on :
- Mountains types: ( fold, structure, colour, texture, permeability
 block, etc) and their mode of rock types,
of formation - Process of formation of igneous,
- Characteristics and uses of sedimentary and metamorphic rocks.
mountains - Mode of formation and importance of
rock.
STUDDENTS: Bring pictures and
things made from rock
- Prepare an album of rocks in the
locality
INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS :
- Rock samples
- Pictures of rock
- Illustrative diagram
12 PLATEAUX / LOW LANDS TEACHER: - Uses pictures and
- Meaning, types of models to guide students to identify
plateaux, uses and different mountains types
disadvantages of -Takes students on guided tour of
mountains locality to observe highland and
- Lowlands: Meaning, types lowland in the locality
(valleys , crust, plains) etc. - Initiate discussions on :
- Importance and - characteristics of mountain types,
disadvantages of low types of lowland processes of
lands. formation,
- Importance and disadvantages
etc
STUDENTS: Participate in guided tour
to observe mountains and
lowlands
- Make models of mountains ,
lowlands
INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS: Atlas,
Maps, sketches, pictures of lowlands,
Models

13 Revision Revision
14 Examination Examination

GEOGRAPHY
SS 1 SECOND TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES
1 The Environment :Weather and TEACHER:
climate : - Conduct outdoor activities for students
- Meaning of environment, to observe the environment
types and importance - Guide class discussions on;
- Definition of weather and classification of environment(physical,
 climate and their differences social, cultural
- Elements of weather and their - Recognize components of the
instruments used in recording environment into 3 major domains
them. - Weather elements and their attributes
2 CLIMATE (CONTD.) - importance of weather on physical and
- Attribute of climate human activities
(variability), aerial extents, - Guides students to make
decoration, etc, measurements and keep weather
- Importance of weather. records
3 FACTORS AFFECTING CLIMATE: - Guides students to discussing factors
- Altitude, Latitude affecting climate with examples.
- Slope and aspect, STUDENTS: participate in guided tour to
continentality etc observe mountains, lowland
- Make models of mountains,
lowlands
- Take weather measurements and
keep weather records
INSTRUSTRATION MATERIALS:
Illustrative diagram and sketches, Rain
Guauge, Wind Vane, Barometer,
Hygrometer etc

4 GOEGRAPHY OF NIGERIA: TEACHER:

- Location, position, size and - Uses maps to help students describe
distance( Latitudes, the location and position of Nigeria with
longitudes, boundaries and respect to her neighbours
neighbours) - Guides students to;
- Political division of - Describe location of states and their
Nigeria(states and their capitals with reference to latitudes and
capitals, local government longitudes
and their headquarters. - Determine size, area, landmarks of
5 NIGERIA CONT. Nigeria
- Relief- Highland And Low - Draw political maps of Nigeria, insert
Lands states and their headquarters
Drainage –Major Rivers and - Discuss Nigeria’s climate,
their characteristics characteristics of different seasons etc.
- Importance and problems of Discuss drainage of Nigeria.
Nigerians rivers - Draw a map of Nigeria showing relief
6 NIGERIA CONT. and drainage distribution.
- River Basin- meaning , major STUDENTS: calculate the area of Nigeria
basins and uses of basins - Draws the political map of Nigeria
- Lakes in Nigeria: Meaning, showing the states capitals and local
types, reasons for government headquarters
shallowness of lake chad - Draw relief map of Nigeria and linking it
- Uses of Lakes with drainage distribution of Nigeria.
INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS: Atlas,
 political maps of Nigeria, Globe,
illustrative diagrams and sketches.
7 POPULATION OF NIGERIA: TEACHER : Guides students to observe
- Definition, concepts and population structure and
population distribution distribution.
- Population structure and - Guides class discussions on:
quality -Population, size, distribution and
- Population structure
movement(migration) and -Population quality, population
population data (census) movement, data and their sources
and problems of data
STUDENTS: observe distribution of
population within the school
- Identify and locate highly
populated urban centres, rural
areas with sparse population
INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS:
- Map of Nigeria showing population
distribution, pictures,
- slides of densely populated areas,
posters of HIV/AIDS to explain
quality of population
- Maps showing various resources

8 RESOURCES OF NIGERIA: TEACHER: Leads students to identify

- Mineral resources: meaning various minerals on Nigeria
and types of mineral - Takes students out to observe
resources (petroleum, mining sites, observe vegetation
national gas, tin and and water resources within and
columbite, etc around community.
- Power resources(petroleum, - Guides students to
gas, HEP, solar energy, etc. -Locate where Nigeria’s major
water resources: resources are found in the map
meaning ,types(river lakes, -Discuss the importance of these
dams, seas, underground resources to Nigeria’s economy
water STUDENTS: Make record /report of
resources found in their community
-Identify and classify Nigeria’s resources
-Draw a map of Nigeria and insert various
resources
INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS:
- Map of Nigeria showing population
distribution, pictures,
- slides of densely populated areas,
posters of HIV/AIDS to explain
 quality of population
- Maps showing various resources

9 RESOURCES OF NIGERIA TEACHER: Leads discussions on the

CONTD.: meaning and types of vegetation and the
- Vegetation resources; importance of vegetation to man
meaning and types of STUDENTS: Should be able to
vegetation(Man and natural differentiate, giving examples, between
vegetation (e.g crops, human and natural vegetation .
government etc)
INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIAL:
Pictures, slides, Maps
10 MAPWORK/READING TEACHER: -Brings different types of
- Maps: meaning, types, maps to class.
examples and uses. - Helps the students to identify
- Scales: definition, types different types of maps
attributes, size (small and - Guides class discussion on
large), merits and demerits. -Meaning, types and uses of
- Conversion of scales maps,, and map scales .
STUDENTS: Identify different types of
maps brought to class
- convert on type of scale to another
INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIAL:
- different types of maps , Atlas,
Ruler or measuring tape.
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

GEOGRAGHY

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTITIVIES

1 Map Distance: Teacher: guides the class
 - Measurement of units and discussion on ;
conversion of distance to - Measurement of distances and
map distance conversions to real distance
- Map Reduction - Demonstrate map reduction and
- Map enlargement enlargement
- Guide students as they enlarge,
reduce maps
- Identification of physical and
cultural features
- Relationship between physical
2 Interpretation of physical and and cultural features.
cultural features: Students:
- Contour lines, definition, - carry out practical activities on
intervals etc map reduction and enlargement
- Physical features (ridges, - Solve problems on how scales of
spurs, valleys, hills, rivers map can change when maps are
etc) reduced or enlarged.
- Cultural features (road, - carry out practical work on map
settlements, schools, interpretation
communication lines, etc Instructional materials:
- Maps, sketches, Ruler, Drawing
paper slides

3 Transportation: Teacher:
- Definition, types/modern - Uses maps, diagrams, pictures to
means of guide students to identify
transportation(roads, rail, transportation types.
water, air, pipeline, etc - Merits and Demerits of each type
of transportation
- Importance and problems of
transportation.
Student:
- Sketch map of Nigeria showing
rails, air transport
Instructional Materials : Maps,
Atlas, Films, drawing paper.
4 Industry : Teacher : Guides students to
- Definition and classes of - Locate major industrial regions on
Industries.(Primary, a world map
secondary, tertiary and - Identify and describe major
quaternary . industries
- Heavy and light Industries - Takes students out to visit
industries in the locality
Students : Draw maps and locate
major industrial regions in Nigeria,
and the world.
 - Pay visit to local industries
Instructional materials :
- World maps, sketches, Films,
pictures

5 Basic concepts of geographic Teacher :

information system (GIS) - Explains concepts of GIS and
- Definition and geographic Geographic data
data (lines for users, roads,- Guides discussions on ;
rails, etc, points for bore - Sources of geographic data e.g
holes, images etc) maps, data from field work,
- Sources of GIS (maps, satellite images etc
fieldwork, satellite, images, - Geo-referencing for GIS data
etc) - Importance of GIS
- Importance of geo- Student : Participate in guided field
referencing, geographic data work
and the GIS Instructional Materials : Maps, Air
photo, computer system with GIS
software installed
6 Components of GIS Teacher :Guides students to ;
- Hardware (digitizer, global - identify GIS hardware
positioning system (GPS), - identify the various software and
Computer, printer, scanner, their uses
etc and software (data, imput, - use GIS hardware e.g Digitizer,
storage, retrieval, GPS, Computer etc
manipulations, etc) - Initiate discussions on data
- Data: Positional and rational types components of GIS,
- Procedures(sets of rules) and procedures etc
people (experts) Students :Manipulate/use the GPS,
Digitizer and computer to
process geographic data
Instructional Materials;
- Sketches showing components of
GIS
- Slides, GPS, Printer etc.

7 Earth’s External Processes and Teacher:

Land Form Development : - Initiates the discussion leading to ;
- Action of running water: - Definition and explanation of
definition and terms major terms associated with
associated with running water actions of running water.
(River) – sources and - Use of diagrams to explain
courses of a river, slope, processes of river erosion ;
shape of valley, volume of Corrosion, attrition, hydraulic
water, size of materials action
- Stages of a river - Processes of river transport:
 development- upper course use of diagrams to describe
(characteristics, processes landforms in various stages of
and features produced) river development.
- Middle course of a river Students : Draw diagrams or
(characteristics, processes of models showing various
river transportation and landforms associated with
features produced) stages of river development
- participate in guided tour to
observe some of these
landforms
Instructional Materials :
- Pictures, slides, models,
illustrated diagrams.
- Drainage pattern-Dentritic,
trellised and radial
8 Stages of River Development Teacher : uses of pictures, models
Contd. and sketches to explain
- Lower course of a river - Processes of wind erosion
(characteristics and features - Formation and characteristics of
e.g levees, wind erosion
- Delta : Definition, - Landforms , mode of formation
characteristics, conclusions and characteristics of wind
for formation, types and deposition landforms
importance. Students : Draw diagrams and
construct models showing various
erosion and deposition landforms
9 Action of Winds
- Definition and processes of
wind erosion (abrasion,
attrition and deflation)
- Features/landforms of wind
erosion(rock pedestal,
zeugens, yardangs, etc
- Features of wind deposition
(loes, barchans, seif domes)
etc

10 Glacier action : Teacher :

- Definition of terms associated - Uses pictures, models to :
with glacier (ice, glacier, - explain characteristics features
glaciations and features of of landforms in glacier regions
glacier erosion in the - Help students locate the
highland areas countries/regions where these
- Glacier features in lowland landforms are found
areas roche mountanee, crag - Guides discussions on mode of
and tail boulder clay erratic formation and economic
 drumlins, eskers etc importance.
- Economic importance of Students : Draw annotated
glacier features diagrams to show the features of
various landforms
Instructional Materials : Films,
Models, Annotated diagrams and
sketches.
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

GOVERNMENT

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 DEFINITION OF SUBJECT 1. Teacher asks students to identify
MATTER structures of authority in their family,
i. Government as an school, and school clubs.
institution of state 2. Teacher leads discussion on
ii. Government as a process government as a process.
or act of governing 3. Teacher leads discussion on
iii. Government as an government as a field of study.
academic field of study.

2 BASIC CONCEPTS OF 1. Teacher leads discussion on how

GOVERNMENT power is acquired and exercised.
i. Power 2. Teacher leads the students to
ii. Authority differentiate between political power
iii. Legitimacy and authority.
iv. Sovereignty 3. Teacher leads discussion on legitimacy
4. Teacher leads discussion on the
concept of sovereignty
3 DEMOCRACY 1. Teacher leads discussion on
i. Meaning of democracy democracy
ii. Political culture 2. Teacher arrange debate on the
iii. Political socialization attitudes of Nigerians to politics
3. Teacher leads students to identify
agents of political socialization.
4 BASIC CONCEPTS CONTINUED 1. Teacher leads discussion on
i. Political participation communalism
ii. Communalism 2. Teacher leads discussion on feudalism
iii. Feudalism
5 BASIC CONCEPTS (Contd) 1. Teacher leads discussion on capitalism
i. Capitalism 2. Teacher leads discussion on socialism
ii. Social;ism 3. Teacher leads students to discuss the
 similarities and differences between
capitalism and socialism
6 BASIC CONCEPTS (Contd) 1. Teacher leads students to discuss
i. Communism communism, fascism and
ii. Fascism totalitarianism
iii. Totalitarianism
7 TYPES AND CHARACTERISTICS 1. Teacher leads discussion on unitary
OF GOVERNMENT system of government
Unitary : 2. Teacher mentions countries where
i. Meaning unitary system is practiced
ii. Characteristics
iii. Advantages and
disadvantages
iv.
8 TYPES AND CHARACTERISTICS 1. Teacher leads discussion on
OF GOVERNMENT parliamentary or cabinet system of
i. Parliamentary System of government
Government 2. Teacher mentions countries where the
ii. Presidential System of system is practiced
Government 3. Teacher leads discussion on
iii. Comparison of presidential system of government
parliamentary and using Nigeria as an example.
presidential systems of 4. Teacher leads discussion on the
government similarities and differences of
presidential and parliamentary system
of government.
9 TYPES OF GOVERNMENT 1. Teacher leads discussion on
CONTINUED Confederal system of Government
i. Confederal System of 2. Teacher mentions countries where the
Government/ meaning system is practiced
ii. Monarchy 3. Teacher leasd discussion on Monarch
iii. Comparison of 4. Teacher mentions countries where the
Federalism and system is practiced
Confederalism 5. Teacher leads discussion on the
similarities and differences of
Feudalism and Confederal system of
government.
10 ORGANS OF GOVERNMENT 1. Teacher leads discussion on legislation
i. Legislative: Meaning 2. Teacher leads students to state
ii. Types of Legislature assembly on excursion
iii. Functions of legislature
11 ORGANS OF GOVERNMENT 1. Teacher leads discussion on executive
i. Executive: Meaning organ of government.
ii. Types 2. Teacher leads students to state
iii. Functions secretariat on excursion
12 ORGANS OF GOVERNMENT 1. Teacher leads discussion on Judiciary
 Judiciary 2. Teacher organises excursion to a law
i. Functions of the Judiciary court.
ii. Independence of the
Judiciary
13 Revision Revision
14 Examination Examination

GOVERNMENT

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 CONSTITUTION Teacher leads discussion on
i. Definition/meaning of constitution as it applies to a country,
constitution clubs, and society.
ii. Sources of constitution

2 CONSTITUTION CONTINUED Teacher leads discussion on functions

i. Functions of constitution and features of constitution
ii. Features of constitution
3 TYPES OF CONSTITUTIONS Teacher leads discussion on types of
i. Written and unwritten constitution.
constitution
ii. Rigid and flexible
constitution
iii. Unitary and federal
constitution
4 CONSTITUTIONALISM Teacher leads discussion on the
i. Meaning /functions of importance of constitution to a country,
constitutionalism school and school clubs.
ii. Importance of
constitutionalism
iii. The relationship between
constitution and
constitutionalism
5 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF 1. Teacher leads discussion Rule of
GOVERNMENT Law – highlighting the
i. Rule of law – Definition interpretation.
ii. Basic Principles 2. Teacher leads discussion on
iii. Problems or limitation of fundamental human rights
rule of law. 3. Teacher organises an excursion to
iv. Fundamental Human human right commission.
 Rights – Meaning/
Definition
v. Origin and Importance of
Human Rights
6 BASIC PRINCIPLES CONTINUED Teacher leads discussion on various
- Various ways/means of safe ways of safe guarding human rights
guarding human rights
7 SEPARATION OF POWER 1. Teacher organises drama on how
i. Meaning of separation of separation of power is practiced.
power 2. Teacher demonstrates how checks
ii. Principles of checks and and balances can be practiced.
balances 3. Discusses the relationship of both
iii. Purpose of separation of concepts.
power
iv. Relationship between
separation of powers and
check and balance.

8 REPRESENTATIVE 1. Teacher leads discussion on

GOVERNMENT Representative Government
i. Meaning/Definition of 2. Teacher leads discussion on
representative advantages and disadvantages
government. of representative government
ii. Features of a
representative
government
iii. Advantages and
disadvantages of
Representative
Government
9 CENTRALIZATION AND Teacher leads discussion on
DECENTRALIZATION centralized and decentralized activities
i. Meaning/Definition of the State and Federal Government
ii. Differences between
centralize and
decentralize
10 THEORY OF DELEGATED 1. Teacher leads discussion on
LEGISLATURE delegated legislature
i. Meaning/Definition of 2. Teacher cites example of
delegated legislature delegated legislature in school.
ii. Forms of delegated
legislature
iii. Control of delegated
legislatures
iv. Advantages and
Disadvantages of
 delegated legislature
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

GOVERNMENT
SS 1 THIRDTERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENTS ACTIVITIES
1 CITIZENSHIP 1. Teacher leads discussion on
i. Meaning and definition of citizen.
citizenship 2. Teacher leads discussion on
ii. Methods of acquisition of difference between a citizen
citizenship and a non citizen.
iii. Rights, duties and
obligations of a citizen
iv. Differences between a
citizen and a non citizen.
2 POLITICAL PARTY 1. Teacher leads discussion on
i. Meaning/ Definition of Political Parties
Political Party 2. Teacher asks students to
ii. Organisation of Political mention political parties in
Party Nigeria.
iii. Types of Political party
(Mass, Elite, Charismatic,
Broker Parties etc)
iv. Functions of Political
Party
3 PARTY SYSTEMS Teacher leads discussion on Party
i. Meaning and definition of System
Party system
ii. Types of Party system
iii. Characteristics of party
system.
4 PARTY SYSTEM CONTINUED Teacher leads discussion on
Advantages and disadvantages of: advantages and disadvantages of one,
i. One system two and multi-party system.
ii. Two party system
iii. Multi party system
5 PRESSURE GROUPS 1. Teacher leads discussion
i. Meaning and definition of pressure group.
pressure group 2. Teacher asks students to give
ii. Types of pressure group examples of pressure group.
iii. Characteristics of
pressure group
iv. Types of pressure groups
6 PRESSURE GROUPS Teacher leads discussion on
 i. Functions of pressure functions, problems and difference
group between a pressure group and political
ii. Problems of pressure parties.
group
iii. Difference between
pressure group and
political parties.

7 PUBLIC OPINION 1. Teacher leads discussion on

i. Meaning and definition of public opinion
public opinion 2. Teacher leads students to
ii. Formation of public express their views on some
opinion important issues of public
iii. Measurement of public interest
opinion
8 ELECTORAL PROCESS 1. Teacher leads discussion on
(ELECTION) Electoral Process
i. Meaning and definition of 2. Teacher embarks on excursion
election with students to electoral
ii. Purpose of election commission office.
iii. Organisation of election
(features & stages)
9 SUFFRAGE/FRANCHISE 1. Teacher leads discussion on
i. Meaning/definition of suffrage/franchise
suffrage/franchise 2. Teacher leads discussion on
ii. Development of types and purpose of
suffrage/franchise suffrage/franchise.
iii. Types of
suffrage/franchise
iv. Purpose of
suffrage/franchise
10 TYPES OF ELECTORAL SYSTEM Teacher leads discussion on types of
i. Simple majority electoral system
ii. Absolute majority
iii. Proportional
representation
iv. Direct and indirect system
11 ELECTORAL 1. Teacher leads discussion on
COMMISSION/ELECTORAL the role and functions of an
OFFICIALS electoral commission.
i. Meaning of Electoral 2. Teacher leads discussion on
Commission the functions of an electoral
ii. Roles/functions and duties commission
of the commission 3. Teacher leads students to
iii. Problems facing Electoral discuss problems facing
Commission electoral commission.
 12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination

RELIGIOUS STUDIES
SS 1 FIRST TERM
WEEK TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITIES
1 Jesus’ a) Jesus as the lamb, the  Lead the students to
teaching door and good discuss the qualities
about shepherd.( John 1:29- of a good shepherd.
Himself 34, John 10:1-8) Explain the
significance of Jesus
b) Jesus as the light of as the door and lamb.
the world ( John 3:19;  Picture of a shepherd
8:12;9:4-5;12:35-36; 1 and his flock.
John 1:5-7)  Lead the students to
discuss their
experience of walking
in the dark.
 Darkroom and
torchlight.

2 Jesus as the a) Jesus as the true vine  Lead the students to

True Vine (John 15:1-7) talk on the living a life
b) Jesus as the living outside Christ.
bread and water (John  Discuss on value of
6:1-41; 4:7-15) bread and water.
 Bread and water.

3 Love a) God’s love for man.  Explain types of love

Meaning of love and ask students to
b) Extent of God’s love demonstrate love.
for man.  Love drama
c) Need for man to
respond to God’s love
(John 3:16-18)

4 Love for One a) Types of love for man  Guide the students to
Another b) Qualities of love (no read and identify
one can claim to love qualities of love in the
God without loving his scripture.
brothers and sisters. (1  The Holy Bible and
John 4:7-8; 2 ; gift items.
Corinthians 13:1-13; .
 1John 3:17-18)
c) Various ways of
showing love to one
another and to one’s
country
5 Justification a) Meaning and need for  Use the students to
by faith justification (Romans dramatize a law court
3:23, Galatians 3:19- where an offender is
21) granted an
b) Faith in Jesus as a unconditional pardon
condition for
justification ( Romans
4:1-5; Galatians 2:16-
21; Romans 1:16-17;
4:1-5; 5)
c) Fruit of justification.
Galatians 2:19-21;
5:22)
6 New Life in a) Meaning of old life as  Role play of a harlot
Christ living in sin. (Galatians and drug addict who
5:19-21, Colossians received Christ.
3:5-7)  Pictures of successful
b) Characteristics of old God fearing man and
life and need for woman in the society,
change (Romans 6:1-
4, 15:18-19)
7 New Life in a) Characteristic of new
Christ life in Christ and the
continues. need to stick to it
( Roman 6:12-19,
Colossians 3:1-6)

8 Sonship a) Meaning of being Son  Lead the student to

of God. read the passages
b) Jesus as a son of God and list their rights
(Romans 8:3; 17,32) and duties as children
of God.
 Students as children
of God.
9 Christians as a) Rights and  Lead the students to
Children of Responsibilities of discuss the rights and
God Christians as children responsibilities of
of God ( Ephesians students as Nigeria
1:5) citizen.
b) Rights and  Copy of the
Responsibilities of the constitution of
 citizen of Nigeria ( the Nigeria.
constitution of Nigeria)
10 Faith and a) Definition of faith and  Lead the students in
Works. work (Hebrew 11:1-3, faith works
6). Concept of faith as interrelationship.
requirement for  Discuss how faith and
salvation (Paul’s works are
teaching on faith and interrelated.
work) ( Galatians 1:14;
Ephesians 2:8; 9)
11 Faith and a) James teaching on  Video clips of the rich
Works faith and works. young ruler in (Luke
Genuine saving faith 18: 18-27)
manifests itself  Talk on the good
through works James works that
2:14-26) demonstrates
b) Compare and contrast Christian faith.
Paul’s and James
teaching on faith and
works
12 Revision Revision Revision
13-14 Examination Examination Examination
 CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS STUDIES

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1. The Fruit of the a) Definition of “fruit” as  Lead the
Spirit in the context. students to
b) The fruit of the flesh examine
(Galatians 5:19-21 themselves in
c) The fruit of the spirit the light of both
(Galatians 5:22-25 the spirit and
d) How to bear the fruit the flesh.
of the spirit (Acts  One good fruit
2:38; Romans 10:9- as fruit of the
10 spirit and one
bad fruit as fruit
of the flesh.
2 Spiritual Gifts a) Definition of spiritual  Guide the
gifts and talents. students to
b) Values/Distribution and read relevant
use of spiritual gift. passages give
c) Differences between them
spiritual gifts and assignment on
 talents. the effective
use of spiritual
gifts in the
Church
3 Spiritual Gifts a) List of spiritual gifts  List of spiritual
(1Chorinthians 12:4-8, gifts
28, Ephesians 4:11-13,
Romans 12:6-8)
b) Hierarchy of spiritual
gift. (1Chorinthians
12:28;31;14:1,4,5)
c) How to identify and
exercise your own
spiritual gift(s).
4 Forgiveness a) Meaning of forgiveness  Lead the
b) Jesus teaching on students to
forgiveness ( Matthew read the
6:12, 14, 15) passages.
c) How to achieve  Discuss the
forgiveness consequences
 If the offender of
realises his/her unforgiveness
mistakes and  Ask the
asks for pardon. students to
 If someone make list of
intervenes on their offenders
behalf of the and they should
offender resolve to
Philemon 1 forgive them.
 If the offended
decides on
his/her own to
forgive the
offender for the
sake of God
(Matthew 6:12)
5 Forgiveness a) Effects and  Read parable
cont. consequences of on forgiveness
unforgiveness (Matthew (Matthew
18:21-35) 18:21-35)
b) Rewards of forgiveness
 Our sins will be
forgiven-we-will
have good
rapport with
others
 progressing our
community etc
6 Rights and a) Meaning and types of  Students to
Obligations of family describe their
Family Members b) Rights and duties of traditional
family members in the family set up.
Bible (Colossians 2:18-  Discuss the
21) role of their
c) Rights and duties of family
family members in our members.
nation Read
d) Consequences of failure (Colossians
of family members to 2:18-21)
perform their duties discuss source
of conflict in the
family.
 Picture of a
family
7 Humility a) Meaning of humility  Share with the
(Philippians 2:1-11) students your
b) Jesus demonstrated personal
humility (Matthew observation of
26:14-39; Luke 22:24- how both the
27, John 13:1-17) pride and
c) Ways of demonstrating humble behave
humility solution to pride in the society.
(Matthew 18:1-4, Luke
1:47-56)
8 Humility cont. a) Benefit of humility  Role play on
(James 4:10, 1Peters the topic. Share
5:6, 1john 2:15-16). personal
b) Consequences of pride experience of
(James 4:6-7; 1 Peters how humility
5:5; Matthew 23:12). has been
rewarded.
9 Effective Prayer a) Jesus taught his  Ask the student
disciples how to pray to explain the
(Matthew 6:7-13) meaning of
b) James teaching on prayer.
prayer (James 1:1-8;  Explain types of
4:1-3; 5:12-20) prayer like
c) Types of prayer adoration,
d) Reasons for meditation,
unanswered prayer thanksgiving,
(Matthew 6:7-13) petition,
confession and
 intercession
compose a
short prayer.
 Picture of
Jesus at prayer
 Picture of a
praying monk in
meditation.
10 Revision Revision Revision
12-13 Examination Examination Examination

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS STUDIES

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Living a Life of a) Peter’s message on  Explain the
Witnessing to Christian living (1 message of being
Christ Peters 1:13-17; 2:9- a true witness for
25: 4:1-15) Christ, the
b) Paul’s statement on importance of
children of the light living through good
(Romans 13:11-14). examples
 Picture of
prisoners.
2 Social Vices and a) Social vices and  Discuss some bad
Witnessing to interesting to Christ. practices in our
Christ. b) Importance of nation today.
tolerance and  Suggest ways to
peaceful co- avoid them
existence mention some
positive aspects of
living a life for
Christ.
 Picture of drugs
addicts and
alcoholics.

3 Civic a) Meaning of civic  Lead student to

Responsibility Responsibility and define civic
Examples. responsibility and
mention some of
their civic
responsibility.
4 Christian attitude a) Peters message to  Explain how Christ
towards Christians under our model was
Persecution persecution ( 1 persecuted.
Peters 1:5-9; 4:12- Mention places in
19) Nigeria where
b) Jesus’ message on Christians are
love of enemies denied their rights.
(Matthew 5;38-48) Discuss people
they know that
have survived
persecution
 Video film of
persecution of
early Christians
 Picture of Christ
on the cross.
5 Christians attitude a) Suffering and
towards Christian faith.
Persecution cont. b) Christian attitude
towards persecution
(Colossians 1:2)
6 Impartiality a) Meaning of  Read the passage
impartiality mention instances
b) Equality of human of partiality and
beings before God ( impartiality in our
James 2:1-3) society today.
c) Warning against  Explain the need
prejudice (James to treat everyone
2:1-13) equally. Video of
mother Teresa of
Calcutta.
 Picture of Dr. and
nurses treating
patients in
hospitals.
7 Impartiality cont. a) “The Golden rule”  Explain how
(Matthew 7;12; Luke “Golden rule” can
6:31) lead to a human
b) Negative effects of and just society.
Nepotism, Write short note on
favouritism and nepotism,
tribalism on society. favouritism and
tribalism on the
society.
 Outline the
negative effects.
 8 The Resurrection a) Meaning of  Explain the
and Second resurrection significance of
Coming of Jesus b) Paul’s teaching on resurrection in the
Christ resurrection and life of Christians.
second coming
(1Corinthians 15)
9 Preparation for a) Jesus’ teaching on  Lead the students
Second Coming second coming of to need the
of Christ. Christ (Matthew passages and
25:31-46) outline signs of
b) Jesus talks on the second coming of
last judgement Christ.
when he comes
Paul’s teaching on
how to prepare for
the second coming
(1 Thess 4:13-18).
10 Resurrection and The importance of the  Explain that if
Christian Faith. resurrection of Christ to Christ did not
Christian faith (1 resurrect, our faith
Corinthians 15:3-8,12-20) would have been
in vain.
 Picture of
resurrected Christ.
11 Revision Revision Revision
12-13 Examination Examination Examination

ISLAMIC RELIGIOUS STUDIES

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITES/TEACHING AIDS

1 Revelation, Definition of the terms. Narration on how the Glorious
recording and How the Glorious Qur’an Qur’an was revealed and
memorisation of was revealed, recorded identifying the items used for
the Glorious and memorised during the the recording of the Glorious
Qur’an during the life time of the Prophet Qur’an.
life time of the Muhammad S.A.W. Items Names of some Sahabas who
Prophet on which the Qur’an was memorized the Glorious
Muhammad S.A.W written Qur’an during the life time of
the Prophet S.A.W.
Copies of the Glorious Qur’an,
stones, bones and leaves on
which the Qur’an was written.
2 Definition and Meaning and implications Explanation of Hadith with
 importance of of Hadith and Shariah concrete examples on
Hadith. Shari’ah.
Relationship Hadith book.
between Hadith
and Shari’ah
3 The Arabs before Arabian peninsula before Narration of how Arabian
Islam the coming of Islam. peninsula is before Islam.
Religious, Economic and Map of Arabian peninsula.
social life of the Arabs
4 Definition and Meaning and implications Reading, meaning and
importance of of Kalmatu Shahadah (1st explanation of the first part of
Kalmatu past) Kalmatu Shahadah.
Shahadah.
5 Compilation and Meaning and how the holy Explanation on how the holy
standardization of Qur’an was complied and Qur’an was compiled and
the Glorious standardised during the standardized. Pictures, slides.
Qur’an. third Caliph.
6 Hadith of the Holy Forms of Hadith, criteria Explanation on how to identify
Prophet for the authenticity of an authentic Hadith and forms
Muhammad Hadith. of Hadith e.g. Isnad and Matn.
S.A.W.
7 The life of the Holy His mission. To explain his life time before
Prophet revelation and after prophet
Muhammad hood.
S.A.W.
8 Makkan and Distinction between To explain the main difference
Medinan surahs Makkan and Medinan between surahs revealed in
surahs Makka from that of Madinah.
9 Narration of the good qualities
of the Prophets S.A.W. That
brought people to embrace
Islam. Islamic history books,
Hadith and the Glorious
Quran.

10 Shirk Definition and types of Explanations of how to identify

shirk e.g. Hero worship, shirk in actions and sayings.
Ancestral worship, Pictures in cardboard of
Atheism etc. different shrines.
11 The four rightly Brief history of Abu-Bakr Narration of the life history of
guided Caliphs Siddiq, Umar Ibn Al- the four rightly guided Caliphs.
khattab, Usman ibn Attan
and Aliyu ibn Abutalib.
12 The Concept of Definition, explanation Explanation of worship and its
Worship (Ibadah) and mode of ibadah in forms and implications in
in Islam. Islam. How to identify and Islam e.g. Good intention,
 apply ibadah in our daily salat, fasting etc.
life.
13 Revision. Revision. Revision.
14 Examination. Examination. Examination.

ISLAMIC RELIGIOUS STUDIES

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPICS CONTENT ACTIVITES/TEACHING AIDS

1 The Glorious Importance of the Glorious Explanation of the importance of
Qur’an. Qur’an. the Glorious Qur’an to the
Muslims.
Copies of the Glorious Qur’an.
2 Hadith The six sound collections of Identifying, listing the six sound
Hadith. collections of Hadith and their
authors.
3 The four rightly The life history of the first Explanation and narration of the
guided Caliphs. Caliph (Abubakar Siddiq) life history of Abubakar Siddiq.
and his contributions to
Islam.
4 Articles of Faith Definition of Iman. Listing of Explanation of Iman and its
(Iman) the six articles of faith in branches e.g. belief in Allah,
Islam and their implications. Angels, Prophets etc.
5 Tafsir Definition, origin, sources Explanation of Tafsir, its origin,
and importance of Tafsir. sources and importance.
6 The four rightly The life history of second Explanation and narration of the
guided Caliphs Caliph (Umar Ibn Al- life history of Umar Ibn Al-
khattab) and his khattab.
contributions to Islam.
7 The Articles of Belief in Allah, Angels, and Explanation of belief in Allah,
Faith (Iman) revealed books. Angels and revealed books.
Cardboard showing the three
articles of Iman.
8 The Glorious Reading, writing and Recitation, writing, translation
Qur’an translation of the following; and explanation of Suratul
i. Suratul Fatiha (Q1:1-7) Fatiha, Ayatul Kursiyu and
ii. Ayatul Kursiyu (Q2:225) Amanar Rasul in the holy
iii. Amanar Rasul (Q2:285- Qur’an.
286)
9 Hadith Hadith 1 and 2 of An- Reading, writing, memorization
Nawawi’s collections. and explanation of the meaning
Reading, writing, of Hadith 1 and 2 of An-
memorization and meaning. Nawawi’s collections.
10 Hadith Hadith compilation To identify the compilers of the
 six sound collection of Hadith
and their brief biography. Books
of Hadith e.g. Sahih Bukhari,
Sahih Muslim etc
11 Fiqhu At-taharah (Purification). Explanation of the meaning,
Definition, kinds and kinds and importance of At-
importance. taharah in Islam
12 Revision. Revision. Revision.
13 Examination. Examination. Examination.

ISLAMIC RELIGIOUS STUDIES

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITES/TEACHING AIDS

1 The Glorious Reading, translation and Reading, writing and
Qur’an. commentary of: commentary of the surah as
i. Suratul Shams (Q91) they appeared in the content
ii. Suratul Layl (Q92) table.
iii. Suratul Duha (Q93)
iv. Suratul Inshirah (Q94)
2 Al Hadith Hadith no. 3 and 5 of Al- Reading, meaning and
Nawawi collection and explanation of the said Hadith.
lessons learnt.
3 Islamic History Islamic political system on: Explanation on the Islamic
Sovereignty of Allah (SWT) political system on the
sovereignty of Allah (SWT)
4 Fiqhu As-salat (prayer) Explanation on one of the
Describing the Raka’ah in pillar of Islam.
each prayer.
5 The Glorious Reading, translation and Reading, writing and
Qur’an commentary of: commentary of the surah as
i. Suratul Tin (Q95) they appeared in the content
ii. Suratul Alaq (Q96) table.
iii. Suratul Qadr (Q97)
6 Al Hadith Hadith no. 4 of Al-Nawawi Reading, meaning and
collection and lessons learnt. explanation of the said Hadith.
7 Fiqhu The Principles of Explanation on how to acquire
i. Al-Amanah (Trust) Al-Amanah, Adalah and to be
ii. Adalah (justice) involved in shurah. Such
iii. Shinah (Mutual things are acquired from the
consultation) history of the holy prophet’s
life history.
8 Fiqhu The concept of Zakkat Explanation on zakkat, how it
i. Relevant verses about is distributed and those who
 zakkat enjoy it.
ii. Relevant Hadith about
zakkat
9 The Glorious i. Suratul Bayyinah Reading, translation and
Qur’an (Q98) commentary of the 3 chapters
ii. Suratul Zilzalah (Q99) from the holy Qur’an
iii. Suratul Adiyat (Q100)
10 Fiqhu The implication of the six Explanation on the six articles
articles of faith (Iman). of faith as well as their
Belief in Prophets, last day implications.
and destiny.
11 Revision. Revision. Revision.
12 Examination. Examination. Examination.

HISTORY

SS1 FIRST TERM

WEE TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K

1 MEANING OF HISTORY. Teacher explains and defines what

history means, the story of the past-
- SOURCES OF HISTORY demonstrate before the class.
AND DANTING
Differentiating between the past and the
present.

State and explain the sources e.g.

testimonies, archaeological findings like
broken old pots- by the teacher. This
can explain how history was obtained.

2 HISTORICAL SKILLS; ANCIENT The teacher states and explains the

AND MODERN APPROACH various historical skills using cultural
artifacts.

The students explain and mention the

various historical skills.

3 PROSPECT FOR ICT IN The teacher explains the meaning of

HISTORICAL STUDIES ICT- information communication
technology and enumerates the
importance using learning materials like
 satellite, TV, video recorder.

The students are allowed to touch and

practice with the teaching aids.

4 LAND AND THE PEOPLE OF Mention various coastal, forestry and

NIGERIA; COASTAL REGIONS, savannah areas using maps that
FORESTERY REGION AND SEMI contain these regions.
SAVANNAH
The students are made to point the
regions out from the map at or by the
end of the lessons

5 LAND AND THE PEOPLE OF Features of the main physical areas

NIGERIA CONTINUED ; MAIN with mountains and rivers are outlined
PHYSICAL FEATURES for the students.
RIVERS/MOUNTAINS
The students are taken out to see these
various features.

6 LAND AND PEOPLE OF Description of Kanem Borno, Hausa

NIGERIA CONTINUED ; states , Igbo, Yoruba, Efik etc
CULTURAL WAYS OF THE LIFE
OF THE PEOPLE Instructional materials: pictures
containing different ethnic groups
dressing are displayed before the
students

The students are made to differentiate

the cultural dressing through the
pictures.

Ethnic maps can as well be used.

7 EARLY CENTRES OF Places like Igbo ukwu, Ife and Benin

CIVILIZATION IN NIGERIA; IGBO are mentioned and explained by the
UKWU ,IFE ,BENIN ETC teacher. The elements of civilization in
these areas are indicated with the aids
of maps.

8 EARLY CENTRES OF Description and explanation with

CIVILIZATION IN NIGERIA teaching aids of charts and maps
CONTINUED;KANEM AND involving the students actively.
BORNU(NOK)
 9 THE STATES FORMATION Description of the various states
PROCESS CENTRALIZED explaining what centralized really
STATES KANEM/ BORNU means

10 THE STATES FORMATION The traditional features, movement and

PROCESS CONTINUED EFIK commodities of the various states in
MIGRATION Nigeria are outlined for the students.
The processes of their formation are
ENVIRONMENT AND narrated.
COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES OF
IGALA, JUKUN, ETC

11 THE STATE FORMATION Features, description and

PROCESS administration of these regions and
their process of formation are
NON – CENTRALIZED STATE; enumerated by the teachers using
IGBO, ISOBO, IBIBIO ETC maps as well as demonstrate before the
class most of their cultural differences.

12 THE STATE FORMATION The teacher describes and explains

PROCESS CONTINUED; IDO, these states, and makes the student
TIV, BIROM, ANGAS ETC. mention and explain them. Items can be
gathered for representation of these
different cultures.

13 Revision Revision
14 Examination Examination

HISTORY

SS1 SECOND TERM

WEE TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K

1 THE HAUSA STATES TO 1800; Teacher identifies the areas of

Hausa land for the students using
i. Identify areas referred to as Hausa map.
ii. Trace its evolution to statehood. The students by the end should be
able to mention and trace Hausa
evolution to statehood.
2 THE HAUSA STATE TO 1800 Description and explanation
CONTINUED; pictures /charts.

- The economic activities of Kano The students mention, state and

and Katsina. describes most of the economic
- Why the Hausa states fought activities of the Hausa land 1800.
wars among themselves.
3 THE HAUSA STATES TO 1800 The teacher explains the terms
CONTINUED; and identifies the materials –
ancient materials of Hausa land
Indigenous technology, craft and
industries. The students are assigned to bring
these materials as assignment.

4 NUPE: Explanation and description of

these activities e.g. fishing trade
Indigenous technology craft agricultural and craft are duly explained to the
activities and industry. students with maps and physical
materials like hoes, Nets and
molds pots the students should
able to explain them.

5 JUKUN; The students should be able to

mention the various peculiar
i. Peculiar places in Jukun places in Jukun.
ii. Basis of their military power. Point them out from the maps and
explain the Jukun military power.

6 IFE AND OYO; The teacher describes and traces

the Yoruba origin in the various
The theories of the Yoruba origin in tales of origin, political
political organization/craft and industry. organization, and agricultural
activities. The students should be
able to tell or say the stories of the
Yoruba origin.

7 BENIN; Teacher explains, describes, and

differentiates between its
The stages of its development, rulers neighbours (Benin).
and relationship with their neighbours.
Maps indicating or pointing out the
- ECONOMY; technology, craft boundaries existing between Benin
and industry.
 and its neighbours.

The students should be able to

describe and explain the
development stages, and mention
the names of the rulers of Benin
kingdom.

8 THE EFIK; factors that led to the rise of Teacher describes and explains
Efik political organization. the rise of political organization,
contact with Europe, and hinter
European contact, economic and land neighbours of the Efik, with
hinterland neighbours. pictures and maps.

The students listen and identify the

location and boundaries of Efik.

9 INTER-GROUP RELATIONS; Comprehensive description of the

commercial activities that linked
- Commercial activities the various kingdoms are tabled
- Commodities linking across the
various kingdoms. before the students making them
remember the boundaries of the
states e.g. Nupe, Oyo etc.

Resources; physical and ethnic

maps.

The students are given

assignment to draw and specify
the neighbouring boundaries.

10 INTER-GROUP RELATION The teacher explains and defines

CONTINUED; migration, the causes and impacts
using the states as example.
Migration causes and impacts.
Various reasons for people living
where they were to another is
explained.

The students are made to mention

the causes-

Instructional materials: map/charts.

11 INTER-GROUP RELATIONS Teacher describes the nature of
CONTINUED; political administration of the Benin
and Efik etc, cause of war, (ethnic
Wars and politics of the ethnic groups, wars) and the impacts.
e.g. Benin, Efik.
Aids; pictures/maps- the students
describes and explains them.

12 Revision Revision

13 Examination Examination

HISTORY

SS1 THIRD TERM

WEE TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K

1 EARLY EXTERNAL The teacher describes and explains the

INFLUENCE; CONTACT WITH nature and the use of the trade routes
THE NORTH – TRANS using maps with bold drawing makes of
SAHARAN TRADE its boundaries.

The students should be able to explain

the nature/routes of the trade.

2 EARLY EXTERNAL The teacher mention and describes the

INFLUENCE CONTINUED; locations involved in the movement e.g.
CONTACT – WITH THE NORTH morocco – taodeni, Timbuktu etc
– TRANS – SAHARAN TRADE
The students with the map tracing aid
mention and identify the various
locations.

3 EARLY EXTERNAL Descriptions and stating the nature of the

INFLUENCES CONTINUED commodities

The students should be able to mention

and describe the nature of the
- The commodities of the trade. commodities.

Samples of the goods are brought to the

 class for teaching.

4 EARLY EXTERNAL The teacher states the cause,

INFLUENCE CONTINUED; advantages and disadvantages of the
trade

Chats and maps are used.

- The causes and impacts of the
trade The students are made to mention and
explain the causes and impact of the
trade individually.

5 EARLY EXTERNAL The teacher traces the introduction of

INFLUENCES; ISLAM IN Islam in early days of Kanem Borno
KANEM BORNU
A map before A.D 1800 of the Western
Sudan is displayed before the students.
The students should be able to spot
them out from the map.

6 EARLY EXTERNAL The description of Islam in North Africa

INFLUENCE CONTINUED and Saharan as prelude to the coming.
ISLAM - IMPACTS. How the influence was impactful.

Mai umme and the acceptance of Islam

by the kanem court

7 EARLY EUROPEAN CONTACT The teacher through the use of maps

WITH COASTAL STATES; indentifies the coastal state and
IDENTIFICATION OF THE describes them individually
VARIOUS COASTAL STATES.
The students should be able to identify
the various coastal areas.

8 EARLY EUROPEAN CONTACT The teacher outlines the advantages and

WITH COASTAL AREAS; disadvantages of the impact of the
IMPACTS contact.

The students should be able to outline

the various impacts or effects.
Picture /maps are used.

9 TRANS – ATLANTIC SLAVE The teacher defines the origin of slave

TRADE ORIGIN AND REASON trade and the causes. The students
should identify what was being sold, how
 FOR THE TRADE and where it was bought and sold.
Human beings maps containing slave
trade are provided with wooden carves in
museums are brought to the students.

10 TRANS—ATLANTIC SLAVE The teacher states and explains the

features and nature of Trans – Atlantic
TRADE CONTINUED; slave trade. The students should be able
FEATURES AND NATURE OF to state and explain the features and
THE TRADE nature of trans- Atlantic slave trade.

11 TRANS – ATLANTIC SLAVE The teacher states and explains the

TRADE CONTINUED IMPACTS advantages and disadvantages of the
OR EFFECTS OF THE TRADE trade using the old maps containing the
features of the Trans-Atlantic slave
trade.

12 Revision & Examination

VISUAL ART

SS1 FIRST TERM

WEE TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K
1 NIGERIAN CULTURAL ARTS Discuss on the location, origin and
(200BC – 1900AD) characteristic features of Nigerian art
-Characteristic features location and cultures.
origin of Nok arts (tera cotta) Igbo Resources – photographs of some
Ukwu arts of Benin and Ife art. features and maps, textbooks and
illustration from magazines.
2 CONTINUATION OF NIGERIAN -Discussions on the characteristic
CULTURAL ART features, location and origin. -Production
-Characteristic features, location and and use of the art works. Participate in
origin of esie soap, stone, works, tsode class talk.
bronze and wood carving of ekpo, -Resources- illustration from books and
ibibios and annangs. magazines. Students copy notes.

3 MUSEUMS IN NIGERIA Define museums, history of museums,

-Definition of museum, dates of and location, types of museum and
establishment, locations and history. dates of establishment and preservation.
Types of museum and their functions. -Resources- maps o location and
 Preservation and antiguities. photographs, containing illustrations of
  For Historical research. museums.
 For tourism Set a mini museum in class with
historical articles.
4. ARTS GALLERIES IN NIGERIA Discuss the location of art gallery,
Definition of art gallery, location, dates establishment and functions.
of establishment and functions. Discuss how artifacts and artworks of
- For promotion of artists, and their galleries are preserved.
works. Resources- photographs containing art
-Sales of artworks, preservation and galleries, pictures of local arts and crafts.
entertainment.

5 VISUAL ARTS Define visual arts; discuss the

-Definition of visual art components of each class of visual arts
Classification of visual arts and the function.
- Fine arts; Drawing painting and Resources- works of art that represent
sculpture. each of the classes. Students copy
- Applied art; Graphics, textile, notes.
ceramics.
6 VISUAL ARTS Discuss the function of visual arts.
-Functions of visual arts; Resources- pictures of art works and
-Uilitarian (teacups,clothesetc) house hold materials.
-Advert posters, asthetic (painting etc)
-Religious( carved, images, masks) etc
Political (chiefly stools)
-Symbols, and to educate.
7 PROFESSION AND JOB Discusses job prospects in visual arts.
OPPORTUNITIES Mention some of the products from the
Professions of visual artists profession.
Graphic designers e.g. video editors, Dramatise the job n visual arts (students
cartoonists, designers for lithographic participate in drama).
painting Resources- magazines and newspapers
Industrial designers e.g. textile write-ups showing pictures of
designer. professionals.
Painters
Sculptors
Ceramic
8 CONTINUATION OF PROFESSIONS Mention some of the products from these
AND JOB OPPORTUNITIES professions.
-Photographer, cultural officers, Resources- magazines and newspaper
medical illustrators, investigative write ups, showing pictures of
illustration. professionals.

9 VISUAL SENSE Discuss the dynamic of basic shapes in

- The dynamic of basic shapes in every object.
every object e.g. cylinder or bottles. Use variety of natural and man-made
* The basic shapes of natural and objects to illustrate the concept.
 man-made objects. Students identify shapes which objects
* House hold objects like – bottle, flask could be reduced to.
etc. Resources:- selected household objects
* Objects in surface likeness (texture) like bottle, flask, fruits, sprays etc.

10 TEXTILE DESIGNS Students participate in drawing the

- Practical: Basic shapes in every arrange objects on the table by the
object teacher.
* Draw basic shapes of natural and Resources: Different types of object from
man-made objects. natural and man-made.
*Arrange objects on table.
11 THE NUACE OF COLOUR The teacher discuss colour mixture and
- Colour mixture on surfaces of objects explain one colour (tint).
* Using colour on an object that seem Students participate using colour.
to have one colour (tint). Resources: Different objects with one
colour.
12 ELEMENTS OF DESIGNED Explains all the elements and principle of
- Elements – line, texture, colour, size, design.
shapes, value and space. Uses picture to illustrate the principle of
- Principle – balance, contrast, design and when to apply a particular
proportion, variety, aradation and one in Art making.
harmony. Resources: work art portraying elements
and principle of design.
Students make works applying the
principle of design.
13 Revision Revision
14 Examination Examination

VISUAL ART

SS1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 DRAWING -Discuss the nature, types, and
1.Concept of lines: qualities of lines.
-Type of lines e.g. vertical, -Demonstrate various types of line.
horizontal, wavy, spiral zig-zag etc. -Students use line to construct
 -Qualities of lines e.g. thick, thin, objects.
heavy, flexible etc. RESOURCE:-Different objects e.g.
Chairs, pencil and paper
2 DRAWING -State functions of drawing.
1. Functions of drawing. -Leads the class in various exercises
-Demonstration and description of involving lines, student observe lines
shapes e.g. Forms, texture, shapes in nature and man-made objects of
composition. various shapes.
RESOURCE-Shapes of different
object from nature and non man-
made.
3 CONTINUATION OF DRAWING -Students are directed by teacher
1. Lines as patterns in nature and outside.
man-made objects. -Guide students to observe lines in
Man-made object. nature and man-made object. Draw
Nature: lines to form pattern focuses on the
-wood land (trees without leaves) object.
-lines on animals e.g. Zebra RESOURCES: Outside objects of
Skeleton of animals and veins in man-made and nature pen. (Ball
leaves point pen)
Man –Made
-Power and railway lines, Bridges,
Fence and structure of buildings
-
4. SHADING TECHNIQUES -Mention the various shading
1. Various shading techniques. techniques on the board and
-Cross hatching demonstrates the various shading
-Hatching techniques.
-Pointilism -Student practices the various
-Blurring shading techniques.
RESOURCES: Cardboards, pencil,
ball point pen.
5 STILL LIFE DRAWING Explains various inanimate objects
1. Composition of inanimate objects using photographs or illustration.
like bottles, table and chair. Laying Arrange composition of related
emphasis on proportion, textures objects for students to draw.
and shading. Resources – inanimate objects like
* Lines, qualities direction of shapes table and chair, cups and flask,
and forms and simple perspective. pencils and cardboard.

6 DRAWING FROM NATURE Talk about nature and arrange

- Study of nature e.g. flowers, rocks, composition of natural objects for
fruits vegetables, insects and fish. students.
Resources: natural objects of
different types/kind.
 7 LIFE DRAWING Demonstrate the correct methods of
- Drawing of human figure. observing the human figure, using
* composition pencil for measuring. Half closed
* proportion eyes for focusing and carrying out
* tonality the human figure as a silhouette.
Students make sketches.
Resources: A model posing before
the class.
8 LANDSCAPE DRAWING Discuss and explain with
- Outdoor scenery made up of grass, illustrations, what landscape refers
(different sizes and colours) house to and other scene shown.
and hills showing space, Student – observe and draw
composition and perspective landscape scenery.
showing:- Resources:- Landscape scene
* Foreground outside.
* Background and middle ground
9 IMAGINATIVE DRAWING Explain imaginative drawing.
- Compositional scene, e.g. festival, Students to recall scene from
accident scene ceremonial scenes. memory and draw.
Resources:- showing of drawn
composition of scenes.
10 ART TERMINOLOGIES Explains the terminologies in 2
Terminologies in two dimensional dimensional art as stated.
art:- vanishing point, medium Explain the aspect of 2-D Art the
chiaroscuro, foreshortening, aerial terms belong.
view, repeat, motif, etc. Students listen and discuss the
terminologies, copy notes.
Resources:- Different art works of 2
dimension.
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

VISUAL ART

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 ART TERMINOLOGIES -Teacher and students state the
-Terminologies of words in (3-D) terminologies in 3-D art.
* Three dimensional art e.g. Terra -Explains the terminologies in 3-D
cotta, sculpture in the round. RESOURCE-Art reviews, Art
* Green ware, leather hand, Relief essays chart and 3-D art work
etc.
2 INTRODUCTION TO MODELLING _Explains the meaning of
-Ceramics (meaning) ceramics.
* Types of clay (primary and -State the types of clay and
secondary) mention ceramic tools and their
* Properties of clay e.g. plasticity uses, student mention some uses.
* ceramic tools and equipment’s RESOURCES-Clay, ceramic tools
* Function of ceramics. like-sponge, twine, wheel etc.

3 METHODS OF MODELLING -Enumerate the different methods

-Different methods of making ceramic and demonstrate various methods
works. of molding. Student participates in
* coiling class demonstration.
* slabbing RESOURCES-Clay, table,
* pinching buckets, sponge, spatula
* process of drying and firing
4. SCULPTURE -Discuss the meaning of sculpture
-Meaning of sculpture. and types.
-Common tools and materials in -Demonstrates the use of tools in
sculpture sculpture and some techniques in
-Technique of using sculptural tools, sculpture.
and types of sculpture e.g. metal, -Students practice simple
cement, wax, wood tera cotta, plaster modeling and identify tools.
of Paris (POP) etc -Resources – clay, wood etc.

5 INTRODUCTION TO ART Defines Art Appreciation.

APPRECIATION -Explains the criteria for
-The analysis and evaluation of works evaluating art works such as use
of arts. of element and principles of
-Forms and their suggestions. design.
-Use of elements and their principle of -Copy note
design. Resources:- pictures of art works,
-Composition in art work for harmony. magazines, newspaper.
6 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER Define computer hardware and
GRAPHICS show the components.
-Computer hardware; the visible and -Students, listen to teacher’s
tangible components of the computer, definition, and practice on the
e.g. monitor, system unit, printer, computer.
keyboard, mouse, and scanner. -Resources- computer, scanner,
printer, monitor etc.
7 INTRODUCTON TO COMPUTER Define computer software and
GRAPHICS. demonstrate the 4 basic mouse
-Computer software; techniques.
The intuition that tells your system Students practice the four basic
what to do e.g- coral draw, hardware mouse techniques and copy
graphics, Adobe photoshop. The 4 notes.
 basic mouse techniques are; pointing, Resources- computer, scanner,
clicking, double clicking, and digital camera.
dragging.
8 INTRODUCTION TO GRAPHICS Discactuss different letter chars.
-Block lettering and calligraphic -Demonstrate using pen to make
lettering. strokes, curves, spirals etc.
Features- spacing formation of letters -State the different types and
streamlining, of letters, skills and faces of block letters.
craftsmanship curves, ascenders and -Students practice the
descenders construction of simple letters,
practice the use of calligraphic
pen.
9 INTRODUTION TO GRAPHICS -Display and explain various
(CONT). forms, qualities and
-Forms of graphic advertisement. characteristics of advertisement.
-Newspaper adverts, posters, -Guide students to make cards
handbills, invitation cards, book and posters, and visit printing
cover, etc. press or T.V houses.
-Advertisement features- suitable -Resources- Newspaper,
design, legibility of letters, technical magazines, colour, pencils,
proficiency, communication, colour drawing set, ruler.
distribution and harmony.
10 TEXTILE DESIGNS Define motif and their sources.
Textile design on paper. Lead discussion on various
-Motif; A single unit of design. arrangements of motif and repeat
-Repeat patterns e.g. block half drop, patterns.
mirror repeat diamond etc. Illustrate examples of motif on
board.
Students crate various types of
motif and create patterns.
Resources:- Board, cartridge
paper.
Tracing paper, colour, pencil and
shells for motif.
11 PRINTED TEXTILE DESIGN Define printing and the techniques
-Printing techniques and prepare the motif for printing
-Block leads the class in print leads the
-Lino cut class in print-making and students
-Wood cut prints on fabrics.
-Yam cut Resources- printing table, fabric
-Screen printing. wood block, scissors, paper,
squeeze thickner and mesh.
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination
 MUSIC

SS I FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES/EVALUATION.

1- Notation: Staff and Tonic Solfa Write a melody of not more than 4
1- Lines and spaces(stave) bars.
2- Treble and bass clefs a. On treble staff.
3- Tonic solfa b. In tonic solfa notation.
4- Melody in C major.
2- Scales. 1- List 3 types of scales(African
1- Accidentals. and western scales.).
2- Key signature. 2- Explain the difference
3- Major/minor scales. between diatonic and
4- Tonality. pentatonic scales.
3- Compose a simple melody of
not more than 4 bars using a
pentatonic scale.

3- Transcription. Students transcribe the following

1- Pitch differentiation. melody into staff |d:m|r/d:t/d:-||
2- Punctuations marks.
3- Rest signs.
4- Intervals. 1- Write the intervals of 6th, 7th
1- Random musical notes. and octave (8th).
2- Keyboard. 2- Write any intervals on the
chalkboard and identify
them.
6- Cadences. 1- Identify the following
1- Types of cadences. cadence:
7- Musical instrument (study skills). 1- Play a given melody or
Skills for playing simple musical rhythm fragment together.
instruments (western). 2- Demonstrate the skills they
“All the four families of instruments”. have acquired on their
instruments by playing a
piece together.
8- Ensemble playing (African dance 1- Demonstrate the skills of
style). combining instruments in an
Use of different African musical ensemble.
instruments e.g. pot drum, wooden 2- Practice the accompaniment
maracas, flute, drums etc. to a given time.
3- Dance style.
9- Identification of tones / pitches. 1- Write out the tones played by
Tonality. the teacher.
2- Signify by raising their hands
to indicate sounds that make
 an octave.
10- Rhythm dictation 1- Grouping of the notes and
Rhythmic patterns. clapping.
11- Maintenance and care of tools
and pre-colonial African music. 1-List 4 ways of caring/
1- Classification of traditional maintaining a given
musical instruments. traditional musical
2- Storage. instrument.
3- Tools for making instruments. 2-Describe the physical
History of African music. features of one or two
musical instruments.
3-Draw any traditional
musical instruments of their
choice.
4-Try to use the tools to
construct any musical
instrument of their choice.
Write short notes on the
music of Africa before the
colonial era.
12- Western music Write short notes on the music of
a). Medieval period. the medieval period.
Features of early music.
13- Revision. Revision.
14- Examination. Examination.

MUSIC

SS1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT. ACTIVITIES/ EVALUATION.

1- Notation Solfa. Write a melody in solfa that draws
1- Names of the scale degnees in its notes from any two of three
tonic solfa. commonly used octaves.
2- The three commonly used
octaves: the unmarked
octave(d-t) the octave
below(d,-t,) and the octave
above (d’td’) .
2- Transcription. Transcribe the following phrase
Familiar melodies. into solfa notation.
3- Intervals. 1- Write the interval of a major
1- Tones and semi-tones. 3rd and perfect 5th.
2- Major and minor. 2- Explain the differences.
4- Transposition. 1- Transpose any given
 Short familiar. melody from one key to
(e.g. F) another (e .g .F ).
2- Transpose a given melody
up (e.g. a 4th or down e.g. a
5th )
3- Transpose a short melody
into treble stave.
5- Triads. 1- Write the roots of primary
1- Identification of the degrees of &secondary triads of C
the diatonic scale with Roman major e.g. ‘C’ (doh ) for
Numerals. chord 1 (primary) ‘E’ (me)
2- Primary and Secondary triads for chord III (secondary).
in major scales. 2- Write the 3rd and 5th above
3- The structures of four types of the following as roots. G, A,
the triads. B,-flat, D.
3- Describe the resultant
triads in 2 above as primary
or secondary.
4- Add the 3rd and 5th above
the notes below as roots.
C D E F G A B C
I II III IV V VI VII VIII
6- Rhythm. Identify from a group of rhythm
Rhythm patterns. patterns, the one played or sung
by the teacher.
7- Sight- reading. 1- Sing a 4-bar folk song in
1- Simple melodies. simple duple time.
2- Dynamic signs.
8- Computer music (soft ware). 1- Recount the procedures in
1- Operating a computer. booting and installing of
2- Installing a software into a music software.
computer.
9- Western dance styles. 1- Perform a special social
1- Features of social dance, dance as directed by the
including the kind of music, teacher.
costumes, set and so on.
10- Nigerian dance styles. 1- Perform any traditional
Nigerian traditional dance styles. dance style.
11- Revision
12- Revision. Revision.
13- Examination. Examination.

MUSIC

SS 1 THIRD TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES /EVALUATION
1- Scales. 1- Construct diatonic major and minor
Diatonic major and scales on given tonics.
minor (natural scales). 2- Draw the circle of fifth showing the
numbers of sharps and flats.

2- Intervals. 1- Students to complete the following

1- Meaning of statements accurately.
intervals. a. When the lower notes of an interval is
2- Table of placed an octave higher, it is said to be
inversions of --------------
intervals. b. When the upper of an interval is placed
an octave lower, it is said to be
--------------
c. When a 3rd is inverted it becomes a
-------------
d. When the lower (or upper) note of an
interval is placed an octave higher (or
lower) the resultant interval is --------------
e. When a perfect 4th is inverted it becomes
a ----
2- Write the inversion of the following
intervals.
3- Triads 1- Write the root position, 1st and 2nd
1- Structures of inversions of a triad on a given root.
inverted primary 2- Name the qualities of the intervals in the
and secondary root position, 1st and 2nd of a given
triads. primary and secondary triad.
4- Transposition 1- Transpose a given piece of music an
1- Pitch. octave higher or lower.
2- G and F clefs.
5- Cadences 1- Explain the term cadence.
1- Example of semi- 2- List the types of cadences.
cadence and 3- Write a given type of cadence accurately.
interrupted 4- Write the root movements of the various
cadence. types of cadences.
6- Musical instruments 1- Play a given melody on their instruments.
(practical). 2- Play as an ensemble.
1- Percussion.
2- String.
i). The knowledge of the
skills and techniques of
playing.
7- Ensemble (African) 1- Perform a folk song together.
Group playing 2- Sartier.
8- Nigerian dance style 1- Perform any traditional dance style.
 and western dance 2- Perform a special social dance as
style. directed by the teacher.
1- Nigerian
traditional dance
styles.
2- Features of social
dance, including
the kind of music
costumes, set
and so on.
9- Pre-colonial African 1- List 10 indigenous musical instruments.
music (Nigerian). 2- Play music in an ensemble as guided by
Nigerian traditional the teacher.
instruments.

10- Western music 1- Write short notes on the lives and works
medieval and of one composer from each of the
renaissance periods. periods.
I). Some named
composers and their
works.
11- Maintenance, care and Differentiate between orchestral and dance band
servicing. instruments.
Identification of
orchestra instruments.
12- Revision Revision
13- Examination Examination

FRENCH LANGUAGE
SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Contrôle continu Le professeur parle de lui-même et invite
Se présenter en détail les élèves tour à tour à parler d’eux-
1ère Épreuve mêmes.
Etude de compréhension orale : je Le professeur écrit au tableau
m’appelle John et toi ? (nom). Je différentes formes de présentation.
suis Nigérian (nationalité). J’ai Un élève présente son voisin de table à
14ans (âge). Je suis professeur la classe.
(profession). J’habite Abuja Chaque élève remplit une fiche
(domicile). d’identité.
Etude d’expression orale: jeu de Resource pédagogique
rôle. Textes de lecture facile documents
Maîtrise de la langue: verbe au authentiques images, photos, textes
présent exemple: s’appeler, être, audio/CDs/cassettes audio, cartes, carte
 avoir, habiter. Masculin et d’identité, textes de dialogues adaptés,
féminine des adjectifs qualificatifs coupures de journaux, films, textes de
nigérian/nigériane. production orale.

2 Identifier des personnes par Le professeur décrit un ou deux élèves.

profession, titre Il demande aux élèves de faire des jeux
Compréhension écrite : texte de de rôles.
lecture sur des professions Les élèves, par petits groupes, créent un
variées. personnage en donnant les détails de ce
Maîtrise de la langue : il est personnage. Les élèves regardent
professeur, elle est journaliste. l’image des différents professionnels
Elle est étudiante. Il met un qu’ils décrivent en quelques détails.
pantalon rouge. Question sur la Resource pédagogique
compréhension à répondre. Choisir parmi les ci-dessus.
Expression orale : jeu de rôle.
3 Identifier des personnes par Le professeur décrit un ou deux élèves.
couleur et habit. Il demande aux élèves de faire des jeux
Compréhension écrite : de rôles.
description d’une personne en Les élèves, par petits groupes, créent un
détail. Maîtrise de la langue. personnage en donnant les détails de ce
Masculine et féminine, singulier et personnage. Les élèves regardent
pluriel de nom l’image des différents professionnels
Compréhension orale : écoute une qu’ils décrivent en quelques détails.
cassette audio. Questions sur la Resource pédagogique
compréhension orale écoutée. Choisir parmi les ci-dessus.
Le professeur décrit un ou deux élèves.
Il demande aux élèves de faire des jeux
de rôles.
Les élèves, par petits groupes, créent un
personnage en donnant les détails de ce
personnage. Les élèves regardent
l’image des différents professionnels
qu’ils décrivent en quelques détails.
4 Exprimer ses goûts et ses Le professeur donne les mots clés d’une
préférences. profession et incite les élèves à parler.
Expression orale : j’aime, ҫa me A tour de rôle, les élèves disent à la
plaît, j’adore, je voudrais, je classe ce qu’ils aiment et n’aiment pas.
préfère, je déteste. Resource pédagogique
Expression écrite : rédaction sur le Cassettes audio/CDs, textes audio,
repas préféré. textes de production orale
Compréhension orale : écoute une
cassette audio/CD. Question sur
la compréhension écoutée.
5 Contrôle continu Le professeur donne aux élèves ses
Exprimer son accord. opinions sur des sujets divers, il leur
2ème Épreuve propose un jeu de rôle.
 Expression orale : je crois, oui, Les élèves donnent des raisons pour
d’accord, je pense que oui, je suis leurs opinions.
d’accord avec vous, etc. Resource pédagogique
Maîtrise de la langue : Cassettes audio/CDs, textes de
vocabulaire : penser, d’accord, production orale photos, images.
croire etc.
Expression écrite : rédaction sur le
professeur et le médecin, lequel
est plus important.
6 Exprimer son désaccord et dire Le professeur note les différentes
pourquoi. expressions d’opinions employées par
Compréhension orale : texte de les élèves au cours d’un débat et
lecture facile exprimant demandent la classe d’en proposer
désaccord. d’autres.
Compréhension écrite : rédaction Donnez votre opinion sur un livre, un
sur un court article. L’étude de film, un événement, une décision du
français est plus important au gouvernement etc. et donnez votre
Nigéria justifiez pourquoi ? opinion.
Maîtrise de la langue : Resource pédagogique
conjonction/expression de : parce Cassettes audio/CDs. Textes audio,
que, à cause de, expression textes de production orale, photos
orale : expression d’opinion.
Vocabulaire : je pense, je ne
pense pas. Je ne suis pas
d’accord.
7 Parler des actions quotidiennes. Le professeur dit ce qu’il fait
Expression orale sur la journée de habituellement, tous les jours/mois et
quelqu’un. Un emploi de temps. demande ce que font les élèves.
Maîtrise de la langue : jours de la Les élèves proposent les activités d’une
semaine, les mois de l’année, les journée/d’un weekend. Ils font un emploi
saisons, le temps (le matin, le du temps où ils marquent ce qu’ils font
soir) tous les jours sur un calendrier les fêtes
Les adverbes : tôt, tard, à l’heure, importantes.
en avance, en retard, d’habitude. Resources pédagogique
Verbes : se réveiller, se laver, se Un calendrier, un emploi du temps avec
lever, s’habiller, aller. activités.
8 Demander le chemin Le professeur demande aux élèves où
Compréhension orale : un texte ils vont pendant les vacances où après
facile sur demander le chemin. les cours.
Exercices oraux. Les élèves choisissent un endroit qu’ils
Maîtrise de la langue : verbes : vont visiter. Ils jouent des jeux de rôles.
chercher, se trouver, savoir, Resource pédagogique
pouvoir, vouloir, aller, connaître, CDs/cassettes audio.
arriver, tourner, au présent.
Expression orale : où se trouve…,
où est… comment peut-on arriver
 à … je vais à… les expressions :
là-bas, à droit, à gauche, tout
droite etc. tu/vous
9 Contrôle continu Le professeur demande aux élèves où
Indiquer le chemin. ils vont pendant les vacances et
3ème Épreuve comment ils s’ils s’y rendront.
Compréhension écrite : étude Un élève choisit un endroit qu’ils vont
d’une carte d’une ville. Les lieux: visiter et ils indiquent comment y arrivez.
l’hôpital, le stade, le marché Un élève explique à un étranger
Expression écrite : aller tout droit, comment arrivez à la poste/au marche.
là-bas, à côte de, ce n’est pas ici, Resource pédagogique
avancez un peu. Carte d’une ville, cassettes audio/CDs,
Maîtrise de la langue : les textes audio.
prépositions, sur, à côte de,
derrière, près de etc. négation : ce
n’est pas ici.

10 Revu : demander et indiquez le Ecoute les cassettes audio ou CDs.

chemin. Resource pédagogique
Expression orale : jeu de rôle Cassettes audio/CDs
compréhension orale : vocabulaire
et questions.
11 Révision Révision
12 Révision Révision
13 Examen Examen

FRENCH LANGUAGE

S S 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Contrôle continu Le professeur parle de ses
Expliquer ses projets et ses intentions intentions pour les vacances
1ère Épreuve prochaines.
Expression orale : ce qu’on fera dans Un projet d’avenir et les étapes
l’avenir. pour le réaliser.
Maîtrise de la langue : être, faire, au Jeux de rôle.
futur simple, aimer, vouloir, être au Un père/une mère donnes des
conditionnel. conseils.
Expression écrite : un texte facile sur le Resource pédagogique
sujet. Documents authentiques, cartes,
images, photos textes audio,
cassettes audio/CDs.
2 Expliquer ses projets et ses intentions Le professeur parle de ses
oralement (suite) intentions pour les vacances
 Expression orale : exercice oraux prochaines.
compréhension orale : texte facile. Un projet d’avenir et les étapes
pour le réaliser.
Jeux de rôle.
Un père/une mère donnes des
conseils.
Resource pédagogique
Documents authentiques, cartes,
images, photos textes audio,
cassettes audio/CDs.

3 Donner des conseils et des Le professeur parle de ses

avertissements. intentions pour les vacances
Compréhension orale : étude d’un prochaines.
document authentique. Jeux de rôle un père et une mère
Vocabulaire – l’avertissement, le donnent des conseils.
conseil, un vieux, un jeune, etc. Resource pédagogique
Maîtrise de la langue : je te conseille, il Documents authentiques, cartes,
faut que, il ne devrait pas faire comme images, photos textes audio,
ҫa, cassettes
Expression orale : sinon, autrement audio/CDs.
dire, il doit faire etc.
4 Exprimer des souhaits. Le professeur demander à
Contrôle continu chaque élèves de formuler un
Compréhension orale : étude des souhait.
images de profession variées. Les élèves dessinent des cartes
Vocabulaire : souhait, compte, espère, ou ils écrivent des vœux/souhaits.
veux, etc. Resource pédagogique
Expression orale : je voudrais, Textes audio, cassettes audio,
j’aimerais, j’espère, etc. CDs
Maîtrise de la langue : verbes au
conditionnel et au présent : vouloir,
aimer, espérer, souhaiter etc.
2ème Épreuve

5 Exprimer sa satisfaction. En faisant participer les élèves, le

Expression orale : je suis contente. Je professeur décrit une vie
suis satisfait, je suis heureux, c’est moderne.
agréable, c’est acceptable. Les élèves font des déclarations
Compréhension orale : l’internet, telles que : comme je suis triste.
l’ordinateur, la télé, la piscine. Resource pédagogique
Expression écrite : rédaction sur la visite Images de footballers,
au zoo. La visite au stade. téléspectateurs et spectateurs

6 Exprimer ses sentiments positifs. Le professeur propose un jeu de

Expression orale : écoute la cassette rôle.
 audio/CD, je suis enchanté/triste. C’est Jeux de rôles un élève avec un
dommage, avec joie/plaisir quelle bonne autre élève.
nouvelle. Resource pédagogique
Maîtrise de la langue : plaisir, se plaire, Textes audio, cassettes audio,
jouir. CDs
Masculin et féminine des adjectifs.
Exemple : content/contente,
malheureux/malheureuse.
7 Exprimer ses sentiments négatifs. Le professeur propose un jeu de
Expression orale : écoute la cassette rôle.
audio/CD, je suis enchanté/triste. C’est Jeux de rôles un élève avec un
dommage, avec joie/plaisir quelle bonne autre élève.
nouvelle. Resource pédagogique
Maîtrise de la langue : plaisir, se plaire, Textes audio, cassettes audio,
jouir. CDs
Masculin et féminine des adjectifs.
Exemple : content/contente,
malheureux/malheureuse.
Compréhension orale : c’est dommage,
c’est triste, se fâcher, étonner, surpris,
mécontent.

8 Donner les sentiments variés. Le professeur propose un jeu de

Contrôle continu rôle.
Expression orale : avoir Jeux de rôles un élève avec un
peur/froid/raison/tort. autre élève.
Maîtrise de la langue : être Resource pédagogique
content/mécontent/malheureux/heureux Textes audio, cassettes audio,
. CDs.
Compréhension écrite : écoute une Test de vrai/faux
cassette/CD audio.
3ème Épreuve
9 Révision Révision
10 Révision Révision
11 Examen Examen
12 Examen Examen

FRENCH LANGUAGE

S S 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Contrôle continu Le professeur demande ce qu’il faut
Exprimer ce qu’il faut faire. faire pour être un bon élève.
1ére Épreuve Jeux de rôles une mère dit à sa fille ce
 Compréhension orale : il faut faire qui se fait.
des exercices, il faut bien manger, Resource pédagogique
il faut lire, il faut respecter les Textes de dialogues adaptes.
règlements de l’école, éviter des Coupures de journaux films, cassettes
mauvais amis, il faut travailler dur. audio/CD.
Maîtrise de la langue : l’emploi de, Texte de production orale.
il faut + infinitif.
Expression orale : un dialogue
entre professeur et étudiant,
étudiant et étudiant.
2 Exprimer ce qu’il ne faut pas faire. Un dialogue entre professeur et
Compréhension orale : il ne faut étudiant.
pas mentir/voler/dormir en Étudiant et étudiant font un dialogue.
classe/se battre en Resource pédagogique
classe/fumer/boire de l’alcool/faire CDs/cassettes audio, texte de
le feu. production orale.
Maîtrise de la langue : il est interdit
de….., il est défense de…., il est
recommandé de. Négation : il ne
faut pas.
Expression orale : un dialogue.
3 Donner les raisons des sentiments Le professeur explique une opinion sur
variés. un sujet, un sentiment et donne la
Expression orale : être raison pour ce choix.
fâché/content/fatigué/pourquoi, Exemple : du riz au gras, je l’adore a
parce que, a cause de, c’est la cause de…..
faute de. Les élèves à tour de rôle expliquent
Expression écrite : rédaction sur pourquoi ils sont ou ne sont pas
les raisons des sentiments variés. toujours ennuyés/en colère.
Maîtrise de la langue : pourquoi, Resource pédagogique
parce que, à cause de, il a froid à Textes de dialogues adaptes –
cause de la pluie. A mon avis, de coupures de journaux, film,
ma part etc. CDs/cassettes audio.

4 Exprimer ses regrets Le professeur décrit la vie moderne tout

Contrôle continu en insistant sur les aspects de regrets.
Compréhension orale : je regrette, Les élèves s’imaginent dans une
malheureusement, situation de tristesse et déclarement.
regrettablement, je déteste, etc. Exemple comme je suis triste.
Expression écrite : rédaction sur Resource pédagogique
un enfant têtu. Textes de lecture facile, textes de
2ème Épreuve production orale, CDs/cassettes audio.
5 Réagir à une opinion Le professeur décrit la vie moderne tout
Compréhension orale : un texte en insistant sur les aspects de regrets.
fascile, Les élèves s’imaginent dans une
Expression orale : un débat sur la situation de tristesse et déclamèrent.
 telle, la polygame, votre sport Exemple comme je suis triste.
préféré etc. Resource pédagogique
Maîtrise de la langue : qu’est-ce Textes de lecture facile, textes de
que tu penses ? A mon avis, je production orale, CDs/cassettes audio.
suis d’accord, je crois que… c’est
sûr que, c’est certain que….
Négative : je ne pense pas que….
Ce n’est pas vrai que… etc.
6 Situer une action passée mais Le professeur dit ce qu’il vient de faire
récente. et demande aux élèves de répéter.
Compréhension orale : lecture La classe se divise en deux groupes :
d’un texte. Vous avez mangé ?
Expression orale : tout à l’heure, Nous venons de manger
quand, depuis quand, il n’ya pas Resource pédagogique
longtemps, je viens de. Textes de dialogues adaptes cassettes
Maîtrise de la langue : les verbes audio/CDs.
au passé récent et au passé
composé.
7 Exprimer un état/une action Le professeur demande aux élèves ce
répétée dans la passé. qu’ils faisaient quand ils étaient jeunes.
Maîtrise de la langue : l’imparfait Posent des questions sur leurs
Compréhension écrite : lecture souvenirs d’enfance.
d’un texte a l’imparfait. Resource pédagogique
Expression écrite ; rédaction sur Coupures de journaux, films,
ce que vous faisiez quand vous CDs/cassettes audio
étiez jeune : chaque fois, souvent,
de temps en temps, tous les jours,
toujours, etc.
8 Exprimer la simultanéité. Le professeur propose des actions que
Maîtrise de la langue : en même les élèves emploient pour montrer la
temps; à la fois, au même moment simultanéité.
ou, juste au moment ou, à la Les élèves écrivent des phrases où il
même heure que, etc. s’agit d’actions/états qui arrivent au
Expression écrite : lecture d’un même moment.
texte et écriture. Elle chante et en Teste audio CDs/cassettes audio
même temps elle danse.
9 Contrôle continu Le professeur demande aux élèves de
Situer quelque chose/quelqu’un mettre aux temps nécessaires des
dans le temps. phrases.
3ème Épreuve Font des énoncés logiques a l’aide des
Maîtrise de la langue : la date, la expressions telles : c’était hier que,
durée, la fréquence, les verbes à c’est demain que…etc.
l’imparfait et au passé composé. Resource pédagogique
Voix passive. Calendrier, cassettes audio/CDs
Expression orale : un dialogue,
c’était hier que, c’est avant-hier
 ‫‪que, c’est demain.‬‬
‫‪Expression écrite, rédaction ; mon‬‬
‫‪projet d’avenir.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪Révision‬‬ ‫‪Révision‬‬
‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪Révision‬‬ ‫‪Révision‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫‪Examen‬‬ ‫‪Examen‬‬
‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪Examen‬‬ ‫‪Examen‬‬

‫المنهج الدراسي للسنة األولى الثانوية‬

‫‪SCHEME OF WORK FOR S.S ONE‬‬
‫‪FIRST TERM‬‬ ‫الفترة األولى‬
‫المحتويات‬ ‫الموضوع‬ ‫األسبوع‬
‫ألفاظ وعبارات تعطى فكرة‬ ‫مدرستى‬ ‫األول‬
‫متكاملة عن المدرسة‬
‫النصوص المناسبة التى تتضمن‬ ‫الكلمة والكالم والجملة‬ ‫الثانى‬
‫أمثلة الكلمة والكالم والجملة‬ ‫‪.‬المفيدة‬
‫‪.‬المفيدة‬ ‫الثالث‬
‫الفقرات تعطى فكرة متكاملة عن‬ ‫األسرة السعيدة‬
‫‪.‬حياة األسرة السعيدة‬ ‫الرابع‬
‫بيان على بضائع التجارة‬ ‫السوق‬ ‫الخامس‬
‫يختار المدرس نصوصا من الكتب‬ ‫الجملة اإلسمية والجملة‬
‫اإلنشائية مشتملة على الجملة‬ ‫الفعلية‬
‫اإلسمية والجملة الفعلية ويميز‬
‫خصائص الجملة اإلسمية والجملة‬ ‫السادس‬
‫‪.‬الفعلية‬
‫التعرف على أحوال أسماء اإلشارة‬ ‫أسماء اإلشارة‬
‫فى نهاية الدرس مثل‪ :‬هذا كتاب‪,‬‬ ‫السابع‬
‫هذه مسطرة‪ ,‬هذان ولدان‬
‫‪.‬مهذبان‪ ,‬هاتان بنتان مهذبتان‬ ‫األنشودة‬ ‫الثامن‬
‫أنشودة قصيرة المناسبة لمستوى‬
‫‪.‬المتعلم والبيئة‬ ‫أسماء الموصولة‬
 ‫التعرف على أحوال األسماء‬
‫الموصولة مثل‪ :‬سافر المدرس‬ ‫التاسع‬
‫الذى كان عندنا‪ ,‬سافرت البنت‬ ‫العاشر‬
‫التى نجحت فى اإلمتحان‪,‬رجع‬ ‫المذكر والمؤنث‬
‫المسلمون الذين سافروا إلى مكة‬ ‫المعرب والمبنى‬
‫‪.‬المكرمة‬ ‫الحادى عشر‬
‫نصوص تتضمن المذكر والمؤنث‬
‫أمثلة لهما‪ ,‬زارنى محمد وأكرمنى‬ ‫التعريف باألدب العربى‬
‫محمد‪ ,‬مررت على محمد‪ ,‬رأيت‬ ‫وأنواعه‬ ‫الثانى عشر‬
‫من أحبه‪ ,‬جاء من أحبه‪ ,‬نظرت إلى‬
‫‪.‬من أحبه‬
‫األدب هو التراث اللغوى والفكر‬ ‫أ‪ -‬الترجمة‬
‫والثقافى فى األمة‪ .‬وهو ثالثة‬ ‫الثالث عشر‬
‫أقسام‪ -١ :‬الشعر ‪ -٢‬النثر ‪-٣‬‬ ‫ب‪ -‬الترجمة‬ ‫الرابع عشر‬
‫المسرحية‬
‫من العربية إلى اإلنجليزية‪ ,‬عبارات‬ ‫المراجعة‬
‫‪.‬وقطعات وجمل العربية‬ ‫اإلمتحانات والتصحيح‬
‫من اللغة اإلنجليزية إلى العربية‪,‬‬
‫‪.‬الجمل وعبارات وقطعات‬
‫للدروس السابقة‬

‫المنهج الدراسي للسنة األولى الثانوية‬

‫‪SCHEME OF WORK FOR S.S ONE‬‬
‫‪SECOND TERM‬‬ ‫الفترة الثانية‬
‫المحتويات‬ ‫الموضوع‬ ‫األسبوع‬
‫قطعة مختارة ومشتملة على‬ ‫المستشفى‬ ‫األول‬
‫الكلمات والعبارات العربية اآلتية‪,‬‬
‫مثل‪ :‬طبيب‪ ,‬ممرضة‪ ,‬معمل‪ ,‬دواء‪,‬‬
‫حقنة‪ ,‬حبوب‪ ,‬جراحة‪ ,‬عالج الخ‬
‫نص مختارة ومشتملة على‬ ‫رحلة إلى مصنع‬ ‫الثانى‬
‫الكلمات والعبارات العربيةاآلتية‪:‬‬
‫مهندس‪ ,‬أالت مواٍد‪ ,‬كيماوية‪,‬‬
‫‪.‬كهرباء‪ ,‬محول‪ ,‬مكتبة‬ ‫الترجمة‬ ‫الثالث‬
‫من العربية إلى اإلنجليزية عبارة‪,‬‬
‫وفقرات‪ ,‬أو الجمل العربية‬ ‫اإلنشاء‬ ‫الرابع‬
‫ألفاظ وأفكار وأسلوب لكتابة‬
‫اإلنشاء حول الفتاويين اآلتية‪ :‬أ‪-‬‬
‫اإلعتناء بالصحة ب‪ -‬فوائد النار‬
 ‫ومضارها‪ .‬ج‪ -‬أحب الطعام إلى‬ ‫أحوال اإلعراب (الرفع‬ ‫الخامس‬
‫‪.‬أحب المادة إلى الخ‬ ‫‪.‬والنصب والجر والجزم‬
‫نموذج الجمل التى تبين أحوال‬
‫اإلعراب فى اإلسم مثل‪ :‬جاء رجل‪,‬‬ ‫فضائل الصدق‬ ‫السادس‬
‫ضرب المعلم رجال‪ ,‬مـر التاجر‬
‫‪.‬بزيد‬
‫نص مختار ومشتمل على كلمات‬ ‫الترجمة‬ ‫السابع‬
‫وعبارات عربية منها األخالق‬
‫الكريمة الصدق واألمانة وإخالص‬
‫‪.‬والوفاء بالعهد‬ ‫جمع المذكر السالم وجمع‬ ‫الثامن‬
‫الترجمة من اإلنجليزية إلى العربية‬ ‫المؤنث السالم‬
‫الجمل أو العبارات أو الفقرات إو‬
‫اإلعالنات كتب باإلنجليزية‬ ‫جمع التكسير‬ ‫التاسع‬
‫أمثلة لجمع المذكر السالم‪ :‬مسلم‬
‫= مسلمون مسلمين أمثلة جمع‬ ‫إمالء‬
‫المؤنث السالم‪ :‬مسلمة –‬
‫‪ .......‬مسلمات‬ ‫رثاء صخر من مراثى‬ ‫العاشر‬
‫أمثلة لجمع التكسير‪ :‬كتاب =‬ ‫الخنساء‬
‫كتب‪ ,‬قلم = أقالم‪ ,‬جملة = جمل‪,‬‬
‫‪.‬ولد = أوالد‬ ‫الحادى عشر‬
‫جمل أو عبارات أو فقرات أو‬ ‫أ‪-‬من قصيدة فتح مكة‬
‫اإلعالنات أو النشرات المكتوبة‬ ‫لحسان بن ثابت‬
‫‪.‬بالعربية‬
‫أ‪ -‬نبذة عن حياة الخنساء بنت‬ ‫ب‪ -‬أنشودة‬
‫‪.‬عمرو‬
‫ب – نمذوجا من مراثى الندى‪,‬‬
‫نماذج من المية إبن الوردى‬
‫(خمسة عشرة بيتا)‬
‫أ‪ -‬نبذة عن حياة حسان بن ثابت‪,‬‬ ‫الثانى عشر‬
‫أبيات من شعره فتح مكة‬
‫المراجعة العامة‬
‫‪:‬يحتوى أنشودة على األبيات التالية‬ ‫اإلمتحانات والتصحيح‬
‫موالنا موالنا موالنا ‪ #‬إياك نعبد‬
‫موالنا موالنا موالنا ‪ #‬إياك نعبد‬
‫موالنا أنت ربنا موالنا ‪ #‬إياك نعبد‬
‫موالنا اللهم أنت نورنا ‪ #‬موالناإياك‬
‫نعبد‬
‫موالنا موالنا موالنا ‪ #‬إياك نعبد‬
‫عن بعض الدروس السابقة‬
 ‫المنهج الدراسي للسنة األولى الثانوية‬
‫‪SCHEME OF WORK FOR S.S ONE‬‬
‫‪THIRD TERM‬‬ ‫الفترة الثالثة‬
‫المحتويات‬ ‫الموضوع‬ ‫األسبوع‬
‫الفاظ وجمل وفقرات تعطى فكرة‬ ‫الصدق الوفي‬ ‫األول‬
‫متكاملة عن الصدق الوفى‬
‫أنشودة قصيرة مناسبة للطالب‬ ‫األنشودة‬
‫ألفاط وأفكار وأسلوب لتكوين‬ ‫اإلنشاء‬ ‫الثانى‬
‫الموضوعات اآلتية‪ -١ :‬الرحلة‬
‫ووسائلها ‪ -٢‬مضار الكذب ‪-٣‬‬
‫‪.‬وطنى نيجيريا ‪ -٤‬اإلتحاد قوة‬ ‫الترجمة من العربية إلى‬ ‫الثالث‬
‫وكتب العربية إلى اإلنجليزية‬ ‫اإلنجليزية‬ ‫الرابع‬
‫الجمل أوالفقرات أواإلعالنات‬ ‫اإلمالء‬ ‫الخامس‬
‫عـدة جمل تتضمن اإلضافة من‬ ‫اإلضافة‬
‫كتاب المقرر‬ ‫السادس‬
‫نماذج من مـدح سيف الدولة‬ ‫مـدح سبف الدولة‬ ‫السابع‬
‫للمتنبى‬ ‫أخالق الرسول (صلعم)‬
‫تدريس من أخالق الرسول (صلى‬ ‫الثامن‬
‫الضمائر المنفصلة والمنتصلة الله عليه وسلم‬
‫الجمل أمثلة تتضمن الضمائر‬
‫المتصلة والمنفصلة‪ - :‬أنا سامع ‪-‬‬
‫أنت سامع ‪ -‬نحن سامعون ‪-‬‬ ‫التاسع‬
‫أ‪ -‬الترجمة ب‪ -‬من المية ابن أعطان المدرس كتابا ‪ -‬سافرنا‬
‫إلى كدونا‬ ‫الوردى‬
‫من اإلنجليزية إلى العربية‬
‫العاشر‬
‫نماذج من المية إبن الوردى‬ ‫النعت والمنعوت‬
‫(خمسة عشر بيتا)‬
‫أمثلة تتضمن النعت والمنعوت‬
‫الحادى عشر‬
‫نحو‪ -١ :‬قرأنا كتابا مفيدا ‪ -٢‬جريت‬
‫ذكر أبطال نيجيريا‬
‫فى ميدان فسيح ‪ -٣‬هذا كتاب‬
‫مفيد‬
‫مقالة تاريخية عن أبطال نيجيريا‪:‬‬ ‫الثانى عشر‬
‫اإلخالص فى العمل‬
‫‪ -١‬الحاج أحمد بللو ‪٢‬الحاج أبوبكر‬
‫تفاوا بليوا ‪( -٣‬الجنرال) مرتضى‬ ‫والثالث‬
‫محمد‬ ‫المراجعة العامة‬ ‫عشر‬
‫جمل وفقرات أوالعبارات عن‬ ‫اإلمتحانات والتصحيح‬
‫‪.‬اإلخالص فى العمل‬
‫عن بعض الدروس السابقة‬
 ECONOMICS

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEE TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K
1 MEANING OF ECONOMICS AND 1. Teacher to arrange group
RELATED CONCEPTS discussion to relate these
i. Definitions, scope, concepts to the daily activities
importance and methodology of individuals, firms and
of economics. government.
ii. Economics as a science 2. Learning material; tables.
iii. Concepts of wants, scarcity,
scale of preference, choice
and opportunity cost

2 BASIC TOOLS OF ECONOMIC 1. Teacher to arrange group

ANALYSIS discussion on how the
i. Graphs, charts and table with knowledge of these concepts
relevant examples influence our daily choice of
ii. Construction of frequency individuals, firms and
distribution government
2. Learning material; tables,
graphs, charts etc.
3 BASIC TOOLS OF ECONOMIC 1. Teacher to display various
ANALYSIS charts relating to the topic and
i. Measures of central solve practical problems.
tendencies – Meaning 2. Learning material; tables,
ii. Types (mean, mode, median) graphs, charts etc.
merits and demerits and
simple application
4 CONCEPTS OF DEMAND AND 3. Teacher to guide and share
SUPPLY experiences with students that
i. Price system, Demand – relate to demand and supply
meaning, schedules, curves, gathered on routine visits to
laws. shops and markets.
ii. Factors affecting demand. 4. Learning materials; display
pictures of people in markets
places or shops.
5 CONCEPTS OF DEMAND AND 1. Teacher to guide and share
SUPPLY experiences with students that
i. Meaning of supply, relate to demand and supply
schedules, and laws. gathered on routine visits to
ii. Factors affecting supply shops and markets.
2. Learning materials; display
 pictures of people in markets
places or shops.
6 CONCEPTS OF DEMAND AND 1. Teacher to guide and share
SUPPLY experiences with students that
i. Determinants of equilibrium relate to demand and supply
price, quantity and point with gathered on routine visits to
simple applications. shops and markets.
2. Learning materials; display
pictures of people in markets
places or shops.
7 THEORY OF PRODUCTION 3. Teacher to demonstrate the
i. Meaning of Production importance of division of labour
ii. Types of Production with students by assigning
iii. Factors of Production aspects of a given task to
different groups within a class
and monitor time of completion
by each group.
4. Learning materials; charts and
manufactured products.
8 THEORY OF PRODUCTION 1. Teacher to demonstrate the
i. Meaning of division of labour importance of division of
ii. Specialization labour with students by
iii. Advantages and assigning aspects of a given
disadvantages and task to different groups within
limitations of division of a class and monitor time of
labour completion by each group.
2. Learning materials; charts and
manufactured products.
9 THEORY OF PRODUCTION 1. Teacher to demonstrate the
i. Scale of production importance of large scale
ii. Advantages and production to the class.
disadvantages of large scale 2. Learning materials; charts and
production manufactured products.

10 BASIC ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF 3. Teacher to guide the students

SOCIETY and discuss these economic
i. Definition of economic problems and discover ways of
system solving them.
ii. Types of economic system 4. Learning materials: Relevant
(Capitalism) textbooks.
iii. Advantages and
disadvantages of capitalism
11 BASIC ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF 1. Teacher to guide and discuss
SOCIETY these economic problems with
i. Types of economic system students and discover ways of
(Socialism, Mixed economy) solving them.
 ii. Advantages and 2. Learning materials: Relevant
disadvantages of the above textbooks.
economic systems
12 BASIC ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF 1. Teacher to guide and discuss
SOCIETY these economic problems with
i. What to produce students and discover ways of
ii. How to produce solving them.
iii. For whom to produce 2. Learning materials: Relevant
iv. Efficiency of resource use textbooks.
13 Revision Revision
14 Examination Examination

ECONOMICS

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEE TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K
1 FIRMS AND INDUSTRY 1. Teacher to guide students to
i. Definitions of firms and identify the different types of
industry business organisations outfits
ii. Types and basic features of within the society by giving
business examples.
enterprises/organisations. 2. Learning material; teacher to
arrange a visit to any
business location within the
locality
2 FIRMS AND INDUSTRY 1. Teacher to emphasize the
i. General and specific issue of corruption, fraud and
problems of business embezzlement of public fund.
enterprises (e.g. inadequate 2. Learning material; teacher to
capital, location, inflation, arrange a visit to any
government policy, seasonal business location within the
changes etc) locality

3 FIRMS AND INDUSTRY 1. Teacher to illustrate with

i. Definitions of private and examples from local economy
public companies differences between types of
ii. Characteristics business organisations.
iii. Distinction between private 2. Learning material; teacher to
and public companies. arrange a visit to any
business location within the
locality
4 FIRMS AND INDUSTRY 1. Teacher to illustrate with
i. Definitions of quoted and examples from local economy
 unquoted companies and quoted and unquoted
distinctions business organisations.
ii. Shares, debentures and 2. Learning material; teacher to
bonds. arrange a visit to any
business location within the
locality
5 POPULATION 1. Teacher to guide students to
i. Meaning of population in compare the populations of
economics different countries within and
ii. Determinants and implication outside Nigeria.
of population, size and 2. Learning materials; charts
growth and other relevant materials
iii. Theories of population e.g. showing people, county, sex
Malthusian Theory, and occupation.
Demographic Transition
theory etc.
6 POPULATION 1. Teacher to guide students to
i. Distribution of population: compare the populations of
Geographical, Age, Sex and different countries within and
Occupational. outside Nigeria.
2. Learning materials; charts
and other relevant materials
showing people, county, sex
and occupation.
7 POPULATION 1. Teacher to discuss the
i. Importance and problems of problems of conducting
census population census in Nigeria.
ii. Rural – Urban migration 2. Learning materials; Teacher
to present census figures
from the National population
office to students.
8 LABOUR MARKET 1. Teacher to plot the labour
i. Concept of labour force participation rate against the
ii. Efficiency and mobility of growth rate of the population.
labour force 2. Learning materials; Teacher
iii. Factors affecting the size of to present census figures
labour force particularly the from the National population
population characteristics office to students.
(age, sex, occupation,
education)
9 THE NATURE OF THE NIGERIAN 1. Teacher to explain the various
ECONOMY economic activities of the six
i. General overview and geo-political zones of the
structure of Nigerian country with regards to
economy and its economic agriculture and mining.
potentials Students should mention
 ii. Nature and structure of various products produced in
industries in Nigeria. different zones of the
iii. Contributions f the primary, economy.
secondary and tertiary 2. Learning materials; Economic
sectors. map of Nigeria.

10 AGRICULTURE 1. Teacher to encourage

i. Meaning of agriculture students to visit farms in their
ii. Components of agriculture, locality and be asked to
crop production, livestock, discuss the system of
forestry, fishing. agriculture that is prevalent
iii. Systems of agriculture there. Encourage students to
(Cultivation methods) participate actively in form
iv. Importance of agriculture to work in the school and at
Nigeria economy home.
2. Learning materials: Visit
farms in their locality to
observe the practice of
agriculture. .
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

ECONOMICS

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEE TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K
1 AGRICULTURE Learning materials: Visit farms in
i). Activities of marketing boards in their locality to observe the practice
Nigeria. of agriculture.
Teacher to highlight some government
agricultural reform programmes such
as:
 OFN: Operation Feed the Nation
 RBDA: River Basin Development
Authority
 NAFPP: National Accelerated
Food Production Programmes
 GRP: Green Revolution
Programme
 Establishment of ADB (African
Development Bank)
 Provision of fertilizers, improved
seedlings, formation of
cooperative societies, improved
 storage facilities and provision of
extension services.
2 MINING 1. Teacher to display maps
i. Components of the Nigerian showing the location of
mining industry mineral deposits in Nigeria.
ii. Minerals, types, use and Organise a visit to a mining
locations. or quarry site in the locality.
2. Learning material; charts
and maps.
3 MEANING OF FINANCIAL 1. Teacher to organise an
INSTITUTION excursion to commercial
i. Meaning and segments of banks, development banks
financial system and the stock exchange
ii. Features of banking and non- within their locality.
banking financial institutions. 2. Learning material; pass
iii. Functions of each institution books, withdrawal booklets,
and its importance. share certificates, dividend
warrants, prospectus of
quoted companies etc.
4 MEANING OF FINANCIAL 1. Teacher to organise an
INSTITUTION excursion to commercial
i. Money and capital markets banks, development banks
ii. Benefits of capital markets and the stock exchange
within their locality.
2. Learning material share
certificates, dividend
warrants, prospectus of
quoted companies etc.
5 MONEY 1. Teacher to guide students to
i. Definition of money discover the functions and
ii. Historical development of qualities of a good money.
money 2. Learning materials; coins,
iii. Functions of money bank notes, cowries,
commodity money etc
6 MONEY 1. Teacher to guide students to
i. Types of money (including discover the qualities of
credit card, valve card, other good money and benefits of
ICT aided payment a cashless economy over
instruments) money and barter
ii. Characteristics of money economies.
iii. Qualities of a good money 2. Learning materials; ATM
cards, Credit cards etc.
7 CHANNELS OF DISTRIBUTION 1. Teacher to introduce the
i. Channels and process of various channels of
distribution distribution and their roles to
ii. Roles of Wholesaler students within their locality.
 iii. Roles of Retailer 2. Learning materials; charts
showing channels of
distribution.
8 CHANNELS OF DISTRIBUTION 1. Teacher to guide students in
i. Roles of Cooperatives discovering the roles played
ii. Roles of Government by cooperatives and
Agencies in product government agencies in the
distribution various channels of
iii. Problems of distribution and distribution. .
ways of improvement. 2. Learning materials; charts
showing channels of
distribution.
9 INSTRUMENTS OF BUSINESS 1. Teacher to guide students to
FINANCE identify different ways
i. Sources of funds for money can be raised to start
businesses a business.
ii. Basic instruments for 2. Learning materials;
business financing (shares, Inspection of some money
debentures and bonds) instruments e.g. share
certificates.
10 INSTRUMENTS OF BUSINESS 1. Teacher to guide students to
FINANCE suggest various ways of
i. Meaning and types of shares, financing business
debenture and other 2. Learning materials;
securities. Inspection of some money
instruments e.g. share
certificates.
11 INSTRUMENTS OF BUSINESS 1. Teacher to guide students to
FINANCE suggest various ways of
i. Problems of business financing business
financing in Nigeria 2. Learning materials;
Inspection of some money
instruments e.g. share
certificates.
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination

HAUSA LANGUAGE SS 1 FIRST TERM

ZANGO NA DAYA AJI DAYA

MAKO JIGO/MAKASUDI AYYUKA

1 Ƙa’idojin Rubutu:
i. A sanar da ɗalibai ma’anar ƙa’idojin rubutu .
ii. A koyar da darasi kan rabawa da haɗa kalmomi
 msl: Ali ne, Motar baƘa ce, ya ci, ds.
iii. Koyar da haɗa kalmomi. Msl’’ saboda’, ba ‘’sabo
da’’ ba, ds.
2 Ci gaba da ƙa’idojin rubutu
i. Gajeruwar mallaka- misali ‘’rigarsa’’ ba ‘’rigar
sa’’ ba ‘’gidanmu’’ ba ‘’gidan mu ba’’. A koyar
da ɗaurin /m/ ko /n/ da baƙaƙe masu goyo.
Msl
ii. /m/ ”tambaya’’ ba ‘’tanbaya’’ ba.
iii. /n/ za a yi ɗauri duk wuraren da baƙaƙe
/b/, /m/ da /f/ ba su zo cikin kalma ba. Msl:
/tinya/, ba timya ba. Ds.
iv. Ɗaurin baƙaƙe masu goyo msl: gyaggyora,
shasshare, fyaffyace ds.
3 Sassan jimla:
i. Ɗalibai su san ma’anar jimla
ii. A koyar da sassan jimla.
a. Yankin suna.
b. Yanki aikatau
4 Fayyace abubuwa da ke sashen suna da aikatu:
i. Yankin suna
- Suna Amsa Kama
- W/Suna
- Sifa
- Mafayyaci
- Ma’auni
- Nunau
ii. Yankin aikatau
- Lamirin suna
- Manunin lokaci
- Karɓau
 - Bayanau
- Amsa kama
- Aikatau
5 Insha’i: Ya kasance ɗalibai sun iya
i. Fadar ma’anar insha’i
ii. Ire-iren insha’i msi:
- Labari
- Siffantawa
- Muhawara
- Tattaaunawa
- Fayyacewa
- Rubutun wasiƙa
6 Fadar ire-iren sigar insha’i:
-Siffoffin insha’i
- Gabatarwa
- Gundarin labari
- Kammalawa
-A san matakan fitar da siffofin insha’i.
- Jeranta tunani
- Kyawun salo
- Amfani da kalmomi inda suka dace
- Amfani da gajerun jimloli
- Sakin layi
- Dasa aya ko wakafi inda ya dace
- Ƙa’idojin rubutu
7 Rabe-rabe adabin baka:
Koyar da ma’anar adabin baka dangane da sigoginsu.
Misali.
Zobe: - Tatsuniya
- Almara
- Hikaya
 - Labarai ds.
A duba Rebe-raben Adabi Da Muhimmancinsa, Na
Dangambo A. Aimana Publishers.
8 Ci gaba da Adabin Baka:
A koyar da waƙoƙin makaɗa:
 Makaɗan Fada (Sarkin Taushin S/Katsina)
 Makaɗan Jama’a (Mamman Shata)
 Makaɗan Sana’a (Illori Kalgo)
 Makaɗan Maza (Gambu (Wakan barayi)
9 Nazari Zobe:
Ɗalibai su iya karantawa da nazarin littafin Ƙagaggen
labari (Zobe) ta gano
 Jigo
 Salo
 Salon sarrafe harshe ds.
10 Malami ya koyar da:
 Bayanin salon sarrafa harshe
 Amfani da kalmomi
 Dabarun jawo hankali
 Sakin layi
 Babi-babi
 Tsara jimloli
11 Muhimmancin adabin baka wajen gane tarihin
al’umma:
Malami ya sanar da ɗalibai tarihin kafuwar al’ummar
Hausawa ta hanyar Adabin baka
i. Kafuwar garuruwan Kano, da Barbushe,
Tsumburbura.
ii. Durɓi ta kusheyi
iii. Bayajida, kafuwar Hausa Bakwai da Banza
Bakwai
 12 Jihadin Shehu Danfodio:
Ɗalibai su sani
i. da Bawa Jangwarzo
ii. Zuwan Turawa
iii. Yaƙe-yaƙen Sarakunan Hausawa
13 Maimaitawa Maimaitawa
14 Jarabawa Jarabawa

HAUSA LANGUAGE SS 1 SECOND TERM

ZANGO NA BIYU AJI DAYA

MAKO JIGO/MAKASUDI AYYUKA

1 Ire-iren jimloli:
A tabbata ɗalibai sun iya tantance ire-iren jimloli. Msl
i. Jimla mai aikatau
- Bala ya ci tuwo
- Binta ta sha ruwa ds.
ii. Jimla marar aikatau
- Akwai ruwa
- Babu tuwo ds.
2 Rabe rabe Rubutaccen Adabi:
Malami ya koyar da ɗalibai.
i. Ma’anar/rubutaccen adabi
ii. Da rabe-rabensa; kamar
 Adabin zamani (rubutacce)
 Abin lura wajen rarraba shi
3 Ci gaba:
Abubuwa da ake maida hankali
  Wajen rarraba rubutaccen Adabi
 Tarihin shigowar Ajami da na Boko
 Manufofin rubuce-rubuce
 Zubi da tsarinsa.
4 Ci gaba:
Rubutattun waƙoƙin:
 ƙarni na 19
 ƙarni na 20
 Zube (ƙagaggen labari)
 Wasan ƙwaikwayo
-Na talbijin
-Na radiyo
-Na dandamali
5 Nazarin littafin rubutacciyar waƙa:
Malami ya koyar da yadda ɗalibai za su gane saƙon da
waƙa ta ƙumsa, kamar su
 Zubi
 Tsari
 Salo
 Jigo
6 Zubi da tsari:
A koyar da waɗannan:
 Tsarin baitoci – Ƙwar-biyu, uku
 Yawan baitoci
 Buɗewa da rufewa
 Salon sarrafa harshe aron kalmomi, dabarar jan
hankali
7 Abubuwan tarihi a Adabin baka;
Ɗalibai su iya fito da abubuwan tarihi daga Adabin
baka.
 Ire-iren Adabi baka da ya kunshi
  Waƙoƙin mata
 Waƙoƙin makaɗa
 Tarihin (Yadda mutuwa ta zo)
8 Ci gaba:
 Wasanni tsakanin ƙabilu
 Wasanni tsakanin garuruwa
 Sara ds.
9 Wasa ƙwaƙwalwa:
Yara su san
 Ma’anar wasa ƙwaƙwalwa
 Ire-iren wasa ƙwaƙwalwa
10 A koyar da:
 Hikimomin wasa ƙwaƙwalwa
11 Maimaitawa Maimaitawa
12 Jarabawa Jarabawa

HAUSA LANGUAGE SS 1 THIRD TERM

ZANGO NA UKU AJI DAYA

MAKO JIGO/MAKASUDI AYYUKA

1 Nazarin littafin wasan kwaikwayo:
A koyawa ɗalibai ma’anar wasan kwaikwayo, da
rubutaccen wasan kwaikwayo, dangane da la’akari da:
Jigo
 Wayar da kai
 Gyaran hali
 Nasiha
 Nishadi
2 Ci gaba da nazarin:
Malami ya koyar da ɗalibai so littafin wasan kwaikwayo
kamar:
 Zubi da tsarin wasa
  Kashi
 Fitowa
 Maganar ɗan wasa
 Sakin layi
3 Ci gaba da nazarin:
Ɗalibai su iya laƙantar littafin wasan kwaikwayo:
 Sarrafa harshe
 Dacewar Magana
 Yin maganar Kurma
 Yin maganar Dandaudu
 Yin maganar Mata ds

4 Zamantakewar al’ummar Hausawa:

Ya kasance malami ya koyar da
 Matsayi da ƙimar Hausawa
 Yadda Hausawa suka karkasa kansu
 Fahimci ɗabi’u da aikin ko wane rukuni
 Ma’anar zamantakewa
 Rukunin jama’a da shekaru: yara, matasa,
manya, ds.
5 Ci gaba da zamantakewar al’umar Hausawa:
 Fayyace ko wanne rukuni da aikinsa msl: Yara,
Reno, aikin gida, gona, tallace-tallace, girmama
na gaba.
 Matasa – aikin gayya, gida, niƙa
6 Tufafin Hausawa da kayan ado:
Ɗalibai su san
Ire-iren tufafin Hausawa
 Hula: Dara, Zanna habal-kada, ƙube, malfa,
ɗankwara ds
 Riga: alkyabba. Kaftani, Jamfa, Jallabiya,
 malunmalun, Yar shara ds.
 Wando: Tsala, Kafi shanu, Buje, Ture
 Takalma: Fed, kafi-katifa, gwandola ds.
 Shimi, ɗantofi, ɗanfatari, ɗankwali, gyale ds
7 Ci gaba da:
A tantace na sarauta:
 Alkyabba
 Rawani
 Kufta
 Abaya
 Shure
 Yartofa dss
8 Auna fahimta:
Malami ya tabatar yara sun
i. Kaifafa fahimtarsu game da labari ko waƙa.
ii. Da kuma su iya kawo ma’anar kalmomin Hausa
9 Malami ya kuma haƙiƙance cewa ɗalibai za su:
 Iya amsa tambayoyi na
 Jawabi
 Waƙa
 A koyar da ma’anar auna fahimta da sigoginsa
10 Dabarun fassara:
A koyar da yadda ɗalibai za su:
i. San ma’anar fassara
ii. Naƙalci dabarun fassara
iii. Fassara ta’kaitattun bayanai
iv. ire-iren fassara
- Baƙi da baƙi
- Kalma da kalma
- Mai ‘yanci
11 Ci gaba da fassara:
 A koyar da takaitacciyar fassara bayanai dangane da:
- Ƙanjamau
- Yoyon fitsari
- Shan miyagun ƙwayoyi
- Dangantakar maza da mata

12 Maimaitawa Maimaitawa
13 Jarabawa Jarabawa

ASỤSỤ IGBO

SS ONE, TAM NKE MBỤ

IZUỤK ISIOKWU / NDỊNISIOKWU IHE OMUME NA NGWA NKỤZI

A

ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmụ abịdịị Igbo IHE ỤMỤAKWUKWỌ GA-EME:

1. na nkewa ya n’ụzọ abụọ 1. Ịgụ abịdịị
OMENALA: Ekwumekwu: 2. Ịrụgosi ha
Nkọwa ezinụlọ na ndị mebere ya 3. Ịkọwa ezinụlọ na ndị mebere
AGỤMAGỤ: Nkọwa agụmagụ na ya.
nkewa ya n’ụzọ abụọ - ọdịnala na 4. Ịkọwa ihe agụgụmagụ bụ na
ụgbu a ikewa ya
5. Ịgụ na ide ihe odide
NGWA NKỤZỊ
Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, foto, eserese,
ụgbọ ojii, kaadị mgbubam,
chaatị, dgz.

ỤTỌASỤSỤ: IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

2. Nkọwa ụdaume Igbo na nkewa ya 1. Ịkọwa ụdaume
(ụdamfe na ụdaarọ) 2. Ikewapụta ụdaume
OMENALA: Ụdị ezinụlọ dị iche iche 3. Ịkọwa ezinụlọ
 (dk. mkpuke, mkpuke ụbara, mbisa) 4. Ịkposịta ụdị ezinụlọ e
AGỤMAGỤ: Ọmụmụ akụkọ ọdịnala nwegasịrị
(Dịka: akụkọ nkọkịrịkọ, okike, ihe 5. Ịkọ akụkọ ọdịnala ndị ha
mere) maara
6. Ịjụ na ịza ajụjụ
NGWA NKỤZI
Ụgbọ ọjii, akwụkwọ ọgụgụ,
chaatị, kaadị mgbubam,
foto/eserese, dgz.

ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Nkewa Mgbochiume IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

3. : Nge, mkpị, myiriụdaume, 1. Ime nkewa mgbochiume
ndagba myiri-ụdaume 2. Ịrụgọsị ha n’ahịrịokwu
OMENALA: Ekwumekwu- Ọrụ 3. Ikwupụta ọrụ nke onye ọ
nne, nna, ụmụaka n’ezinụlọ bụla n’ezinụlọ.
AGỤMAGỤ: Abụ Ọdịnala dk: 4. Ịgụ abụ ọdịnala dị iche iche
Abụ nwa, abụ ejije, dgz. NGWA NKỤZI
Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ na akwụkwọ
abụ a họọrọ, chaatị, ụgbọ ojii,
dgz.

ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Mmụba
Mkpụrụokwu: Nkejiokwu – Nkọwa IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:
4. na usoro ya 1. Ige ntị
(Dịka: v, vc, cvc, vcv, dgz). 2. Ịrụgosị usoro mkpụrụokwu
OMENALA: Nrubere Onye 3. ikwupụta nrubere onye ọ
N’ezinụlọ - nne, nna, ụmụaka. bụla n’ezinụlọ
AGỤMAGỤ: Ejije Ọdịnala dk: 4. Ijepụta ejije ọdịnala dị iche
Oro, okereke okereke, iche
akpankolo, dgz. NGWA NKỤZI
Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị
mgbubam, tiivi, redio,
tepụrekọda, dgz.

ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọnụọgụgụ (1- IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

5. 1000) 1. Ịgụ ọnụọgụgụ
OMENALA: Uru Ezinụlọ bara na 2. Ịrụgosi ọnụọgụgụ
ndụ ndị Igbo (dk; n’ọchịchị ebe 3. Idepụta ọnụọgụgụ n’Igbo
ezinụlọ na-enye aka na nzụlite 4. Ikwupụta uru ezinụlọ
ndị bara uru n’obodo bagasịrịndị Igbo
AGỤMAGỤ: Agụmagụ ụgbu a na 5. Ịkọwapụta agụmagụ ugbu
ụdị ya (Iduuazị, abụ, ejije) na a na ikewagasị ya.
ọmụmaatụ ha dị iche iche. NGWA NKỤZI
Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ụgbọ ojii, tapụ
rekọda, chaatị, kaadị mgbubam,
 dgz.

IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

6. 1. Ige ntị
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọnụọgụgụ: Nọmba 2. Ịgụ ọnụọgụgụ
mpekele ½, nọmba ọgwa 4 ½, 3. Ịrụgosị na depụta ọnụọgụgụ
nọmbanke 1st, 10th. 4. ịkọwa alụmdi na nwunye na
OMENALA: Alụmdi na nwunye: omenala na-esota ya
Nkọwa ihe bụ alụmdi na nwunye, 5. ịkowa usoro nnyocha abụ
omenala na-eso ya dk: ibu mmanya, 6. Ime nnyocha abụ.
ime ego, ịgba nkwụ, onyeaka ebe na NGWA NKỤZI
ịgba alụkwaghị. Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ klasị, akwụkwọ
AGỤMAGỤ: Usoro nnyocha abụ, abụ, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị mgbubam,
ọmụmụ abụ abụọ a họọrọ. dgz.

IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

7. 1. Ịkọwa ahịrịmfe
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Nkọwa Ahịrịmfe Igbo 2. Ịkpọsita nkenụdị ahịrịmfe
na Nkenụdị ya. 3. Inye ọmụmaatụ ụdị ahịrịmfe
OMENALA: Uru alụmdi na nwunye dị iche iche
bara, mmepụta ya n’ejije. 1. Ikwu uru alụmdi na nwunye
AGỤMAGỤ: Ọgụgụ otu akwụkwọ
ejije a họọrọ. bara
5. Ịgụ akwụkwọ ejije
NGWA NKỤZI
Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ klasị na
akwụkwọ ejije, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị
mgbubam, dgz.

IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

8. 1. Ige ntị
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmụ Ahịrịmfe na 2. Ịkọwa na ịrụgosi ahịrịokwu
Ahịrịukwu dị iche iche
OMENALA: Ahụike Ntọrọbịa – 3. Inye ọmụmaatụ ahịrị -
Omume ndị na-akwalite Ahụike dịka mfe/ukwu
idebe onwe na gburuburu ha ọcha 4. ịkọwa ahụike na ihe ndị
AGỤMAGỤ: Ọgụgụ akwụkwọ ejije na-akwalite ahụike
dịka n’izuụka gara aga. 5. Ịjụ na ịza ajụjụ
NGWA NKỤZI
Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ na akwụkwọ
ejije, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị mgbubam,
dgz.
 IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME
9. 1. Ige ntị
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmụ Ahịrịnha na 2. Ịkọwa na imepụta ụdị ahịrị-
Ahịrịokwu ndị ọzọgasị. okwu na ahirịnha dị iche
OMENALA: Ahụike Ntorọbịa: iche
Omume na-ebute ọrịa dịka adịghị 3. Ikwupụta omume ufọdụ
ọcha. gasị ndị na-ebute ọrịa
AGỤMAGỤ: Nnyocha otu abụ a 4. Ịgụ na ime nnyocha abụ
họọrọ dk: Aha abụ, aha odee abụ, NGWA NKỤZI
isiokwu na ndịna isiokwu abụ, Nhazi Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ klasị na
abụ, asụsụ nka ode webatara n’abụ. akwụkwọ abụ, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị
mgbubam, dgz.

IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

10. 1. Ige ntị
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: NKEJI ASỤSỤ IGBO – 2. Ikwupụta ụdị nkejiasụsụ dị
Nkọwa na Ụdị ya dị iche iche iche iche.
OMENALA: Ọmụmụ agwa (kọlọ) dị 3. Ikwu na ịrụgosi ụdị kọlọ dị
iche iche dịka oji, odo, ọcha, dgz. iche iche
AGỤMAGỤ: Ọmụmụ otu akwụkwọ 4. Ịgụ akwụkwọ iduuazị na
iduuazị a họọrọ ide ihe odide

NGWA NKỤZỊ
Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ na akwụkwọ
iduuazị a họọrọ, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị
mgbubam, dgz.

IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

11. 1. Ige ntị
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmụ Mkpọaha (Aha 2. Ikwu njirimara ndị Igbo
dị iche iche) 3. Ịrụgosi mkpọaha n’ahịrị-
OMENALA: Njirimara ndị Igbo, okwu
nkọwapụta ụzọ dị iche iche e ji ama 4. Ịgụpụta akwụkwọ iduuazị
ndị Igbo (dk ejiji, asụsu, nri, steeti, na ide ihe odide
dgz). NGWA NKỤZỊ
AGỤMAGỤ: Ọmụmu otu Iduuazị a Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ klasị na
họọrọ akwụkwọ iduuazị a họọrọ, ụgbọ
ojii, kaadị mgbubam, maapụ,
dgz.

12.
MMỤGHARỊ IHE A KUZIRI NA TAM
13.
ULE
14.
 ULE NA MMECHI

ASỤSỤ IGBO

SS ONE TAM NKE ABỤỌ

IZUỤKA ISIOKWU / NDỊNISIOKWU IHE OMUME Na NGWA NKỤZI

1. ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmụ Mkpọaha – IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

Nnọchiaha na Nnọchimpesịn, Iji ha 1. Ige ntị
mebe ahịrịokwu 2. Ịrụgosi mkpọaha,
OMENALA: Njirimara Ndị Igbo – nnọchiaha na nnọchimpesịn
Asụsụ, olundị na Igbo Izugbe n’ahịrịokwu
AGỤMAGỤ: Ọmụmụ akwụkwọ 3. Ikwu njirimara ndị Igbo
 iduuazị a họọrọ 4. Ịgụ akwụkwọ iduuazị na ide
ihe odide
NGWA NKỤZỊ
Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị
mgbubam, dgz.

2. ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmụ Mkpọaha – IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

Njụajụjụ na ọnụọgụgụ 1. Ige ntị
OMENALA: Njirimara Ndị Igbo - 2. Ịrụgosi mkpọaha na njụ-
Ọmụmụ Nrị Ndị Igbo, etu e si ajụjụ n’ahịrịokwu
esipụta otu n’ime nri ndị Igbo 3. Iji ha mepụta ahịrịokwu
AGỤMAGỤ: Ọgụgụ abụ abụọ a 4. Ikwu njirimara ndị Igbo
họorọ 5. Ịgụ abụ
6. Ikwupụta ụfọdụ nrị ndị Igbo
na etụ e si esipụta ha.
NGWA NKỤZI
Ụgbọ ọjii, akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, chaati,
kaadị mgbubam, foto/eserese, dgz.

3. ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmụ Ngwaa na IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

ụdị ya dị iche iche 1. Ige ntị
OMENALA: Ọchịchị Ọdịnala 2. Ịkọwa ihe ngwaa pụtara
Igbo – Nkọwa ya, mgbe ọ 3. Ịrụgọsị ngwaa n’ahịrịokwu
malitere, usoro, njirimara na 4. Ikwupụta uru dị n’ọchịchị
uru ya. ọdịnala.
AGỤMAGỤ: Ọgụgụ abụ ọzọ a 5. Ịgụ abụ a họpụtara.
họọrọ NGWA NKỤZI
Akwụkwọ abụ a họọrọ, chaatị,
akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ugbo ojii, dgz.

4. IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmụ Nkọwaaha 1. Ikwupụta nkeụdị nkọwa
na aha
Nkenụdị ya. 2. Ịrụgosị nkọwaha n’ahịrị-
OMENALA: Ọchịchị Ọdịnala okwu
Igbo: 3. Ikwu ọrụ na uru òtù ọgbọ
Òtù dị iche iche ndị ọnụ na-eru dị iche iche
n’okwu n’ọchịchị obodo. 4. Ikwupụta usoro e si aba
(1) ọgbọ/uke/ebiri, usoro òtù nke ọ bụla.
abamaba, ọrụ na uru ha. 5. Ịgụ akwụkwo ejije.
AGỤMAGỤ: Ọgụgụ akwụkwọ NGWA NKỤZI
ejije a họpụtara Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ klasị, akwụkwọ
ejije a họọrọ, ụgbọ ojii, tiivi, redio,
tepụrekọda, dgz.
5. IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME
1. Ikọwa na inye omụmaatụ
nkwuwa n’Igbo
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmụ 2. Ikwu usoro echimechi nze
Nkwuwa na ọzọ
OMENALA: Ọchịchị ọdịnala (2) 3. Ikwupụta uru na ọghọm
Nze na ọzọ, usoro echichi, ọrụ na-eso echimechi ndị a
na uru ha. 4. Inye ọmụmaatụ ụdị
AGỤMAGỤ: Nkọwa atụmaatụokwu atụmatụokwu ndị nwegasịrị.
na ụdị ya dị iche iche, uru ha bara NGWA NKỤZI
n’edemede. Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ụgbọ ojii,
foto/eserese

6. IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

1. Ige ntị
2. Ịrụgosị mbuụzọ n’ahịrịokwu
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: 3. Ịkọwa ọchịchị ọdịnala
Ọmụmụ Mbuụzọ 4. Ịtụ na ịkọwapụta ilu Igbo dị
OMENALA: Ọchịchị ọdịnala (3) iche iche.
ụmụọkpụ na ịyọm, lọọlọ NGWA NKỤZI
AGỤMAGỤ: Ọmụmụ ilu Igbo na Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ụgbọ ojii, Kaadị
nkọwa ya. mgbubam, dgz.

7. IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

1. Ige ntị
2. Ịrụgosi “na” n’ahịrịokwu
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọrụ “na”
n’ahịrịokwu Igbo dk. Mbuụzọ, 3. Ikwupụta ọrụ “na” dị iche
nnyemakangwaa, isingwaa, iche
dgz. 4. Ikwupụta ọrụaka ndị Igbo
ụfọdụ na uru ha
OMENALA: Njirimara ndị Igbo: Ọrụ 5. Inye ọmụmaatụ akpala-
aka – Nkọwa isiokwu, ụdị ya, uru ọ okwu na nkọwa ha
bara na mkpa ọ dị ịkwalite ọrụaka NGWA NKỤZI
ndị a. Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị
AGỤMAGỤ: Ọmụmụ akpalaokwu mgbubam, dgz.
dị iche iche na nkowa ha.

8. IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

1. Ịkọwapụta ihe bụ njikọ
2. Ịrụgosị mkpụrụokwu e ji
ezipụta njiko
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmụ Njikọ 3. Inye ọmụmaatụ ahịrị -
OMENALA: Obodo dị iche iche na okwu na-egosipụta njikọ
ọrụ aka e jiri mara ha n’ala Igbo
 AGỤMAGỤ: Ọmụmu ụkabụilu. 3. Ịkpọsịta aha obodo na ọrụaka ha
4. ịkọwa ụkabụilu na inye
ọmụmaatụ ha gasị
NGWA NKỤZI
Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ na akwụkwọ ejije
a họọrọ, ụgbọ ojii, Kaadị mgbubam,
dgz.

9. IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

1. Ịkọwa ihe bụ mgbakwụnye
na ụdị ya gasị
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmụ 2. Ikwu ihe bụ njirimara ndị
Mgbakwụnye - Ndịnihu, ndịnazụ, na Igbo
nnọnetiti. 3. Ịgụ akwụkwọ ejije
OMENALA: Njirimara ndị Igbo, 4. Ịjụ na ịza ajụjụ
ịgba mbọ/ ichuchu, ime nwanne, NGWA NKỤZI
ichere ibe ha, dgz. Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ na akwụkwọ ejije
AGỤMAGỤ: Ọgụgụ akwụkwọ ejije a họọrọ, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị mgbubam,
a họpụtara dgz

10. IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

1. Ịkọwa ntịmkpu na olundi
2. Irugosi ha n’ahịrịokwu
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmu Ntimkpu na 3. Inye ọmụmaatụ ha gasị
olundị pụtara ihe na ya dịka ọkọọ, 4. Ịgụ akwụkwọ ejije
ihiyee, Ewooh, dgz. NGWA NKỤZI
AGỤMAGỤ: Ọgụgụ akwụkwọ ejije Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ klasị, akwụkwọ
a họọrọ ejije, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị mgbubam
11.

12. MMỤGHARỊ IHE A KỤZIRI NA

TAM
13.

ULE

ULE NA MMECHI

ASỤSỤ IGBO

SS ONE TAM NKE ATỌ

IZUỤKA ISIOKWU / NDỊNISIOKWU IHE OMUME NA NGWA NKỤZI

1. ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Nkọwa ihe bụ IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

edemede na ụdị yagasị 1. Ige ntị
OMENALA: Nkụzi ihe ọmọgwọ bụ 2. Ịkọwa edemede na ikwupụta
na ihe a na-emegasị n’oge ụdị edemede gasị
ọmọgwọ 3. Ịkọwa omọgwụ na ihe a na-
AGỤMAGỤ: Nnyocha akwụkwọ emegasị n’oge a
Iduuazị a họọrọ, agwa dị iche iche 4. Ịgụ akwụkwọ iduuazị na ịkọwa
pụtara na ya uche ha gbasara ụfọdụ agwa
NGWA NKỤZỊ
Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị
mgbubam, dgz.

2. ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Odide edemede IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

mkparịta- ụka 1. Ịkparịtaụka n’otu isiokwu a
OMENALA: Nkọwa ọmụmụ, ibe họpụtara
ugwu, ikupụta nwa na ihe e ji eme 2. Ịkọwa ihe ụfọdụ a na-emegasị
ya. n’oge a na-ebi ugwu /ekupụta
AGỤMAGỤ: Nnyocha akwụkwọ nwa
ejije a họpụtara na ọmụmụ agwa dị 3. Ịgụ akụkwọ ejije na inye
iche iche pụtara nay a. nkọwa gbasara agwa pụtara
n’ejije
4. Ijụ na ịza ajụjụ
NGWA NKỤZI
Ụgbọ ọjii, akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, chaati,
kaadị mgbubam, foto/eserese, dgz.

3. ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọdịdị edemede IHE ỤMỤAKAWỤKWỌGA-EME:

akọmakọ 1. Ige ntị
OMENALA: Nkowa ihe bụ ọjị , 2. Ịjụ na ịza
uru ọ bara, ibe ọjị gbara na 3. Ịnye nkọwa ọjị , mpụtara na uru
mpụtara ya ya gasị
4. Igụ akwụkwọ iduuazị
AGỤMAGỤ: Nnyocha 5. Ịkọ gbasara agwa ụfọdụ pụtara
4. akwụkwọ iduuazị na agwa ihe
pụtara ihe na-ya NGWA NKỤZI
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Odide edemede Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ klasị,
ekwumekwu akwụkwọ iduuazị a họọrọ, chaatị,
OMENALA: Ọmụmụ usoro ihe
akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ugbo ojii, nzu, ọjị,
ọjị/nzu na ihe ndị ọzọ na- dgz.
anọchite anya ọjị
 AGỤMAGỤ: Nnyocha IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:
akwụkwọ iduuazị na agwa dị 1. Ide edemede
na ya. 2. Ịkọwa ọbịa na ụzọ e si anabata
5. ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Odide edemede ya.
nkọwasị 3. Ịgụ na ịtụle akwụkwọ iduuazị
OMENALA: Ọmụmụ omenala : ha gụrụ
Ịnabata ọbịa NGWA NKỤZI
AGỤMAGỤ: Nnyocha akwụkwọ Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ klasị, akwụkwọ
iduuazị na omenala pụtara ihe na iduuazị a họọrọ, ụgbọ ojii, tiivi,
ya. redio, tepụrekọda, dgz.

ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Odide edemede IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

nkọwami 1. Ige ntị
6. OMENALA: Ọmụmụ izu na izuụka 2. Ide edemede nkọwami
AGỤMAGỤ: Nnyocha akwụkwọ 3. Ịgụ izu na izuụka n’Igbo
iduuazị na omenala pụtara ihe na 3. Ịgụ akwụkwọ iduuazị
ya. 4. Ịchọpụta omenala ndị
gbara elu na ya
NGWA NKỤZI
Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ klasi , akwụkwọ
iduuazị, ụgbọ ojii, foto/eserese

ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Olilo ụdaume- IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

Ọmụmụ Olilo ihu na ọlilo azụ 1. Ige ntị
OMENALA: Usoro ọgụgụ ọnwa na 2. Ịkọwapụta olilo ụdaume na ụdị
afọ ya
7. AGỤMAGỤ: Ọgụgụ na aghọtazaa 3. Ịgụpụta ọnwa na afọ
sitere n’akwụkwọ ejije a họọrọ 4. Ịgụ aghọtazaa
5. Ịza ajụjụ sitere n’aghọta-
Azaa/ejije a họọrọ
NGWA NKỤZI
Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ klasị, akwụkwọ
ejije, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị mgbubam,
chaatị ụdaume, dgz.

ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Olilo ụdaume - IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME:

ọmụmụ olilo nlofo, mmakọ na 1. Ige ntị
nlocha 2. Ikwu na inye ọmụmaatụ ụdị olilo
OMENALA: Nrubere onye
dị iche iche
diọkpara n’ezinụlọ. 3. Ikwu nrubere diokpara
AGỤMAGỤ: Ọgụgụ na aghọtazaa 4. Ịgụ na ịza ajụjụ
8. sitere n’akwụkwọ iduuazị a NGWA NKỤZI
 họpụtara. Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ na akwụkwọ
iduuazị, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị mgbubam,
chaatị ụdaume, dgz.

IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

9. 1. Ịkọwa ndapụ ụdaume na
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Ọmụmụ ndapu mgbochiume
udaume na ndapu mgbochiume 2. Inye ọmụmaatụ ndapụ ụdaume
OMENALA: Nrubere onye ada na mgbochiume
n’ezinụlọ 3. Ikwupụta nrubere onye ada
AGỤMAGỤ: Ntụgharị n’ezinụlọ
akpaalaokwu 4. Ime ntụgharị
NGWA NKỤZI
Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ na akwụkwọ ejije
a họọrọ, ụgbọ ojii, kaadị mgbubam,
dgz.

IHE ỤMỤAKWỤKWỌ GA-EME

10. 1. Ige ntị
ỤTỌASỤSỤ: Nkọwa ihe bụ 2. Ịjụ na ịza ajụjụ
aghọta-azaa na usoro ọzịza ajụjụ 3. Ịkparịtaụka gbasara nsogbu
ya na-apụta n’ịṅụ ọgwụ aghara
OMENALA:Nsogbu na-esite n’ịṅụ aghara
ọgwụ aghara aghara 4. Ime ntụgharị
AGỤMAGỤ: Ntụgharị ilu NGWA NKỤZI
Akwụkwọ ọgụgụ, ụgbọ ojii,
11. tepurekoda, redio, dgz.
MMỤGHARỊ IHE A KỤZIRI NA
TAM

12.
ULE
13.
ULE NA MMECHI

YORÙBÁ SS 1 TÁÀMÙ KÌN-ÍN-NÍ

ÕSÊ ORÍ ÕRÕ/ ÀKÓÓNÚ ÀMÚŚE IŚË

1 ÀŚÀ: Êkö Ilé OLÙKÖ:

a. sô oríkì êkö ilé

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË b. śàlàyé ní kíkún lórí oríśiríśi êkö ilé àti
pàtàkì wôn láwùjô
 a. Oríkì êkö ilé d. śàlàyé ìkíni lóríśiríśi õnà
b. Ìkíni ní oríśiríśi ônà
d. Iśë ilé śíśe e. śàlàyé oríśiríśi õnà tí à ń gbà töjú ilé

e. Ìbõwõ fágbà ç. kô àwôn õrõ tó súyô sójú pátákó

ç. Ìmötótó AKËKÕÖ:

f. Ìbömôwí abbl a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö

b. Śe àfihàn ìkíni lóríśiríśi õnà, ìwà
ômôlúàbí, ìtöjú ilé.
OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

 Pátákó ìkõwé
 Àwòrán
 Téèpù
 Tçlifísàn/ Rédíò
 Fíìmù
2. LÍTÍRÈŚÕ: OLÙKÖ:

Ìwé Kíkà: Ìtàn Àròsô Ôlörõ Geere a. jë kí akëkõö ka ìwé ìtàn àròsô ôlörõ
geere
b. śàlàyé kíkún lórí kókó àkóónú iśë bí ó ti
ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË
jçyô nínú ìtàn àròsô.
a. Kókó Õrõ i. ìsônísókí àhunpõ ìtàn
b. Àhunpõ Ìtàn ii. êdá ìtàn
d. Ôgbön ìsõtàn iii. ôgbön ìsõtàn
iv. ìwúlò èdè
e. Ibùdó ìtàn v. ìjçyô õrõ
vi. àmúyç àti àléébù
ç. Êdá ìtàn àti ìfìwàwêdá
vii. kô àwôn õrõ tí ó súyô sí ojú pátákó
f. Lílo èdè AKËKÕÖ:

g. Ìjçyô àśà a. Ka ìwé

gb. Àmúyç àti àléébù b. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö

d. Kô àwôn õrõ tó súyô pêlú ìtumõ wôn

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

 Pátákó ìkõwé
 Ìwé ìtàn àròsô tí a yàn
3. ÈDÈ: Álífábëtì Èdè Yorùbá OLÙKÖ:
 ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË a. kô álífábëtì yorùbá lápapõ sára pátáko
fún akëkõö
a. Álífábëtì: b. kô àwôn lëtà tí ó dúró fún ìró köńsónáýtì
a, b, d, e, ç, f, g, gb, h, i, j, k,
àti ìró fáwëlì
l, m, n, o, ô, p, r, s, ś, t, u, w,
d. pe wön lökõõkan fún akëkõö.
y

b. Köńsónáýtì: AKËKÕÖ:
b, d, f, g, gb, h, j, k, l, m, n,
a. fetí sí bí olùkö śe pe àwôn ìró
p, r, s, ś, t, w, y
köńsónáýtì àti fáwëlì náà.
d. Fáwëlì: a, e, ç, i, o, ô, u b. pe àwôn ìró köńsónáýtì àti fáwëlì náà bí
olùkö ti pè wön
d. śe àdàkô àwôn lëtà ìró köńsónáýtì àti
fáwëlì naa

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

1. kádíböõdù ńlá tí a kô álífábëtì Yorùbá sí.

2. kádíböõdù ńlá tí ó ń śe àfihàn àwôn ìró
Köńsónáýtì àti fáwëlì lötõõtõ.
3. káàdì pélébé pélébé tí a kô àwôn lëtà
náà sí.
4. ÀŚÀ: Àwôn oúnjç ilê Yorùbá OLÙKÖ:

a. sô oríkì oúnjç
ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË b. sô oríśìí oúnjç
d. śàlàyé bí a śe ń śe oúnjç kõõkan
a. Oríkì oúnjç
e. kô àwôn oúnjç tí ó bö sí ìsõrí kan náà
b. Oríśiríśi oúnjç
sára pátákó
d. bí a śe ń śe oúnjç kõõkan
ç. sô bí a śe ń śe ìtöjú oúnjç tí ó bá sëkù
e. ìpín sí ìsõrí àwôn oúnjç ilê
f. sõrõ lórí àýfààní oúnjç láti oko àti ewu
Yorùbá bí i: sêmíró, ôlöràá,
oúnjç inú agolo
afáralókun, amáradán abbl
g. Ya àtç oúnjç ti ìlú/ agbègbè kõõkan
ç. ìtöjú oúnjç àjçsëkù
fëràn sórí pátákó.
f. àfiwé oúnjç àtijö àti ti òde òní.
AKËKÕÖ:
g. oúnjç tí ìlú/ agbègbè kõõkan
a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö
fëràn
b. Sô èrò tiwôn lórí oúnjç
d. Kô ohun tí olùkö kô sí ojú pátákó sínú
ìwé.
 e. Ya àtç tí olùkö yà sójú pátákó.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

1. Oríśìíríśìí oúnjç tútù

2. Àwòrán
3. Ohun èlò oúnjç:
 Ìkòkò, epo, iyõ irú, ewébê, sítóófù abbl
5. ÈDÈ: Sílébù èdè Yorùbá OLÙKÖ:

a. sô oríkì sílébù
ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË b. śàlàyé ìhun sílébù
d. śe õpõlôpõ àpççrç pínpín õrõ sí sílébù sójú
a. Oríkì sílébù
pátákó
b. Ìhun sílébù [F, KF, N]
d. pínpín õrõ sí sílébù AKËKÕÖ:

a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö

b. Śe àpççrç pínpín õrõ sí sílébù fúnra rê
d. kô ohun tí olùkö kô sí ojú pátákó sínú ìwé.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

1. pátákó ìkõwé
2. kádíböõdù tí ó śe àfihàn àwôn õrõ oní
sílébù méjì, mëta abbl
6. LÍTÍRÈŚÕ: Lítírèśõ èdè Yorùbá OLÙKÖ:

1. śe àlàyé àwôn àbùdá pàtàkì lítírèśõ

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË 2. śe àfiwé lítírèśõ àpilêkô àti alohùn
3. kô àpççrç lítírèśõ àpilêkô fún àwôn
a. Oríkì lítírèśõ
akëkõö.
b. Êka lítírèśõ èdè Yorùbá
4. śàlàyé àwôn ìsõrí mëtêêta lítírèśõ
i. Alohùn
àpilêkõ láti fi ìyàtõ wön hàn.
ii. Àpilêkô
5. sô àpççrç õkõõkan àwôn ìsõrí náà fún
d. Àwôn ohun tí a lè fi dá ewì
akëkõö.
kõõkan mõ: sísun, dídá, kíkô,
AKËKÕÖ:
pípa, pípè
1. Tëtí sí gbogbo àlàyé olùkö dáradára
e. Ìlò èdè inú ewì
2. Ya àtç láti fi ìyàtõ lítírèśõ àpilêkô àti
alohùn hàn.
3. kô àpççrç mìíràn fún ìsõrí kõõkan
lítírèśõ àpilêkô.
OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:
 Ìwé oríśiríśi

Lítírèśõ àpilêkô: eré-oníśe, ewì àti ìtàn

àròsô

7. LÍTÍRÈŚÕ: Ìtúpalê ewì alohùn OLÙKÖ:

(Àsàyàn ìwé kan)
jë kí akëkõö ka ewì alohùn löpõlöpõ ìgbà

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË śe àlàyé lórí kókó õrõ êkö, ìlò èdè, àmúyç
àti àléébù inú ìwé àsàyàn ewì alohùn.

a. Àkóónú AKËKÕÖ:

kókó õrõ àśà tó súyô fi etí sí ewì tí olùkö ń kà fún wôn.

ìhun Gbìyànjú láti kéwì tí ó bá mõ

lílé/ gbígbè, àdákô, àjùmõkô d. ka ìwé àsàyàn yìí

ìlò èdè: ônà èdè àti ìsôwölo-èdè OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

ìjçyô àśà Ìwé tó jçmö ewì alohùn

b. Lítírèśõ alohùn mìíràn Àwòrán tó bá ewì yìí mu

d. õgangan ipò àwôn akéwì: êśìn Pátákó ìkõwé

wön/ ìśe wôn, àkókò ìkéwì abbl

8. ÌHUN ÕRÕ: OLÙKÖ:

a. Möfíìmù ní èdè Yorùbá a. Śàlàyé oríśìí ìhun õrõ

b. Śàlàyé ìśêdá àwôn õrõ
b. Õnà tí a ń gbà śêdá õrõ-orúkô d. Kô õpõlôpõ àpççrç oríśiríśi õrõ sórí
ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË pátákó.

oríkì möfíìmù AKËKÕÖ:

ìśêdá õrõ-orúkô –àfòmö ìbêrê a. Sô oríśiríśi ìhun õrõ

(a-, on-, o, oní-, àì-, àti-, b. Sô bí a śe śêdá àwôn õrõ
àfòmö àárin àpètúnpè d. Da õrõ-orúkô ìśêdá tí olùkö kô sójú pátákó
(kíkún, çlëbç) kô sínú ìwé.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

a. Śe àlàyé ìlò àfòmö ìbêrê onísílébù méjì láti

śêdá õrõ-orúkô pêlú àpççrç.
b. Kô õrõ ìpìlê mëta sílê
 d. Kô àpççrç õrõ ìśêdá alápètúnpè kíkún mëta
àti alápètúnpè çlëbç

9. IŚË ABÍNIBÍ OLÙKÖ:

i. Onírúurú iśë ilê Yorùbá bí i àgbê, a. Sô oríkì àti ohun tí iśë abínibí jë
alágbêdç, onídìrí, aśô híhun, aró b. Tö akëkõö sönà láti mô pàtàkì iśë śíśe
dídá, awakõ abbl àti bí a śe ń kö iśë kõõkan.
d. Sô àýfààní iśë kíkö
ii. Ìkíni àti ìdáhùn fún onírúurú iśë.
e. Kô ìjôra àti ìyàtõ tó wà nínú iśë abínibí
àti tòde òní sójú pátákó
ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË
AKËKÕÖ:
a. oríkì iśë abínibí àti àpççrç
iśë: àgbê, ôdç, aśô híhun, a. Sô ohun tí o mõ nípa iśë śíśe àti ìdí tí ó
aró dídá, epo fífõ, irun dídì, fi yç kí ènìyàn śiśë
àyàn, olóólà, alágbêdç b. Kô ohun tí olùkö kô sójú pátákó sínú ìwé
b. Bí a ti ń kö iśë rç.
d. ìwúlò iśë kíkö d. Śe àfiwé iśë abínibí àti tòde òní.

e. iśë ôkùnrin, obìnrin, OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

tôkùnrin-tobìnrin ní àtijö àti lóde
òní. a. Àwôn ohun-èlò iśë abínibí bí i: àdá,
àkàtàýpò, ômô-owú, êmú, ôkö abbl
b. Àwòrán çbu àti àwôn òśìśë.
10. ÀŚÀ: ÌGBÉYÀWÓ OLÙKÖ:

a. Śe àlàyé fún akëkõö lórí àýfààní tí ó wà

Àkóónú iśë nínú śíśe ìgbéyàwó
b. Jë akëkõö jíròrò/ sô ìrírí rê;
a. ìdí tí a fi ń gbéyàwó/ lökô
d. kô àwôn õrõ pàtàkì pàtàkì sí ojú
b. oríśiríśi ìgbéyàwó tí ó wà
pátákó pêlú ìtumõ wôn
láyé àtijö àti lóde òní,
ìfômôtôrô, fífë níśulökà, AKËKÕÖ:
àśàýte, śöõśì, kóòtù,
mùsùlùmí, ôkô kan aya kan, a. Tëtí sí olùkö
aláya púpõ abbl b. Jíròrò ní kíláásì/ sô ìrírí rç
d. Ìgbésê inú oríśi ìgbéyàwó d. Da àwôn õrõ tí olùkö kô sójú pátákó kô
kõõkan láyé àtijö sínú ìwé

e. ìgbésê inú oríśi ìgbéyàwó OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

kõõkan lóde òní.
 Àwòrán ìgbéyàwó
ç. Àýfààní àti ìśòro inú irú  Fídíò
ìgbéyàwó kõõkan látijö àti lóde  Téèpù
 òní.  Tçlifísàn

11. ÈDÈ: ÒWE OLÙKÖ:

i. Oríśiríśi òwe a. Sô ìtumõ òwe

b. Jë kí akëkõö pa oríśiríśi òwe bí àpççrç:
Ìtándòwe, òwe ajçmësìn, ìrírídòwe ìbáwí, ìkìlõ, ìmõràn abbl
d. Kô ìbêrê àwôn òwe kan sójú pátákó fún
ii. ìwúlò òwe akëkõö láti parí wôn

e. Sô ìwúlò òwe
ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË
AKËKÕÖ:
a. Oríkì òwe
b. Oríśiríśi òwe a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö
d. Ìlò òwe/ ìwúlò òwe b. Pa oríśiríśi òwe gëgë bí olùkö śe darí
d. kô ìparí àwôn òwe tí olùkö kô sí ojú
pátákó sí inú ìwé wôn.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

a. Ìwé òwe pêlú ìtumõ wôn

b. Pátákó ìkõwé
12. ÀŚÀ: Oyún níní, ìtöjú oyún àti ìtöjú OLÙKÖ:
ômô láyé àtijö àti lóde òní.
a. Śàlàyé kíkún lórí ìgbàgbö Yorùbá nípa oyún
níní, ìtöjú oyún àti àsìkò tó tö láti lóyún.
ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË
b. Sõrõ lórí onírúurú jënótáìpù tó wà àti ìdí tí
a. Ìgbàgbö nípa ômô bíbí àti àbíkú. akëkõö fi gbôdõ mô tirê.

b. Ohun gbogbo ló ní àsìkò, tôkô- d. La akëkõö lóye lórí jënótáìpù tó bá ara mu

taya ni oyún wà fún kì í śe àpön àti àti àwôn tó lè fëra wôn.
wúndíá.
e. Kô àwôn oúnjç asaralóore tí aláboyún lè jç
d. Õnà tí a lè gbà dín bíbí àbíkú kù sójú pátákó ìkõwé.
láwùjô; b.a òye lórí onírúurú
jënótáìpù êjê tó wà àti àwôn tó fë AKËKÕÖ:
fëra wôn
a. Jíròrò nípa àwôn tóyún wà fún
e. Aájò láti lè tètè lóyún: àýfààní
b. Sô ohun tí ó nípa oyún níní
kíkó ara çni ní ìjánu nípa ìbálòpõ,
yíyçra fún ìlòkulò oògùn ìsëyún d. Sô jënótáìpù tìrç
abbl
e. Dárúkô díê lára àwôn oúnjç aśaralóore
ç. Bí a śe ń töjú aboyún
ç. Dárúkô díê lára àwôn õnà tí a fi ń töjú
 f. Oúnjç aśaralóore aláboyún

g. Lílô fún ìtöjú ní ilé ìwòsàn (ìbílê/ OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI

ìjôba)
 Àwòrán díê lára ohun èlò tí a fi ń töjú
gb. Oyún dídè aláboyún ní ìlànà ti ìbílê: ìkòkò àgbo,
ìsáàsùn, àśèjç, ìgbàdí abbl
h. Àwêbí  Àwòrán díê lára ohun tí a fi ń töjú
aláboyún ní ìlànà Òyìnbó.
 Àtç tó ń fi oúnjç aśaralóore hàn.

13. ÀTÚNYÊWÒ ÊKÖ

14. ÌDÁNWÒ
 YORÙBÁ SS 1 TÁÀMÙ KEJÌ

ÕSÊ ORÍ ÕRÕ/ ÀKÓÓNÚ ÀMÚŚE IŚË

1 ÈDÈ: Àkàyé: OLÙKÖ:

Śe àwárí àwôn àyôkà tó jçmö õrõ tó ń lô. Irú

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË àyôkà bëê gbôdõ ní ìlò èdè tó dára.

a. Ôgbön tí a ń ta fún àśeyege a. Jë kí akëkõö ka àyôkà náà dáradára

lórí àkàyé d. Tö akëkõö sönà láti dáhùn ìbéèrè nípa
àyôkà
b. Kíka àyôkà
e. Tö akëkõö sönà láti sô ìtumõ òwe
d. Títúmõ àkànlò èdè, òwe àti
ônà èdè tí ó jçyô nínú àyôkà ní AKËKÕÖ:
ìbámu pêlú bí a ti lò ó.
a. Tëtí sí àlàyé lórí àkàyé
e. Dídáhùn ìbéèrè lórí àkóónú b. Ka àyôkà, dáhùn àwôn ìbéèrè lórí rê
àyôkà d. śe àlàyé ìtumõ òwe, àkànlò èdè tí ó
súyô ní ìbámu pêlú bí a śe lò wön.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

Àyôkà oríśiríśi tí ó dá lé ìśêlê àwùjô.

2. LÍTÍRÈŚÕ: Àtúpalê àsàyàn ìwé OLÙKÖ:

eré-onítàn (ìwé méjì)
a. jë kí akëkõö ka ìwé ìtàn eré-onítàn

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË b. Śe àlàyé kíkún lórí ìjçyô àkóónú iśë nínú

eré-onítàn àsàyàn:
a. Kókó Õrõ i. Kókó õrõ
ii. Êdá ìtàn àti ìfìwàwêdá
b. Àhunpõ Ìtàn
iii. ibùdó ìtàn
d. ibùdó ìtàn
iv. ìlò èdè
e. Êdá ìtàn àti ìfìwàwêdá v. ìjçyô àśà abbl
d. kô àwôn õrõ pàtàkì tí ó súyô sórí
ç. Ìlò èdè pátákó, kí o sì śàlàyé ìtumõ wôn.

f. Àmúyç àti àléébù e. Béèrè ìbéèrè löwö akëkõö

AKËKÕÖ:
 a. Ka ìwé eré-onítàn wá láti ilé àti nínú kíláásì

b. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö

d. Kô àwôn õrõ tí olùkö kô sí orí pátákó sínú

ìwé.

e. Dáhùn ìbéèrè olùkö

OHUN-ÈLÒ:

 Ìwé eré-onítàn
3. ÀŚÀ: Àśà ìsômôlórúkô ní ilê OLÙKÖ:
Yorùbá
a. Kô oríśiríśi orúkô sí ojú pátákó
b. Śàlàyé pàtàkì orúkô àti oríśiríśi orúkô
ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË d. Śàlàyé orúkô òde oni

a. Ìgbàgbö Yorùbá nípa pàtàkì e. Darí àwôn akëkõö láti śe ìjìnlê eré
orúkô (orúkô ômô ni ìjánu ômô) ìsômôlórúkô.

b. Ètò ìsômôlórúkô b.a ifá AKËKÕÖ:

lômô
a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö
d. Oríśiríśi orúkô àti ìtumõ
wôn. b. sô ohun tí wôn mõ nípa ìsômôlórúkô sáájú
ìdánilëkõö
i. Àbisô
d. sàwòkô orúkô tí ó wà lára pátákó
ii. Àmútõrunwá
e. kópa nínú ìśeré, ìsinjç ìsômôlórúkô.
iii. Oríkì
ç. śe àdàkô àwôn lëtà ìró köńsónáýtì àti fáwëlì
iv. Ìnágijç naa.

v. Ìdílé OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

vi. Òde-òní abbl 1. Ohun èlò ìsômôlórúkô: oyin, atare,

orógbó, obì, çja, omi

2. Kádíböõdù tí a to orúkô ômô àti ìtumõ

wôn sí.

4. ÈDÈ: Aáyan Ògbufõ OLÙKÖ:

a. Śàlàyé bí a śe ń śe aáyan ògbufõ

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË b. Túmõ àwôn gbólóhùn láti èdè Gêësì sí

 a. Ìtösönà lórí bí a śe ń śe Yorùbá
aáyan ògbufõ
d. Kô àwôn gbólóhùn àti àkànlò èdè tí a túmõ
b. Túmõ àwôn gbólóhùn sí orí pátákó.
kéékèèké láti èdè Gêësì sí
Yorùbá AKËKÕÖ:

a. Tëtí sí bí olùkö śe ń túmõ àwôn gbólóhùn

b. Kô àwôn gbólóhùn àti àkànlò èdè tí olùkö kô

sí ojú pátákó sí inú ìwé wôn.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

 Pátákó ìkõwé
5. LÍTÍRÈŚÕ: Àtúpalê ìwé ìtàn OLÙKÖ:
àròsô (ìwé méjì)
a. Jë kí akëkõö ka ìwé ìtàn àròsô.

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË b. Śe àlàyé ní kíkún lórí ìjçyô àkóónú iśë lórí

ìwé ìtàn: kókó õrõ, ìfìwàwêdá, àhunpõ ìtàn,
a. kókó õrõ ibùdó ìtàn, ôgbön ìsõtàn, àmúyç àti àléébù.

b. ìfìwàwêdá d. Kô àwôn õrõ pàtàkì pàtàkì tó súyô sójú

pátákó kí ó sì śàlàyé ìtumõ wôn.
d. Àhunpõ ìtàn
AKËKÕÖ:
e. Ibùdó ìtàn
a. Ka ìwé ìtàn àròsô wa láti ilé àti nínú kíláásì.
ç. ôgbön ìsõtàn
b. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö
f. êdá ìtàn
d. Kô àwôn õrõ tí olùkö kô sí ojú pátákó sínú
g. ìlò èdè
ìwé.
gb. Ìjçyô àśà
OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:
h. Àmúyç àti àléébù
Ìwé ìtàn àròsô

6. ÈDÈ: Àkànlò Èdè OLÙKÖ:

a. Sô ìtumõ àkànlò èdè

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË:
b. Jë kí akëkõö sô ìtumõ àwôn àkànlò èdè.
a. Oríkì àkànlò èdè
AKËKÕÖ:
b. Oríśiríśi àkànlò èdè
a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö
 d. Ìlò Àkànlò èdè b. Sô oríśiríśi àkànlò èdè

d. Sô ìtumõ àkànlò èdè

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

 Ìwé àkànlò èdè pêlú ìtumõ wôn

 Pátákó ìkõwé
7. ÈDÈ: OLÙKÖ:

a. Àròkô kíkô a. Sô ìtumõ àròkô

b. Ìgbésê fún àròkô kíkô b. Śàlàyé ìlapa èrò lórí àròkô kíkô

d. Tö akëkõö sönà láti kô àròkô

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË
e. Yç ìśe akëkõö wò
a. Oríkì àròkô
AKËKÕÖ:
b. Àwôn ìgbésê tí a ń têlé láti
kô àròkô kíkô a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö

d. Oríśiríśi àwôn àròkô: b. Kô àwôn àlàyé ojú pátákó sílê

i. Àròkô aláríyànjiyàn OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

ii. Àròkô oníròyìn/ asõtàn  Pátákó ìkõwé

iii. Àròkô alálàyé

iv. Àròkô ajçmö-ìsípayá

v. Àròkô onísõrõýgbèsì

vi. Àròkô asàpèjúwe

vii. Lëtà Kíkô:

a. Lëtà gbêfê

b. Lëtà aláìgbagbêfê

8. LÍTÍRÈŚÕ: OLÙKÖ:

Àtúpalê àsàyàn ewì àpilêkô a. Jë kí akëkõö ka ìwé àsàyàn ewì àpilçkô

(ìwé méjì) b. Śe àlàyé ní kíkún lórí ìjçyô àkóónú iśë nínú
ìwé àsàyàn ewì àpilêkô:
i. Kókó õrõ
ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË ii. Ìhun ewì
 a. Kókó oro iii. Ìlò èdè
iv. Ìjçyô àśà
b. Ìhun ewì (ètò) v. Àmúyç àti àléébù
d. Ìlò èdè d. Kô àwôn õrõ pàtàkì pàtàkì, kí o sì śàlàyé
ìtumõ wôn.
e. Ijçyô àśà

ç. Àmúyç àti àléébù

AKËKÕÖ:

a. Ka ìwé àsàyàn ewì àpilêkô wá láti ilé àti nínú

kíláásì

b. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö

d. Kô àwôn õrõ tí olùkö kô sí ojú pátákó sínú

ìwé.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

 Ìwé àśàyàn ewì àpilêkô

9. ÀŚÀ: OLÙKÖ:

Àśà ìtöjú ara lóde òní àti ewu tí a. Darí akëkõö láti sô õnà tí a lè gbà śe
ó rõ mö ô. ìtöjú ara
b. Śàlàyé ewu tó wà nínú àsìlò oògùn àti
lílo oògùn olóró
ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË
d. Darí àwôn akëkõö láti kô orin/ ka ewì
a. Ìtöjú ara çni b.a irun, nípa pàtàkì ìmötótó
èékánná, eyín, aśô:
AKËKÕÖ:
b. Ewu ìlòkulò oògùn olóró
d. ìtöjú ara lóde òní, a. Sô ìrírí rç nípa ewu tí àìtöjú ara lè fà.
àýfààní àti àléébù rê b.a b. Kô orin tàbí ka ewì tí ó dá lórí pàtàkì
ìmötótó
i. Ètè kíkùn
d. Śe àpççrç àwôn tí ó ti lo ìlòkulò oògùn
ii. irun díndín olóró pêlú àyôrísí rê.

iii. Ihò méjì lílu sí etí kan OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

iv. imú lílu 1. Pákò, búröõsì àti ôsç ìfôyín

v. orin/ ewì nípa ìmötótó 2. Àwòrán õmùtípara, wèrè/ asínwín

3. Fíìmù tó śe àfihàn àtubõtán ìlòkulò oògùn

àti oògùn olóró.
10. ÈDÈ: OLÙKÖ:

Àwôn ìsõrí õrõ nínú èdè Yorùbá a. Sô oríkì ìsõrí õrõ

b. Śe àlàyé bí a śe lè dá ìsõrí õrõ kõõkan
mõ nínú gbólóhùn.
d. Kô àwôn ìsõrí õrõ náà sí ojú pátákó.

AKËKÕÖ:
ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË
a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö
 Õrõ-orúkô b. Kô àwôn ìsõrí õrõ tí olùkö kô sí ojú
 Õrõ-ìśe pátákó sínú ìwé wôn
 Õrõ-aröpò orúkô OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:
 Õrõ-aröpò afarajorúkô
 Õrõ-àpönlé 1. Ìwé girama òde òní
 Õrõ-atökùn 2. Ìwé èdè-ìperí Yorùbá
 Õrõ-àsopõ 3. Àwòrán àtç aröpò-orúkô àti afarajorúkô

11. ÀŚÀ: OLÙKÖ:

Àwôn òrìśà ilê Yorùbá a. Śe àlàyé lórí àwôn òrìśà gëgë bí asojú
Olódùmarè:

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË b. Śàlàyé kíkún nípa:

Àwôn òrìśà ilê Yorùbá: ìgbàgbö

i. Ôbàtálá oríkì
ii. Õrúnmìlà
iii. Ògún olùsìn àti abôrê
iv. Èśù
ìsìn (ojoojúmö, õsõõśê, ôdôôdún)
v. Śàngó
vi. Egúngún ohun èlò

èèwõ

ìmúra/ aśô abbl

d. Kô àwôn õrõ pàtàkì pàtàkì sí ojú pátákó

AKËKÕÖ:

a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö nípa àwôn òrìśà.

b. Kô àwôn õrõ tí olùkö kô sí ojú pátákó sínú

ìwé
 d. kô ìparí àwôn òwe tí olùkö kô sí ojú pátákó sí
inú ìwé wôn.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

a. Àwòrán ojúbô àti abôrê

b. Àwôn ohun ètò fún ìsìn òrìśà b. a; aaja, kele

Śàngó, ère òrìśà abbl

12. ÀTÚNYÊWÒ ÊKÖ

13. ÌDÁNWÒ
 YORÙBÁ SS 1 TÁÀMÙ KËTA

ÕSÊ ORÍ ÕRÕ/ ÀKÓÓNÚ ÀMÚŚE IŚË

1 ÀŚÀ: Oge Śíśe ní Ayé Àtijö àti OLÙKÖ:

Òde Òní
a. Tö akëkõö sönà nípa ìdí tí àwôn Yorùbá fi
ń śoge.
ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË
b. Śe àfihàn ohun èlò oge śíśe
a. Pàtàkì oge śíśe
d. Tö akëkõö sönà láti dárúkô irúfë oge
b. Oríśiríśi õnà tí a ń gbà śoge śíśe tí ó wà ní òde òní àti àléébù tí ó wà
ní ayé àtijö. níbê fún ôkùnrin àti obìnrin.

 Ara fínfín AKËKÕÖ:

 Eyín pípa
 Tìróò lílé a. Sô ohun tí o ti śàkíyèsí nípa oge śíśe ní
 Làalì/ osùn kíkùn àwùjô àti ìdí pàtàkì tí àwôn ènìyàn fi ń
 Irun dídì śe oge.
 Ilà kíkô àti bëê bëê lô
b. Sô irúfë oge śíśe tí wön mõ mö obìnrin
d. Irun fífá: irun gígê, irun dídì,
śáájú ìdánilëkõö
irun kíkó
OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:
e. Bàtà wíwõ lóríśiríśi
 Ohun èlò gidi tìróò, bèbè ìdí, ìlêkê,
ç. Ìyípadà tó dé bá àśà oge śíśe
làálì, osun, wíìgì, lëêdì, èékánná
ní òde òní:
 Àwòrán oríśiríśi irun dídì, irun gígé
 Ètè kíkùn àti bëê bëê lô.
 Irun díndín
 Ihò méjì lílu sí etí kan
 Imú lílu
 Aśô tó fara sílê
 Bàtà gogoro àti bëê bëê
lô
2. ÈDÈ: Àròkô Ajçmö-Ìśípayá OLÙKÖ:

a. Śe àpççrç ìlapa èrò àkôlé àròkô ajçmö-

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË ìsípayá kan lójú pátákó ìkõwé

a. Kíkô àwôn ìlànà tí à ń gbà kô b. Mú kí akëkõö śe ìlapa èrò àkôlé àròkô

àròkô ajçmö-ìsípayá ajçmö-ìsípayá mìíràn

d. Tö akëkõö sönà láti kô àròkô nípa lílo àwôn

 b. Ìlapa èrò àròkô ajçmö-ìsípayá ìlapa tí ç śe ní kíláásì.

e. Yç iśë akëkõö wò.

AKËKÕÖ:

a. Kíyèsí àpççrç ilapa èrò tí olùkö śe dáradára,

sì dà á kô sínú ìwé rç

b. Śe ìlapa èrò tìrç mìíràn

d. Lo ìlapa méjèèjì tí ç śe ní kíláásì láti kô

àròkô.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

 Pátákó ikõwé
3. ÌWÉ KÍKÀ: Àtúpalê Ìwé Eré- OLÙKÖ:
Onítàn
a. Jë kí akëkõö ka ìwé eré-onítàn

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË b. Śàlàyé ní kíkún lórí ìjçyô àkóónú iśë nínú

ìwé eré-onítàn
a. Kókó õrõ:
 Kókó õrõ
b. Àhunpõ ìtàn  Àhunpõ ìtàn
AKËKÕÖ:
d. Ibùdó ìtàn
a. Ka ìwé eré-onítàn wá láti ilé àti nínú kíláásì.
e. Êdá ìtàn àti ìfìwàwêdá
b. Tëtí sí śàlàyé olùkö
ç. Ìlò èdè
d. Kô àwôn õrõ tí olùkö kô sí ojú pátákó sínú
f. Ìjçyô àśà ìwé

g. Àmúyç àti àléébù OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

 Ìwé eré-onítàn

4. ÌSÕRÍ ÕRÕ: Õrõ-orúkô OLÙKÖ:

a. Kô àpççrç àwôn õrõ tí à ń pè ní õrõ-orúkô,

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË õrõ-orúkô bí i ilé, igi, ojú, Ayõ.

a. Oríkì õrõ-orúkô AKËKÕÖ:

b. Oríśi õrõ-orúkô bí i: orúkô a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö lórí õrõ-orúkô

àdájë, orúkô àśeékà, orúkô
aláìśeékà, orúkô afoyemõ àti b. Kô àwôn àpççrç tí olùkö kô sókè
 bëê bëê lô. d. Pe àwôn õrõ náà bí olùkö śe pè é.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

Kô àwôn àpççrç ìsõrí õrõ sí ojú pátákó/

kádíböõdù

5. ÈDÈ: Ìhun gbólóhùn nínú àpólà- OLÙKÖ:

orúkô, àpólà-ìśe, àpólà-atökùn
a. Àlàyé lórí oríśiríśi àpólà tí ó wà

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË b. Fi iśë àpólà hàn nínú gbólóhùn

a. Ìhun àpólà d. Śe àfihàn àpólà àti awë-gbólóhùn

b. Iśë tí àpólà ń śe nínú AKËKÕÖ:

gbólóhùn
a. Fi àpólà gbólóhùn wé awë-gbólóhùn láti lè
d. Àlàyé lórí oríśi àpólà tí ó wà: mô ìyàtõ tó wà láàrin wôn
àpólà-orúkô, àpólà-ìśe, àpólà-
b. Śe àpççrç àpólà oríśiríśi tí ó wà.
atökùn
OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

Pátákó ìkõwé
Kádíböõdù tí ó ní àkôsílê àpólà õrõ-
orúkô, àpólà atökùn, àpólà-ìśe.
6. ÌSÕRÍ ÕRÕ: Õrõ-Ìśe OLÙKÖ:

Kô àpççrç àwôn õrõ tí ó wà lábë ìsõrí õrõ

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË: kõõkan. Bí àpççrç:

Ìsõrí õrõ: õrõ-orúkô, õrõ-aröpò a. Õrõ-orúkô: ilé, igi, ojú, ayò, Akin, Adé.
orúkô, õrõ-ìśe, õrõ-àpèjúwe, b. Õrõ-aröpò orúkô: mo, ó, a, mi, wa, wôn.
õrõ-atökùn, õrõ-asopõ AKËKÕÖ:

a. Tëtí sí àlàyé olùkö lórí ìsõrí õrõ kõõkan

b. Kô àwôn àpççrç tí olùkö kô sókè
d. pe àwôn õrõ náà bí olùkö śe pè é fún
wôn

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

 Pátákó ìkõwé
 Fídíò
 Kádíböõdù
7. ÌSÕRÍ ÕRÕ: Õrõ-Aröpò Orúkô OLÙKÖ:
 ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË
a. Kô àwôn õrõ aröpò orúkô sílê bí i: a, mo, ç,
Õrõ-aröpò orúkô wôn, yin, ìwô àti bëê bëê lô.

Õrõ-orúkô afarajorúkô b. Kíkô õrõ aröpò orúkô afarajorúkô sílê, àwa,

èmi, àwôn,êyin ati bëê bëê lô.

d. Kô ipò tí a ti lè lo ìkõõkan àpççrç ipò çni kìn-

ín-ín çyô tàbí õpõ.

AKËKÕÖ:

a. Ka àwôn õrõ aröpò orúkô àti ti afarajorúkô

sílê.

b. Gbìyànjú láti mô ipò çnìkejì tàbí ìkëta çyô

tàbí õpõ.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

 Pátákó ìkõwé
 Kádíböõdù
8. ÀWÔN ÊYÀ ARA FÚN ÌRÓ OLÙKÖ:
ÈDÈ PÍPÈ
a. Mënuba àwôn êyà ara tí ó wà.

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË b. Sô ní sókí nípa êyà ara yòókù kí o sì śàlàyé

lórí àwôn èyí tí à ń lò fún pípe ìró.
a. Kín ni àfipè?
d. Pín àwôn êyà ara tí a fi ń pe ìró náà sí ìsõrí
b. Oríśi àfipè tí ó wà wôn gëgë bí i; àfipè àsúnsí àti àfipè àkànmölê.

d. Êyà ara àfipè àkànmölê àti e. Bákan náà ni olùkö yóò sô nípa àwôn àfipè
àsúnsí tí a lè fojú rí àti èyí tí a kò lè fojú rí .

e. Êyà ara àfipè tí a lè fi ojú rí

àti èyí tí a kò lè fojú rí.
AKËKÕÖ:

a. Akëkõö yóò kô ohun tí olùkö kô sójú pátákó

sílê

b. Yóò béèrè ìyàtõ tí ó wà nínú àfipè àsúnsí àti

àkànmölê, àfipè tí a lè fi ojú rí àti èyí tí a kò le
fojú rí.
 OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

Pátákó ìköwé
Kádíböõdù
 Àwòrán ènìyàn tí ó fi àwôn ibi ìpè ìró
hàn.
9. ÌWÉ KÍKÀ OLÙKÖ:

a. Olùkö yóò jë kí àwôn akëkõö ka ìwé eré-

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË onítàn
b. Sô díê nínú ìlò èdè àti çwà èdè tí ó súyô
a. Śíśe àtúpalê ìwé eré-onítàn
AKËKÕÖ:
b. Wíwá àśà àti ìśe ilê Yorùbá
a. Àwôn akëkõö yóò ní òye ohun tí ìtàn inú ìwé
jáde nínú ìwé náà.
dálé.
d. Śíśe àfihàn àwôn ìlò èdè àti
b. Wôn yóò lè dá çwà èdè mõ
çwà èdè inú ìwé náà.
d. Wôn yóò sì lè töka sí àwôn àśà àti ìśe ilê
Yorùbá.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

 Pátákó ìkõwé
 Ìwé eré-onítàn tí a yàn
10. ÊSÌN ÒDE ÒNÍ OLÙKÖ:

a. Sísô nípa êsìn àbáláyé

ÀKÓÓNÚ IŚË
b. Àwôn òrìśà ilê Yorùbá àti bí a śe ń bô wön.
a. Oríśiríśi êsìn tí a ní nílê
Yorùbá – êsìn àbáláyé d. Àwôn oríśi êsìn tí a ní lóde òní.

b.Oríśiríśi êsìn òde òní bí i AKËKÕÖ:

Kìrìsítíënì, Mùsùlùmí, Êkáńkà,
a. Àdàkô ohun tí olùkö kô sójú pátákó.
Gúrúmàrajì, Búdà àti bëê bëê
lô. b. Mô àwôn õnà tí çlësìn kõõkan ń gbà jösìn.

d. Õnà ìjösìn fún àwôn çlësìn. d. Béèrè ìbéèrè lórí ohun tí a kö.

OHUN-ÈLÒ ÌKÖNI:

 Pátákó ìkõwé
 Àwòrán tí ó fi ìlànà êsìn kõõkan hàn.
 11. ÀTÚNYÊWÒ ÊKÖ

12. ÌDÁNWÒ

SENIOR SECONDARY (TECHNOLOGY)

TECHNICAL DRAWING
SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 DRAWING Teacher explains the term technical drawing.
MATERIALS AND -Show and identify drawing materials and
EQUIPMENT equipment e.g. Protractor, compasses, set –
Definition of Technical square drawing sheets. Etc
drawing, Identification -Demonstrates how these materials and
and uses of drawing instruments are used.
method and equipment Identify drawing materials and equipment
e.g. protractor, -Use drawing materials and equipment to
compasses, set – draw.
squares, Tee – square, Drawing Instrument.
drawing board etc.
2 BOARD PRACTICE -Demonstrates how to fix the drawing sheet
Technique of fixing to the board
drawing sheet to the - Demonstrate the techniques of drawing
drawing board, boarder boarder line and title block.
line, title block and free -Demonstrate the techniques in lettering; e.g.
hand lettering (lower and Gothic, italic etc.
upper case letters). Fixing drawing sheets to the board
-Drawing bounder line and writing letters.
Drawing board, tee – square, pencil and
sharpeners.

3 SAFE WORKING - Demonstrate safe handing of drawing

HABITS instruments and materials e. g Board, Tee –
Safe use and care of square, Pencils etc.
drawing instruments and -Demonstrate healthful habits in the drawing
materials, clean habits, studio, such as,
proper lighting and (a) No horse play
ventilation. (b) No throwing of instruments, (Compasses
and divides)
 Observe and practice self handling of drawing
instruments and materials
-Practice health habits in the drawing studio
Drawing instruments, Videos chips, posters
and charts.

4 LINES AND LINE -Teacher displays types of lines and explains

WORK. their uses e.g. (a) thin long chain line for
Types and uses of line center line
(thin continuous line, (b) Thin continuous line for projection,
thick continuous line, construction and dimension line.
thin long – chain line, (c) short dashes for hidden details
thick long drain line etc.) -Draw types of line
Drawing of parallel and Construct parallels indeed lines using Tee –
unchained lines. square and set square
Tee – square drawing bound, set square
straight edge, pair of compasses, pencil. etc

5 LINES AND LINE - Demonstrate how to bisect a given line

WORK - Demonstrate how to divide a given line into a
Bisection and division of number of equal parts.
lines - Demonstrate how to draw a parallel line
using a pair of compasses.
Bashed a given line
Pencils, paper compasses etc.

6 ANGLES AND -Displays and describe types of angles

TRIANGLES - Demonstrate how to construction various
Types of angles types of angles using compasses.
construction and - Demonstrate how to bisect angles.
division: Constitution angles acute, reflex, obtuse.
(a) acute Etc.
(b) obtuse Models, posters charts, drawing instruments
(c) reflex etc. and materials.

7 ANGLES AND -State types of triangles and demonstrate their

TRIANGLES construction.
Types of triangles and -construction of triangles when:-
their construction such (a) given two sides and one angle
as:- isosceles, (b) two angles and one side
equilateral, scalene and (c) three sides.
right angled triangle. Identify triangles
-constitution triangles
Models, charts posterns and drawing
instruments.
 8 CIRCLE AND -Describes the term circle and nits parts
TRIANGLES -using chart, illustrate eccentric and
Circle and its parts. concentric circles.
e.g. chord, tangent, Draw a circle and label its parts.
sector quadrant, radius Drawing instruments and materials.
etc.
9 CIRCLE AND Describes the construction of
TRIANGLES (a) inscribed circle to a given triangle
Inscription, (b) circumscribed circle to a give triangle
circumscription and (c) ascribed circle to a given triangle
ascription of triangles inscribed, circumscribed and ascribed circles
Drawing instrument and materials.
Inscribed, circumscribed and ascribed circles
Drawing instrument and materials.

10 QUADRILATERALS -Explain properties and types of quadrilaterals

Definition, types and
properties e.g. square,
rectangle kite,
parallelogram etc.

11 QUADRILATERALS Demonstrate construction of various

Construction of quadrilaterals.
quadrilaterals Participate in class discussion
e.g. square, rectangle, -construction different types of quadrilaterals.
kite, parallelogram etc. Pair of compasses, tee- square drawing
bound, straight edge, models charts and
posters.
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination
14 Examination Examination

TECHNICAL DRAWING
SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 POLYGONS -The Teacher explains the tem polygon and
DEFINITION TYPES their properties (regular and irregular)
AND PROPERTIES -Heptagon seven sides, hexagon – six etc
(a) Regular and Student Activity
triangular Participate activity in class discussion
(b) Pentagon, hexagon Teaching Materials
heptagon etc. Models, chants, pastes and drawing materials.

2 POLYGONS -Demonstrates the construction of

 Construction of various -avegular polygons using different methods
types of polygons. Using e.g.
different methods (a) Square Method
(b) circle Method
(c) Diagonal Method etc.
Construct polygons using different methods
Models, Charts, posters and Drawing
Instrument.

3 SCALES AND ITS Explain the use and types of scales

USES:- construction of -illustrates the constriction of scales
scales (plain and -Explain how to road plain and diagonal scales
diagonal) -participate in the discussion
-observe and construct plain and diagonal
scales.
-Read illustrated plain diagonal scales
Scale, Drawing bound and tee – square.

4 ENLARGEMENT AND Explains the concept of enlargement and

REDUCTION reduction of plane figure
The concept and -explains the application of enlargement and
application of reduction.
enlargement and Participate in class discussion
reduction. Charts, posters and models

5 ENLARGEMENT AND Demonstrates the conduction of reduction and

REDUCTION enlargement of an object to a given ratio.
Enlargement and Carry out excise on enlargement and
reduction of regular and reduction of give figures
irregular plane figures:- in Drawing board, tee square, fair of compasses
style, quadrilaterals charts, posters and models.
polygons etc.

6 EQUAL AREAS OF Theorems of equal areas.

SIMILAR FIGURES E.g. triangles on the same base and between
parallel line have equal areas
-Explains the theorems of equal areas using
triangles on the same base and between
parallels have equal areas.
Discuss theorems of equal areas
Charts and posters

7 EQUAL AREAS OF Constitution plane figures of equal area e.g.

SIMILAR FIGURES triangles, quiche laterals and polygons
Demonstrates the constriction of plane figures
of equal areas
 Construct plane figures of equal areas
Drawing instrument, charts, and posters.

8 TANGENTS AND The teacher explains the principles and

TANGENCY application of tendency.
Principles and application Demonstrates the construction of tangents of
of Tangency. arcs to straight line.
Construction
of talents to :-
(a) point on the
circumference of the
circle
(b) two equal and
unequal circles

9 TANGENTS AND Demonstrates the construction of tangents e.g.

TANGENCY arcs touching internally and externally.
Construction of tangents Conspired tangents involving touching
involving arcs (internal Internally and externally
and external) Drawing instruments and materials

10 Revision Revision
11 Examination Examination
12 Examination Examination

TECHNICAL DRAWING
SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITY

1 SPECIAL CURVES:- Teacher defines;
Locus, definition (eclipse, i) eclipse
cycloid, trochoids etc) ii) cycloids
Construction of special iii) trochoids etc
curves using different The teacher demonstrate various method of
methods constructing special curves:-
Participate actively in the definition of special
curves
Construct eclipse, cycloids and trochoids using
different methods:-
Models, chart, posters and drawing instrument.

2 TRUE LENGTH AND Explains development and its applications

SURFACE Demonstrates how to determine true lengths of
development:- full and truncated solids:-
-Meaning and Discuss the meaning and application of
 applications of development. Determine true lengths:-
development Models, charts, posters, drawing instrument,
-Determination of true card board, pair of scissors/knife
lengths.

3 TRUE LENGTHS AND Demonstrate the surface development of full

SURFACE and truncated solids using parallel lines, radial
development:- lines and triangulation method:-
Surface developments of Develop the surface of full and truncated
fill and truncated solids, cones, pyramids and cylinders:-
e.g. Drawing instrument
a) cones
b) pyramids
c) prisms
d) cylinders etc.

4 TRUE LENGTHS AND Demonstrates the methods of producing

SURFACE models of geometrical solids:-
development:- Develop models of geometrical solids:-
Production of models of Drawing instrument, card boards, pair of
geometrical solids e.g. scissors/knife
a) prisms
b) cones
c) cylinders etc

5 METHODS OF Demonstration methods of placing dimensions

DIMENSIONING:- on drawing e.g.
i) circles i) datum and
ii) arcs ii) chair dimensioning :-
iii) chamfers dimension drawing:-
iv) vertical drawing instruments
v) horizontal and
angular shapes

6 ISOMETRIC Explains isometric axis and drawing,(30o):-

DRAWING :- Participate actively in class discussion:-
Concept of isometric Models, charts, posters, 30o/60o set square,
drawing drawing materials
a) definition
b) isometric axis
c) three dimensional
drawing etc.

7 ISOMETRIC Demonstrate the drawing of isometric square,

DRAWING :-construction using30o/60o set –square and drawing
 of isometric square, instrument :-
rectangle, and circle Draw isometric squares, rectangle and circles:-
Models, charts, posters, 30o/60o set-square
drawing materials and instruments.

8 ISOMETRIC Demonstration of isometric circles and simple

DRAWING :- blocks
Construction of simple Draw isometric block involving lines, arcs and
blocks in isometric circles:-
drawing Drawing instruments and materials.

9 OBLIQUE DRAWING :- Explain oblique drawing

Meaning of oblique Demonstrate the drawing of shaped blocks
drawing, oblique drawing and geometrical solids in oblique using
of shaped and a) cabinet and
geometrical solids b) cavalier methods:-
differentiate between isometric and oblique
drawing
draw shaped blocks and geometrical solids in
oblique:-
drawing instruments and materials.
10 INTRODUCTION TO Demonstrate the use of computer for lettering,
COMPUTER drawing lines, angles, planes figures, pictorial
GRAPHICS:- the use of drawings, enlargement and reduction of
computer in lettering and figures:-
drawing The use of computer in lettering and drawing:-
Corel draw and Harvard graphics
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination
13 Examination Examination

METAL WORK
SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 General over view of metal Teacher:
work, overview of metal give a brief historical back ground of
work metal and explain a metal work as a
profession to students.
-define metal and state its importance.
2 Career opportunities in Teacher
metal work, -list various career in metal work such as
function of: a machinists welding, fitting, machining, fabricating,
fitters, fabricators, welders, engineering. tell the students that they
engineers, etc. have various careers opportunities that
 as a metal work, he or she can be fitted
into any of these careers. choices.

3 Engineering materials, Teacher:

definition of metals Different metal should be brought into
-difference between metal the class to show to students and tell
and non – metals. them the difference between metals. e.g.
metal contain basically iron, while non
metal contains little or iron in them.
4 Types of metals Teacher:
(1)ferrous metal e.g. Definition of metals, classification of
- pig iron metals into ferrous and non- ferrous
-steel metal.
-wrought iron -present pieces of ferrous metal e.g.
-cast iron copper and steel piece and that of an
(2) non- ferrous e.g. alloy and tell them that two or more
- aluminum metal are combined for form an alloy.
2mc
copper etc.
(3) alloys
5 uses of metals, Teacher :
uses of metals:- Pick different piece of metals and show
(1) for construction of them to students and explain where they
vehicles, doors frames,can be used e.g. mild steel plate for the
structural member of construction of doors, doors frame,
building and bridge contraction of bridge, construction of
metals are as follows structural member in buildings.
steel , cast iron, construction of water tanks
wrought iron etc. potentials; - cut a mild steel plate of
(1.5× 100×100) mm and constant a
prototype of a water tank.
6 uses of ,metals Teacher:
-non ferrous metals and alloy, use metal specimen in the class to show
aluminum, zinc, copper lead, the students and ask them to identity
tin. etc. different types of non- ferrous metals. list
the metal and ask them to identity from
the list of the ones you brought to the
class, non ferrous, ferrous and alloys
and group them. e.g. bronze and brass
as an alloy, and define the alloys.
7 properties of metals, Teacher:
definition of metals physical Tell the students that, the physical
properties of metal. properties of metals are the
mechanical properties characteristic of metals that can be
chemical properties obscene and measure. they are not
acted upon by external force. e.g. color
 and density. Melting point electrical
conductivity.
Characteristic of metals which in being
acted upon. it determines the range of
usefulness of the metals. e. g. fusibility.
this is conformed with the chemical
composition and chemical reaction of
metals e. g. matting, tempera ion and
corrosion resistance
8 Physical properties of Teacher:
metals, Pick a mild steel plate and use lack saw
ductility bleed to cut the metal to demonstrate the
malleability ability of metal to withstand, scratches,
hardness moers, abrasion or in dentition by harder
bodies.
Malleable metals should be homered,
rolling.
9 Production of metals, Teacher:
production of metals show different types of metals to
type of metals. and their students and state their sources.
sources. -state methods of extracting of ore from
steel, pig iron, iron ore, the earth crust. explains the uses of the
copper, cast iron, aluminum metals listed.
etc.
method of extraction :- furans
used for the production of
metals
- blast furnace.
10 production of metals, Teacher:
Bessemer counter process Sketch different furnaces for students to
-open heart furnace seed explain the principle of operation
-reuerboratony formulae etc. for reach of the metal production e.g.
steel and pig iron etc. mention the three
basic meridian used for the
manufacturing processes
11 form of metals, Teacher:
sheet, flat, plates, square, Introduce students to different form of
chorines section, round pipes metals presenting different forms of
u shape, angle shape etc. metals to them and state how those
metals are melted before running the
melts into different sizes and shape of
mold. which can then be used for
constructional purposes

12 Revision Revision
 13 Examination Examination
14 Examination Examination

METAL WORK
SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Description of workshop and
work workshop layout, General Take the students to the work shop
layout of typical metal workshop to see and ask them to draw a
typical metal workshops layout.
–use their word to define a metal
workshop.
-Describe the metal workshop in
their words.
2 Potential sources of accidents in Identity various sources of accident
the work shop and preventions, in metals workshop .
sources of accidents in a metal -Ask students to identity three
workshop. sources of accidents in metals
-clothing workshop.
-fine, electrical tithing’s List five safety precautions in
-hot metals metals workshop.
-sharp object.
-lighting of heavy load.
-carelessness.
-machine tools obstruction left on
floors and inflammable materials.
(2) list various safety prevention in
the metals workshop.
3 Accidents in metal workshop Define accident and mention types
Definition of accident, causes of of accidents in metal workshop (1)
accident;- carelessness, fatigue electrical and mechanical accidents
wears. and state their causes. State the
prevention measures.

4 Workshop safety wears and Safety wears are used to prevent

equipments the body, foot hands, eyes from
-overall, accidents
-safety boat,
-hand gloves
-plain goggles and welding shield
etc.
Equipments The equipments are used to
 -fire extinguishers, prevents, overcome accident in the
-fire alarm metal workshops e.g. to overcome
- sand buckets a fire outbreak in the workshop fire
extinguisher are used etc. – show
the student how to use fire
extinguishers to tight fire outbreak
in the workshop
5 Metal workshop general safety
miles and precautions State precaution on the use of
-safety miles on the use of machine machine tools
tools -state precautions to be observed
-safety miles on the use of hand when using hand tools
tools. -state rule on the use of fitters
Safety miles when using fitters benches
benches
6 Types of hand tools and Show the hand tools, machine tools
equipment. and equipments.
Classification of hand tools Define: hand tools, machine tools,
-machine tools equipments
-classify them accordingly.

7 Type of hand tools Presents these hand tools and

Hand tools: show them how they are used for
-measuring tools measurement in the workshop
1. steel rule 2. Define measurement.
2. flexible metal tape
3. calipers
4.calipers
5.werniers calipers
6. protractors etc
8 Marking out tools Measure a piece of metal
-scribers, try square 100×100mm
-center punch-surface plate -use a try square and scantier to
-marking out table etc. scratch the live on the workshop
placed on the marking out table and
use a surface plate as a reference
plate for flatness demonstration.
9 Cutting tools Explain theses as metal removal
-hack saw tools
-chisels -tools used for reducing metals to
-files, the shape and sizes
-scraper
-taps and die
10 Driving tools Explain how these tools are used
-hammers for driving connectors into structural
-mallets member.
 -screw driver and spanners. Define maintenance as provincial
Maintenance of metal work tools treatment, acre or attention given to
and equipment machine, equipment and tools in
Definition of maintenance/needs for order to prolong its life span.
maintenance. -write down the(3) three types of
I Types of maintenance maintenance and explain them e.g.
ii Maintenance of metal work tools preventive corrective and predictive
and equipment. maintenance

11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

METAL WORK
SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 machine tool, (1) Define machine tools and show the students
Definition of machine the machine tools in the workshop and state
tool their functions.
(2) Function of machine
tools. Classify these tools according to purpose and
(3) Classification of tools uses
TYPE OF MACHINE -according to the type of cutting agent used.
TOOLS: -according to the type of surfaces produced.
Power hack saws, centre e.g. shaping, milling, planning, grinding, slotting
lathe, grinding machine, etc.
hoping machine, milling
machine, planning
machine ,sloshing
machine etc.
2 Drills and trilling Introduce the students to the drill press and
machine, show them the principal part of the drill press
-The drill press and ask the students to draw and name its
-principal parts of the drill principal parts.
press -Explain how the size of the drill press is
-size and capacity of drill determined.
press. -Differentiate between drilling and reaming.
Reaming
-Type of drilling machine Introduce types of the drilling machines to their
-sensitive- pillar and uses.
radial.
3 Types of drilling Present sheet of metals to students and show
machine, them how to originate rules on the work piece
:-sensitive drilling Explain the difference between drilling and
 machine, industrial reaming operations.
(i)Upright (ii)quarry
(iv)Radial (v) multiple drill
heads (vi) Turret drilling
machine.
4 Drills, Present a drill to students and Define the parts
-part of drills of drills. Choice of drills depend on the type of
-drill size. work to be drilled.
-Size are Define in terms of letters and
Numbers and the shanks.
5 Drill breakage and their Fixe a drill in the drill fairs and ask students to
causes, carry cent the drilling operation and explains
Farming, collant, wrong the causes of drill breakage. Then use a
Fixing of drills in the drill reamer to expand the already drilled role.
fan.
6 Type of Drills, Presents all these drill to students in the
-straight shank drill, workshop
-carbide tipped die drill And ask them to identify the type of drills.
-sub land drill etc. -Fix in the drill check and tell them to carry out
the drilling operations
7 Drilling operations, Show the students how to bore a hole on solid
counting boring and metal.
counter sinking
8 Cutting speed and State the formulary on the white board for
feeds for drilling, calculating :- cutting speed, feeds and RPM.
calculation of RMP, And state the type of fluid used
cutting speed and cutting
feeds
9 Reamers , Classification of reamers e.g. machine and
classification of reamers hand reamers
-machine reamers -carry out thaw reaming practical on an already
-hand reamers and originating piece
reaming practical.

10 Grinding machine, Demonstrate the operation of grinding a work

-definition and function of piece on the fitters bench.
grinding machine
Grinding machine and Set up the grinding wheel on the grinding
Grinding wheels machine
-Demonstrate the griming operation on a given
work piece and ask students to do same.

11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination
 BASIC ELECTRICITY

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 STRUCTURE OF MATTER The teacher uses diagram

and model of atomic
Definition of matter, atom, electron, and electric structure to explain.
circuit.

2 CONDUCTORS AND INSULATORS. The teacher displays

samples of conductors
1. Definition of conductors and insulators. and insulators, e.g copper
2. The differences between conditions and
insulators, with examples of each. wire, aluminium, steel,
3. Uses of conditions and insulators. wood, rubber, glass, etc

3 OHM’S LAW The teacher performs

experiments to determine
 Ohm’s law. ohm’s law using power
 The mathematical relationship between
supply unit, ammeter, and
current, voltage, and resistance using
the mathematical relationships. voltmeter.

4 ELECTRIC POWER Teacher will calculate

electric power in a given
1. Definition of electric power, symbol and circuit usingP=VI.
unit of measurement.
2. The relationship between power, voltage
and current; P=VI.
3. State the other formula for finding power;
P=I2R. P=V2/R
5 ELECTRIC POWER Perform an experiment to
verify Joulis law.
1. The other formulae for calculating
electric power.
2. Calculation of power dissipated in
circuits using the formulae.
3. Relate power to work and energy.
4. Calculation of energy in KWH.
6 RESISTORS Identify various electric
circuit components.
1. The different electrical circuit
components and their symbols.
2. Identification and definition of resistor.
3. The circuit symbols of resistors (fixed
and variable)
 7 RESISTOR COLOR CODING AND Draw the color code table,
APPLICATION OF RESISTORS. calculate the value of a
given color coded resistor,
1. Resistor color code table
2. Calculation of resistance using color determine the color code
code table of a given value of
3. Uses of resistors.
resistance.

8 CAPACITORS Display various types of

capacitors, guide in the
1. Definition of capacitor discussion on the uses of
2. Types of capacitors
3. Circuit symbols and application capacitors.

9 CAPACITOR COLOR CODING. Draw the color code table,

calculate values of a given
-Capacitor color code table. capacitor from its color
-Calculation of capacitance values using the code.
color code.

10 INDUCTORS Display various types of

inductors, make a simple
 Identification and definition of inductors. inductor.
 Circuit symbol of inductors—air and
code
 Uses of inductors.
11 Practical Practical

12-13 General Revision General Revision

14 Examination Examination

BASIC ELECTRICITY

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 RESISTANCE Demonstrate different

connection of resistors,
-Definition of resistance compute values of voltage
-Connection of resistors in series across current flowing, and total
resistance for each connection
type.
 -Connection of resistors in parallel

-Connection of resistors in series-parallel

2 RESISTIVITY AND CONDUCTIVITY Carry out experiment to

demonstrate resistivity and
-Definition of resistivity and conductivity, conductivity
symbols and units.

-Verification of resistivity and

conductivity by experiments.

3 CAPACITANCE Illustrate different connection of

capacitors, demonstrate the
 Definition of capacitance, unit and different connections of
symbol.
 Connection of capacitance in capacitors.
series, parallel and series-parallel.
4 INDUCTANCE Illustrate different connection of
inductors, demonstrate different
1. Definition of inductance, unit and connection of inductors.
symbol
2. Connection of inductors in series,
parallel and series-parallel.
5 REACTANCE AND IMPEDANCE Interrelate impedance with
. Definition of capacitive inductive capacitive reactance.
. Definition of inductive reactance
. Definition of impedance
6 ALTERNATING CURRENT Draw AC waveform and
TERMINOLOGIES indicate the position of the
related term, produce
-Explanation of term associated with experimentally alternating
alternating current e.g. peak value, RMS current waveform.
and average.

-Waveforms of alternating currents

-Calculation of RMS values from peak

values.

7 KIRCHOFF’S CURRENT LAW Carry out experiment to verify

Kirchhoff’s current law.
-Kirchhoff’s current law.
 -Application of Kirchhoff’s current law to
solve simple network equations.

8 KIRCHOFF’S VOLTAGE LAW Carry out experiment to verify

Kirchhoff’s voltage law.
-Kirchhoff’s voltage law

-Application of Kirchhoff’s voltage law to

solve simple network equation.

9 MAGNETS Demonstrate the drawing of

-Origin of magnets. magnetic lines of flux.
-Description of magnets.
-Properties of magnets.
10 MAGNETS Use magnets to generate EMF,
-Characteristics of magnets calculate the distance between
-Application of magnets the poles of a magnet.
Utilization of magnets to generate EMF.
11 Revision Revision

12-13 General Revision General Revision

14 Examination Examination

BASIC ELECTRICITY

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 ELECTRO-MAGNETISM Demonstrate Faraday’s law using

finger and a conductor.
-Concept of electromagnetism

Faraday’s laws of
electromagnetism.

2 ELECTROMAGNETISM Verify the laws of electromagnetic

induction by experiments, produce a
-Lenz’s law of electromagnetism prototype of a motor using an
induction. electromagnet.
-Application of electromagnetism
3 TRANSFORMERS Illustrate the operational principles of
transformers.
-Definition of transformer

-Classification of transformers

-Operational principles of
transformers.

4 TRANSFORMERS Produce a working prototype of a

transformer.
Constructional features of
transformer.

5 TRANSFORMERS Compute transformer turn ratio, carry

out stepping down, and stepping up
-Transformer efficiency of transformers.
-Transformer loss

Application of transformers.

6 POWER SUPPLIES Demonstrate the use of DC power

supply.
-Definition of power supply

-Component parts of power supply

unit.

Functions of power supply unit.

7 CONVERTERS Illustrate various types of converters.

-Definition of converter

-Types of converter

8 INVERTERS Demonstrate the use of inverter.

-Definition of inverters

-Function of inverter.

-Differences between inverters and

converters.

9 RECTIFICATION Draw the diagram of various rectifier

 -Definition of rectification. circuits.

-AC to DC rectification.

-Types of rectifier circuit

10 FILTRATION Conduct experiment to demonstrate

the operations of rectifier/filter
-Definition of filtration circuits.
-Types of filter circuits

-Uses of filters.

11 Revision Revision

12-13 Revision Revision

14 Examination Examination

BASIC ELECTRONICS

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 ELECTRIC CURRENT Teachers explain the structure of atom.

Students draw the structure of atom chart
Structure of atom showing structure of an atom.

2 CONDUCTORS AND Teacher; defines and explains conductors

INSULATORS and insulators. List examples of
conductors and insulators.

Students; draw the structure of an atom in

conductors and insulators.

2. Distinguish between conductors and

insulators, participate in class discussion.

Instructional Materials; Copper, wire,

pieces of wood or rubber.

3 APPLICATION OF Teacher leads the discussion on various

CONDUCTORS AND uses of conductors and insulators.
 INSULATORS. Students identify various objects made of
conductors and insulators or charts
showing materials made of insulators and
conductors.

4 ELECTRIC CURRENT Teacher; defines and explain with

relevant diagrams, direct and alternating
Direct and alternating current. current (AcaDc). Students to distinguish
between asking and answering question .

Instructional Materials; Dry cells, battery

charts showing various sources of
alternating current.

5 ELECTRIC CURRENT Teacher; guides the students to

distinguish between direct and alternating
Differences between current current.
(D.C) and alternating current
Students; state the difference between
direct and alternating current.

Instructional Materials; dry cells, batter,

charts, showing various sources of
alternating current.

6 ELECTRIC CURRENT Teacher; explains sources of direct and

alternating current.
Sources of direct and
alternating current. Students; mention two sources of
alternating current.

Instructional Materials; Dry cells,

battery, charts, showing various sources
of alternating current.

7 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN Teacher; defines and explains current,

VOLTAGE CURRENT AND voltage and resistance. Students; define
RESISTANCE. current voltage and resistance.

Current, voltage, and

resistance

8 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN Teacher; state units, symbols, and

VOLTAGE, CURRENT AND instruments for measuring voltage,
 RESISTANCE current, and resistance. Demonstrates
using instrument to measure voltage,
Measurement of voltage, current and resistance (practical).
current and resistance.
Students; to measure current, voltage and
resistance.

Instructional Materials; resistors,

resistor boxes, connecting wires, circuit
boards, dry cells, ammeter, ohmmeter,
and voltmeter.

9 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN Teacher; states and explains ohm’s law.

VOLTAGE CURRENT AND
RESISTANCE Students; state ohm’s law. State the
mathematical expression for ohm’s law.
Ohm’s law
Instructional Materials; calculator,
Definition of ohm’s law. charts on ohm’s law.

Mathematical expression for

ohm’s law.

10 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN Teacher; performs an experiment to

VOLTAGE, CURRENT, AND demonstrate ohm’s law.
RESISTANCE
Students; perform experiment on ohm’s
Simple experiment to law. Take readings and draw graph to
determine ohm’s law determine voltage, current and resistance.

Instructional Materials; resistors,

resistor boxes or variables resistors,
connecting wires, dry cells, ammeter,
ohmmeter, and voltmeter, graph sheet
and calculator.

11 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN Teacher; calculates current, voltage and

VOLTAGE, RESISTANCE resistance in a given circuit.
AND CURRENT
Students; calculate voltage in a circuit
Simple calculation of current, where current of 5A flows and the circuit
voltage and resistance in a resistance is 10 ohms
given circuit.
Instructional Materials; calculators,
circuit diagrams.
 12 Revision Revision

13 Examination Examination

14 Examination Examination

BASIC ELECTRONICS

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 ELECTRIC POWER Teacher; defines and explains

electric power.
Concept of electric power

2 ELECTRIC POWER Teacher; states the relationship

between power, current and
Relationship between power, current voltage (P=IV).
and voltage.
Students; state the formula for
guiding power. Calculate power in
given circuit.

Instructional Materials;
Calculator, charts containing
power formulas.

3 ELECTRIC POWER Teacher; derives other formula for

finding power. E.g P=I2 R, etc,
Deriving power for electric power, units.
and calculation of power in given
circuits. Students; calculate power in given
circuits. E.g. calculate
power expanded in a circuit
of voltage 240V and current
10 Amps. Calculator, chart
containing power formulas.

Teacher; calculate power in given

circuits.

Students; calculates power in

given circuits.
 Instructional Materials;
Calculator, charts containing power
formulas, circuit diagrams.

4 CIRCUIT COMPONENTS Teacher explains the concepts of

resistors, types of resistors.
Concept of resistors.
Students listen attentively.
Symbols, sign and unit of resistance.
Identify various types of resistors.

Instructional Materials; Assorted

resistors. Draw symbols and sign
of resistance.

5 CIRCUIT COMPONENTS Teacher; explains resistors, colour

coding and rating. Calculate
Resistance colour coding and rating. resistance from resistor colour
Calculation of resistance. coding.

Students; calculate value of

resistance from given resistor
colour codes.

Instructional Materials; Assorted

resistors, charts showing resistor
colour codes.

6 CIRCUIT COMPONENTS Teacher; explains capacitors and

inductors. Students state the types
Capacitors and inductors. of capacitors and inductors. Draw
the symbols and signs of
capacitors and inductors.

Instructional Materials; Assorted

capacitors and inductors.

7 CAPACITOR COLOUR CODING Teacher; explains capacitors

AND CALCULATION. colour coding and rating, inductor
rating. Calculation of capacitors in
INDUCTOR CALCULATION series, parallel and series parallel.
Calculation of inductors in series,
parallel and series- parallel.
Students assisted to calculate
 values for capacitance and
inductance.

Instructional Materials; Assorted

capacitor, inductors circuit
diagram.

8 ELECTRIC CIRCUIT Teacher; explains electric circuit,

different circuit boards, (e.g.
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT- BASIC veroboard, printed circuit board
COMPONENTS OF ELECTRIC (PCB). Students; identify electric
CIRCUIT. (RESISTANCE, VOLTAGE circuit, and different types of circuit
AND CURRENT). board. Identify basic components
of electric circuit.

Instructional Materials; Different

circuit boards, circuit diagrams.

9 ELECTRIC CIRCUIT Teacher; explains each circuit

arrangement. Students; identify
CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT the three circuit arrangements.
i) Series, Carryout practical wiring of
ii) Parallel, and different circuit arrangement.
iii) Series- parallel.
Wiring of the different circuit Instructional Materials; Assorted
arrangements. resistors, cells, connecting wires,
circuit boards, voltmeter, Ammeter,
Ohmmeter, etc.

10 SIMPLE CALCULATION ON Teacher; performs simple

CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT. calculations for different circuit
arrangements. Students calculate
i) Calculation involving series resistance in series, parallel, and
arrangement.
ii) Calculation involving series-parallel arrangement.
parallel arrangement.
Instructional Materials; Charts
iii) Calculation involving series
parallel. showing different circuit
arrangements.

11 Revision Revision

12 Examination Examination
 BASIC ELECTRONICS

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 MAGNETS AND MAGNETIC FIELD Teacher; explains the meaning of

the following terms;
- Definition of terms, magnetism,
magnetic poles, magnetic field  Magnetism
and magnetic materials.  Magnetic poles
- Temporary and permanent  Magnetic field
magnets.  Magnetic materials.
Students participate in class
discussion.

Instructional Materials;
Magnetic materials.

2 MAGNETIC AND MAGNETIC FIELD Teacher leads discussion on the

differences between permanent
Temporary and permanent magnets. and temporary magnets.
Differentiate between temporary and Instructional Materials; Bar
permanent magnets. magnets, iron fillings, zip drive,
magnetic tapes, floppy disk.

3 MAGNETS AND MAGNETIC FIELD Teacher explains the laws of

attraction and repulsion.
The law of attraction and repulsion.
Directs students to state the law
of attraction and repulsion.

Students to demonstrate law of

attraction and repulsion using
two bar magnets, and iron
fillings.

Instructional Materials; Bar

magnets, iron filling, etc.

4 MAGNETS AND MAGNETISM Teacher states the application of

 Application of magnetism (zip-disk, magnetism. Students identify
floppy disk, hard disk, etc). application areas of magnetism
(appliances and equipments).
Instructional Materials;
Appliance and equipments.

5 MAGNETS AND MAGNETISM Teacher to guide students on

demonstration of laws of
Demonstration of law of attraction and attraction and repulsion.
repulsion.
Instructional Materials Bar
magnets, iron filling.

6 ELECTRO-MAGNETISM Teacher explain the terms;

electric field, electro-magnet,
Explanation of terms; electro-magnetism, inductance.
1 Electric field. Students define terms; electric
2 Electro-magnet. field, electro-magnet, electro-
magnetism.
3 Electro-magnetism
Instructional Materials Charts
4 Inductance. showing electro-magnetism
diagrams.

7 Application of electro-magnetism (e.g. Teacher explains application

electric bell, relay transformer, etc). areas of electro-magnetism.
Students list the applications of
Construction of any of the following, magnetism chart showing
(electric bells, relays, and transformer). application areas of electro-
magnetism.

Teacher shows the construction

of electric bells, relays,
transformer etc. students
practice the construction of an
electric bell, relay and
transformer.

8 ELECTRIC EMISSION Teacher explains the different

types of electron emission.
Concepts of thermionic emission, Students listen attentively.
photo electric emission, secondary and
field emission.
 Instructional Materials;
Pictures showing the different
types of emission.

9 ELECTRIC EMISSION Teacher discusses the

application of electron emission.
Application of electronic emission. The different types of electron
Differences between the types of emission.
electron emission.
Students differentiate the four
types of electron emission.
Instructional Materials;
Different types of thermionic
values, charts, software.

10 SEMI-CONDUCTORS Teacher explains the concept of

semi- conductor, guides the
Concept of semi-conductor, semi- students to identify semi-
conductor materials (silicon germanium conductor materials, explains
etc) how doping of semi-conductor is
Doping of semi-conductor material. achieved.
Formation of Students participate in class, ask
and answer questions.

Explain concept of semi-

conductor.

List the types of semi-conductor.

Explain how doping of semi-

conductor is achieved.

Instructional Materials;
Pictures of semi-conductor
materials, software.

11 SEMI-CONDUCTORS. Teacher discusses the process

the process of P-type and N-type
Forward and reverse bias of semi- semi-conductor.
conductors. Concepts and principle of
operation of diode (forward and Explain the forward and reverse
reverse bias). biasing of semi- conductor.
 Types of diodes and rating. Students explain the process of
formation of P-type and N-type
Identification of the following; semi-conductor.
i) P-N junction diodes. Explain the forward and reverse
ii) Zeior diodes, tunnel diodes,
light emitting diodes (LED biasing of semi-conductor.
diodes).
Instructional Materials; Picture
of semi-conductor materials,
software.

12 Voltage, current and power rating of Teacher explains the concept of

diode. Application of diodes diodes. Guide students to
(rectification, detection and instrument differentiate the types of diodes.
protection). Directs discussion on the
operational principles of semi-
Construction of simple circuit using conductor diodes. Explain the
semi-conductive diodes. rating of diode.

States the application of the

different types of diodes.

Constructs simple circuits using

semi-conductor diodes.

Assorted kinds of semi-conductor

diodes, chart containing pictures
of different diodes.

Instructional Materials;
Software on semi-conductor
diodes.

13 Revision Revision

14 Examination Examination
 AUTO MECHANIC WORK

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 SAFETY Define safety, and workshop.

Definition of safety. Explain the causes of workshop accident.

Definition of workshop Students participate actively in class

discussion.
Meaning and causes of
workshop accidents. Charts and posters showing workshop and
accident pictures.
Accident prevention
techniques.

2 SAFETY; accidents Explain what accident is, emphasize

prevention techniques. different ways of preventing accidents-
(safety rules and regulations. Students
contribute by mentioning other ways of
preventing accidents.

Charts and posters, magnetic marker

board.

3 SAFETY Explain safety devices and their

applications. Students participate in
mentioning other safety devices.

Safety devices; fire extinguisher, sand,

bullats.

4 HAND Define hand tool, sketch and explain hand

TOOLS/MAINTENANCE tools, types and uses. Students observe
hand tools, sketch hand tools, state uses
Definition of a hand tool. of hand tools.
Types and uses of hand tools
(measuring, cutting, boring, Hand tools, charts and posters, soft ware
 bench, and golding tools). of hand tools, projector.

5 HAND Teacher explain how to maintain hand

TOOLS/MAINTENANCE tools.

Hand tools maintenance care Students state and explain how to

in handling hand tools. maintain hand tools.

Hand tools, cleaning and maintaining

items.

6 WORKSHOP EQUIPMENTS Sketch, define and explain types of

AND MAINTENANCE equipments.

Definition of equipments. Students observe and sketch equipments.

Types and uses, e.g Equipment chart and posters, equipment

compressor, battery charger, soft wares.
wheel balancing and
alignment gauge.

7 MAINTENANCE OF Explain how to maintain equipments, state

EQUIPMENTS and explain types of maintenance, explain
importance of maintenance. Students
Equipment maintenance explain how an equipment can be
Types of maintenance maintained. Equipment soft-ware.

Importance of maintenance.

8 THE CHASSIS Teacher introduces students to vehicle

layout, explain types of chassis.
Explanation of chassis,
Students identify the vehicle layout.
Types of motor vehicle
chassis. Sketch of chassis layout, lesson plan,
posters, charts, types of chassis layout
models.

9 THE CHASSIS Teacher lists the main components, such

as engine, gearbox, clutch, chassis rear
Principle components of axle, wad wheels and vehicle body.
motor vehicle; identification of
engine, transmission system, Students inspect types of vehicle chassis
chassis members, breaking and various components stated, identify
system, suspension system
 as are mounted on the the various components.
chassis, diagrammatical
illustrations. Various components of chassis layout.

10 THE CHASSIS Teacher explains the functions and uses

of the chassis components. Students
Functions of each principal participate in the discussion and explain
components and uses. the importance of various components.

Chassis assembly with various

components, charts showing the assently.

11 ENGINE Teacher explains the types of engine

design, e.g single cylinder, multi cylinder,
Types of engine design unline and V-engine designs.

12 ENGINE Teacher lists main components of engine,

lists parts of engine, shows and explain
Identification of main sketches of engine, showing details, and
components of engine explains the importance of various
components. Students visit a workshop to
observe the various components of
engines.

Complete engine chart and posters.

13 Revision Revision

14 Examination Examination

AUTO MECHANIC WORK

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 TYPES OF ENGINE Teacher draws and explain line diagram of

multi-cylinder engine. Students participate
Line diagrams of multi in the discussion.
cylinder engines and
explanation. Resources; Engine block of a multi-
cylinder engine.
 Charts and posters.

2 TYPES OF ENGINE Teacher illustrates and explains types of

cylinder liners.
Types of cylinder liners e.g
dry and wet. Differentiate between types of liners and
state the advantages and disadvantages.
Constructional details of Students identify different cylinder liners,
cylinder liners. and explain their differences.

3 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM Teacher sketch and display the layout of

transmission system, explain the
Transmission system layout components of transmission system.
(the engine, clutch, gearbox,
universal joint, propeller shaft, Students identify and examine
rear axle and half shafts. transmission layout, mention the
components in sequential order.

Resources; Charts, transmission models,

posters, live vehicle.

4 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM Teacher explains types of engine and

driving arrangements. Students observe
Types of drive (front engine different types of driving arrangements,
front wheel drive, rear engine identify the various types of vehicle and
rear wheel drive.) their driving arrangement. Resources;
Posters, charts, live vehicles.

5 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM Teacher explain and illustrate the types of

suspension system (laminated spring, coil
Types of suspension system spring, fusion bar, etc). list functions of
with their functions e.g suspension system.
laminated spring, coil, spring
and fusion bar. Students observe and identify types of
suspension system. Lists functions of
suspension systems.

Resources; Suspension system

components, charts, posters.

6 STEERING SYSTEM Teacher explain the functions of steering,

illustrate the components of steering.
Functions of steering Students observe the components of
 Components of steering steering system.
system, e.g kingpin, steering
column, stub axle, steering Resources; Steering system components,
box. posters, charts.

7 STEERING SYSTEM Differentiate between types of steering

boxes. Students identify types of steering
Types of steering boxes with boxes.
their functions e.g raw and
pinon cam and worm Resources; Steering boxes, charts,
redrculating balls etc. posters.

8 ENGINE LUBRICATING Teacher explain friction with merits and

AND COOLING SYSTEM demerits, explain reasons for lubricating
system, demonstrate existence and uses
Friction, merits and demerits of lubrication, show students types of
of friction. lubricants, and areas of application.
Purpose of lubricating system Students rub palms and explain why they
e.g of passages, pump, filters become warm. Rub two surfaces on each
etc. other with oil and without oil, and note the
differences.

9 ENGINE LUBRICATION Teacher defines cooling system, and

AND COOLING SYSTEM emphasize the need for cooling system.
Students notice the effect of lack of water
functions of cooling system in running an engine.

Resources; Posters, charts.

10 COOLING SYSTEM Teacher lists and explain types of cooling

system, demonstrate the cyculation of
Types of cooling system, water in cooling system and state the role
Components of cooling of the role of the system components.
system e.g radiator, water students mention in sequence, the
pump, hoses, cooling fan with function of the components of cooling
passages. system. Resources; Line vehicle, cooling
system components, charts, posters.

11 Revision Revision

12 Examination Examination
 AUTO MECHANIC WORK

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 BRAKING SYSTEM Teacher explains the importance of brakes

and braking system in a motor vehicle.
Basic concept of friction Students say what brake does with a moving
as applied to braking vehicle.
system
Resources; Live vehicle, brake components.

2 BREAKING SYSTEM Teacher state the functions of braking system,

list and explain types of brake i.e drum and
Functions of braking disc. Students identify disc and drum brake,
system. say where in a motor vehicle each type is
Drum brakes and disc mostly found.
brakes. Resources; Live vehicle, disc and drum.

3 BRAKING SYSTEM The teacher, with the aid of sketches,

explains mechanically and hydraulically
Types and principle of operated brakes. Students identify and
operation of mechanical distinguish mechanical and hydraulic brakes.
and hydraulic brake
systems.

4 Teacher list and explain the hydraulic brake

BRAKING SYSTEM system, components and the mechanical
Components of types of braking components. Students differentiate
braking system e.g master components of hydraulic brake system, and
cylinder, wheel cylinder, mechanical brake system.
pipe lines, calipers, disc,
shoes, pedal, linkages, Resources; Live vehicle, components of bolt
actuating rods etc. system of brakes, charts and posters.

5 BRAKING SYSTEM Teacher list and explain the advantages and

disadvantages of the two types of brake
Advantages and systems. Students white brake has more
disadvantages of advantages, and efficient operation.
mechanical and hydraulic
 brake systems. Resources; Lesson plan, chart.

6 FUEL AND Teacher list and explain types of fuel e.g

COMBUSTION petrol, diesel, paraffin, etc.

General layout of working Students examine the layout of the fuel

principle of fuel system. system.

Resources; Fuel pump, fuel hose, fuel filter-

live vehicle.

FUEL AND Teacher illustrates the components and part

COMBUSTION of fuel system using sketches.

Components and part of Students visit workshop to see a live vehicle

fuel system and illustration and model fuel system layout.
e.g. fuel pump, carburetor,
float, float chamber etc Resources; Workshop, fuel system layout, live
vehicle.

8 MANIFOLD Teacher state and explain function of

manifold- demonstrate how to remove and
Functions of manifold, replace manifold. Students identify inlet and
types of manifold e.g. inlet exhaust manifold, and say what each do.
and exhaust manifold.
Resources; Manifolds, charts, posters, live
vehicle.

9 RIMS Teacher explains the function of RIM,

illustrate types of RIM, remove and replace
Functions of RIMS RIMS. Students identify types and sizes of
Types of RIMS RIMS, observe the dismantling and coupling
of RIM. Resources; Alloy RIMS, press steel
Sizes of RIMS RIMS, chart and posters, RIM removing tools.

Removing and fixing of

RIMS, tools used.

10 TYRES The teacher states the functions of tyres, list

and explain types of tyre- tube and tubeless.
Function of tyres, sizes of
tyres e.g. tyre designation. Students distinguish tube from tubeless tyre.

Resources; Tubeless tyre, tube tyre, lesson

plan.
 11 TYRES Teacher list and explain the advantages and
disadvantages of tube and tubeless tyres.
Advantages and
disadvantages of tube and Students identify the tyres, based of most
tubeless tyres. efficient type.

Resources; Tube and tubeless tyre, lesson

plan.

12 Revision & Examination Revision & Examination

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 DEFINITION OF BUILDING Teacher defines building, explains

building as process, describe building
- Building as a discipline; a science as product.
subject that deals with construction
of structures e.g. wall, column, Students should be able to define
bean etc building as a process,

- Building as a process; the Describe building as a product.

procedures involved in erection of
various types of structures. Resources; picture or drawing of
building structure on chalk board.
- Building as a product; the
production or development of
structural outlets such as shopping
centers, homes, building etc.

2 CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDING Teacher identifies and explains

various types of building ranging from;
- Types of building public, private, residential, industrial,
according to;- ownership-
institution, commercial, low and high
public and private.
- Uses;- residential,
 industrial, commercial. rise etc
- Height;- low, high rise.
Students should be able to identify
building and classify them according
to; ownership, use and height.

Resources; charts, posters, drawings

and films.

3 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION Teacher defines building construction,

explains the purpose, procedures to
- Definition of a building follow while constructing building.
construction
- Purpose of building Students should be able to define
construction building construction, outline the
- Procedures for building
stages to follow while constructing
construction.
building.

Resources; visit any site under

construction

4 SITE SAFETY Teacher explains safety rules and

regulations, lists the various hazards
- Definition of safety in workshop, display safety posters,
- Hazards in the workplace
demonstrates uses of safety
and site (dangerous
construction tools, equipments.
materials, gasses and
Students defines safety, write and
liquid, scaffold etc)
- Causes and methods of draws in safety signs.
accident prevention Resources; real safety equipments,
first aid box.

5 TOOLS, EQUIPMENTS AND Identify basic hand tools, e.g shovel,

MACHINES spirit level etc, functions of basic hand
tools.
- Identification of basic
hand tools e.g (shovel, Students identify tools and
trowel, spirit level, lines equipments, sketch and label the hand
etc tools, state the functions of basic hand
tools and equipments.

Resources; hand tools and

equipments.
6 TOLLS, EQUIPMENTS AND Identify basic hand tools, e.g shovel,
MACHINES spirit level etc, functions of basic hand
tools.
- Functions of basic hand
tools, equipments and Students identify tools and
machines. equipments, sketch and label the hand
tools, state the functions of basic hand
tools and equipments.

Resources; hand tools and

equipments.

7 CONSTRUCTIONAL TEAM Teacher list teams in construction e.g.

client party, client architect, engineers,
- Parties in construction builders etc, explain the client of
team
construction team and their
- Functions of construction
teams relationship.
- Relationship of the
Students list parties in the construction
parties.
team, state their functions.

Resources; chart showing the

relationship of the teams.

8 SITE CLEARING AND LEVELING Procedure to follow in site clearing and

leveling, tools to be used for the work,
- Operations involved in visit a site under construction.
site clearing and leveling.
- Tools and equipment for Students note operations involved in
site clearing and leveling. site clearance and leveling and tools
to be used, visiting a site.

Resources; tools to be used for site

clearance and clearance, visit a site.

9 SITE ORGANIZATION AND Teacher lists preliminary requirement

LAYOUT for starting of building, discusses the
items required such as site storage
- Preliminary operations space etc
involved in building
construction, procedures Students identify items required before
for layout of building site. the starting of building, sketch the
layout for a proposed building site.
 Resources; drawing/charts, site layout
drawing, video clips etc.

10 SITE ORGANIZATION AND Teacher lists preliminary requirement

LAYOUT for starting of building, discusses the
items required such as site storage
- Location, boundary, live space etc
access, boarding etc
Students identify items required before
the starting of building, sketch the
layout for a proposed building site.

Resources; drawing/charts, site layout

drawing, video clips etc.

11 BUILDING DRAWING Explain production drawing e.g. plan,

roof, elevation, etc, draw a complete
- Production of drawings building plan and show it to students,
- Interpretation of building
interpret the drawing to students.
drawings.
Students explain the production
drawing, draw a complete set of
building drawing, study and interpret
drawing.

Resources; video clips, production

drawings, building plans, building
drawing instruments.

12 Revision Revision

13 Examination Examination

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 SETTING OUT Teacher explains the method of setting

out, outline simple tools, equipments and
- Definition and procedures for setting out. Practical of
- Method of setting out
such as;- 3:4:5
 method, builder’s setting out e.g. 3:4:5 method etc
square, square
method etc Students list the method and tools for
setting out, use tapes and pegs to make
building in setting out by 3:4:5 method &
builder’s square.

Resources; tapes, pegs, lines, plus

builder’s square and profile board.

2 SETTING OUT Teacher explains the method of setting

out, outline simple tools, equipments and
- Tools and equipments procedures for setting out. Practical of
for setting out;
setting out e.g. 3:4:5 method etc
builder’s square,
Profile tapes, pegs. Students list the method and tools for
- Procedures for setting
setting out, use tapes and pegs to make
out.
building in setting out by 3:4:5 method &
builder’s square.

Resources; tapes, pegs, lines, plus

builder’s square and profile board.

3 EXCAVATION AND EARTH Teacher leads students to identify types

WORK of soil, classification of soil, properties of
soil and their characteristics. Visit a
- Types of soil e.g. clay, construction site with students, tools for
sandy etc
excavation.
- Properties and
classification of soil Students state the properties of soil and
- Definition of
their characteristics, visit construction site,
excavation.
identify tools for excavation.

Resources; digger, shovel, bulldozer etc.

4 EXCAVATION AND EARTH Teacher identifies types of soil,

WORK classification of soil, properties of soil and
their characteristics. Visit a construction
- Method and tools site with students, tools for excavation.
used for excavation
a. Manual; diggers, Students state the properties of soil and
shovels, head pans their characteristics, visit construction site,
etc
 b. Mechanical; bull identify tools for excavation.
dozers etc.
c. Resources; digger, shovel, bulldozer etc

5 CONCRETING Teacher defines concreting, and its

materials e.g. cement, sand and gravel.
- Definition of State the uses of reinforcement in
concreting
concrete.
- Materials for
concreting Students identify materials needed for
- Types of
concrete, state the uses of reinforcement,
reinforcement e.g.
visit construction site.
twisted steel bars,
plane steel bar etc Resources; cement, sand, and gravel,
reinforcement bars.

6 CONCRETING Teacher defines concreting, and its

materials e.g. cement, sand and gravel.
- Uses of reinforcement State the uses of reinforcement in
bars.
concrete.
- Diagrams
Students identify materials needed for
concrete, state the uses of reinforcement,
visit construction site.

Resources; cement, sand, and gravel,

reinforcement bars.

7 MATERIALS FOR Teacher defines cement, states the

CONCRETING components and uses of cement.

- Definition of Students identify the manufacturing

concreting process of cement and their uses.
- Components of
cement Resources; charts, video clips, pictures of
- Uses of cement. cement etc
- Functions of cement,
fine and course
aggregate in concrete
mix.
-
8 FOUNDATION Teacher defines and explains purpose of
foundation, the functional requirement of
- Definition of foundation, draw different types of
foundation
foundation, model construction of each
 - Functional types of foundation.
requirement of
foundation. Students define foundation and its
functions, sketch different types of
foundation, visit a construction site.

Resources; model construction and some

drawings.

9 FOUNDATION Teacher defines and explains purpose of

foundation, the functional requirement of
- Types of foundation foundation, draw different types of
e.g. strip, raft, pile
foundation, model construction of each
foundation.
types of foundation.

Students define foundation and its

functions, sketch different types of
foundation, visit a construction site.

Resources; model construction and some

drawings.

10 FOUNDATION Teacher defines and explains purpose of

foundation, the functional requirement of
- Factors that foundation, draw different types of
determine choice of
foundation, model construction of each
foundation.
types of foundation.

Students define foundation and its

functions, sketch different types of
foundation, visit a construction site.

Resources; model construction and some

drawings.

11 Revision Revision

12 Examination Examination

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION

SS 1 THIRD TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 GROUND FLOOR Teacher: Explains the functional

requirements of ground floor, describe the
- Functions of ground types of floor, sketches showing solid
floor
ground floor, visit construction site.
- Types of ground
floor (solid and Students explain the functions of ground
suspended).
floor, state the types of ground floor, sketch
a section, showing solid ground floor, visit
any construction site.

Resources; spirit level, trowel, head pan,

lines, straight edge, wooden float etc,
cement, sand and gravels.

2 GROUND FLOOR Teacher: Explains the functional

requirements of ground floor, describe the
- Functional types of floor, sketches showing solid
requirements of
ground floor, visit construction site.
ground floor
- Production of Students explain the functions of ground
ground floor.
floor, state the types of ground floor, sketch
a section, showing solid ground floor, visit
any construction site.

Resources; spirit level, trowel, head pan,

lines, straight edge, wooden float etc,
cement, sand and gravels.

3 WALLS Teacher leads students to define walls,

classifies wall e.g. load bearing and lead
- Definition of wall bearing, explain functions of wall, sketch
- Types of wall (load
showing walls, visiting construction site.
bearing and non-
load bearing walls) Students define wall, states the types of
- Functions of walls.
wall, list the functions of wall, sketch wall,
visit any construction site.

Resources; bricks, blocks, stones, fibers,

sheet of metal etc.

4 WALLING MATERIALS Teacher defines walling materials and its

types like bricks, blocks, timber etc,
 -Definition of walling characteristics of walling materials, show
materials different types of walling materials.
- Types of walling
materials e.g. Students define walling materials, its types
cement, blocks, and characteristics.
bricks etc
- Characteristics and Resources; bricks, blocks, stones etc
properties of walling
materials.
5 MANUFACTURING OF Teacher explains the process of
WALLING MATERIALS manufacturing blocks/bricks, show students
various sizes of block/bricks.
- Manufacturing
process of Students state the manufacturing
sandcrete blocks process/stages of block/bricks, identify
and clay various sizes of block/bricks, visit any site
block/bricks.
of manufacturing block/bricks.
- Sizes of bricks and
blocks. Resources; hand mould, moulding
machine, pallets, mortar, head pan, shovel
etc.

6 WALL CONSTRUCTION Teacher explains methods of wall

construction, state materials for wall
- Method of wall construction, defines bonding and different
construction.
types of bonding, practical aspect of
- Appropriate
materials for wall. different types of bonding.

Students explain methods of wall

construction, practical aspect of different
types of bonding.

Resources; bricks, trowels, spirit level,

blocks, builders square, line and peg, nails
etc.

7 PRACTICAL ON BONDING Teacher explains methods of wall

construction, state materials for wall
- Types of wall construction, defines bonding and different
bonging
types of bonding, practical aspect of
- Timber wall
construction different types of bonding.
- Practical on bonding
Students explain methods of wall
e.g. streacher,
construction, practical aspect of different
header, Flemish,
 and English types of bonding.
bonding.
Resources; bricks, trowels, spirit level,
blocks, builders square, line and peg, nails
etc.

8 DRAINAGE SYSTEM Teacher define terms used in drainage

works
- Definition of a
drainage Explain principles of drainage, describes
- Terms used in types of drainage, sketches and describes
drainage works drainage system.
- Types of drainage
Students should be able to define drainage,
define some terms used in drainage
system, sketch drainage systems.

Resources; drainage materials e.g. cast in

site abbestors, PVC etc.

9 DRAINAGE SYSTEM Teacher define terms used in drainage

works
System of drainage
Explain principles of drainage, describes
types of drainage, sketches and describes
drainage system.

Students should be able to define drainage,

define some terms used in drainage
system, sketch drainage systems.

Resources; drainage materials e.g. cast in

site abbestors, PVC etc.

10 PLUMBING INSTALLATION Teacher identifies various types of fittings,

identifies various types of plumbing fittings.
- Types of fittings in
plumbing and Students state four types of fittings.
sanitary works
- Tools for plumbing Resources; charts, assorted plumbing
installation fittings, e.g. elbow, tee socket, union,
- Types of fittings and adaptor etc
materials for fittings.
-
11 Revision Revision
 12 Examination Examination

WOOD WORK

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 PERSONAL SAFETY PRECAUTION, Show safety devices,

PERSONAL SAFETY HABITS, E.G demonstrate safe work
CLOTHING, ROLL UP SLEEVES ABOVE habit.
ELBOW, WEAR SHOES WITH STRING TOE
CAP. Resources; posters and
charts.

2 GENERAL WORKSHOP SAFETY Demonstrate safety habits,

PRECAUTIONS, WORKSHOP SAFETY use correct safety devices,
HABITS, E.G WASHING OF HANDS safety devices.
BEFORE AND AFTER WORK.

3 SAFETY DEVICES—HAND GLOVES, Take students to the

GOGGLES, OR EYE SHIELD, ETC. workshop, show and use
correct devices. Resources;
safety devices.

4 WEST AFRICAN TIMBER IN COMMON Provide posters of wood

USES; e.g mahogahy, obeche, iroko, afara, samples, examine, identify,
agba, sapele etc. describe and name African
timber.

Resources; posters, wood

specimens.

5 STRUCTURE OF WOOD CELLS- SOURCES, Describe timber

CHARACTERISTICS AND USES characteristics, structure,
growth and
location/sources, describe
timber growth and
structure.
 Resources; posters.

6 TIMBER CONVERSION, THREE METHODS Take students to saw mill.

USED— students make
observations, ask questions
(Through and through, tangential/flat, radial or and take notes.
fift sawing.

7 CHARACTERISTICS OF EACH METHOD OF Describe and illustrate

CONVERSION AND COMMON MARKET method of conversion.
SIZES
-Describe and make
2x2x12, 1x12x12, sketches.

50mm x 50mm x360mm Resources; posters, and

charts

8 SEASONING OF TIMBER; REASONS AND Illustrate good stacking

METHODS OF SEASONING TIMBER practices.
(NATURAL AND ARTIFICIAL METHODS)
Students make
observations, take notes
and ask questions.

Resources; posters/charts.

9 DETERMINATION OF MOISTURE CONTENT Methods of calculating

THROUGH MOISTURE METHOD AND percentage moisture
LABORATORY METHOD. content. Students
determine and calculate
moisture content.

Resources; hydrometer,
oven/heater, steam vat.

10 PROPERTIES OF TIMBER; TYPES OF Seasoning terms.

CELLS AND CHEMICAL COMPOSITION.
Students describe
properties of timber.

Resources; hydrometer and

steam vat

11 DEFECTS IN TIMBER; Teacher display common

timber defects.
 DEFINE AND CLASSIFY THEM INTO Students sketch timber
ARTIFICIAL AND NATURAL DEFECTS defects.

Resources; posters.

12 CAUSES OF COMMON TIMBER DEFECTS Teacher display and

describe common timber
defects. Students sketch
timber defects.

Resources; real objects.

13 Revision Revision

14 Examination Examination

WOOD WORK

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 TIMBER PRESERVATION; reasons for State reasons for preserving

preventing timber and state main types timber. Students take notes, ask
of preservation. and answer questions.

Resources; timber preservation.

2 COMMON TIMBER PRESERVATIVES; Teacher lists common timber

preservatives. Students use
List types of preservation. preservatives.

Resources; gloves, brush.

3 CHARACTERISTICS OF A GOOD Teacher state characteristics of a

TIMBER PRESERVATIVE AND good preservative.
METHODS OF APPLYING TIMBER
PRESERVATION. Students apply timber
preservatives.
PRESSURE AND NON-PRESSURE
METHOD Resources’ hand brush and
gloves.

4 TIMBER PRODUCTS; PRODUCTION Teacher display and list types of

 OF VENEERS AND MANUFACTURED veneers, and manufactured
BOARD. boards. Students name different
types of man-made boards and
veneers.

Resources; real veneers.

5 USES OF VENEER AND Teacher describes production,

MANUFACTURED BOARS, uses, and characteristics of
PRODUCTION OF VENEERS AND veneer and manufactured boards.
MAN-MADE BOARDS
Students name and describe the
types of man-made boards and
veneers.

Resources; posters and charts.

6 STRUCTURE, PROPERTIES, Describe the structure,

ADVANTAGES AND advantages and disadvantages of
DISADVANTAGES OF man-made boards.
MANUFACTURES BOARDS.
Students name and describe the
production, structure, advantages
and disadvantages of man-made
boards.

Resources; posters and charts.

7 HAND TOOLS; TYPES OF HAND Teacher display, describe and

TOOLS. state the use of each hand tool.
Students identify and state the
uses of each hand tools.

Resources; real specimens.

8 CLASSIFICATION OF HAND TOOLS Teacher classify the hand tools

AND IDENTIFICATION according to their use. Students
sketch hand tools and label the
parts.

Resources; real specimens.

9 USES OF HAND TOOLS (PRACTICAL Teacher demonstrates correct use

 WORK) of hand tools. Students use hand
tools correctly.

Resources; saws, planes, chisels,

hammers etc

10 MAINTENANCE OF HAND TOOLS Teacher demonstrates how to

AND PRECAUTION WHILE USING clean hand tools. Each student
THEM. participates in the maintenance of
hand tools.

Resources; real specimens.

11 Revision Revision

12 Examination Examination

WOOD WORK

SS1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 SPECIAL PURPOSE HAND Teacher displays, describes and states

TOOLS; IDENTIFICATION OF the use of each special purpose tools.
THESE SPECIAL PURPOSE
HAND TOOLS Students state the use of each special
purpose hand tools.

Resources; rebate plane, compass plane,

coping saw, etc.

2 THE USE OF EACH SPECIAL Teacher state the use of each special
PURPOSE HAND TOOLS hand tools.
CORRECTLY.
Students use special purpose hand tools
correctly.

Resources; compass plane, robate plane

etc

3 SELECT AND USE EACH Teacher demonstrates correctly the use

SPECIAL PURPOSE HAND of coping saw. Students use special
TOOLS CORRECTLY. purpose hand tools correctly.
 Resources; coping saw, rebate plane,
shoulder plane.

4 PORTABLE POWER TOOLS; Teacher displays each portable power

tool.
IDENTIFY, NAME AND
DESCRIBE PORTABLE Students identify each portable power
POWER TOOLS. tool.

Resources; portable power tools.

5 LIST ALL THE PORTABLE The teacher demonstrates correct use of

POWER TOOLS, E.G HAND each portable tools.
DRILL, SPRAY GUN, JIG
SAW, SANDER ETC Students use portable tools correctly.

Resources; posters and charts.

6 WOOD WORKING MACHINES; Take students to wood machine shop.

IDENTIFY, NAME AND
DESCRIBE VARIOUS WOOD Students observe teacher’s
WORKING MACHINE, demonstration.
CIRCULAR SAW, CROSS CUT Resources; machine appliances and
SAW. devices.

7 SAFETY PRECAUTION IN THE Teacher demonstrates correctly, and safe

USE OF MACHINES E.G use of each machine. Students use each
CIRCULAR SAW, CROSS CUT machine safely.
SAW
Resources; diagrams.

8 SAFETY PRECAUTION IN THE Correct use of machines.

USE OF MACHINES, E.G
MORTISER, LATHE AND Students label machine parts, and state
BAND SAW uses.

Resources; posters.

9 STATE THE USES OF EACH Teacher demonstrates the correct and

WOOD WORKING MACHINE safe use of each machine. Students label
machine parts, and state their uses.

Resources; charts and posters.

10 PRACTICAL WORK ON THE Allow each student to participate on the

USE OF WOOD WORKING
 MACHINES machine. Students label machine parts.

Resources; wood and machines.

11 MAINTENANCE OF THE Teacher demonstrates how to clean the

MACHINE PARTS machine and grease it.

Students participate in the cleaning.

Resources; brush, grease, etc

12 Revision Revision

13 Examination Examination

HOME MANAGEMENT

SS I FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONENT ACTIVITIES

1- Meaning and Importance of home 1- Explain the meaning,
management. importance and steps in
1- Meaning of home home management.
management. Students ask and answer
2- Importance of home questions
management. 2- Instructional resources
3- Steps in home management, 3- Pictures of home
planning, organizing, management in activities
importance and evaluating. charts
2- Decision making 1- Explain the meaning and
1- Meaning of decision. importance of decision
2- Importance of decision making.
making. 2- Lead students into
3- Types of decision making discussion on types of
4- Steps in decision making e.g. decision.
Personal decision, family 3- Listen attentively participate
decision etc in discussion.
4- Chart on steps in decision
making and family decision.
3- Motivation for home 1- Explain the meanings and
management. types of motivation for home
1- Meaning of motivations for management.
home management. 2- Guide students to identify
2- Types of motivations for and discuss the motivations
home management –goals, for home management.
 values, standards, needs, like Students. I- Listen attentively
and dislike. to the teacher. II- Participate
3- Relationship between goals, in discussion. III- Identify
values and standard. personal motivation for home
4- Explanation and examples of management.
each motivation for home Instructional resources chart
management. for the motivation for home
management
4- Family Resources 1- Explain the meaning,
1- Meaning and importance of characteristics, importance
family resources and classification of
2- Characteristics of resources resources.
3- Classification of resources- 2- Guide students in discussion
human, material and of family resources.
environment. Students: I- Listen to
teacher’s explanation and
ask questions. II- Participate
in discussion.
Instructional materials: chart.
5- Family living 1- Explain the meaning, types
1- Meaning, types of family- and roles of the family.
nuclear, polygamous, 2- Guide students’ discussion.
extended. 3- Display pictures types of
2- Advantages and family.
disadvantages of each type Students. I- Listen to
of family. teacher’s explanations and
ask questions. II- Participate
in discussions.
Iii-Collect pictures of different
types of family.
Instructional materials :
Charts and pictures of
different types of families.

6- Functions of family as a single Charts and pictures

unit. 1- Explain functions of family as
1- Functions of family as a a single unit.
single unit. 2- Guide student’s discussion.
2- Functions of each member of 3- Display pictures of different
family e.g. father, mother and types of families.
children Students: I- Listen to
teacher‘s explanation and
ask questions.
II- Participate in discussion.
III-Collect pictures of
different types of families.
 -Learning materials: Charts
and pictures of different
types of families.

7- Family Relationships 1- Explain the different types of

1- Meaning of family family relationships, factors
relationship. affecting them and ways of
2- Types of relationships enhancing them.
existing in the family- 2- Guide students discussion
husband and wife, on family relationships
parents/child and Students: I- Participate
sibling/sibling relationships actively in classroom
discussion. II- collect
pictures showing different
types of family relationships.
4- Learning materials: charts
and pictures of different
types relationships in the
family.

8- Factors influencing different 1- Explain factors affecting

types of relationships. relationships and ways of
1- Explain factors influencing enhancing them.
family relationships. 2- Guide students’ discussion
2- Ways of strengthening family. on family relationships.
Students: I- Participate in
discussion on family
relationships.
5- Learning materials: charts.

9- Family Life Cycle 1- Explain the various types

1- Meaning of family life cycle. family life cycle.
2- Stages of family life cycle- 2- Guide students’ discussion.
beginning, expanding, Students: Listen and ask
contracting. questions.
3- Characteristics and problems 6- Learning materials: charts
of each stage of family life
cycle.
10- Family Values 1- Explain the meaning and
1- Meaning of family values. types of value.
2- Types of family values e.g. 2- Explain the importance of
Education, shelter, foods etc. values and how to teach
values in the family.
Students: Participate in class
discussion.
7- Teaching materials: charts.
11- Family crises and conflicts 1- Explain the various types of
1- Meaning of family crises family crises.
2- Types of family crises-arrival 8- Teaching materials: charts
of a new born baby, divorce, and pictures showing family
death etc crises.
3- Ways of handling family
crises: meaning of conflict,
causes and ways of
resolving.
12 Family crises and conflicts
1- Meaning of conflicts
2- Causes of resolving
conflicts.
13 Revision Revision
14 Examination. Examination.

HOME MANAGEMENT

SS I SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONENT ACTIVITIES

1- Communication in the family 1- Explain the meaning,
1- Meaning of communication. roles and components of
2- Component of communication in family-
communication(procedures) gives an assignment on
healthy, respect etc internet use.
3- Roles of communication in the 2- Discuss on
family- expression of love, communication in the
behavior, avoid stressful family.
condition etc. Students: participate in
4- Factors that hinder discussion.
communication in the family. 3- Instructional resources:
5- Ways of strengthening chart and communication
communication in the family on gadgets.
and communication gadgets.
6- Uses of ICT (information
communication technology)
7- Communication devices e.g.
computer, G.S.M etc
2- Food Nutrients 1- Teacher guides on
1- Meaning of food nutrients discussions on types food
2- Types of Nutrient nutrient.
3- Sources of nutrient Students answer
4- Functions of Nutrients questions.
5- Deficiency of each Nutrients 4- Charts, pictures, real
 objects.
3- Nutritional Needs of the family. 1- List different groups in the
1- Different group of people in the family.
family. 2- Explain the characteristics
2- Characteristics of different of different groups in the
groups in the family. family.
3- Nutritional needs of the 3- Explain importance of
different groups in the family. meal planning.
4- Meal planning (meaning) Students: answer and
5- Meaning of balance diet copy notes
6- Factors influencing meal
planning.
7- Guidelines for meal planning
and menu writing

4- Cooking equipment, utensils and 1- Discussion on type,

table ware selection, uses and care
1- Meaning of utensils and of cooking equipment,
cooking equipment utensils and table ware.
2- Types of utensils and cooking 2- Demonstration on
equipments. cleaning of cooking
3- Factors to consider when equipment, utensil and
choosing / selecting cooking table ware.
equipments, utensils and table Students: participate in
ware. discussion and practical.
4- Uses and maintenance of 5- Instructional resources:
cooking equipment, utensils pictures of cooking
and table ware. equipment, utensil and
5- Cleaning of cooking table ware.
equipment, utensil and table 6- Abrasive: scouring
ware. powder.
6- Practical(cleaning of cooking
equipment and utensils)
5- Cooking terms and techniques/
methods
1- Cooking terms-dice, chop,
shredding, blanching, filleting
etc.
2- Cooking methods- boiling,
frying, stewing etc
3- Advantages and
disadvantages of each method.
4- Guidelines for using various
methods.
5- Practical (preparation of simple
dishes using different
 techniques/ method

6- Family Clothing 1- Discuss on meaning,

1- Meaning of clothing, types and types and functions
functions of clothing. clothing.
2- Household linen-meaning, Students: collect pictures
types (bed sheets, kitchen nap of different types of
clean and table nap clean) etc clothing and make
3- Functions of household linen. albums.
4- Guidelines for choosing and 7- Instructional resources:
selection of household linen. charts, real objects.
5- Textiles types and their origin.
6- Characteristics or properties of
different types of textiles.
7- Practical test for identification
of fibers
7- Fabric construction 1- Discussion on fabric
1- Methods of fabric construction construction methods.
(weaving), braiding, knitting 2- Demonstrate how to
and crocheting, felting. weave, knit and crochet.
2- Practical to demonstrate skills Students: produce albums of
in fabric construction different fabrics.
3- Album showing different Instructional resources:
Fabrics. charts, instruments and tools
for production of different
fabrics.

8- Wardrobe planning 1- Discussion on functions of

1- Meaning of wardrobe a wardrobe.
planning, functions of 2- Steps involved in planning
wardrobe. a wardrobe.
2- Steps involved in wardrobe. Students : participate in
3- Guidelines in the use of the discussion.
wardrobe -Ask questions on the
4- Storage of clothing and topic.
household linen Learning materials:
5- Reasons, storage facilities. pictures of wardrobe.
6- Guidelines for storage of
clothing.

9- Family house 1- Discussion on family

1- Functional areas of a house – house.
bedroom, sitting room, dinning Students: participate
room etc. actively in the discussion.
2- Factors influencing the choice Learning materials:
of a home. picture, chart of different
 3- Factors influencing the types of houses.
designing of family house.
4- Ways of securing a family
house.
5- Guidelines for choosing a
family house.
6- Types of house and
importance.
10- Setting up a home 1- Explain what a home is
1- Differences between a house and difference between a
and a home. home and a house.
2- Types of furniture a fixture in 2- Types of furniture and
different functional areas of a fixtures.
home. Students: listen attentively.
3- Guidelines for arranging Learning materials:
fixtures and furniture in pictures showing different
different functional areas. types of houses.
4- Arrangement of furniture and
fixtures in different functional
areas (practical).
11- Consumer Education 1- Explain meaning of
1- Meaning and importance of consumer education.
consumer education. 2- Discussion on the
2- Right of a consumer. importance of consumer
3- Responsibilities of a consumer education.
–Be informed, -Consume Students: Ask and answer
wisely, invest wisely. questions.
– Creating awareness through Learning materials:
giving information to others, - charts.
Protects their right (by alerting
government agency of fake
products they consume ).
12- Revision Revision
13- Examination. Examination.

HOME MANAGEMENT
SS I THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONENT ACTIVITIES

1- Consumer Information 1- Discuss sources of
1- Sources of consumer consumer information and
information. give appropriate
2- Use of consumer information. assignment.
3- Consumer agents meaning and Students: Listen attentively
types and take part in class
 ( wholesales, retails etc ) discussion.
4- Functions of consumer agents. 2- Instructional Resources:
chart
2- Consumer Legislation 1- Explain the various
1- Types of consumer legislation consumer agencies /
and agencies SON (standard regulations and their
organization of Nigeria), price functions.
control- board, the food and drug Students: Listen attentively,
department (NAFDAC), Price ask and answer questions.
Intelligence Agency and Post Instructional Resources :
Office. chart
2- Functions of Consumer Agencies
and legislations
3- Regulations of agencies.
3- Time Management 1- Explain the process of time
1- Meaning of time management management.
and time planning. Students: Listen to teacher
2- Time as a resource material. ‘s explanation and ask
3- Pattern of time use. questions .
4- Guidelines for time management. Instructional Resources:
charts.
4- Time Planning ( continued ) 1- Gives illustration of good
1- Steps in making time plan. use of time.
2- Make a time plan for a given Students: Listen to
activity. teacher’s explanations and
3- Factors that affect or hinder the questions.
use of time plan e.g. accident, Instructional Resources:
interruption. charts.

5- Sewing Equipment and tools 1- Display sewing machine

1- Identification of sewing and sewing tools and the
equipment and tools. uses of each sewing tools.
2- Classification Students: Use the
3- Uses of sewing tools . equipment and tools, ask
4- Guidelines for using sewing and answer questions.
equipment and tools. Instructional resources : 1-
5- Guidelines for care. Real object
2-Charts.
6- Sewing Processes 1- Guides students on how to
1- Processes involved in sewing. differentiate between
2- Temporary stitches. temporary and permanent
3- Permanent stitches. stitches.
Students: construct
samples of temporary,
permanent and seam
stitches.
 Instructional Resources:
pieces of materials thread
and needles.

7- Sewing processes (continued) 1- Album of basic processes.

1- Practical (sewing of simple Students : Make an album
household articles e.g. apron, of the samples and simple
pillow cases, bed sheets, household articles .
dresses, etc Instructional Resources:
thread and needles.
8- Renovation and repairs of family 1- Explains different methods
clothing and household linen used to repair and renovate
1- Darning an article . some clothes and
2- Patching an article. household articles.
3- Repair of zippers, button holes, Students : Listen and watch
elastic, household articles. attentively.
9- Renovation and repairs of family 1- Demonstrate how to repair
clothing and household linen and renovate some articles
e.g. zips, buttons and
Contents buttonholes, patch and darn
1- Patching an article and repair of some articles and also
zippers, buttonholes, elastic, supervises students
household articles (continued). practices.
2- Practical on how to repair and Students: Students practice
renovate some clothes and how to fix buttons, repair
household articles e.g. zips, zips and replace elastics,
buttons and button holes, patch darn and patch household
and darn some articles. articles and clothes.
Instructional Resources:
fabric with cuts (woven),
cloth with spoilt zippers etc.
10- Simple home maintenance and 1- Discusses on simple home
repairs maintenance and repair and
1- Simple home maintenance also carry out the repairs
and repairs. Students: Participate in the
2- Types e.g. blocked gutters and discussion.
sinks/ wash hand basins, Instructional Resources:
replacing electric bulbs, socket. Pictures, toolbox, other
3- Importance. objects.
4- Performance.
11- Simple home maintenance 1- Discuss on simple home
1- Types of maintenance e.g. wash maintenance and repairs.
hand basins, replacing electric Students:
bulbs. Listen attentively.
2- Importance of home Instructional Resources:
maintenance (continued). Pictures, toolbox, other
 objects.
12- Home repair and maintenance 2- Discuss on importance of
1- Importance of home repair and home repair and
maintenance. maintenance.
Students :
Listen attentively and ask
questions.
Instructional Resources:
Toolbox, other objects.
13- Revision and Examination. Revision and Examination.

FOOD AND NUTRITION

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Introduction to foods and Teacher :
Nutrition - Leads the discussion on the
- Definition of Nutrition definition of Nutrition, it’s
- Importance of human importance and factors affecting
nutrition e.g. food Nutrition
maintenance good health - Write out the storage facilities
- Factors affecting foods available
and Nutrition e.g. - Practical work on preservation
availability of foods; Students :
income, food in season, - Participate in the discussion
ignorance, - Write down the chalk/white board
storage/preservation summary in their note books
facilities etc - Submit notes for necessary
- Advantages and correction.
Disadvantages of Instructional Materials:
preservation - Pictures on flipchart of well
nourished individuals and families
- Pictures on flipcharts of
malnourished individuals and
families
2 Careers in Foods and Nutrition Teacher :
- List the careers of study - Leads the discussion on the career
in foods and nutrition e.g. of study in foods and Nutrition.
Teaching - Draws a chart on the careers
- Dietetics associated with foods and Nutrition
- Hotel and catering - Makes a list of subjects related to
management foods and Nutrition
- Community Nutrition etc Students :
- Relationship between - Draw the chart on foods and
Nutrition careers
foods and Nutrition and - Express desirable interest on any
other subjects e.g. of the careers
Agriculture, Biology, Instructional Materials:
Chemistry etc - Charts on careers on Foods and
Nutrition
- Gender sensitive photograph on
foods and Nutrition related careers
e.g. chef etc
3 Careers in Foods and Nutrition Teacher :
- Setting up restaurant - Plan an excursion to a standard
- Restaurant restaurant
personnel/safety and - Practice work on hygiene
hygiene - Make a list of restaurant equipment
- Equipment available Students :
- A visit to a standard - Write an application for job based on
restaurant chosen career

Instructional Materials:
- Charts on restaurant personnel and
equipment
4 Basic Food Nutrient Teacher :
- Definition of food - Discussion on food in the locality,
- Classes of food nutrients classes of foods
- Foods in the locality - List some local food items
( local food/staff) Students :
- Make a chart showing various food
items in the locality
Instructional Materials:
- Samples of various food stuffs
5 Basic Food Nutrients : Teacher :
- Classification of food - Using a food table, give the classes,
- Sources of food sources and functions of foods
- Functions of food Students :
- Arrange the foodstuffs according to
their nutrients (Food groups)
Instructional Materials:
- Charts showing class, source and
functions of food
6 Various Food Nutrients e.g. Teacher :
Carbohydrate - Display foods containing
- Types and chemical carbohydrate and explains the
structure digestion of carbohydrates
- Functions, sources - Discuss the deficiency of fats and oil
- Digestion and absorption Students :
- Metabolism and dietary - Identify the food stuffs on display
deficiency - Arrange the food stuffs according to
7 Fats and Oil (Lipids) their nutrients
- Types and sources - Participate in the discussion
- Functions Instructional Materials :
- A chart showing various food items
- Digestion and absorption
- A chart showing foodstuffs, nutrients
- Metabolism and dietary
and their functions
deficiency
8 Protein “
- Types and sources
 - Functions Discuss the dietary deficiency of
- Digestion and absorption protein
- Metabolism and dietary
deficiency
9 Scientific Study of Foods “
- Measurements, units and
accuracy (use of scale,
cups, tins, bottles and
measuring spoons)
- Practical on the use of
measuring equipment
10 Scientific study of foods: Teacher :
- Measurements, units and - Demonstrates weighing some food
accuracy( use of scale, stuffs
cups, tins, bottles and - Stress the importance of accurate
measuring spoons) measurement in weighing food stuffs
- Practical on the use of Students :
measuring equipment - Practice weighing foodstuffs
- Record the weight of the measured
foodstuffs
Instructional Materials :
- Various foodstuffs
- Weighing scale, graduated
measuring cups, milk tins, bottles,
spoons etc
11 Scientific –Study of Foods Teacher :
- Action of heat on various - Demonstrate the test for ; protein ,
food nutrients carbohydrate etc
- Test for food nutrients Students :
- Protein - Observe the demonstrations and
- Carbohydrates record their observations
- Fats and oil Instructional Materials :
- Raw samples of various food stuff.
12-13 Revision and Examination Revision and Examination

FOOD AND NUTRITION

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Digestive System Teacher :
- Meaning of digestion - Defines “Digestion, absorption and
- Definition of absorption metabolic terms.
and metabolic terms e.g. - Discussion on the digestive
Enzymes, absorption etc processes in the mouth, esophagus,
- Digestion and absorption stomach
 of nutrient Students :
( carbohydrates, protein - Participate in the discussion
etc) in the mouth and - Copy the digestive process summary
stomach on the chart
Instructional Materials :
A chart showing a summary of
digestive process
2 Digestive system Teacher :
- Functions of enzymes - Discussion on the functions of the
e.g. ptyalin, amylase, enzymes and the importance of water
hypsin etc in the digestive process
- The role of water in Students :
digestion and absorption. - Write down the chalk/white board
summary in their note books
Instructional Materials:
A chart showing a summary of
digestive process
3 Reproductive Health Teacher :
- Definition of reproductive - Discussion on reproductive health ,
health explanation on male and female
- Identification of male and organs
female organs Students :
- Functions of the parts - Participate in the discussion
Instructional Materials:
Chart showing male and female
reproductive organs
4 Reproductive Health Cont. Teacher :
- The relationship between - Discussion on the relationship
nutrition and reproductive between nutrition and reproductive
health health
- Dietary deficiency Students :
diseases, e.g. - Point at the parts on the chart
kwashiorkor, obesity, Instructional Materials:
marasmus etc - Chart showing food that enhances
reproductive health
5 Reproductive Health Cont. Teacher :
- Sign and symptoms, - Discussion on the dietary deficiency
causes of dietary diseases, including signs, symptoms
deficiency diseases and causes/cure.
Students :
- Describe the pictures on display
Instructional Materials:
- Pictures of obese persons,
kwashiorkor children
6 Kitchen Plans Equipment and Teacher :
Tools - Explains different types of kitchen.
 - Kitchen plans – Types of - Discusses the election, uses and
kitchen (Modern and care of kitchen equipment and fools
Traditional) - List factors to consider when
- Selection, uses and care purchasing kitchen equipment
of kitchen equipment. Students :
- Factors to consider in - Participate in the discussion on
choosing kitchen kitchen plans
equipment e.g. Instructional Materials:
Affordability, need for - Charts showing kitchen layouts
equipment
7 Kitchen Plans Equipment and Teacher :
Tools - Demonstration of the cleaning of the
- Use of different cleaning kitchen equipment using
agent and local/commercial cleaning agents
abrasives(Commercial Students :
and local) e.g. Vim, - Practice cleaning some kitchen
eggshell, fine sand, paw- equipment
paw leaves, etc Instructional Materials:
- Practical on local - Display of abrasive local and
Cleaning Agents. commercial
8 Kitchen Safety and Hygiene Teacher :
- Methods of handling - Labels the kitchen equipment and
kitchen equipment tools on display
properly - Highlights the importance of kitchen
- Reasons for maintaining hygiene
safety in the kitchen. Students :
- Kitchen waste and - Identify the kitchen equipment on
disposal measures display
Instructional Materials:
- Display of kitchen equipment and
tools.
9 Kitchen Safety and Hygiene Teacher :
Cont. - Practical work on cleaning of the
- Kitchen pests kitchen
- Preventive measures e.g. Students :
fumigation - Observe the demonstration on
- Netting of doors and cleaning of the kitchen
windows- regular Instructional Materials:
cleaning. - Chart showing kitchen fumigants and
- Rules for personal cleaning equipment
hygiene.
10 Kitchen Safety and Hygiene Teacher :
- Content and use of First - - Demonstrates the treatment of a
Aid box minor cut or burn using some items
- Simple first aid from the First –Aid box
treatment e.g. cuts, burns Students :
 and scalds etc - Role-play a fall with a cut on student
leg and administer treatment from a
First-Aid box.
Instructional Materials:
- First- Aid box
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

FOOD AND NUTRITION

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 KITCHEN Safety and Hygiene Teacher :
(Cont.) - Discusses reasons for proper
- Food handling practices handling of kitchen equipment,
- Food borne diseases personal hygiene, food hygiene and
- Food sanitation laws e.g. waste
NAFDAC, SON Students :
(Standard Organization of- Participate in the discussion.
Nigeria) - Clean a kitchen under teacher’s
supervision
Instructional Materials:
- First Aid box, chart showing some
kitchen pests
- Fumigants e.g. raid, mortein etc.
2 ICPC Teacher :
- Definition , function of - Explains consequences of family
ICPC food budget misappropriation
- Penalties for such Students :Participate in the
offences discussion, ask and answer questions
- Misappropriation of family Instructional Materials:
food budget e.g. - Photography of a criminal in
diversion of food budget handcuffs
to personal usage
3 Food Study Teacher :
- Main food e.g. - Display the cereal and grains
cereal/grains Students :
- Types of cereal/grains - Identify the cereal and grain
- Nutritive value of cereal Instructional Materials:
or grains - Samples of cereal and grains e.g.
Rice, Wheat, maize, cereal
4 Food Study Teacher :
- Main foods e.g. - Processes flour from different cereal
cereal/grains and grains.
 - Processing, uses and Students :
choice of cereal/grains - Identify processed flour on display
e.g. process cereal/grain Instructional Materials:
into flour. - Processed flour from different cereal
- Practice photo album on and grains
different cereal.
5 Food Study Teacher :
- Main foods e.g. cereal / - Demonstrates the cooking methods
grains for cereal and grains
- Different cooking method Students :
of cereal and grains e.g. - Observe the cooking demonstration.
boiling, roasting frying - Practice in groups the preparation of
- Practical meals from cereal and grains.
Instructional Materials:
- Pictures of cereal and grains
6 High/Low Extraction Rate – Flour Teacher :
- Differentiate between - States the difference between high
high extraction rate flour extraction rate flour and low
and low extraction rate extraction rate flour
flour Students :
- Usefulness of low - Utilize the low extraction rate flour in
extraction rate flour cookery
Instructional Materials :
- Display of both low and high
extraction rte flour
7 Legumes Teacher :
- Types of legume - Leads the discussion on legumes
- Importance of legume Students :
- Nutritive value of - Participate in the discussion.
legumes - Identify the legumes
Instructional Materials :
- Samples of legumes e.g. beans,
bambara nuts, groundnuts, soybeans,
etc

8 Legumes Teacher :
- Cooking methods for - Demonstrates preparation of meals
legumes from legumes
Practical Students :
- Observe the demonstration
- Practice in groups the preparation of
meals from legumes
Instructional Materials :
- Samples of legumes e.g beans,
bambara nuts, groundnuts, soybeans,
etc
 9 Fruits Teacher :
- Types of fruits - Displays fruits in season.
- Nutritive value of fruits - Guides the discussion on the topic.
- Factors affecting the - Demonstrates the preparation and
choice of fruits service of some fruits
- Preparation and serving Students :
fruits e.g. drinks, juice, - Identify the fruits on display.
salad, whole, jam - Participate in the discussion
- Practical work - Practice the preparation and service
of some fruits
Instructional Materials :
- Samples of different fruits
- Chart showing different fruits
10 Vegetables Teacher :
- Types, Nutritive value - Displays various vegetables
- Factors affecting choice - Leads the discussion on vegetable
of vegetables - Demonstrations of cooking method
- Cooking method for of vegetables
vegetable Students :
- Methods of serving salad, - Identify the vegetables on display
garnishing - Observe the demonstration
- Practice cooking of some vegetables
Instructional Materials :
- Samples of vegetables.
- Chart showing some drawing of
vegetables.

11-12 Revision and Examination Revision and Examination

CLOTHING AND TEXTILES

SSS 1 FIRST TERM

WEE TOPIC/CONTENTS ACTIVITIES

K
1 INTRODUCTION TO CLOTHING Teacher: Defines clothing, textiles and
AND TEXTILES discuss the importance of clothing to
- Definition man.
- Importance/functions of Resources: Charts
clothing
2 CAREERS IN CLOTHING AND Teacher: leads discussion on job
TEXTILES opportunities.
- Job Opportunities in clothing Resources: Charts
and textiles e.g. tailoring,
dress designing, teaching
etc.
3 CAREERS IN CLOTHING AND Teacher: Guides students to tabulate the
TEXTILES differences between formally trained and
- Differences between a roadside tailor or seamstress
formally trained and Resources: Field trip to a garment
roadside tailor or seamstress making factory or shop.
- Field trip to a garment
making factory or shop.
4 TEXTILES Teacher: Explains the meaning of fibres
- Meaning of fibre and fabric and fabric, their characteristics and
- Types of fibre and their differences.
characteristics e.g. staple, Resources: Samples of different types of
filament etc fabric.
- Differences between fibre
and fabric.
5 ORIGIN OF FIBRES Teacher: Leads discussion on the origin
- Natural fibres of natural fibres.
- Animal and vegetable fibres Resource: Chart
6 ORIGIN OF FIBRE Teacher: Leads discussion on the origin
- Artificial/synthetic/man-made of man-made fibres.
fibre Resource: Chart
- Term project – A fabric
album
7 MANUFACTURING AND Teacher: Discusses the manufacturing
PROPERTIES OF FIBRES process of cotton and its properties.
- Manufacturing process and Resources: Video clips
properties/characteristics of
cotton
8 MANUFACTURING AND Teacher: Discusses the manufacturing
PROPERTIES OF FIBRE process of linen and its properties.
- Manufacturing process and Resources: Video clips
properties/characteristics of
linen
9 MANUFACTURING AND Teacher: Discusses the manufacturing
PROPERTIES OF FIBRE process of silk and its properties.
- Manufacturing process and Resources: Video clips
properties/characteristics of
silk
10 MANUFACTURING AND Teacher: Discusses the manufacturing
PROPERTIES OF FIBRE process of silk and its properties.
Manufacturing process and Resources: Video clips
properties/characteristics of wool
11 MANUFACTURING AND Teacher: Discusses the manufacturing
PROPERTIES OF FIBRE process of artificial fibres and their
Manufacturing process and properties.
properties/characteristics of Resources: Field trip to a textile industry
artificial fibres – rayon, nylon,
 polyester (terylene) etc
12 TEST FOR FABRIC Teacher: Leads discussion and
IDENTIFICATION demonstrate the procedures for different
- Fabric identification – tests for the identification of different
handling, burning,/flame fabrics.
- Chemical and microscopic Resources: Samples of different types of
test (practical) fabrics, matches etc.
13 Revision Revision
14 Examination Examination

CLOTHING AND TEXTILES

SSS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENTS ACTIVITIES

1 FABRIC FINISHES Teacher: Leads discussion on fabric
i. Definition of fabric finishes and their importance.
finishes Resources: Samples of fabrics with
ii. Types of fabric finishes - different finishes.
mercerized, sanforized,
crease resistance etc.
iii. Importance of fabric
finishes

2 LOCALLY MADE FABRICS Teacher: Leads discussion on the

i. Uses and importance of local fabrics made in Nigeria, their
local fabrics. uses and importance. The
ii. Types – Aso-oke, okene communities where they are made
cloth etc. and the differences between them
iii. Local communities where and the imported fabrics.
local fabrics are made Resources: Samples of local fabrics
e.g. Aso-oke in Western made in Nigeria and imported ones.
States, Akwete in Rivers
and Eastern States,
Akwuocha in Delta state
etc
iv. Differences between
imported and locally
made fabrics.
3 DYEING AND PRINTING Teacher: demonstrates how to tie
 - Types – tie and dye, batik, and dye and screen print.
screen printing etc Resources: Fabrics, dyes, dyeing
materials etc.
4 SEWING TOOLS – TYPES, USES Teacher: Displays the sewing tools
AND CARE used in garment construction and
i. Sewing accessories e.g. guide the students to identify them.
needles, thimbles etc] Resources: Samples of sewing tools.
ii. Measuring tools e.g. tape
measure etc
iii. Cleaning tools e.g. brush,
duster etc
iv. Cutting tools e.g.
scissors, pinking shears
etc
v. Fitting tools e.g. standing
mirror, dummy etc
vi. Processing tools e.g. iron,
ironing board etc.
5 SEWING EQUIPMENT (THE Teacher: Guides the students to
SEWING MACHINE) identify the parts of the sewing
i. Parts of the sewing machine and their functions.
machine and their Resources: The sewing machine
functions.
ii. Care of the sewing
machine – oiling, dusting,
servicing etc
iii. Operating the sewing
machine
6 SEWING EQUIPMENT Teacher: Leads the students to
i. Other machines – identify other machines like
embroidery machine, embroidery and interlocking
interlocking machine etc. machines, their uses and the factors
ii. Uses of each equipment that influence the choice of sewing
iii. Factors that influence the tools and equipment.
choice of tools and Resources: Charts
equipment e.g. money,
space etc.
7 GENERAL SAFETY Teacher: Leads the discussion on
PRECAUTIONS IN CLOTHING the proper handling of tools,
AND TEXTILES. equipment and laboratory.
Safety Precautions in Resources: Instructional manual.
- Use of tools
- Use of equipment
- Use of the laboratory
- Use of instructional manual
for tools and equipment.
 8 ESSENTIALS OF GARMENT Teacher: Demonstrates how to take
CONSTRUCTION body measurements and leads
- Basic body measurement discussion on the study of figures,
- Study of figure types types and its influence on the
- Influence of figure types on selection of styles.
the selection of styles. Resources: Collection of pictures of
different styles and figure types.
9 ESSENTIALS OF GARMENT Teacher: Guides the students to list
CONSTRUCTION the factors that influence the
- Uses of different styles selections and purchase of materials
- Factors that influence the for garment construction.
quantities of fabric to buy Resources: Tape measure, note
- Estimating the quantity of book etc.
fabric to buy
10 SIMPLE PATTERNS Teacher: Leads discussion on the
- Types of commercial uses, choice and alteration of
patterns – printed, perforated commercial pattern.
etc Resources: Samples of commercial
- Trade mark for commercial patterns.
patterns e.g. vogue, butte
rick etc
- Commercial patterns –
choice, alteration and uses.
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

CLOTHING AND TEXTILES

SSS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENTS ACTIVITIES

1 DRAFTING SIMPLE PATTERNS Teacher: Discusses the different
- Pattern symbols and their pattern markings and their uses
meanings – drafts, notches Resources: Sample pattern with
etc symbols
- Simple patterns – apron,
pillow case, school bags etc

2 MAKING SIMPLE GARMENTS Teacher: Demonstrates the steps in

Pattern Laying and Cutting out pattern laying and cutting out.
Procedures. Resources: Pattern pieces and fabric
- Preparation of fabric
- Laying out of pattern pieces
- Transferring pattern
 markings
- Cutting out.
3 MAKING SIMPLE GARMENTS Teacher: Demonstrates how to tack
- Tacking of garment pieces garment for first fitting.
for first fitting Resources: Garment pieces and
sewing tools.
4 BASIC STITCHES Teacher: Demonstrates how to make
- Temporary stitches the basic stitches.
- Permanent stitches Resources: Pieces of fabrics, sewing
- Decorative stitches – thread needles etc.
(Practical)
5 GARMENT MAKING PROCESSES Teacher: Demonstrates how to make
i. Seams – open/plain, different types of seams and edge
French, run and fell etc finishing
ii. Edge finishing – Resources: Pieces of fabric, sewing
hemming, lace thread and needles, thimble etc
attachment etc
6 GARMENT MAKING PROCESSES Teacher: Demonstrates how to make
i. Openings – faced, bound opening and fastening.
etc Resource: Pieces of fabric, zippers,
ii. Fastenings – zippers, press stud, thread, needle, etc
press stud etc.
7 GARMENT MAKING PROCESSES Teacher: Demonstrates how to cut
i. Cross-way strips – cutting and apply cross way strips and guide
and application the students to make the photo
ii. Photo album of basic album.
stitches and garment Resources: Fabric and Sample of
making processes. photo album

8 HOUSEHOLD LAUNDRY Teacher: Defines laundering and

i. Definition and importance leads the discussion on the
of laundering. processes of laundering. Lead
ii. Preparation of garments discussion on the types and
for washing – sorting, functions of care label symbols.
mending, steeping etc Resources: Charts of the process of
iii. Methods of hand laundering. Samples of care labels.
washing; friction,
kneading and squeezing
etc.
iv. Other laundry processes;
bleaching, blueing etc.
v. Care label symbols e.g.
water temperature
9 LAUNDRY FINISHING Teacher: Leads discussion on types
i. Types and methods of of finishing in laundering and the
finishing of clothes e.g. rules to observe when ironing and
 ironing, pressing, airing storing clothes.
etc Resources: Charts on laundry
ii. Machine wash and dry finishing.
cleaning.
10 STAINS Teacher: Leads discussion on
i. Definition and types of identifying types of stain and their
stain – animal, vegetable origin.
etc Resources: Stain album.
ii. General guidelines for
stain removal.
11 STAIN REMOVAL Teacher: Discusses and lists the
i. Stain removing agents – stain removing agents and
e.g. kerosene, bleaches guidelines for removing stains.
etc. Explains step by step the procedures
ii. Removal of specific for removing different stains.
stains – fruit juice, blood, Resources: Samples of stains and
ink etc. stain removing agents.
(Practical Lesson)
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination

INTERPRENEURSHIP (TRADE SUBJECTS)

BLOCK LAYING AND BRICK LAYING

SS1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 WORKING AND SITE SAFETY Teacher safety charts, show films or

sides on safety in building industries,
-Various safety rules at work site. demonstrate safety e.g put on helmet.
-Factory act of safety workers. Students identify safety charts, put on
-First aid box. safety protection equipments, e.g.
safety shoes, mention materials in first
-Purpose of safety aid box. Learning materials, carton.

-Safety regulations

2 BASIC TOOLS AND Teacher present/identify hand tools,

 EQUIPMENTS USED IN equipments etc, sketch of live tools.
BLOCK/BRICK LAYING
Students observe each tools, sketch
Identification of basic hand tools. each tools.

Uses of basic hand tools and Resources; live tools/drawing

equipments.

3 BASIC TOOLS AND Teacher present/identify hand tools,

EQUIPMENTS IN USE equipments etc, sketch of live tools.

Sketching of basic hand tools. Students observe each tools, sketch

each tools.

Resources; live tools/drawing

4 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENTS IN Teacher present/identify hand tools,

BLOCK/ BRICKLAYING equipments etc, sketch of live tools.

-Identification and uses of block Students observe each tools, sketch

laying/ brick laying tools. each tools.

-Simple maintenance of the tools. Resources; live tools/drawing

5 THE BUILDING TEAM Name members of building team,

demonstrate each of the members,
-Various members of the building draw the organization chart.
team.
Students write down the members of
-Functions and responsibilities. various team, draw/participate in
demonstrating of each member.

Resources; charts, individual.

6 THE BUILDING TEAM of building team, demonstrate each of

the members, draw the organization
Statutory personnel, chart.
organizational chart.
Students write down the members of
various team, draw/participate in
demonstrating of each member.

Resources; charts, individual.

7 SITE AND ORGANIZATION; Teacher present drawing of site layout.

Building sites, Students demonstrate on site, draw site

layout
Preliminary operations
Resources; a plot of land, equipment
and materials.

8 SITE AND ORGANIZATION Teacher present drawing of site layout.

Site layout, site safety. Students demonstrate on site, draw site

layout

Resources; a plot of land, equipment

and materials.

9 SITE PREPARATION Teacher present drawing of site clearing

leveling equipment.
Tools and equipments used for
site preparation. Students draw charts down tools and
equipment for site preparation.
-Leveling techniques

10 SETTING OUT Teacher present live materials and tools

for setting out, organize practical setting
-Methods of setting out out.
-Soil and site investigation Students observe materials and tools
-Setting out tools and materials. closely, draw tools, participate in setting
out.

11 EXCAVATION OF TRENCHES Teacher name some excavators (e.g

shovel, dragline etc), organize visit to a
-Concepts of excavation firm where equipments are used.
-Soil classification Students observe some of the
-Method of excavation equipments at work, draw some of the
equipments and report observations.
-Tools of excavation
Resources; charts/drawing of
-Functions of excavation equipments.

12 EXCAVATION OF TRENCHES Teacher mention some of the problems,

give examples (e.g. rock, water table
Problems associated with flood, etc. students take down notes.
excavation e.g. work etc. Resources; process of stone, sand and
 water.

13 REVISION

14 EXAMINATION

BLOCK LAYING AND BRICK LAYING

SS1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 EXCAVATION OF Teacher show drawing of types of timbering

TRENCHES to trenches, state types of soil, present
timber for timbering purposes.
Timbering to trenches
Students put down points and drawings.
Types of timbering to
trenches (use drawing).

2 BUILDING FOUNDATION Teacher show tools for foundation work,

present materials for foundation work,,
-Purpose of foundation explain the various types of foundation.
-Types of foundation e.g ship, Students define foundation, identify tools,
pile, raft, pad, etc (drawings) and equipments for foundation production,
identify materials for foundation.

Resources; show charts of various types of

foundation.

3 BUILDING FOUNDATION Teacher show tools for foundation work,

present materials for foundation work,,
Factors influencing the choice explain the various types of foundation.
of foundation.
Students define foundation, identify tools,
Nature and types of soil and equipments for foundation production,
Types of structures and identify materials for foundation.
proximity to existing structure. Resources; show charts of various types of
foundation

4 MANUFACTURE Teacher displays various block/brick laying

APPLICATION AND tools, equipments, explain the procedures
 PROPERTIES OF for block/brick mentiora materials.
BLOCKS/BRICKS
Students identify various types hand tools,
Manufacturing processes of blocks, and bricks. Explain the use of tools.
block/brick, materials used for
brick/blocks, e.g. sand Resources; clay, fine aggrege cement,
cement, clay literite and water moulds etc

5 MANUFACTURE Teacher displays various block/brick laying

APPLICATION AND tools, equipments, explain the procedures
PROPERTIES OF for block/brick mentiora materials.
BLOCKS/BRICKS
Students identify various types hand tools,
Properties and types of blocks, and bricks. Explain the use of tools.
blocks/bricks
Resources; clay, fine aggregate, cement,
moulds etc

6 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENTS Teacher show live tools and equipments,

FOR CONCRETING states their uses and care. Students list
tools and equipments, identify various tools
Concreting tools and and equipments, state uses and care.
equipments
Resources; charts, and live tools.

7 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENTS Teacher show live tools and equipments,

FOR CONCRETING states their uses and care.

Uses of concreting tools and Students list tools and equipments, identify
equipments various tools and equipments, state uses
and care.

Resources; charts, and live tools.

8 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENTS Teacher displays concreting tools and

FOR CONCRETING equipments, charts/drawing, explain the use
of various tools and equipments, organize
Maintenance and cure for site visit.
concreting tools and
equipments. Students identify hand tools and equipments
and for concreting, state their uses, draw
concreting tools and equipments.

Resources; tools and equipments (live/

 drawings)

9 CONCRETING Teacher defines concrete, states

components of concrete, state materials for
Definition of concrete concrete, state mixing ratio of various
Various components of concrete.
concrete. Students define concrete, identify
components of concrete, mention materials
for concrete, state mixing ratio for various
concrete.

Resources; cement, fine coarse aggregate,

tools.

10 CONCRETING Teacher defines concrete, states

components of concrete, state materials for
Concreting concrete, state mixing ratio of various
concrete.
Coarse and fine aggregate
Students define concrete, identify
Mixing proportion of concrete. components of concrete, mention materials
for concrete, state mixing ratio for various
concrete.
Resources; cement, fine coarse aggregate,
tools.

11 Revision Revision

12 Examination Examination

BLOCK LAYING AND BRICK LAYING

SS1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 CONCRETING Teacher discusses properties of concrete and

its application.
Properties of concrete
Students take down notes.

Resources; cement, fine coarse aggregate.

2 CEMENT Teachers define cement, explain processes of

 Definition of cement cement manufacture, state types of cement.

Types of cement e.g Students list types of cement and properties

ordinary, Portland, rapid, of cement.
hardening, lulite cement etc
Resources; display e.g bag of cement.

3 CEMENT Teachers define cement, explain processes of

cement manufacture, state types of cement.
Manufacturing process of
Portland cement. Students list types of cement and properties
of cement.

Resources; display e.g bag of cement.

4 CEMENT Teachers define cement, explain processes of

cement manufacture, state types of cement.
Cement storage (silos and
bags) Students list types of cement and properties
of cement.

Resources; display e.g bag of cement.

5 FINISHING TOOLS AND Teacher display finishing tools and

EQUIPMENTS equipments, states uses of the tools and
equipments. Students identify finishing tools
Types of finishing tools and and equipment, state the uses, draw various
equipments. types of finishing and equipments.

Resources; charts of finishing tools,

equipments and tiles, charts finishing
materials (e.g files)

6 FINISHING TOOLS AND Teacher display finishing tools and

EQUIPMENTS equipments, states uses of the tools and
equipments. Students identify finishing tools
Uses of finishing tools and and equipment, state the uses, draw various
equipments types of finishing and equipments.
Resources; charts of finishing tools,
equipments and tiles, charts finishing
materials (e.g files)

7 FINISHING TOOLS AND Teacher display finishing tools and

EQUIPMENTS equipments, states uses of the tools and
 Maintenance and care of equipments. Students identify finishing tools
tools and equipments. and equipment, state the uses, draw various
types of finishing and equipments.
Resources; charts of finishing tools,
equipments and tiles, charts finishing
materials (e.g files)

8 CHARACTERISTICS OF State the uses of finishing materials e.g filed,

VARIOUS FINISHING paint etc
MATERIALS
State care of finishing tools/equipments.
Types of finishing materials.
Resources; tools and equipments, materials
e.g. file paints etc

9 CHARACTERISTICS OF State the uses of finishing materials e.g. filed,

VARIOUS FINISHING paint etc
MATERIALS
State care of finishing tools/equipments.
Uses of finishing materials
Resources; tools and equipments, materials
e.g. file paints etc

10 CHARACTERISTICS OF State the uses of finishing materials e.g. filed,

VARIOUS FINISHING paint etc
MATERIALS
State care of finishing tools/equipments.
Care and maintenance of
finishing materials. Resources; tools and equipments, materials
e.g. file paints etc

11 Revision Revision

12 Examination Examination

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

WORKSHOP RULES AND
REGULATION

1 Personal safety i. Displays safety posters

ii. Demonstrates safety practices
iii. Black board
2 Machine safety in a i. Explain workshop rules and
 Workshop regulations
ii. Posters
3 Electrical safety i. Observe safety
ii. Demonstrate safety practices
4 Mechanical fault safety i. Demonstrate some workshop
rules
ii. Posters displayed
5 General safety in a i. Explain some workshop rules
workshop ii. Demonstrate the right way of
handling tools
iii. Observe posters displayed
FIRST AID
7 First aid material in a i. List and state the uses of first
workshop aid materials
ii. Demonstrate the application of
first aid
8 First aid application i. Demonstrate the application
ii. Charts and posters
HAND TOOLS
9 Marking out tools, arriving i. Sketch and explain the uses of
tools, abrading tools hand tools
ii. Students to sketch hand tools
iii. Charts and posters
10 Pairing and sharing tools i. Explain how to maintain hand
tools
ii. Sketch hand tools
iii. Charts and posters
11 Holding and supporting tools i. Explain types of holding and
supporting tools
ii. Hand tools and posters
12-13 Revision and Examination Revision and Examination

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

HAND TOOLS
MAINTENANCE
1 Maintenance of planes i. Explain how the blade and saw
and saws tack ought to be sharpened
 ii. Demonstrate o how top shape
the blade
iii. Hand tools
2 Maintenance of bench i. Explain how to maintain the
vice, cramps, hammers tools
ii. Sketch the tools
iii. Charts and posters
TIMBER
3 Growth and structure of a i. Explain how timber grows
timber ii. Sketches of timber structure
iii. Charts and posters
4 Timber conversion i. Explain the methods of timber
conversion
ii. Sketch the types of timber conversion
iii. Charts and posters
5 Defect in timber i. Explain the types of defects in
timber
ii. Pieces of Madzuith defects
6 Prevention of timber i. Explain how some defects can be
defects (Timber Seasoning) prevented
ii. Demonstrate on the ways to
prevent timber defects
7 Timber preservation i. Explain the methods of timber
preservation
ii. Sketch the items used for
preservation
SOURCES AND PRODUCTS OF TIMBER
8 Veneer i. The method of cutting veneer
ii. Types of veneer
iii. Charts and posters
9 Manufactured board i. Explain types and uses of
(plywood) plywood
ii. Sketch the types of plywood
iii. Different types o plywood
10 Particle board, lami board i. Explain types and uses
ii. Sketch different types of
manufactured boards
iii. Charts and posters
11-12 Revision and examination Revision and examination
CARPENTRY AND JOINERY

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

TIMBER PREPARATION
1 Sequence of timber i. Explain steps in preparing wood
preparation to size ii. Student plane to flatness
iii. Small size of timber for students
to plane
2 Developing preliminary i. Explain three dimensional lines in
sketches drawing
ii. Students to sketch some articles
iii. Drawing instrument
3 Final and the marking i. Explain how to use the instrument
drawing for final drawing, other graphic,
sectioning and exploded view
IDENTIFICATION OF COMMON JOINTS
4 Widening joints i. Explain the types of widening
joint
ii. Sketch different types of widening
joints
iii. Project made by widening joint
5 Angle joint i. Explain the various types of angle
joints
ii. Students to sketch different types
of framing joints
iii. Projects made by angle joints
6 Types of housing joints i. To produce mood housing, e.g.
through housing and stop
housing joint
7 Framing joints i. Explain and cut types of framing
joints e.g. mortise and tenan
ii. Students to construct a small size
stool
iii. Project produce from mortise and
tenan
8 Halving Joints i. Demonstrate to students how to
make and cut halving joints
ii. Students to produce a small door
frame
iii. Posters
9 Dovetail joint i. Demonstrate on how to mark and
cut a dovetail joint
ii. Students are to demonstrate by
marking and cutting the dovetail
joint
iii. Posters
10 Good requirement of a i. Explain the quantity of a good
joint joint e.g. rigidity, stability
ii. Sketch different types of joints
iii. Posters
 ABRASIVES
11 Abrading tools i. Explain abrasives and abrading
tools
ii. Demonstrate to students the use
of abrasives and abrading
iii. Students should identify the
grades of abrasives
12 Types of abrasives i. Explain how to make choice of
abrasives
ii. Students should where every
grade of abrasive until be best
use
13-14 Revision & Examination Revision & Examination

CATERING CRAFT

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY/CATERING
1  Introduction Teacher: Explains the meaning of
 Definition of hospitality Hospitality Industry. Relates catering craft
Industry to hospitality industry. Discusses the
 Types of hospitality components of hospitality industry
industry Students: Participate in the discussion.
 Definition of catering Participate in the identification of the
 Definition of craft various Hospitality Industry. Copy board
summary
Teaching and Learning Materials: Charts
on Hospitality segments. Pictures of
several hospitality segment
2 HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY Teacher: Explains the meaning of
 Origin of catering Hospitality Industry. Relates catering craft
 Careers in catering to hospitality industry. Discusses the
craft components of hospitality industry
Students: Participate in the discussion.
Participate in the identification of the
various Hospitality Industry. Copy board
summary
Teaching and Learning Materials: Charts
on Hospitality segments. Pictures of
several hospitality segment
3 HOSPITALITY INDUSTRY Teacher: Explains the meaning of
 Components of Hospitality Industry. Relates catering craft
hospitality industry to hospitality industry. Discusses the
  Tourism components of hospitality industry
 Food and nutrition Students: Participate in the discussion.
 Food and beverage Participate in the identification of the
services various Hospitality Industry. Copy board
 Accommodation summary
operations Teaching and Learning Materials: Charts
 Food production on Hospitality segments. Pictures of
 Classification of several hospitality segment
Hospitality industry
e.g. 5 star hotel, first
class hotel, deluxe
hotel
 Types of Hotels
- Commercial
Transient hotel
- Resort hotel
- Residential hotel
- Motel or motor
hotel
TYPES OF CATERING ESTABLISHMENTS
4 Types of Catering Teacher: Explains the various catering
Establishments e.g. hotel, establishments. Guides discussions on
restaurant, hospital catering, the choice of establishment
outdoor catering, indoor Students: Ask and answer questions.
catering, school catering, Participate in the discussions of the
mobile catering. choice of establishment
Teaching and learning materials: Charts
of different types of establishments.
Pictures of the various types of
establishments.
5 Types of Catering Teacher: Explains the various catering
Establishments. establishments. Guides discussions on
 Functions of catering the choice of establishment
establishments Students: Ask and answer questions.
 Visit to a speciality Participate in the discussions of the
restaurant e.g. choice of establishment
- Indian restaurant Teaching and learning materials: Charts
- Chinese restaurant of different types of establishments.
- African restaurant Pictures of the various types of
establishments.
6 CULINARY TERMS Teacher: Explains various culinary terms
i. Definition of culinary and their meanings. Explains the
terms meaning of culinary terms used in
ii. Culinary terms catering
commonly used in Students: Ask and answer questions.
catering. Copy chalk board summary
 iii. Uses of culinary terms
Teaching and Learning Materials: Charts
on culinary terms.
7 CULINARY TERMS Teacher: Explains various culinary terms
iii. Glossary of culinary and their meanings. Explains the
terms meaning of culinary terms used in
iv. Project work on catering
culinary terms Students: Ask and answer questions.
Copy chalk board summary
Teaching and Learning Materials: Charts
on culinary terms.

8 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN Teacher: Explain the various types of

CATERING. accidents and their causes; various
iii. Definition of safety preventive measures and management
iv. Definition of Students: Participate in discussions.
precaution Identify the different items in a First Aid
v. Types and causes Box
of accidents Teaching and Learning Material: First Aid
Box, bucket of fine sand. Fire
extinguisher.
9 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN Teacher: Explain the various types of
CATERING. accidents and their causes; various
iv. Prevention of preventive measures and management
accidents in Students: Participate in discussions.
catering Identify the different items in a First Aid
establishment Box
v. Management of Teaching and Learning Material: First Aid
accidents in Box, bucket of fine sand. Fire
catering extinguisher.
establishment
- Burns and scalds
- Electric shock
- Falls, cuts
10 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN Teacher: Explain the various types of
CATERING. accidents and their causes; various
First Aid Box preventive measures and management
- Definition of first Students: Participate in discussions.
aid Identify the different items in a First Aid
- Content of first aid Box
box Teaching and Learning Material: First Aid
- Uses of first aid Box, bucket of fine sand. Fire
box in catering extinguisher.
establishment
- Importance of first
aid box in the
kitchen
 11 SAFETY PRECAUTION IN Teacher: Explain the various types of
CATERING. accidents and their causes; various
Fire fighting equipment preventive measures and management
- Types of fire Students: Participate in discussions.
- Types of fire Identify the different items in a First Aid
fighting Box
equipment/material Teaching and Learning Material: First Aid
and their uses Box, bucket of fine sand. Fire
Fire fighting extinguisher.
equipment/material e.g. fire
extinguishers, foam cream
extinguisher, hose, fire
blanket, dry sand water
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination

CATERING CRAFT

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

SANITATION AND HYGIENE
1  Definition of sanitation Teacher: Explains the types of
 Types of sanitation sanitation and hygiene/environmental
- Water sanitation hygiene. Demonstrates
- Environmental sanitation(hand washing). Explains
sanitation kitchen and personal hygiene.
 Importance of sanitation Students: Practice hand washing and
and hygiene in catering cleaning of kitchen and the
establishment environment.
Teaching and Learning Materials:
Charts on sanitation and hygiene.
Pictures of tools for personal and
kitchen hygiene.
2 SANITATION AND HYGIENE Teacher: Explains the types of
i. Food safety practices sanitation and hygiene/environmental
ii. Rules to prevent food hygiene. Demonstrates
contamination. sanitation(hand washing). Explains
kitchen and personal hygiene.
Students: Practice hand washing and
cleaning of kitchen and the
environment.
Teaching and Learning Materials:
Charts on sanitation and hygiene.
Pictures of tools for personal and
kitchen hygiene.
 3 SANITATION AND HYGIENE Teacher: Explains the types of
i. Kitchen hygiene sanitation and hygiene/environmental
ii. Food hygiene hygiene. Demonstrates
iii. Personal hygiene sanitation(hand washing). Explains
iv. Practical kitchen and personal hygiene.
demonstration Students: Practice hand washing and
cleaning of kitchen and the
environment.
Teaching and Learning Materials:
Charts on sanitation and hygiene.
Pictures of tools for personal and
kitchen hygiene.
STUDY OF FOOD COMMODITIES
4 COMMODITIES AND Teacher: Discusses the various food
PRINCIPLES OF COOKING commodities and cooking methods.
METHODS. Demonstrates the cooking of the
i. Food Commodities e.g. different food commodities using
poultry, game, turkey various cooking methods.
ii. Definition of poultry Students: Participate in the
iii. Structure of a poultry discussions. Practice some cooking
iv. Types of poultry methods
v. Cuts of poultry Teaching and learning Materials:
vi. Food value of poultry Different food Commodities, Charts of
vii. Factors to consider Various food commodities, cooking
when choosing poultry. equipment and utensils.
5 STUDY OF FOOD Teacher: Discusses the various food
COMMODITIES AND commodities and cooking methods.
PRINCIPLES OF COOKING Demonstrates the cooking of the
METHODS different food commodities using
1. Meat various cooking methods.
- Definition of meat Students: Participate in the
- Types of meat e.g. veal, discussions. Practice some cooking
pork, lamb, mutton etc methods
- Structure of meat Teaching and learning Materials:
- Food value of meat Different food Commodities, Charts of
- Cuts of meat Various food commodities, cooking
- Methods of cooking equipment and utensils.
meat e.g. boiling, frying
etc.
- Practical work
6 STUDY OF FOOD Teacher: Discusses the various food
COMMODITIES AND commodities and cooking methods.
PRINCIPLES OF COOKING Demonstrates the cooking of the
METHODS different food commodities using
FISH various cooking methods.
- Definition of fish Students: Participate in the
 - Types of fish e.g. cat discussions. Practice some cooking
fish, stock fish etc methods
- Food value of fish Teaching and learning Materials:
- Factors to consider Different food Commodities, Charts of
when choosing fish for Various food commodities, cooking
cooking equipment and utensils
- Methods of cooking fish
e.g. steaming, roasting
etc
7 STUDY OF FOOD Teacher: Discusses the various food
COMMODITIES AND commodities and cooking methods.
PRINCIPLES OF COOKING Demonstrates the cooking of the
METHODS. different food commodities using
CEREALS. various cooking methods.
- Types of cereals e.g. Students: Participate in the
rice, wheat, maize etc discussions. Practice some cooking
- Food value of cereals methods
- Methods of cooking Teaching and learning Materials:
cereals e.g. boiling, Different food Commodities, Charts of
roasting etc Various food commodities, cooking
Pulses. equipment and utensils
- Types of pulses e.g.
beans, groundnuts, soya
beans etc
- Food value of pulses
- Method of cooking e.g.
boiling, steaming etc
8 STUDY OF FOOD Teacher: Discusses the various food
COMMODITIES AND commodities and cooking methods.
PRINCIPLES OF COOKING Demonstrates the cooking of the
METHODS. different food commodities using
VEGETABLES various cooking methods.
- Types of vegetables e.g. Students: Participate in the
leafy vegetables, root discussions. Practice some cooking
vegetables etc methods
- Food value of Teaching and learning Materials:
vegetables Different food Commodities, Charts of
- Methods of cooking Various food commodities, cooking
vegetables e.g. equipment and utensils
steaming, boiling,
stewing etc
Fruits:
- Types of fruits e.g.
orange, paw-paw,
mango etc
- Food value of fruits
 Herbs, Spices and Flavourings
- Types of herbs, spices
and flavouring
- Uses of herbs, spices
and flavouring
9 STUDY OF FOOD Teacher: Discusses the various food
COMMODITIES AND commodities and cooking methods.
PRINCIPLES OF COOKING Demonstrates the cooking of the
METHODS. different food commodities using
Dairy Products: various cooking methods.
- Types of dairy products Students: Participate in the
e.g. milk, cheese, discussions. Practice some cooking
yoghurt etc methods
- Methods of preserving Teaching and learning Materials:
milk e.g. evaporation, Different food Commodities, Charts of
dehydration etc Various food commodities, cooking
- Food value of milk equipment and utensils
- Uses of milk e.g. In
pudding, In hot and cold
drinks etc
10 STUDY OF FOOD Teacher: Discusses the various food
COMMODITIES AND commodities and cooking methods.
PRINCIPLES OF COOKING Demonstrates the cooking of the
METHODS. different food commodities using
EGGS: various cooking methods.
- Types of eggs e.g. Students: Participate in the
chicken egg, goose egg discussions. Practice some cooking
etc methods
- Factors to be Teaching and learning Materials:
considered when Different food Commodities, Charts of
choosing eggs Various food commodities, cooking
- Food value of eggs equipment and utensils
- Structure of an egg
- Uses of egg in cookery
- Methods of cooking
eggs e.g. boiling,
scrambling etc
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

CATERING CRAFT

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

PRINCIPLES OF COOKING METHODS
1 COOKING METHODS Teacher: Discusses the various
- Frying, poaching, cooking methods. Demonstrates the
microwaving, cooking of the different food
roasting, stewing, commodities using various cooking
baking, steaming, methods. Demonstrates the uses of
boiling, grilling, different measuring equipment
Grouping Cooking Methods: Students: Participate in the discussion.
a. Cooking in water e.g. Practice cooking of the various food
poaching, boiling stewing, commodities. Practice measurement
steaming, braising. with standard and local measurement
b. Cooking in oil e.g. Teaching and Learning Materials:
shallow frying, deep Cooking equipment and utensils.
frying, sautéing Charts of various cooking equipment
c. Cooking in dry heat e.g. both local and standard.
roasting, baking, grilling.
Reasons for Cooking Food
2 PRINCIPLES OF COOKING Teacher: Discusses the various
METHODS: cooking methods. Demonstrates the
i. Method of cooking cooking of the different food
- Cooking in water e.g. commodities using various cooking
boiling, stewing etc methods. Demonstrates the uses of
ii. Advantages and different measuring equipment
disadvantages of the cooking Students: Participate in the discussion.
methods Practice cooking of the various food
iii. Practical commodities. Practice measurement
with standard and local measurement
Teaching and Learning Materials:
Cooking equipment and utensils.
Charts of various cooking equipment
both local and standard.
3 PRINCIPLES OF COOKING Teacher: Discusses the various
METHODS: cooking methods. Demonstrates the
i. Cooking methods. cooking of the different food
- Cooking in oil e.g. commodities using various cooking
deep frying, shallow methods. Demonstrates the uses of
frying etc different measuring equipment
ii. Advantages and Students: Participate in the discussion.
disadvantages of cooking Practice cooking of the various food
methods. commodities. Practice measurement
iii. Practical with standard and local measurement
Teaching and Learning Materials:
Cooking equipment and utensils.
Charts of various cooking equipment
both local and standard.
4 PRINCIPLES OF COOKING Teacher: Discusses the various
METHODS: cooking methods. Demonstrates the
 i. Cooking methods. cooking of the different food
- Cooking in dry heat commodities using various cooking
e.g. baking, roasting
methods. Demonstrates the uses of
etc different measuring equipment
ii. Advantages and Students: Participate in the discussion.
disadvantages of the cooking Practice cooking of the various food
methods commodities. Practice measurement
iii. Practical with standard and local measurement
Teaching and Learning Materials:
Cooking equipment and utensils.
Charts of various cooking equipment
both local and standard.
5 PRINCIPLES OF COOKING Teacher: Discusses the various
METHODS: cooking methods. Demonstrates the
Preparation of food commodities cooking of the different food
- Rice and stew with commodities using various cooking
beef methods. Demonstrates the uses of
- Vegetable with salad different measuring equipment
- Practical Students: Participate in the discussion.
Practice cooking of the various food
commodities. Practice measurement
with standard and local measurement
Teaching and Learning Materials:
Cooking equipment and utensils.
Charts of various cooking equipment
both local and standard.
6 PRINCIPLES OF COOKING Teacher: Discusses the various
METHODS: cooking methods. Demonstrates the
Preparation of food commodities cooking of the different food
- Vegetables soup with commodities using various cooking
fish and semovita methods. Demonstrates the uses of
- Fruit salad different measuring equipment
- Practical Students: Participate in the discussion.
Practice cooking of the various food
commodities. Practice measurement
with standard and local measurement
Teaching and Learning Materials:
Cooking equipment and utensils.
Charts of various cooking equipment
both local and standard.
7 TEST INTERPRETATIONS Teacher: Discusses the various
- Food Production cooking methods. Demonstrates the
cooking of the different food
commodities using various cooking
methods. Demonstrates the uses of
different measuring equipment
 Students: Participate in the discussion.
Practice cooking of the various food
commodities. Practice measurement
with standard and local measurement
Teaching and Learning Materials:
Cooking equipment and utensils.
Charts of various cooking equipment
both local and standard.
8 STANDARD AND LOCAL Teacher: Discusses the various
MEASUREMENTS cooking methods. Demonstrates the
i. Metric system cooking of the different food
measurement e.g. commodities using various cooking
scales, measuring methods. Demonstrates the uses of
cups etc different measuring equipment
ii. Local measurement Students: Participate in the discussion.
e.g. tins, cups Practice cooking of the various food
iii. Methods to use in commodities. Practice measurement
converting metric with standard and local measurement
measurement to local Teaching and Learning Materials:
measurement e.g. Cooking equipment and utensils.
cups, spoons, tins, Charts of various cooking equipment
large measuring cups. both local and standard.
iv. Uses of the different
measuring equipment
v. Practical
9 FOOD AND BEVERAGE Teacher: Enumerates the various
SERVICES PERSONNEL types of personnel in food and
i. Definition of food and beverage are. Discusses the functions
beverage service of the food ad beverage personnel.
personnel Students: Participate in the discussion.
ii. Types of food and Copy board summary
beverage personnel Teaching and Learning Materials:
iii. Functions/duties of Charts on the organization of small,
various food and medium and large catering
beverage services organization
personnel
iv. Qualities of a good
food and beverage
personnel e.g./ waiter
10 TYPES OF SERVICES AND Teacher: Discusses types of food
TABLE LAYING/SETTING service, food covers and table
 Types of food services laying/setting
 Types of covers Students: Participate in the discussion.
 Table laying/setting Copy board summary
Teaching and Learning Material:
Pictures of the various table laying,
 table covers and napkin folding.

11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

COSMETOLOGY

SS I FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1. COSMOTOLOGY TEACHER
Define Cosmetology 1. Defines:
Introduction to Cosmetology (i) Cosmetology
(ii) Cosmetics
(iii) Cosmetician
2. COSMETOLOGY 2. Gives a brief introduction to
Cosmetics cosmetology
3. COSMETOLOGY 3. States the difference between a
Cosmetician cosmetologist and cosmetician
4. COSMETOLOGY 4. Write the different aspects of
Aspects of cosmetology cosmetology.

5. COSMETOLOGY STUDENTS:
Identification of aspects of 1. Define the three terms and
cosmetology explain the difference between
them.
2. List cosmetic items.
3. Write the different aspects of
cosmetology.
6. COSMETOLOGY 4. Identify aspects of cosmetology
Identification of aspects of 5. Identify samples of cosmetic
cosmetology items.

7. COSMETOLOGY INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:

Practical identification of samples 1. Samples of cosmetic items.
of cosmetic items 2. Charts of showing the different
 aspects of cosmetology.
8. PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 1. Explains the term professional
Professional ethics in cosmetology ethics.
2. States the professional ethics of
cosmetologist

9. PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 3.Demonstrates some of the

Good and poor ethics of professional ethics of a
cosmetology cosmetologist
4. State the qualities of a
cosmetologist.

10. PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 5. Demonstrates the qualities of a

Qualities of a cosmetologist cosmetologist

11. PROFESSIONAL ETHICS STUDENTS:

Practice 1. Explain the term professional
ethics
2. Practice professional ethics of
cosmetology.
3. State desirable qualities of a
good cosmetologist.
4. Play qualities of a cosmetologist.
12. PROFESSIONAL ETHICS INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
Demonstrate qualities of a 1. Chart
cosmetologist 2. Posters
3. Video clips
13. Revision Revision

14. Examination. Examination.

COSMOTOLOGY
SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC ACTIVITIES

1 PERSONAL/CLIENT SAFETY TEACHER:
Personal safety 1. Defines
2. Explains safety in cosmetology

2 PERSONAL/CLIENT SAFETY 3. Discusses some personal/client

Personal safety safety measures.
4. Demonstrates some of the safety
measures
3 PERSONAL/CLIENT SAFETY STUDENTS:
 Client safety 1. Listen to the explanations
2. Give additional examples.
3. Participate in the demonstration.
4 PERSONAL/CIENT SAFETY 4. Copy notes on board
Practice 5. Visit a salon.
6. Write a report on a visit to the
salon.
INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
1. Charts, Posters, Video clips.
2. Safety materials
3. First aid box and its contents.
5 PERSONAL HYGIENE TEACHER:
Define personal hygiene 1. Defines hygiene
Rules for personal hygiene 2. List some personal hygiene
rules.
3. List some materials that are used
in maintaining personal hygiene.
6 PERSONAL HYGIENE STUDENTS:
Practice 1. Participate in the discussions
2. Demonstrate some personal
hygiene.
3. Ask questions
4. Write reports on a visit to a
beauty salon.
5. Copy teachers note on board.
INSRUCTURAL RESOURCES:
Charts, Posters, Towels,
Deodorants etc.
7 COSMETIC TOOLS, EQUIPMENT TEACHER:
AND MATERIALS 1. Lists cosmetic tools, equipment
General tools, equipment and and materials.
materials in cosmetology. 2. Explains cosmetic tools,
Description of cosmetic tools, equipment and materials.
equipment and materials. 3. Demonstrates the use of tools,
equipment and materials.
4. Arranges an excursion to a
beauty salon, cosmetic
shop/supermarket for students.

STUDENTS
1. Identify cosmetic tools,
equipment and materials.
2. Practice the use of cosmetic
tools, equipment and materials.

8 COSMETIC TOOLS, EQUIPMENT INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:

AND MATERIALS TOOLS:
Cutting scissors, razor blade, tinting
Classification of cosmetic tools, brush, bowl, rollers and pins, ear
equipment and material. shields, tweezers, brushes, basket,
Nail files, emery boards, face cover,
neck strip, dummy, pedicure and
manicure basin.

9 COSMETIC TOOLS, EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENTS:

AND MATERIALS. Hair dryers, steamer, clippers,
styling iron, foot massager, bonging
Uses of cosmetic tools, equipment machine, mirror, styling chairs,
and materials shampoo bowls, trolley, chairs,
stool, generator, stabilizer, hand
dryer etc.

10 COSMETIC TOOLS, EQUIPMENT MATERIALS:

AND MATERIALS.
Combs, gloves, styling capes,
Uses of cosmetic tools, equipment Neutralizing shampoo, scalp and
 and materials. hair deconditioners, setting lotion,
needles, thread, weave-on, hair
(Practical) piece, wigs, artificial nail, pomade,
colour tints, cotton wool, buffer,
wrapping lotion, moisturizers, hair
spray.

11 Revision Revision

12 Examination. Examination.

COSMOTOLOGY

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPICS ACTIVITIES

1 TYPES OF HAIR TEACHER:
Types of hair(Dry, normal, 1. Lists the types of hair.
etc) 2. Discusses care o f hair.
3. Demonstrates the correct procedure for
care of the hair.

2 TYPES OF HAIR STUDENTS:

Care of the hair 1. Name types of hair.
Practice 2. Practice proper way of caring for hair.
3. Visit cosmetic store to check samples
of hair care products.
4. Collect posters and magazines cutting
to produce album.
5. Copy teachers note on board.
INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
Combs, brushes, relaxer etc.
3 GENERAL HAIR TEACHER:
TREATMENT 1. Lists types of hair treatment
Types of hair treatment 2. States hair treatment for different type
(Shampooing, conditioning, of hair.
steaming etc) 3. States stages of hair treatment.
4. Selects the right types of shampoo,
conditioners and pomade for different hair
texture.
5. Demonstrates the stages of hair
treatment.

4 GENERAL HAIR STUDENT:

 TREATMENT. 1. Identify types of hair treatment.
Hair treatment 2. Identify and name products of hair
-Dandruff treatment.
-Dry hair 3. Practice the correct procedure of hair
-Oily hair treatment.
-Normal hair 4. Copy teachers note on board.
INSRUCTIONAL RESOURCES:
Water, comb, scissors mirror, etc.
5 GENERAL HAIR
TREATMENT
Stages of hair treatment
(Shampooing, conditioning,
steaming, trimming, drying
and styling).

- (Practical)

6 SCALP TREATMENT TEACHER:

Scalp problem. 1. List types of scalp problem.
(Hair loss alopecia, dandruff, 2. States how to prevent them.
lichen simplex).
3. List materials for scalp treatment.
7 SCALP TREATMENT
4. Demonstrate the procedures for scalp
Scalp problem (tick bites and
treatment.
ringworm etc).
Discusses the types of prevention of
8 SCALP TREATMENT
scalp problems.
Scalp treatment
STUDENTS:
- Nutritional
1. Mention different types of scalp
- Chemical problem.

9 SCALP TREATMENT 2. Identify different types of scalp

treatment.
Materials for scalp treatment.
3. List materials for scalp treatment (good
( good shampoo, vitamin B) shampoo, foods containing vit. B)

-Practical scalp treatment. 4. Copy notes on board.

10 SCALP TREATMENT 5. Practice correct treatment on a

 Prevention of scalp problems

volunteer scalp.

6. State tips on prevention of scalp

problem. 7. Visit a beauty salon and
make a list of products for scalp
treatment.
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination. Examination.

DATA PROCESSING
SSI FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 History of computing i. Mention concrete device used
Concrete devices in computing e.g tally stick,
coins, rope etc
ii. Identify concrete devices used
in computing
2 History of computing i. Explain number systems
Numbering system (binary, octal, decimal and
Conversion from one hexadecimal number systems)
number system to another ii. Change from one number
system to another
3 Digitalization of data i. Definition of digitalization
Definition ii. Explain process of digitalization
History of computer (how data is changed to
development machine code)
iii. Explain history of computer
development e.g. Abacus,
Pascal, Babbage, Hotterith and
Eniac.
4 Digitalization of data i. List and explain types of
Types of computers computers e.g. mainframe,
Components of computers laptops etc
ii. Name and explain computer
components
iii. Input devices e.g. keyboard
iv. Processing device e.g. CPU
 v. Output device e.g. Visual
Display Unit (VDU)
vi. Identify components of a
computer

5 Data and information i. Definition of data

Data ii. State types of data e.g. strings,
Data types numbers etc
Information iii. Definition of information
6 History of computer i. Mention the generation of
Generations of computer computer
Characteristics features of ii. Describe each generation of
each generation computer in terms of year of
development, the technology
speed of operation storage
capacity etc.
Identify the generation of computer and
match each with its characteristics
features
7 Classification of i. List classification of computer
computers by size e.g. supercomputer
By type ii. By type e.g. digital
By size iii. By function e.g. general
By functionality purpose computer
8 ICT Application in i. Explain the uses of ICT
everyday life ii. Explain and leads discussion
Uses of ICT on the importance of ICT in the
ICT and the society society
9 The art of information Definition of information processing
processing State the procedures for information
Information processing processing
procedures i. Collation of information
ii. Organization of information
iii. Analysis of information
iv. Interpretation of information
10 Process of information i. Definition of information
transmission transmission
Method of transmission ii. List and explain method of
information transmitting information e.g.
Method of transmitting newspaper, radio, telephone,
information television etc
11 Medium of information Name types of medium of information
transmission transmission
Types of medium for - Wireless e.g. Bluetooth, infrared
transmission and receiving - Satellite e.g. internet
information - Cable e.g. cable TVs
 Classify information by - Radio waves e.g. Radio station
means of transmission and
mode of receiving
12 Medium of information Classify means of transmitting
Transmission information
Classification of means of i. Electronic
Tran ii. Non – electronic
13 Revision Revision
14 Examination Examination

DATA PROCESSING
SS I SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Operation system i. Definition of operating
Types of operating system system
ii. States types of operating
system
2 Operating system i. Gives example of operating
Examples of operating system system
Function of operating system ii. Outlines the function of an
operating system
iii. Listen to teacher
explanation
3 Word processing i. Define word processing
Uses of word processing ii. State the uses of word
software processing software
Example of word processing iii. List the examples of word
software processor (micro soft word)
4 Exploring the word window i. Start Microsoft word
Load and exit Ms word ii. Name the components
Component of the word window iii. Create a new document
Create and save new document and save it.
Instructional Resources
Computer set, ms office software
5 Editing a document i. Open an existing document
Open an existing document ii. Correct typing errors using
Correct errors arrow, delete and
backspace keys
iii. Correcting document using
copy, cut and paste
facilities
6 Formatting texts i. Modifying text font and size
Modify text font and size ii. Aligning text in document
Align text iii. Indenting paragraph and
 Indent paragraph modifying line spacing
Insert headers and footers iv. Inserting headers and
footers
Instructional resources
Computer system, projector with
screen, ms office software.
7 Working with table i. Define tables and states its
Tables and its functions functions
Create tables ii. Create table using insert
Format tables and draw method
iii. Formatting tables
Instructional resources
Computer system, projector with
screen, Ms Office Software
8 Working with graphics i. Inserting pictures, clip art,
Using insert tab Word Art and charts using
Working with shapes and Smart the insert tab
Art ii. Inserting shapes and
working with Smart Art
graphic
Instructional resources
Computer system, projector with
screen, Ms Office Software
9 Spreadsheet i. Definition of spreadsheet
Uses of Spreadsheet ii. States the uses of
Examples of Spreadsheet spreadsheet
iii. Give the examples of
spreadsheet package
Instructional resources
Computer set, interactive training CD
10 Spreadsheet i. Load ms – excel software
Component of spreadsheet ii. Show them the
components of Ms Excel
(worksheet, workbook, cell,
cell range name box,
formula bar etc)
Instructional Resources
Ms excel software, computer set
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination
 DATA PROCESSING
SS I THIRD TERD

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Inserting formulas and i. Write simple formulas of
using functions addition, subtraction,
Writing simple formula multiplication and division
Writing complex formula ii. Use auto sum, average,
product and quotient
functions
iii. Total rows and columns
Instructional resources
Computer set, ms excel software
2 Formatting the worksheet i. Type in a range of cells
Align cells and align the content
Selecting columns, rows and ii. Select column, rows and
entire worksheet entire worksheet
Inserting and deleting rows iii. Insert and delete rows and
and columns columns
Adjust column width and row iv. Adjust columns width and
height rows height
Changing vertical alignment v. Change vertical alignment
and rotating cell content and rotate all content
Instructional Resources
Computer set, ms excel software
3 Formatting the worksheet i. Transfer data from one
Transferring data worksheet to another
Merging cell workbook
Inserting and removing ii. Merge cells
borders and gridlines iii. Insert and removed
borders and gridlines
Instructional resources
Computer set, ms excel software
4 Managing data in i. Create cell references
spreadsheet (BIO, C2 : H2)
Creating references ii. Use built in functions
Using built in function common to financial and
statistical applications.
Sum, average, product,
cumulative frequency etc.
iii. Guide the students to Sort
data in ascending or
descending order
iv. Filter data using auto filter
and custom filter
5 Managing data in spread i. Sort data in ascending or
 sheet descending order
Sorting data Filter data using auto filter and
Filtering data custom filter
6 Creating charts ion Create different types of chart, pie,
spreadsheet line, column and bar chart
Creating different types of Guide students to create their own
charts chart
7 Introduction to Database i. Define database, and
Management System (DBMS) database management
Uses applications of system
Database ii. State uses or application
Components of DBMS areas of database
Examples of DBMS iii. List and explain
components of DBMS
 Software
 Hardware
 Data
 Procedure
 Access language
 Users
iv. Give examples of
Database Management
System oracle, access,
SQL server etc
Instructional resources
Computer set, interactive training CD
8 Database working i. Open Ms access and
environment navigate the environment
Load access to show different
Data types components
Samples of DBMS in local ii. Name and explain all the
template data types: text, memo etc.
open north wind in local
template practice loading
and exiting Ms access
Instructional resources
Computer set, ms access software

9 Database objects i. Define all the access

 Table object and show them
 Forms samples from the system
 Report ii. Create access table in
 Query design view inserting fields
 Macro and declaring their data
 Creating table in types
design view iii. Students should practice
 creating table
Instructional Materials
Computer set, Ms access software
10 Computer ethics i. Explain computer room
Computer room management management ethics.
ethics ii. List and explain laboratory
Laboratory rules and rules and regulations
regulations Instructional Materials
Charts of an ideal computer room /
laboratory
11 Safety measures i. State adequate sitting
i. Sitting arrangement arrangement in a computer
ii. Positioning of room
monitor base ii. Demonstrate how to
iii. Illuminating the position the monitor base
computer room iii. Explain the necessity of
iv. Maintaining adjust illuminating the computer
free environment room and keeping liquid
v. Keep liquid away away from the computers
from the computers iv. Explain how to maintain
dust free environment
Instructional resources
Charts, pictures
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination

DYING AND BLEACHING

SS1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 COLOUR THEORY- The teacher explains the color

INTRODUCTION TO COLOR theory. The students draw the chart
SCHEME;- for better understanding of color
scheme.
Primary color and formation of
secondary colors and process of
mixing the tertiary colors.

2 COLOR SCHEME The teacher demonstrates how to

(PRACTICAL) mix the secondary colors. The
students produce the color scheme
using postal colors (red, yellow and
blue) to get the secondary and
 tertiary colours.

3 FORMATION OF MOTIF- The teacher demonstrates on how to

INTRODUCTION TO cut a stencil or motif/design or format
CREATION AND FORMATION area.
OF MOTIF OR FORMAT
AREA. The students produce a similar work/
design or motif.

4 FORMATION OF The teacher produces a sample of a

TRADITIONAL AFRICAN traditional or local motif, it can be in
MOTIF. animal form, bed, hen, crocodile etc.
or stylized motif in foliage.

The students produce a similar motif

on cardboard to form a stencil.

5 CREATION OF PATTERNS The teacher produces pattern with

the motif stencil. He guides the
students to be observant. The
students produce their motif, already
cut in stencil, using poster color and
textile material through dabbing.
Emphasis must be on the
arrangement of the pattern.

6 INTRODUCTION TO TIE AND The teacher explains the use of

DYE- these materials.
Meaning of tie and dye. The students listen attentively.
Types of reactive dye e.g. vat
dye (indanthrene) indigo, dylon.
The binding agents, table salt,
caustic soda, sodium
hydrosulphate. Some materials
like plastic spoons, plastic basin,
raffia twin etc.

7 TIE AND DYE, A The students explain the processes

THEORETICAL APPROACH. involved in tie and dye.

Techniques of tie and dye.

Folding, knotting, pleating,
stiching, twisting, marbling, wick
 folding and sewing stick
assisted pattern. Demonstrate
the pattern by using 100%
cotton textile material. Get the
chemical- vat dye (dye stuff).
Custic soda, sodium
hydrosulphate. Allow the
students to try what you have
done. Get the hot water ready
with the chemicals. Allow the
cloth to stay for about 20
minutes in the dye bath, then
remove wash with cold water
and spread on the line, not in
the hot sun.

8 TIE AND DYE (PRACTICAL) The teacher guides the students as

they produce the tie and dye using
the materials mentioned.

9 INTRODUCTION TO PLAIN The teacher introduces the plain

DYING OF FABRIC dying. Explains that cotton materials
absords, the dye very well. He also
explains that the other reaction dyes
work with a selected material. He will
explain the difference between tie
dying and pkin dying. The students
get the materials ready for plain
dying.

10 PLAIN DYING The teacher gets the materials ready

for plain dying.

11 PLAIN DYING (ANOTHER The teacher teaches the students

COLOR) the process of plain dying in another
color, how a darker color super
imposes the light color. The students
produce it following the teacher’s
guide.

12 EXHIBITION OF WORKS The teacher guides the students to

fabricate exhibition stands, display
 the works. The students display the
work.

13 Revision Revision

14 Examination Examination

DYING AND BLEACHING

SS1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 SAFETY;- The teacher explains safety

precaution in dying, while the students
Safety precaution in dying. listen. The teacher states the danger
Use of nose and mouth mask. of inhaling the fumes of the chemical,
while the students use nose and hand
gloves when dying.

2 SOURCING OF THE The teacher guides the students to

MATERIALS/LABELING OF label the chemicals, colors of the dye
CHEMICAL, DYE STUFF stuff etc. the teacher guides the
COLOR, NOSE & MOUTH students to handle the hot water and
MASK, APRON, RUBBER, the chemicals with care.
HAND GLOVE.

3 SAFETY TIPS AFTER DYING;- Teacher instructs the students to

clean up the work area.
Washing of hands, rubbing of
greese/pomade. Protect hand Students wash their hands, rub
from direct contact on hand. pomade after the dying. Teacher tells
the students the importance of the
safety tips.

4 TECHNIQUES OF TIE AND The teacher demonstrates how to fold

DYE; in right angle form. The students try
and fold the cloth in a right angle form.
Folding method,

Folding in right angle form,

Use sticks to divide in the middle

 to give pattern.

5 MARBLING METHOD; The teacher demonstrates for the

students to see, he explains and
(SQUEEZING METHOD). displays a sample of marbling by
Marbling by squeezing into ball squeezing. Students remain
ore colour observant, and ask questions where
not clear.

6 MARBLING BY TWISTING AND The teacher demonstrates, using a

SPLASHING IN TWO COLORS. cotton material, twist the cloth on the
floor, splashed the color in a well
spaced form.

7 BOLTING METHOD; The teacher folds the cloth, and put

the wood in a desired form pattern.
Meaning of bolting, and crossing
of iron or wood in the dye.

8-10 PRACTICALS ON TIE AND The teacher gets the materials ready
DYE. for the practical. The students join
hands together to boil water, and form
PROJECT WORK ON EACH OF the design they want to produce.
THE TECHNQUES Students clean up the work area.
DISCUSSED. Spread the cloth not in the hot sun.

11-12 EXHIBITION; B The teacher guides the students to

arrange the cloths on the
Get the materials together, shelve/stand. The students keep
arrange them, iron them. watching eye on the work exhibited.

13 Revision Revision

14 Examination Examination

DYING AND BLEACHING

SS1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1-2 TECHNIQUES OF TIE AND DYE The teacher demonstrates to the
students, to show same techniques
Need for variety in tie and dye in tie and dye. The teacher
process. stresses the need for knowing the
various techniques in tie and dye.
The students listen and participate
in the lesson.

3-4 TITIQUE;- The teacher demonstrates for the

students to see, lists out the
TECHNIQUE OF TIE AND DYE; materials involved in the technique
Explain the processes involved in of tie and dye. The students listen
titique method of tie and dye. and partake in the practical work
as instructed by the teacher.

5-6 CIRCLE DESIGN; The teacher demonstrates how to

get circles on tie and dye. The
Explain the process involved. Explain students observe as the teacher
the materials involved. demonstrates and partake in the
practical and work.

7-8 STICK AND FOLDING; NEED FOR The teacher demonstrates the
THE STICK AND FOLDING process involved in stick and
METHOD. folding method. The students
observe and ask questions,
partake in the practical work as
directed by the teacher.

9-10 PROJECT WORK ON The teacher makes arrangement

TECHNIQUES OF TIE AND DYE; for the materials required, guides
the students to execute the
Need for practical works on the practical works on each of the
techniques discussed. techniques discussed. The
students produce the tie and dye
under the teacher’s supervision.

11 EXHIBITION OF THE WORKS The teacher tells the students the

WEED FOR EXHIBITION OF ART need for exhibition of works
WORKS. produced. The teacher guides the
students to mount the works
produced. Invite the principal, staff,
 and students to witness the work.

12 Revision Revision

13 Examination Examination

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE WORK

SSS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 ELECRICAL WORKSHOP Teacher: Explain the layout in electrical
- Explain Electrical workshop. Display some diagrams on
workshop electrical workshop.
- State the rules and Students: observe the display of diagram
regulations in electrical of electrical workshop
workshop
2 SAFETY RULES Teacher: Explain what safety rule is to
i. Explain safety rules the students. State some of the rules.
ii. Mention rules to Display some wears meant for workshop
adhere to in the Students: observe some of the displayed
workshop workshop uniform. Mention some safety
rules.
Instructional Materials: overall, helmet,
goggle
3 HAZARDS IN ELECTRICAL Teacher: Explain causes of accidents.
INSTALLATION WORK. Explain how to prevent accidents
Causes of Accidents Students: observe some accident
Prevention of Accidents posters displayed in the workshop.
Instructional Materials: posters, charts
4 MEASURING Teacher: explain measurement. Display
Types and Uses of Measuring some measuring instruments.
Instrument Students: observe the displayed
measuring instrument.
Instructional Material: ohmmeter
5 PRACTICAL CLASS ON HOW Teacher: display the measuring
TO USE MEASURING instrument e.g. ohmmeter. Explains how
INSTRUMENTS to measure continuity by adjusting the
meter to ohms.
Students: observe the ohmmeter.
Participate in getting continuity
6 MARKING Teacher: State the types of markings.
Explain marking Mention tools used in marking
Types and uses of marking Students: demonstrate use of marking
tools. tools.
 Instructional materials: centre punch
7 STRIKING TOOLS Teacher: state the types of striking tools.
Types and uses of striking tools Demonstrate use of striking tools.
Students: demonstrate use of striking
tools.
Instructional material: Scriber
8 CABLE Teacher: explain the word cable. Display
Definition of cable various types of cables.
Types of cable Students: observe the display of cables.
Preparation of cables Demonstrate cable preparations and
use.
Instructional materials: PVC Cables

9 WORKING DRAWING Teacher: explain different types of

Electrical symbols. drawing i.e. civil, mechanical, electrical
Types of drawing. drawing. Explain symbols. Display
electrical drawing chart with symbol.
Students: observe and draw some
symbols.
Instructional Material: working diagrams,
accessories, charts etc.
10 ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES Teacher: identify different types of
Definition of Accessories accessories.
Mention different types of Students: identification of accessories
Accessories Instructional material: switch, socket
outlet etc.
11 PRACTICAL DRAWING Teacher: sketch the drawing on the
3 BED ROOM APARTMENT board. Import some of the accessories.
Draw into scale. Students: draw the 3 bedroom apartment
Position some of the plan and import the accessories on the
Accessories appropriate point
Instructional Material: wiring drawing
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE WORK

SSS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 GENERATION Teacher: display the picture of generating
Explain Generation station coal, hydro, steam.
Types of generating station Students: observe the displayed picture
Instructional material: picture of generating
station.
2 TRANSMISSION Teacher: display the picture of transmitting
Explain transmission station. State different types of transmission
Types of transmission Students: observe the displayed pictures of
Accessories used, e.g. pylon transmission.
Instructional material: picture of
transmission station.
3 DISTRIBUTION Sketch the diagram of generation,
Explain distribution transmission and distribution on the board.
Sketch diagram of Identify volting
generation, transmission and
distribution.
Single phase
Three phase
4 SURFACE WIRING Teacher: Display the working drawing i.e.
Explain surface wiring circuit diagram of a point of light controlled
Identify the cable for power by a switch. Display some cables to the
and lighting students.
Students: observe the displayed cable and
clips.
Instructional materials: clip, PVC nail
5 PRACTICAL CLASS ON A Teacher: sketch the diagram i.e. circuit
POINT CONTROLLED BY A diagram on the board. Demonstrate the
SWITCH wiring.
Students: observe the displayed cable and
clips.
Instructional Material: Clip, PVC, Nail
6 TWO POINTS OF LIGHT Teacher: display sizes and types of cable.
CONTROLLED BY A Demonstrate the wiring.
SWITCH Students: wire two points of light controlled
by a switch.
Instructional materials: cables, PVC, Nails
&Clips, wiring board.
7 CURRENT RATING OF A Teacher: display sizes and types of cable.
CABLE Explain current rating of cables.
- Definition of current Students: observe displayed cables and
rating clips.
- Faulter afluting current Instructional materials: cables, (PVC), baro
rating of a cable conductor- copper and aluminium
- Types of conductors
8 INTRODUCTION TO Teacher: explain conduit wiring, types,
CONDUIT SYSTEM OF advantages and disadvantages.
WIRING. Students: observe the displayed
i. Explain conduit components.
system Instructional materials: Sizes of PVC
ii. Advantages of conduit pipes (20mm2) 2.5mm2)
conduit system
 iii. Types of conduit
system of wiring

9 INTRODUCTION TO Teacher: identify conduit components.

CONDUIT SYSTEM OF Displays conduit components and explain
WIRING. their uses. Demonstrate conduit wiring.
i. Piping Students: observe displayed components
ii. Wiring and carry out piping and wiring.
iii. Fitting Instructional Material: various types of
circular boxes. Terminal angle Tec, 4way,
2-hole loop-in, knockout box.
10 Revision Revision
11-12 Examination Examination

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE WORK

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 INTRODUCTION TO Teacher: Display and explain the functions
PROTECTIVE DEVICES of protective devices.
i. Explain protective Students: observe the displayed protective
device. devices.
ii. Types of protective Instructional material: Circuit breaker,
devices fuse, chart

2 FUSES Teacher: Display the fuse. Explain the

- Definition different type, the working principle and
- Types of fuses the application of the a fuse on the IEE
- IEE regulation regulation.
- Terminologies: current Students: observe the displayed fuse,
rating, fusing factor, calculate current rating.
current rating Instructional material: fuse, rewirable fuse,
centridge fuse, high breaking capacity
fuse

3 CIRCUIT BREAKER Teacher: Display and explain the functions

Explain Circuit Breaker of circuit breaker. Display different types
Types Of Circuit Breakers of circuit breakers
Instructional materials: current operated
circuit breaker, voltage operated circuit
breaker.
4 CURRENT OPERATED Teacher: circuit breaker. Explain the
CIRCUIT BREAKER working principle of circuit breaker.
- Explain current Students: observe the displayed current
 operated circuit breaker operated circuit breaker
- Types of current Instructional materials: single phase
operated circuit breaker current operated circuit breaker, three
- Principles of operation phase
of current operated
circuit breaker.
5 PRACTICAL CLASS ON THE Teacher: sketch the diagram on the board.
INSTALLATION OF FUSE Explain the IEE regulation on fuses.
Students: observe the displayed
diagrams. Connect the distribution fuse
board to 2 point of light controlled by a
switch and 2 13amps socket outlet.
Instructional Material: Distribution fuse
board for single phase & three phase
6 INSTALLATION OF Teacher: sketch the diagram on the board.
CURRENT OPERATED Explain the IEE regulation on circuit
CIRCUIT BREAKER breaker. Connect 2 points of light to a
single phase circuit breaker, 3 phase
circuit breaker.
Instructional materials: single phase circuit
breaker, 3 phase circuit breaker.
7 INTRODUCTION TO Teacher: display the voltage operated
VOLTAGE OPERATED circuit breaker. Sketch the schematic
CIRCUIT BREAKER diagram on the board.
 Explain voltage Students: observe displayed objects
operated circuit breaker Instructional materials: single phase
 Principle of operation voltage operated circuit breaker, 3 phase
with the aid of a voltage operated circuit breaker
sketched diagram.
8 INSTALLATION OF Teacher: sketch the diagram on the board.
VOLTAGE OPERATED Explain the IEE regulation on circuit
CIRCUIT BREAKER breaker.
Students: observe the sketched diagram.
Connect 2 points of light to a single phase
circuit breaker, 3 phase circuit breaker.
Instructional materials: single phase
voltage operated circuit breaker, 3 phase
voltage operated circuit breaker
9 THE RELEVANT Teacher: Sketch the diagram on the board
REGULATION i.e. circuit diagram.
IEE Regulation on protective Students: observe the sketched diagram
Devices (Fuse Circuit Breaker) and connect the voltage operated circuit
diagram.
Instructional Material: voltage operated
circuit breaker. Wiring board.
10 THE IEE REGULATION Teacher: Explain the importance of IEE
 State the IEE regulation on regulation. Display the diagram on
protective devices. earthing. Students: observe the displayed
Functions of earthing in circuit diagram and later check the IEE
breaker. regulation handbook.
Instructional Material: Earth rod, earth
lead.
11 Revision Revision
12-13 Examination Examination

FISHERIES

SS1 FIRST TERM

WEE TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K
1 Introduction of Definition/meaning of fisheries & fishery. Define fishery
fisheries Meaning of processing. and fisheries.
Processes of fish processing.
2 Introduction to Meaning of marketing. Define Marketing
fisheries Types of markets.
Location of the market.
3 Introduction of Definition/Meaning of production. Definition of
fisheries Types of production in fisheries production
4 Introduction of Meaning of distribution. Explanation if
fisheries Types of distribution. distribution
5 Sub-division of Meaning of capture fisheries(fishing). Demonstration
fisheries Types of capture:-
Subsistence fisheries; artisanal
fisheries, industrial fisheries
6 Sub-division of Culture fisheries (aquaculture) Demonstration
fisheries The various types of aquaculture.
continues
7 Sub-division of Meaning of industrial fisheries Picture or video
fisheries cont. Types of industrial fisheries tapes , projectors
8 Importance of Importance of fisheries; Visit to a
fish Food, employment, income generation, standard fish
social cultural life, aesthetic, foreign farm
exchange etc
9 Importance of Learning/ Research, recycling Demonstration
fisheries
10 Importance of Sporting of activities e.g, argungun A visit to a fish
fisheries fishing festival, Angling etc festival- Yaba etc
Leather e.g from sharks and electric fish
11 Practicals Praticals Pratical
12 Revision Revisions Revision
13-14 examination examination examination

FISHERIES

SS1 SECOND TERM

WEE TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K
1 Capture of Meaning of capture fishery Visit to any nearby
fishery Types of capture fishery-capture e.g, river for fish
subsistence capture fishery, catching with the
industrial. students
2 Capture Meaning of capture fishery. Talks on capture
fishery Description of capture fishery. fishery.
3 Methods of Methods of capture fishery. Using hooks and
capture Hooks and lines lines with attractive
fishery Description of hooks and lines. baits. Drawing of
Drawing of the hooks and lines the fishing tool.
4 Methods of Methods of capture fishery using Using Hooks and
capture nets: lines with attractive
fishing Types of nets: scoop net, gill net. baits.
Description and drawing. Drawing of the
fishing tool
5 Methods of Other types of nets- senine and cast The use of senine
capture nets. and cast nets where
fishery Description and drawings. applicable.
continues
6 Methods of Baskets, traps, impaling, pond, The use of impaling,
capture draining. traps and baskets
fishery cont. by the students
under supervision of
the teacher
7 Methods of Explanations of other methods of Students using
capture capturing fishery- slightly heavy object
fishery cont. Electro-fishing on either a pond or
Ultrasonic the river, fishes will
Trawlers. come to surface of
the water
8 Materials for Materials: Students using
capturing Nets, Hook and line, Cages, knives, capture materials
fishes traps, baskets etc such baskets, hook
and line etc for
demonstration.
9 Practical Practical General work on the
fishery site
10 Practical Practical General activities at
the fishery site
11 Revisions Revisions revisions
12 Examination s Examination Examinations

FISHERIES

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEE TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K
1 Culture Meaning /definition of culture fishery. Physical handling of
fisheries Identification of common qualities of the cum observing
culturable fish species, the fish
2 Culture Identification of common qualities Visiting standard
fisheries such as hardiness, acceptability of fish farm and
artificial fish feeds, tolerance to poor records the field trip
water quality, ability to reproduce in
captivity etc
3 Culture Identification of common cultural fish Display fish species
fisheries species such as clarias spp, tilapia, with different body
shrimp, seed weed, heterobranchus forms
etc
4 Characteristics Characteristics include; Display the various
of common Presence /absence of scales. fish species with
culturable fish Shape of mouth, tail, fins, scales, their shape of
species general body shape etc. mouth, tail, fins
scales etc
5 Practicals Knowledge of scientific names is Write the common
essential. names and the
scientific names of
each of the species
6 Culturing Meaning of ponds. Visiting the school
facilities Description of the carious ponds ponds or outside
the school.
7 Features of a Features consists of Dam, core Trip / visit to a
standard fish trench, monk, boards, etc standard fish pond
pond
8 Construction Consisting the distribution channel Visit any fish frm
of a standard such as monk, Boards, screens etc. that has these
fish pond facilities.
9 Stocking of a Stocking of a fish pond with fishes of Fingerlings or
fish pond the same ages, sizes etc juvenile of the same
ages, sizes should
be shown to the
 students.
10 Maintenance Maintenance include the following: Students should be
of a fish pond Supplementary feeding, wedding, silt involved in feeding
removal, air supply, water supply etc and maintaining the
fish pond
11 Revision Revision Revision
12-13 Examinations Examinations Examinations

GARMENT MAKING

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 INTRODUCTION TO GARMENT Teacher discusses the concept

MAKING and importance of garment.

- Definition of garment making Resources; chart.

- Concept of garment making
- History of garment making
- Reasons for wearing garments.
2 CLOTHING ITEMS Teacher displays various items of
clothing, discuss clothes suitable
-Identification of clothing items e.g for each occasion.
dresses, shoes, hat etc
Resources; items of clothing.
-Clothes for different occasions e.g office,
sports, uniform, party.

3 PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN Teacher discusses the four

principles of design.
- Definition of garment design
- Proportion, rhythm, balance or Resources; charts showing
harmony and emphasis features in garment.

4 ELEMENTS OF DESIGN Teacher discusses the elements

of design.
- Concept of elements of design
- Elements of design—space, form, Resources; chart showing
line, texture, and color. different types of line.

5 IMPORTANCE OF COLOUR Teacher explains the importance

of colour and befitting colours on
- Basic colour, i.e primary, completion.
secondary and tertiary colours.
 - Qualities of colour Resources; colour wheel, color
- Classes of colour e.g cool and triangle.
warm
- Color and complexion.
6 FACTORS INFLUENCING GARMENT Teacher explains factors that
DESIGN influence garment design.

- Age Resources; pictures of different

- Figure type figure types.
- Interest etc
7 ECONOMIC VALUES OF GARMENT Discuss the importance and the
DESIGN economic value of garment
making.
- Importance of garment design to
individual, family and the nation. Resources; pictures of designers
- Economic value of garment from fashion magazines.
making.
8 ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN GARMENT Teacher discusses the
MAKING advantages and qualities of
entrepreneurship.
- Definition of entrepreneurship
- Advantages of entrepreneurship Resources; field trip to fashion
- Qualities of entrepreneurship. house/industries.

9 GARMENT MAKING BUSINESS Discussion on the concept of

business and factors considered
- Definition of business. in business.
- Factors to be considered when
going into garment making Resources; chart showing
business. garment making workshop.

10 SEWING TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT Demonstration and handling of

sewing tools and equipment.
- Identification of sewing tools.
- Classification of tools and Resources; actual sewing tools
equipment according to their and equipments.
functions.
- Points to consider in choosing
sewing tools and equipments.
-
11 CARE OF SEWING TOOLS AND Describe the specific way of
EQUIPMENTS caring for each tool and
equipment.
Importance of care and maintenance of
sewing tools and equipment. Resources; tools and
equipments.
 12 METHODS OF CARING FOR TOOLS Practical demonstration on how
AND EQUIPMENT to care for each tool and
equipment.
Steps involved in caring and maintaining
of tools and equipment. Resources; tools and equipment,
items required for caring for each
Practical on specific ways of caring for tools and equipments.
each tool.

13 Revision Revision

14 Examination Examination

GARMENT MAKING

SS1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 THE SEWING MACHINE Explanation of various types and

parts of sewing machine.
- Identification of different types of
sewing machine. Resources; charts showing parts
- Uses of different types. of sewing machine, different types
- Functions of parts of sewing of sewing machine.
machines.
2 CARE OF SEWING Discussion on how to select and
care for sewing machine.
- Selection of sewing machine.
- Daily care of sewing machine Resources; sewing machine and
- Routine maintenance of sewing items used for servicing, machine,
machine. mechanic.

3 MACHINE FAULTS Discussion on common faults and

the causes of each fault.
-Identification of common faults or
problems Resources; sewing machine and
- Causes of the faults pieces of fabric.
- Solution/remedies to the
problems.
4 SOLUTIONS TO COMMON Demonstrates correction of some
PROBLEMS OF SEWING MACHINE machine faults.

- Improper use of machine parts. Resources; sewing machine,

 - How to rectify common problems accessories and pieces of fabric.
or faults in sewing machine.
5 BASIC STITCHES Explanation on uses of different
types of stitches, practical work on
- Types of basic stitches; temporary stitches.
temporary permanent etc
- Uses of basic stitches. Resources; album showing
- Making of temporary stitches different types of stitches.
(tackings).
6 BASIC STITCHES Demonstration on how to work
each stitch.
Practical working of different types of
basic stitches. Resources; fabric, needle, sewing
and embroidery threads.

7 SEAMS Demonstration on how to work

open seam.
-Types of seam
Resources; samples of garment
Where seams are used. with different seams, fabric and
Points to consider when choosing sewing accessories.
seams.

Working of open seam.

8 SEAMS AND SEAM FINISHES Demonstration on procedures for

producing different seams and
-Methods of finishing seams e.g methods of finishing the seam
hemming, bounding etc. edges.
Working of other seams. Resources; fabrics and sewing
accessories.

9 DISPOSAL OR ARRANGEMENT OF Discuss the different methods of

FULLNESS arranging fullness in garment.

Methods of disposing or arranging Resources; samples of fullness in

fullness in garments. garments, fabrics and sewing
tools.
- Practical work on gathers, darts,
and pleats.
10 FULLNESS IN GARMENTS Practical demonstration and
working of some fullness.
Procedures for making tucks, shirring,
smocking etc
 Resources; fabric pieces, sewing
accessories.

11 Revision Revision

12 Examination Examination

GARMENT MAKING

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 FACING AND INTERFACINGS: Discussions on types and

functions of facing and interfacing.
Types and functions of facings.
Resources; samples of facing on
- Identification of fabrics for garments, different types of fabric
interfacing.
for interfacings.
- Functions of interfacings.
2 FACING EDGES; Demonstration and working the
procedures for attaching of
- Attachments of facings on facings to edges.
different edges for neatening e.g
shaped, straight and scalloped. Resources; fabrics and sewing
tools.

3 OPENINGS IN GARMENTS Discussion and demonstration of

procedures for working different
- Types of openings types of opening.
- Functions of openings i.e faced,
bound panel and continued strip. Resources; samples of opening
on garments, accessories for
making openings.

4 FASTENING IN GARMENTS Discussion on functions and items

use for fastenings.
- Identification of items used for
fastenings e.g zip, buttons, Resources; samples of
Velcro. fastenings.
- Working of button holes.
Resources; samples of fastenings
on garments.
5 FASTENING Description and demonstration of
different ways of attaching zips on
- Methods of attaching zips garment.
- Practical attachment of zips on
fabrics. Resources; zip, fabrics, and
sewing tools.

6 PATTERNS Discussion on advantages of the

use of patterns.
- Definition of patterns and pattern
drafting. Resources; tools for drafting
- Advantages of the use of patterns.
patterns.
- Tools and equipments for pattern
drafting.
7 METHODS OF OBTAINING PATTERNS Discussion on merits and
demerits of different methods of
- Different methods of obtaining obtaining patterns.
patterns e.g draping, flat, knock-
off,. Resources; samples of some
- Advantages and disadvantages of patterns.
each method.
8 FLAT PATTERNS Discussion on merits and
demerits of flat patterns.
- Types of flat patterns- drafted and
commercial. Resources; chart showing pattern
- Merits and demerits. marking and the meanings.
- Pattern markings and symbols.
- Printed and perforated.
9 FREE HAND METHOD OF CUTTING Discussion on the use of free
FABRICS hand method of cutting out,
demonstration of the processes of
Meaning of free hand method of cutting free hand cutting.
fabric.
Resources; fabrics, chalk,
- Techniques involved in free hand scissors, etc
cutting.
- Merits and demerits of free hand
cutting.
10 BODY MEASUREMENT Discussion on principles and
importance of taking accurate
Importance of taking accurate body body measurement.
measurements.
Resources; diagram of a person,
- Principles involved in taking body indicating parts for
measuremenst.
 -Essential body parts to be measurements.
measured.
11 BODY MEASUREMENTS Practical demonstration on how to
take accurate body measurement.
Practical on how to take accurate body
measurements. Resources; tape measure, note
book, and pencil.

12 Revision Revision

13 Examination Examination

MACHINE WOOD WORK

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Three growth structure Teacher.
and types. Common West 1. Guide students to identify common
Africa timber: west African timber
Abura, iroko, mahogany etc. 2. Name five common west Africa timber

2 Three growth structure 1. Describe tree growth and structure

and types of Tree growth 2. Identify the committees where
each timber grown on a map of
west Africa

3 Three growth structure 1. Describe tree structure.

and types Wood structure 2. View sample of timber under
microscope
4 Three growth structure 1. Describe the growth of a tree
and types Wood structure 2. Sketch and label the cross section
of a tree
3. Sketch the structure of a wood
5 Properties of timber 1. Display specimens of common
Characteristics of soft wood west African timbers
and hard woods. 2. Explain differences between soft
Physical properties of and hard wood.
common west African
timbers
6 Properties of timber 1. Observe specimens describe their
Characteristics of soft wood physical properties
and hard woods. 2. Describe characteristics of soft
Physical properties of wood
 common west African 3. Describe characteristic of hard
timbers wood
7 Properties of timber 1. Describe the differences between
the soft wood and hard wood
2. Describe the physical properties of
common west African timbers
8 Properties of timber 1. Explain the physical properties of
Physical properties of west African timber
common west African 2. State at least four physical
timbers properties of each of the following
a) Abura
b) Mahogany
c) Iroko
d) Opepe
9 Timber conversion 1. Define timber conversion
Definition of timber 2. Describe timber conversion
conversion 3. Sketch some method
Method of timber conversion
Common market size of
timber
10 Timber conversion 1. Describe the methods of timber
Definition of timber conversion with the aid of sketch\
conversion 2. Make sketches of methods of
Method of timber conversion timber conversion
 Through & through a) Through & through sawing
sawing b) Tangential sawing
 Tangential sawing c) Rift / quarter sawing
 Rift/ quarter sawing
Common market sizes of
timber e.g board, plank,
scanting etc.
11 Timber conversion 1. List common market sizes of
timber
2. Explain the common market sizes
of timber e.g
a) Board
b) Plank
c) Scanting etc
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination
14 Examination Examination

MACHIINE WOOD WORK

SS1 SECOND TERM
WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES
1 General wood machine shop 1. Explain and demonstrate
safety appropriate general machine
General machine shop safety shop, electrical and mechanical
rules safety behaviors
Electrical safety rules 2. Define safety
Mechanical safety rules
2 General wood machine shop 1. State two general machine shop
safety safety rules
General machine shop safety 2. List some electrical safety rules
rules 3. Explain the electrical safety rules
Electrical safety rules
Mechanical safety rules
3 General wood machine shop 1. Describe some mechanical
safety safety rules
General machine shop safety 2. List some mechanical safety
rules rules
Electrical safety rules 3. Explain the mechanical safety
Mechanical safety rules rules
4 General wood machine shop 1. Observe appropriates safety
safety rules
General machine shop safety 2. Differentiate between electrical
rules and mechanical hazards in the
Electrical safety rules machine shop
Mechanical safety rules
5 General wood machine shop 1. State the causes and remedies
safety of accident in the working
General machine shop safety machine shop
rules 2. Discuss actively in the class for
Electrical safety rules proper observation of safety
Mechanical safety rules rules
6 Safety equipments and Names, state and demonstrates the
devices in the wood machine correct uses of safety equipment and
shop. devices.
Common machine shop safety
equipment and devices: fire
extinguisher, first aid box, and
sand bucket
7 Safety equipments and 1. Names some safety devices and
devices in the wood machine equipments use in the machine
shop. shop
Common machine shop safety 2. Explain the equipment and their
equipment and devices: fire uses in the machine shop
extinguisher, first aid box, and
sand bucket
8 Safety equipments and 1. Demonstrate the different
 devices in the wood machine methods on the operation of the
shop equipment and devices in the
Common machine shop safety wood machine shop
equipment and devices: fire 2. State one use of each devices in
extinguisher, first aid box, and the wood machine shop
sand bucket 3. List the equipment and devices
9 Safety equipments and 1. Fire extinguisher
devices in the wood machine 2. Sand bucket
shop 3. First aid box
Common machine shop safety 4. Fire alarm etc
equipment and devices: fire
extinguisher, first aid box, and
sand bucket

10 Revision Revision
11 Examination Examination
12 Examination Examination

MACHINE WOOD WORK

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Wood machine shop layout. 1. Explain principle s of machine
Principles of machine layout shop layout
Flow diagram of a machine 2. Draw a flow diagram of machine
shop lay out layout.
2 Wood machine shop layout. 1. Describe the importance of the
Principles of machine layout flow diagram of machine shop
Flow diagram of a machine layout
shop lay out 2. Visit an existing wood machine
shop.
3 Wood machine shop layout. 1. Practice machine shop layout
Principles of machine layout with aid of a flow diagram
Flow diagram of a machine 2. Draw a flow diagram showing
shop lay out the relative position of mortise,
jointer, planner, tenoner, circular
saw, grinder, driller, band saw
etc,
4 Wood machine shop layout. 1. Describe the relative positions
Principles of machine layout of a machine shop
Flow diagram of a machine 2. Explain reason for machine
shop lay out layout
5 Wood machine shop layout. 1. Illustrate wood machine shop
Principles of machine layout layout with the aid of a flow
Flow diagram of a machine diagram
 shop lay out
6 Wood work machine 1. Show machine parts and
Parts, accessories, uses and accessories to the students
maintenance of 2. Name machine parts and
a) Cross cut accessories to the students
b) Circular saw
c) Surface planner
d) Thicknesses
e) Band saw
7. Wood work machine 1. Explain the uses of machines
Parts, accessories, uses and and accessories
maintenance of 2. Demonstrate the uses of
a) Cross cut machine parts and accessories
b) Circular saw
c) Surface planner
d) Thicknesses
e) Band saw
8 Wood work machine 1. Demonstrate correctly the use
Parts, accessories, uses and of machine and accessories
maintenance of 2. Name four parts and two
a) Cross cut operations that can be
b) Circular saw performed on
c) Surface planner a) Circular saw
d) Thicknesses b) Surface plane
e) Band saw
9 Wood work machine 1. Name two accessories used on
Parts, accessories, uses and a circular and surface planner
maintenance of 2. Explain the reason for carrying
a) Cross cut out maintenance on machine
b) Circular saw parts accessories
c) Surface planner 3. Describe the types of
d) Thicknesses maintenance
e) Band saw
10 Wood work machine
Parts, accessories, uses and
maintenance of
a) Cross cut
b) Circular saw
c) Surface planner
d) Thicknesses
e) Band saw
11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination
13 Examination Examination
 MARKETING

SS 1 TERM FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Introduction to marketing The teacher explains the meaning
*meaning of marketing of marketing while the students
listens attentively
*charts
*pictures

2 Introduction to marketing continued The teacher explains the terms

*marketing terms The students listen attentively and
*needs, wants, demands, participate in discussion
Products, exchange ,transactions
Markets and marketing management.

3. Introduction to marketing continues The teacher discusses the functions

*functions of marketing system of marketing.
-maximize consumption The student participates in
-maximize consumer satisfaction discussion.
-maximize choice *magazines
-maximize life quality *pictures
-maximize profit *charts

4. Introduction to marketing continued The teacher gives a brief history of

History of marketing in Nigeria . marketing.
-colonial age 100AD to 1860 The students listens and
-colonial era participates in the discussion
1860-1960. -Charts
-post independence -Magazines
Age 1960 to date
5 Marketing concepts Teacher: The teacher discusses the
- Concepts under which various marketing concepts.
organization conduct marketing Students: The students participate
activities. in discussion and asks questions
- The production concept Instructional Materials:
- The product concept - charts
- The selling concept
6 - Marketing Concepts Cont. The teacher guides the students to
- Concepts under which state the differences.
organization conduct marketing The students listen to the
activities. explanation and ask questions.
- The societal marketing concept Instructional Material
- The consumer orientation - Charts
- Integrated organizational
efforts
- Profit orientation

7 Market Segmentation The teacher discusses the meaning

- Meaning of segmentation, basis of
- Basic of segmentation segmentation and characteristics.
- Geographical The students listen and participate
- Social-economic in the discussion
- Psychographic
- Behavior
- Characteristics

8 Classification of products The teacher discusses products,

- Meaning of product leads discussion on product
- Classification of product classification, guides the students to
- Industrial goods distinguish between goods and
- Consumer goods services.
- Differences between goods and The students listen and participates
services in discussion
Instructional Materials :
- Pictures, charts, real objects ,
different products

9 Marketing Mix (4ps) The teacher explains marketing

- Explanation of marketing mix(4ups).
 mix(4ps) The Students listen and participate
- Identification of the 4ps of in discussions
marketing. Instructional Materials
- Product - Real objects
- Price - Products (Consumer goods)
- Place
- Promotion
-
10 Marketing Mix (Cont.) The teacher takes students to visit
- Explanation of market a market.
Environment . The students visit a market
Instruction Materials
- Market/Shop
11 Marketing mix (Cont) The teacher guides the students to
- Factors affecting market differentiate between factors
environment affecting market environment
Instructional Materials
- Market/ Shop
12 What market do The teacher illustrates
- Actions before marketing e.g. organizational activities
mobilization of workforce Instructional Materials
- School organizational chart
13-14 Revision & Examination Revision & Examination
 MARKETING

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 What markets do The Teacher illustrates
- Explanation of operations of organizational activities with the aid
organizations and individual of a chart.
using organizational chart The Students observe teacher
- Actions before marketing; illustrations and participate in
- Mobilization of force discussion.
- Utilization of feedback Instructional Materials
- Production of quality goods and - School organizational chart
services
- Managing distribution networks
- Advertisement and promotion
-
2 Types of Markets The teacher explains consumer
- Meaning of market market and organizational market.
- Types of market The students listen and participate
- Organizational market in discussion.
- Consumer market Instructional Materials
 - Pictures and magazines

3. Types of market Cont. The teacher guides the students on

- Types of organizational market the different types of organizational
- Industrial market
- Reseller The students visits both consumer
- Government market and organizational market
Instructional Materials
- Market place
4 Consumer behaviour and The Teacher explains consumer
organizational behaviour behaviour, directs the discussion on
- Consumer behavior factors that influencing consumer
- Factors influencing behaviour.
consumer behaviour The Students listen and participate
- Cultural factors in discussion
- Social factors Instructional Materials
- Personal factors - Charts, Video clips
psychological factors
5 Consumer behaviour and The Teacher guides the students to
organizational behaviour Cont. list the stages in consumer decision
- consumer decision process process teacher guides the students
- Problem recognition to distinguishes between consumer
- Information search behavior and organizational buying
- Evaluation of alternatives behavior
- Purchase decision Instructional Materials
- Post purchase behaviour - Charts, catalogues, magazines.

6 Marketing Planning Process and The Teacher explains marketing

 Research planning process.
- Marketing planning process The students listen and participate
- Meaning in class discussions
- Key elements in marketing Instructional Materials
planning - Camera, publication and pictures.

7 Marketing Planning process and The Teacher leads discussion on

research Cont. the importance of marketing plan
- Importance of marketing plan and research.
- Marketing research The students participate in class
discussion.
Instructional Materials
- Questioning.

8 Marketing planning process and The teacher demonstrates

research collection of information for planning
- Reasons for marketing assigns students to collect
research information for market planning
- Getting information for planning The students observe teacher
demonstration.
Instructional Materials
- Opinion polls , books, internet,
survey on TV screen, questionnaires
etc.

9 Pricing The teacher explains pricing and

- Definition guides the students to discuss
- Pricing strategies pricing strategies and determinants.
- Haggling, cost –plus etc The teacher also guides the
- Price determinants students to design a product and
- Ability to pay determine it’s price.
- Competition The students listen, design a
- Profit maximization product and determine it’s price
Instructional Materials
- Newspapers (column of business
punch)
News on price watch

10 Advertising The teacher explains advertising

- Advertising and directs discussion on the roles
- Roles of advertising of advertising
The students listen and participate
in discussion
Instructional Materials
- News papers, magazines,
catalogues
11-12 Revision /Examination
 MARKETING

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEE TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K
1 Advertising The teacher guides the students to
- Advertising media discuss advertising media.. the teacher
- Print displays some newspapers and
- Electronics magazines adverts.
The students observe displayed advert.
Instructional Materials
- News papers, magazines, Audio Tapes

2 Advertising cont. The teacher guides discussion on

- Advantages and advertising media.
disadvantages of The students participate in discussion.
each medium Instructional Materials
(Electronic media) - Audio tapes, TV and Radio, jingles

3 Advertising Cont, Teacher guides students on discussion.

- Advantages and The teacher also guides the students to
disadvantages of produce advert for placement on the
each medium (Print school notice board.
media) The Students observed displayed advert.
Instructional Materials
- News papers, magazines, catalogues,
painting of school sign post.

4 Promotion The teacher explains promotion and leads

- Meaning of promotion discussion on forms of promotion
- Forms of promotion The Students listen and participate in
- Pricing –off discussion
- Coupon Instructional Materials
- Salesman - products e’g bags, belt, books etc
competition
- Loyalty scheme
5 Promotion Cont. The Teacher directs the students to
- Forms of promotion promote the image of the school using
- Premium offers word of mouth.
- Words of mouth The Students participate and promote the
- Trade-in-allowance school image with the word of mouth.
- Sampling Instructional Materials
- Merchandising - products e’g bags, cups, books, table
 incentives etc
- Training schemes
6 Promotion Cont. The Teacher leads discussion on the
- Functions of functions of promotion.
promotion The Students participate in discussion
Instructional Materials
- products e’g bags, bottles, books etc
7 Merchandizing The Teacher displaced a package,
- Merchandising ; branded and labeled products.
meaning The Students observe and handle
- Features of displayed products.
merchandising Instructional Materials
- Packaging - Calendars , magazines, catalogues,
- Branding products
- Labeling
8 Merchandizing The Teacher displayed a packaged,
- Conditions in branded and labeled products
merchandizing The Students observe and handle
- Ware housing cost displayed products.
- Cost resulting from Instructional Materials
reduction in inventory - Calendars , magazines, catalogues,
value products
- Transportation cost
etc
-
9 Merchandizing Cont. The Teacher guides the students to
- Functions of produce a product, package and brand
merchandising label it.
- Scrambled The Students produce, package, brand
merchandising and label a product.
Instructional Materials
- Calendars , magazines, catalogues,

10 Types and functions of The teacher guides the students to

distribution. discuss distributions types and channels of
- Distribution distribution
- Types of distribution The students participate and listen
- Channels of attentively.
distribution Instructional Materials
- Magazines, diagrams, Pictures.

11 Consumer behaviour and The Teacher directs discussions on

organizational behaviour factors that influence consumer behavior
- Factors influencing Instructional Materials
consumer behavior - Catalogues, pictures, Charts
 - Cultural factors
- Social factors
- Personal factors
- Psychological factors
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination

PHOTOGRAPHY
SS 1 FIRST TERM

TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES
WEEK
1. INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY: List the different aspect of life in
The meaning of photography which photography is in use.
Scopes of photography
Essence of photography
2. IMPORTANCE OF PHOTOGRAPHY: Enumerate areas of importance of
Importance of photography historical photography identification.
purpose (b) Educational purpose (c)
Security purpose (d) advertising purpose
(e) communication purpose (f) labelling.
3. HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY: Construct a pinhole camera using
The brief history of photography a cardboard.
The word photography derives from a
Greek word.
The mentor of photography and
permanent photography.
4 AREA OF PHOTOGRAPHY: List various areas of photography
The various areas of photography
Fashion
Sports
Documentation
Nature
War
Under water.
5. PHOTOGRAPHY TERMINOLOGY: List terms use in photography
The meaning of photography
terminologies.
 Photography terminologies such as (a)
zoom (b) focus (c) print (d) exposure (e)
develop (f) image (g) subject etc. `
6. THE THEORY OF LIGHT Experience with different artificial
What is light? light.
Various sources of light e.g.;
Natural and artificial light
Importance of light to photography
7. PROPERTIES OF LIGHT: Experiment in the effect of
What are properties of light? artificial light on different surface.
The various properties of light e.g.;
Absorption
Reflection
Refraction
Dispersion
8. THE CAMERA: Identify the principles upon which
What is camera the camera is design
Classification of camera based on
lenses
Single lens reflex
Twin-lens reflex
Video camera
Types of Cameras
Analogue camera
Digital photo camera
Video camera
9. THE CAMERA (CONT.--) Identify various types of video
Types of video cameras e.g. (a) camera
camcorder (b) close circuit (c) television
camera (d) camera phone range camera
etc.
10. THE CAMERA : Identify the basic parts of camera
Basic parts of the camera using analogue camera
Functions of the camera List the function of the identified
Care of the camera parts of camera
11. PRACTICAL: Demonstrate how to;
How to operate the camera Clean the lens
How to maintain the camera e.g. (a) Handle the camera when loading
cleaning the lens the film.
(b) packaging of the camera when not in Keep camera in the bag when not
 use in use.
(c) cleaning of the body.
12. Revision Revision
13. Examination Examination
14. Examination Examination

PHOTOGRAPHY
SS 1 SECOND TERM

TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES
WEEK
1. THE FILM: Students observe the nature of an
The meaning of film undeveloped film pull out of the
The nature of film cartriage.
2. TYPES OF FILM: Describe the various film format
Types of photography films e.g. black discuss and differentiate black and
and white, coloured film. white film.
Meaning of film format.
3. FILM SPEED : Discuss each category of film in
The film format (sizes) relation of their speed.
The meaning of film speed
Importance of film speed

4. SHOOTING PREPARATION: Load film into the camera and make

The meaning of shooting preparation other preparation as determined by
The various forms of preparation prior the type of photograph to be taken.
to shooting photographs.

5. SHOOTING PREPARATION: Experiment with shooting of

1.types of photographs photographs both indoor and
Two ways of handling camera e.g. outdoor.
hand held and using tripod.

6. PRACTICAL (SHOOTING OF BOTH Students demonstrate how to shoot

OUT AND INDOOR PHOTOGRAPH) photographs.

7. THE DARKROOM : Visit the darkroom.

The meaning of darkroom
Darkroom layout.
 8. THE DARKROOM: Identify the various tools and
Darkroom tools and equipment. equipment in the darkroom.

9. THE DARKROOM: Demonstration:

Darkroom safety wearing of rubber gloves
Apron and laboratory coat.

10. EXCURSION TO ANY The students observe and ask

PHOTOGRAPHIC COLOUR questions the processes taken in the
LABORATORY laboratory during development.

11. Revision Revision

12. Examination Examination
13. Examination Examination

PHOTOGRAPHY
SS 1 THIRD TERM

TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES
WEEK
1. REVISION (DARKROOM) Visit to the dark room
Identify the various tools and
equipment in the darkroom.
2. FILM DEVELOPMENT Identify the materials and equipment
Film development definition used for film development.
Film development method. Experiment with development tank
and serious method.

3. FILM DEVELOPMENT: Identify the materials and equipment

Film development materials and for film development.
equipment.
The use of each materials and
equipment.

4.` PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE OF FILM Experiment with development tank

DEVELOPMENT PROCESS and see-saw method.

5. THE NEGATIVE: Identify negative

The meaning of negative Development using dryer and upon
The meaning of drying of negative air method.
Method of drying of negative e.g. drier
 and open air method.

6. THE NEGATIVE: Storage of negative using different

The meaning of storage of negative. method.
Method of storage of negative e.g.
film containers, cello-phone jackets.

7. PRACTICAL ON NEGATIVE Demonstrating of drying and storage

DRYING AND STORAGE of negative by using different
method.
8. PRINTING: Identify the materials and equipment
The meaning of printing used in printing of photographs.
The printing materials and equipment
such as; i. Enlarge, ii. Safelight, iii.
Drier, iv. Developing tank, v.
Guillotine, vi. Developer, vii. Fixer, viii.
Stop bath, xi. Timer etc.

9. PRINTING: Experiment with;

The printing process Negative and printing papers
The printing of photographs using (contact printing)
contact method, enlarging method. Negative and enlarger.
The drying and storage of photograph
by using drying and open air drying
method.
Storage of photographs by using
photo albums, cello-phone jacket,
printing paper pack.

10. EXCURSION TO PHOTOGRAPHY Students are to observe the printing

STUDIO process.
11. Revision Revision
12. Examination Examination
13. Examination Examination

SALESMANSHIP

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 HISTORY OF SALESMANSHIP Teacher narrates the history, and
definition of salesmanship to the
- Meaning students.
- History and
- Importance of salesmanship Students participate in the group
discussion in the class

2 HISTORY OF SALESMANSHIP Teacher relates, and explains the

importance of salesmanship, and
- Development of the benefits.
salesmanship
- Importance of salesmanship Students explain the importance of
to the Nigerian economy salesmanship, and copy the board
- Benefits of salesmanship.
summary.

3 CONCEPT OF SALESMANSHIP Teacher lists and explains

concepts and terms to the
- Concept of salesmanship students.
- Meaning and application of
these concepts. Students identify four concept of
- Basic terms in salesmanship salesmanship.
i.e selling consumer
satisfaction profit etc.
-
4 CONCEPT OF SALESMANSHIP Teacher discusses the objectives
(contd) of the salesman to the company,
customer etc, explains the
- Salesmanship strategies application of each concepts.
- Objectives of the
salesmanship to; Students explain the concepts of
a. Company salesmanship, copy white board
b. Customer
summary.
c. Environment
d. Himself
- Application of these
concepts to the business.
-
5 FUNCTIONS OF A SALESMAN AND Teacher lists and explains
HIS/HER FEATURES. functions, features, and qualities of
a good salesperson.
- Characteristics of salesman
- Functions of salesman. Students participate by asking
- Features; motivation, questions, and demonstrating the
 friendliness, confidence. qualities of a good salesman.
- Duties of a salesman to the
customer, company,
government, public.
-
6 FUNCTIONS OF A SALESMAN AND Teacher explains how a salesman
HIS/HER CHARACTERISTICS relates with the business
environment, benefit of good
- Relationship of a salesman rapour can be of importance to the
to his immediate
business, explains what he stands
environment.
- Benefit of persuasive, to face in area of competition.
politeness to business
Students participate, listen and
environment.
- Traits of a successful copy the white board summary.
salesman.
-
7 SALESMANSHIP AND MARKETING Teacher explains what marketing
is, draws similarities between
- Define marketing salesmanship and marketing.
- Interrelationship between
salesmanship and marketing Students distinguish marketing
- Differentiate between from salesmanship, define
salesmanship and marketing.
marketing.
-
8 SALESMANSHIP AND MARKETING Teacher explains skills needed as
a salesperson, explains difference
- Skills needed in between sales promotion and
salesmanship
salesmanship, forms of promotion.
- Difference between sales
promotion and salesmanship Students explain skills needed to
- Forms of promotion
be a good salesman, distinguish
- Requisites of effective
between sales promotion and
salesmanship.
salesmanship.

9 JOB OPPORTUNITIES AND Teacher explains job opportunity,

SALESMANSHIP available job in salesmanship, and
salesmanship as a course.
- Meaning of job opportunity.
- Job opportunities in Students explain job available in
salesmanship salesmanship, identify courses of
- Relevance of salesmanship study in salesmanship
as a course of study
 10 JOB OPPORTUNITIES AND Teacher enumerates qualities of
SALESMANSHIP an entrepreneur, discuss
procedures for self actualization
- Qualities of an entrepreneur and job hazard.
- Procedures for self
actualization Students state qualities of an
- Job hazard. entrepreneur, mention job hazard
in salesmanship.

11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

SALESMANSHIP

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 TYPES OF SALESMANSHIP Teacher lists and explains types,

and functions of each salesman.
- Types, functions and duties
of each salesman. Students write the difference
- Differentiate between each between each salesman, mention
type of salesman three duties of a salesman.

2 TYPES OF SALESMANSHIP Teacher explains strengths and

weaknesses of a salesman, talk on
- Strengths of each type of performance result of a good
salesman
salesman.
- Weakness of each type of
salesman. Students participate in class
- Performance of a good
activities, copy white board
salesman.
summary.

3 SALES MANAGEMENT AND Teacher explains what sales

FACTORS AFFECTING SALES management is, discusses the
roles of sales management.
- Meaning of sales
management Students define sales
- Role of sales management management, explain the roles of
- Sales decision. sales management, what is sales
decision

4 SALES MANAGEMENT AND Teacher talks on factors affecting

 FACTORS AFFECTING SALES sales duties and possible
solutions.
-Factors affecting sales,
Duties of sales management Students state duties of sales
- Solution to the identified managers.
factors.
5 SALES FORCASTING Teacher explains what sales
forcasting means, state reasons
- Meaning of sales forcasting for sales frocasting, discuss its
- Reasons for sales forcasting uses.
- Uses of sales forcasting
- Methods of sales forcasting. Students define, mention, and
state the uses of sales forcasting.

6 SALES FORCASTING Teacher explains what sales

forcasting tools is, enumerates the
- Sales forcasting tools. advantages/ disadvantages of
- Advantages/disadvantages sales tools.
of forcasting
- Factors affecting sales. Students write on sales forcasting
tools.

7 FINANCE Teacher defines what finance is,

lists forms of finance, explains
- Meaning and what financial institution is.
- Various forms of finance
- Define financial institutions. Students define and identify forms
of finance.

8 FINANCE Teacher explains the functions of

financial institution, differentiate
- Functions of financial between long and short term
institution to a salesman financing.
- Differentiate between long
and short term financing Students write on long and short
- Methods of business term financing, state functions of
financing. financial institution to a salesman.

9 FINANCE Teacher discusses on roles and

importance of finance, types of
- Roles and importance of financial institutions, what to offer
finance to become finance major.
- Sources of finance
- Types of financial institutions Students participate in class by
- Finance major is about asking questions, mention sources
what? of finance, copy white board
summary.

10 Revision Revision
11 Examination Examination
 SALESMANSHIP

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 ADVERTISING Teacher explains the meaning of

advertising, state basic concept of
-Meaning of Advertising advertising, roles and reasons for
-Basic concept of advertising
advertising.
-Role of advertising
-Reasons for advertising; to Students define, and enumerate
the company, the salesman, reasons for advertising.
the public.
2 ADVERTISING The teacher discusses on factors
affecting choice of media,
- Factors affecting choice of advantages/ disadvantages, and
media
benefits of advertising.
- Advantages/disadvantages
of advertising Students discuss on factors affecting
- Benefits of advertising to; the
choice of media, benefits of
consumer, the company, the
advertising to consumer, company
targeted audience.
etc

3 ADVERTISING Teacher lists and explains types of

advertising, enumerates forms of
- Types of advertising advertising media.
- Methods of advertising
- Forms of advertising media. Students give examples of
advertising media, join sage or
consumers club to advertise
products.

4 COMMUNICATION PROCESS Teacher explains communication

process, talk on different means of
- Meaning, communication, discuss the
- Means, and
importance of communication to
- Importance of
salesman.
communication to salesman
Students define communication,
enumerate importance of
communication to salesman.

5 COMMUNICATION PROCESS Teacher explains the benefit of

 (CONTD) communication to salesman, lists and
discusses barriers to communication.
-Benefits of communication to
salesmanship Students list barriers to
- List barriers to communication, outline four benefits
communication of communication to salesmanship.
- Meaning of computer
services.
6 COMPUTER SERVICES Teacher defines internet, explains e-
mail, define satellite and functions of
- Internet services satellite.
- E-mail services to a
salesman Students explain what internet is,
- Satellite functions of satellite to a salesman.
- Functions of satellite.
-
7 BRANDING AND PACKAGING Teacher talks on meaning,
importance, reasons of branding.
- Meaning,
- Importance, Students to participate and also copy
- Reasons, board summary.
- Advantages and
disadvantages of branding.
-
8 BRANDING AND PACKAGING Define packaging, discuss reasons
for packaging, and mention
- Meaning, advantages /disadvantages of
- Reasons, packaging.
- Advantages and
disadvantages of packaging. Students define packaging, prepare
different simple packaging.

9 SALES PROMOTION Teacher defines promotion, explains

reasons of promotion to a salesman.
- Meaning of promotion
- Types of promotion Students define sales promotion,
- Reasons for sales promotion state four reasons for sales
promotion.

10 SALES PROMOTION Teacher explains objectives of sales

promotion list and explains
- Usefulness of sales advantages and disadvantages of
promotion promotion.
- Objectives of promotion
- Sales incentives e.g gift item, Students list the merits and demerits
cash discount. of sales promotion, get involved in
- Advantages and sage club and promote the school
 disadvantages of promotion. products.

11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

TOURISM
SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/ CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Introduction to tourism Teacher:
Basic Concepts in Tourism Defines leisure and recreation
i. Leisure
ii. Play and Recreation Students:
Type of Recreation Write down the definitions.
1. Communal or Solitary
2. Active or Passive Teaching and learning materials;
3. Indoor or Outdoor Pictures, Charts or Videos of people
4. Healthy, useful or Harmful. enjoying leisure and recreation.
Performance objective: Students Evaluation Guide:
should be able to, i. Define leisure and
i. Define leisure and recreation
recreation ii. Explain types of recreation
ii. Explain types of
recreation

2 Concepts in Tourism continued Teacher:

i. Work Defines work and income
Types of work
1. Skilled or unskilled Students:
2. Self employed or hired Write down the definition.
3. Part time or permanent.
i. Income Teaching and learning materials:
Types of income Different kinds of budget schedules.
1. Household Evaluation Guide:
2. Organization i. Define work and income
Performance objective: ii. Mention type of work and
Student should be able to; income
i. Define work and income
ii. Explain the types of
work and income

3 A. Tourism Education Teacher:

i. Define Tourism Defines Tourism education and
education environment
ii. Approaches to Tourism
 education Students:
1. Vocational Write down the explanations.
2. Philosophical Teaching and learning materials:
3. Sustainable tourism Charts of links between approaches in
education tourism education.
B. Environment Evaluation Guide:
i. Define environment i. Explain the approaches in
ii. Components of tourism studies.
environment ii. Explain the component of the
1. Atmosphere environment .
2. Lithosphere
3. Hydrosphere
4. Biosphere
Performance objective:
Students should be able to :
i. Define tourism
education
ii. Explain the approaches
to tourism education
iii. Explain the components
of the environment.

4 A. Ecosystem Teacher:
i. Define ecosystem Defines environmental balance
ii. Components of
ecosystem Students:
1. Biotic Write down the explanation of
2. Abiotic environmental balance.
B. Environmental balance
i. Recycle of matter and Teaching and learning materials:
energy flow Pictures of ecosystem e.g. forest,
1. Water cycle charts of energy flow e.g. N2,
2. Carbon cycle carbon, water cycle etc.
3. Nitrogen cycle
4. Mineral nutrient cycle
5. Food chain
6. Food web.
Performance objective:
students should be able to;
i. Describe the various
cycle of energy in
ecosystem.
ii. Explain how energy
flows within the
ecosystem.
5 A. Climate change Teacher:
i. Definition of climate Explains climate change, levels and
change causes of climate change.
ii. Levels of climate
change Students:
1. Microclimate change Note and write down explanations.
2. Mesoclimate change
3. Macroclimate change Teaching and learning materials;
iii. Cause of climate Pictures, videos, printed news on
change. hazard etc.
i. Natural factors
ii. Human factors Evaluation Guide:
B. Environmental hazards i. Define climate change
i. Definition of ii. Explain the various form of
environmental hazard environment hazards
ii. Forms of
environmental
hazards
1. Soil erosion
2. Desert encroachment
3. Drought
4. Deforestation
5. Flooding
6. Coastal erosion
7. Pollution (Water, land and
air).
Performance objective:
students should be able to;
i. Explain climate change
ii. Identify environmental
hazards.

6 Tourism Teacher:
i. Definition of Tourism Defines tourism
ii. History of Tourism (in Discusses the general history of
the world ) tourism
Performance objective:
students should be able to; Students:
i. Define tourism Write down the definition and the
ii. Give the history of history of tourism.
tourism
Teaching and learning materials;
Pictures of site attractions,
accommodations, transport visit to
tourism sites.
 Evaluation Guide;
i. Define tourism
ii. Give a brief history of
tourism.

7 History of Tourism in Nigeria Teacher:

i. Pre-colonial Discusses the history of the tourism in
ii. Colonial Nigeria
iii. Post colonial
Performance objectives:
students should be able to; Student:
i. Give the history of Write down the history of tourism in
tourism in Nigeria Nigeria.
ii. Highlight the
contributions made Teaching and learning materials;
during each period. Documentations on the trends of
history development since pre-colonial
era in Nigeria.

Evaluation Guide;
i. Narrate the history of tourism
in Nigeria
ii. Highlight the contribution
made during the periods
toward tourism growth.

8 A. Types of Tourism Teacher:

i. Domestic Explains types of Tourism.
ii. International Discuses and list forms of tourism.
B. Forms of Tourism
i. Economic Students:
ii. Cultural Write down the types of tourism
iii. Religious Participate and list forms of tourism.
iv. Sports
v. Youth Teaching and learning materials.
Pictures of site attractions,
Performance objectives: accommodations and transport, visit
Students should be able to; to tourist sites.
i. Explain types of
tourism Evaluation Guide:
ii. List forms of tourism i. Explain types of tourism
ii. List at least three forms of
Components of tourism tourism
i. Attractions
ii. Accessibilities
 iii. Amenities

9 Performance objectives: Teacher:

Student should be able to; Shows pictorials of attraction and lead
i. List the components of students to visit tourism sites. Guides
tourism students to list components of tourism
ii. Explain the components
of tourism Students:
View the pictorials, visit tourism sites
and write down components of
tourism.

Teaching and learning materials;

Pictures of sites attractions,
accommodations and transports, visit
to tourism sites.

Evaluation Guide:
i. List at least two components
of tourism
ii. Explain the components of
tourism

10 Characteristics of tourism Teacher:

i. Dynamic Discusses the characteristics of
ii. Commercial oriented tourism and lead the students to list
iii. Resilient them.
iv. Labour and capital
intensive Students:
Performance objectives: Note and write down the
Students should be able to; characteristics of tourism.
i. List the characteristics of
tourism
ii. Explain the
characteristics of tourism

11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

TOURISM
SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPICS/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Tourist product TEACHER:
i. Definition Defines tourist product
 ii. Characteristics of tourist Guides students to list characteristics of
product tourist product.
1. Heterogeneous
2. Intangible Students:
3. Immovable supply Write down the definition of tourist
Performance objectives: product and list the characteristics.
students should be able to;
i. Define tourist products Teaching and learning materials
ii. List characteristics of Pictures of tangible goods
tourist products. Evaluation guide:
i. Define tourist product
ii. List the three characteristics of
tourist product
2 Tourist attractions TEACHER
i. Definition of tourist 1. Guides students to identify
attraction different tourist attractions.
ii. Types of tourist 2. Shows video/clips/pictures of
attraction various attractions
1. Natural 3. Leads student to differentiate
2. Man-made between the three types of tourist
3. Socio-cultural attractions.
Performance objectives:
students should be able to Teaching and learning materials;
i. Identify different Pictures, Video, Brochures/ Flyer, Form
tourist attractions Youth Tourism clubs.
ii. Differentiate between
the attractions. Evaluation Guide;
i. Identify different tourist
attractions
ii. State the difference between
the tourist and attractions.

3 Attractions and their location Teacher:

in Nigeria. i. Guides students to identify
i. Natural different tourist attractions and
1. Forest reserves their locations.
2. Parks ii. Lead students to tourist
3. Waterfall attractions sites.
4. Beaches
5. Zoo
6. Lakes Students:
7. Rock and highlands Identify different attractions and their
8. Warm spring location at different sites.
9. Caves
10. Herbals and resort Teaching and learning materials.
gardens. Television, video machine, still camera,
 Brochures.
ii. Man-made
1. Museums Evaluation Guide:
2. Theatres i. mention different attractions
3. Galleries and their location
4. Monuments ii. Prepare a report on the site
cast visited.
iii. Socio-cultural
1. Arts
2. Archeological sites
3. Festivals
4. Cultural dance
5. Carnival
6. Spiritual centers.
Performance objectives:
Students should be able to;
i. Identify different
tourist attractions and
their location in
Nigeria
ii. Differentiate between
the tourist and
attractions.
4 Tourism statistics Teacher:
i. Definition of tourism i. Gives the meaning of tourism
statistics statistics.
ii. Components of tourism ii. Explains the components of
statistics tourism statistics.
1. Inflow Students:
2. Outflow Note and write down the meaning and
3. Expenditure of tourist components of tourism statistics.
Performance objective:
Students should be able to; Teaching and learning materials;
i. Define tourism Sample of questionnaire and survey
statistics. instruments.
ii. Explain the
components of tourism Evaluation Guide:
statistics. i. State tourism statistics
ii. Explain the components of
tourism statistics.

5 Expenditure pattern Teacher:

i. Definition of tourist Gives the meaning of tourist
expenditure pattern expenditure pattern and tourism satellite
ii. Tourism satellite account.
account
 Performance objectives: Students:
students should be able to; Note and write down the meaning of
i. Define tourism tourist expenditure pattern and tourism
expenditure pattern satellite account
ii. Explain tourism
satellite account. Teaching and learning materials
Samples of Nigerian tourism satellite
account records.

Evaluation Guide:
i. state tourist expenditure pattern
ii. state tourism satellite account

6 Data collection Teacher:

i. Definition of data i. explains data collection
collection. ii. leads students to list methods
ii. Methods of data of data collection.
collection in tourism
1. Survey Students:
2. Electronic recording Note and write down the meaning of
3. Use of statutory records. data collections.
4. Tourism satellite account ii list various methods used in data
achieves. collection.
Performance Objectives:
students should be able to Teaching and learning materials.
i. Explain data Samples of questionnaire and survey
collection instruments.
ii. State method of data
collection Evaluation Guide:
i. state the meaning of data
collection
ii. state the methods of data
collection.

7. Data representation Teacher;

i. Meaning of data i. Gives the meaning of data
representation representation
ii. Methods of data ii. Leads students to identify
representation methods of data representation.
1. Statement
2. Tabulation Teaching and learning materials;
3. Statistics e.g charts, Samples of different data records.
graphs etc.
Performance Objective: Evaluation Guide:
Students should be able to; i. State the meaning of data
i. State the meaning of representation.
 data representation. ii. Explain the method of data
ii. Explain the method of representation.
data representation.

8. Tourism Database Teacher;

i. Meaning of Tourism i. Shows example of database in
Database a computer and explains it’s
ii. Development and meaning.
management of tourism
Database. Students:
iii. Function of a data View the sample database and write
base. down meaning.
1. Store of information about
tourism Teaching and learning materials;
2. Retrieve information for Sample of a data base in a computer
use. system.

Performance Objective: Evaluation Guide:

Students should be able to; i. Define tourism database
i. Sate the meaning of ii. State the functions of
tourism Database. database.
ii. State the function of a
data base.

9. Importance of Tourism Teacher:

statistics. i. Leads the students to list
i. Nation various importances of tourism
ii. Individual statistics.
Teaching and learning materials;
Performances objective: Students: Note and write down
Students should be able to; importance of tourism statistics.
i. State the importance of
tourism statistics to the
Nation and individual.
10. Solve problems on tourism Teacher;
statistics. i. Source for statistical problems
Performance objective: ii. Leads the students to solve
students should be able to: them
i. Tackle statiscal
problems in tourism Students:
ii. Identify problem areas i. Participate in solving problems
in tourism that require in tourism statistics.
statistical solution. ii. Note and write down the
explanations.
11. Revision Revision
 12. Examination Examination

TOURISM
SS1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPICS/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Financial Benefits in Tourism Teacher:
i. Taxes Discusses area of financial benefits
ii. Levies in tourism

Students:
Participate and list areas of financial
benefit in tourism
2 iii. Balance of payment Teacher and learning materials:
iv. Foreign exchange earnings Charts, statistical data of tourism
expenditure, pictures of private
museums, galleries, sites etc.

3 v. Investment opportunities in
Tourism
1. Heritage development
2. Museum and Galleries

4 vi. Development of reserves,

parks and zoos, botanical
gardens and resort centers.

5 vii. Employment opportunities

in tourism
1. Travel retailing
2. Service delivery
3. Tour operation

6 Social benefits of tourism Teacher:

i. Cultural interaction Discusses areas of social benefit in
ii. World peace tourism

Students:
Participate and list areas of social
benefit in tourism
7 iii. Add value to life
iv. Capacity for massive job
creation
 8 Environmental benefit of Teacher:
tourism. Discusses the environmental
i. Environmental protection benefits of tourism.
ii. Establishment of parks,
reserves and zoo for Students:
conservation. Participate and list areas of
iii. Stimulate interest in environment benefits
funding and preservation of
cultural environment Teaching and learning materials;
Picture of green environment eg.
Game reserve, park etc.
9 Negative Tourism Teacher:
i. Breakdown of traditional Discusses the negative of tourism
values activities.
ii. May cause health risk
iii. May increase vices like Students:
prostitution, drugs and Participate and write down the
other crimes negative of tourism activities.
iv. Capital intensive
v. Cultural dilution or
disappearance.
10 Challenges of Tourism Teacher:
development in Nigeria. Leads the students to identify
i. Policy challenges of tourism development
ii. Funding in Nigeria.
iii. Accessibility
iv. Attractions Students:
v. Amenities Participate and write down the
challenges of tourism development
in Nigeria.
11 vi. Personnel and institutions
vii. Publicity
viii. Accommodation
ix. Antiquities
x. and artifact theft
12 Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination

RADIO TV & ELECTRONICS

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 SOURCES AND PREVENTION OF The teacher explains causes of

 HAZARDS hazard or accidents, and safety
rules and regulations in the
I. Concepts of safety. workshop. He also shows
II. Sources of hazards:
a) electric shock, safety devices and
b) Damp/wet floor, demonstrates safe work habit.
c) Wrong handling of tools,
d) Improper workshop dressing, The students demonstrate safe
e) Horse play in the workshop. work habit and state safety
III. Safety. precaution in the workshop.

2 STRUCTURE OF MATTER The teacher explains the

structure of matter using sketch
I. Definition of matter. or chart, while students ask
II. Structure of matter.
III. Atoms and its parts. questions and take down notes.

3 CONDUCTORS, INSULATORS AND SEMI- The teacher explains and

CONDUCTORS. displays conductors/conducting
materials, while students
Conductors/conducting materials (e.g. identify various conductors and
aluminium, brass, copper, gold, lead etc) conducting materials.

4 CONDUCTORS, INSULATOR, AND SEMI- The teacher explains and

CONDUCTORS. displays some insulating
materials e.g: glass, plastic,
Insulators/insulating materials (non- paper.
conducting materials), air, glass, paper, dry
wood etc.

5 CONDUCTORS, INSULATORS, AND SEMI- The teacher explains the

CONDUCTORS. characteristics of semi-
conducting materials that
Semi-conductors/semi-conducting materials differentiate them from
(e.g. silicon, germarium, gallium, arsenide conductors and insulators.
etc.

6 CONDUCTORS, INSULATORS, AND SEMI-

CONDUCTORS.

Structures of semi-conductor materials for P-

type and N-type semi-conductors.

7 CURRENT, VOLTAGE, AND RESISTANCE The teacher explains current,

voltage, and resistance, and
 1. Definition of voltage, current, and also write their symbols, and
resistance. state their units. While students
2. Units and symbols of current, voltage, take notes and answer
and resistance.
questions.

8 CURRENT, VOLTAGE AND RESISTANCE Teacher explains the laws of

attraction, repulsion, using
Laws of attraction and repulsion of changes. sketch or chart while students
take notes, and answer
questions.

9 ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS. Teacher provides different

types of electronic components
Identification of components by name, types, while the students identify it.
and graphic symbol.

10 ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS The teacher uses color code to

calculate the values and ratings
Calculation of values and ratings, e.g of resistors and capacitors.
resistance and capacitors.

11 ELECTRONIC HAND TOOLS The teacher demonstrate the

uses of basic hand tools, while
Types of hand tools (screw drivers, diagonal the students observe the hand
cutters, soldering gun, soldering iron, lead tools displayed by the teacher,
sucker, pocket knife, stripper,, and soldering and also practice how to use
wick. them.

12 ELECTRONIC HAND TOOLS Teacher demonstrates how to

use soldering and desoldering
Uses of hand tools. tools to remove IC, and gives
the students assignment on
component removal. The
students practice how to
remove components from a
printed circuit board.

13 Revision Revision

14 Examination Examination

RADIO TV & ELECTRONICS

SS 1 SECOND TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 MEANING OF ELECTRONICS AND The teacher defines

ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT. electronics, and electronic
circuit, while the students
Definition of electronics and electronic make observations, and
circuit. ask questions.

2 CONCEPT OF EMISSION The teacher defines

emission, and explains
1. Definition of emission. various types of emission,
2. Types of emission.
while the students make
observations, and take
notes.

3 CONCEPT OF EMISSION The teacher lists the

possible areas where
Application of emission emissions are used, e.g.
cathode ray tube, VICD and
AVD.

4 PHOTO-ELECTRIC DEVICES The teacher defines and

explains the uses of photo-
Definition of photo-electric devices, and electric devices. He also
applications of photo-electric devices. displays the photo-electric
devices which the students
will examine.

5 SEMI-CONDUCTOR DEVICES The teacher explains the

operation of P-N junction,
Simple semi-conductor theory; the P-N and display various types of
junction. semi-conductor diodes. The
Types of semi-conductor diodes. students take notes, ask
questions and observe the
semi-conductor diode
displayed by the teacher.

6 SEMI-CONDUCTOR DEVICES The teacher explains the

operation of semi-conductor
1. Principles of operation of semi- diodes, and involve
conductor devices.
2. Semi-conductor diodes as rectifiers. students in setting up of
3. Characteristics of semi-conductor rectifier circuit.
 diodes.
4. Application of semi-conductor diodes.

7 ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION The teacher defines and

SYSTEMS. explains electronics
communication systems
1. Definition of electronic communication using charts or video clips.
systems.
2. Types of communication system and He also explains various
their difference. types of communication
systems, and their
differences, while the
students examine and
identify different electronic
communication system.

8 ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION The teacher draws the

SYSTEMS block diagram of electronic
communication system, and
1. Block diagram of an electronic instruct the students, who
communication system.
2. Operation and function of each stage. then copy the diagram in
their note-books.

9 ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION The teacher explains the

SYSTEMS cause and effects of noise
in communication systems.
Noise in communication system; internal and The students listen to the
external noise. teacher, and take notes.

10 ELECTRO-MAGNETIC SPECTRUM The teacher defines

electro-magnetic spectrum,
1. Definition of electro-magnetic and explains the
spectrum.
2. Propagation of radio waves. propagation of radio waves.
3. Applications of frequency range in The students listen, and
electronic communication. take note.

11 Revision Revision

12 Examination Examination

13 Examination Examination
 RADIO TV & ELECTRONICS

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 TRANSDUCERS The teacher displays different

types of transducers and explain
1 Definition of transducers their functions and uses while
employed in electronic
communication system. students identify the types of
2 Types of transducers. transducers

2 TRANSDUCERS The teacher demonstrate the use

of microphone, loudspeaker and
Functions of microphone, loud – explains energy conversion in
speaker, video camera and video them.
display unit.

3 MODULATION The teacher defines modulation,

explains the principle of
.Definition of modulation. modulation, and state types of
.Types of modulation, amplitude, modulation, while students ask
frequency and phase. questions and note the answers.

4 MODULATION The teacher sketches AM & FM,

states the advantages of FM over
1 AM waveform, FM waveform. AM, while students work
2 Indication of percentage of amplitude exercises on percentage
modulation. modulation.

5 MODULATION The teacher explains the

functions of carrier wave in radio
 Modulation peaks and valleys. communication, while students
 Carrier wave.
ask questions and take down
notes.

6 DEMODULATION The teacher defines and explains

the meaning of demodulation,
 Definition of demodulation also mention types of
 Types of demodulation: AM, FM,
demodulation for FM, AM
etc
receivers, etc. while students ask
questions and note answers.
7 SOLDERING AND DESOLDERING IN The teacher states the
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS precautions to observe while
soldering and desoldering, while
Techniques of soldering and students take notes on safety
desoldering. precautions to observe while
soldering and desoldering.

8 SOLDERING AND DESOLDERING IN The teacher demonstrates the

ELECTRONICS CIRCUITS correct technique for desoldering
simple electronic components,
. Precaution while soldering and while students correct technique
desoldering. for soldering and desoldering
. Types of solder. simple electronic components
from old electronic panels.

9 SOLDERING AND DESOLDERING IN The teacher lists and displays

ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS types of solder and flux, while
students listen and take notes.
Types of flux: (a) Amber resin.

(b) Sodium chloride solutions.

10 ELECTRONIC MEASURING The teacher explains the

INSTRUMENTS necessary safety precautions
associated with the use of
Uses of multimeter to measure the multimeter, while the students
correct value of current, voltage and take notes on the necessary
resistance. safety precautions.

11 ELECTRIC MEASURING The teacher demonstrates how to

INSTRUMENTS read the correct values for active
and passive components in
Uses of multimeter to measure correct electronic circuits, while students
readings for active and passive practice the use of multimeter in
electronic components in circuits. reading of active and passive
components.

12 Revision Revision

13 Examination Examination
 AUTO MECHANIC WORK

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 SAFETY Define safety, and workshop.

Definition of safety. Explain the causes of workshop accident.

Definition of workshop Students participate actively in class

discussion.
Meaning and causes of
workshop accidents. Charts and posters showing workshop and
accident pictures.
Accident prevention
techniques.

2 SAFETY; accidents Explain what accident is, emphasize different

prevention techniques. ways of preventing accidents- (safety rules
and regulations. Students contribute by
mentioning other ways of preventing
accidents.

Charts and posters, magnetic marker board.

3 SAFETY Explain safety devices and their applications.

Students participate in mentioning other
safety devices.

Safety devices; fire extinguisher, sand,

bullats.

4 HAND Define hand tool, sketch and explain hand

TOOLS/MAINTENANCE tools, types and uses. Students observe
hand tools, sketch hand tools, state uses of
Definition of a hand tool. hand tools.
Types and uses of hand
tools (measuring, cutting, Hand tools, charts and posters, soft ware of
boring, bench, and golding hand tools, projector.
tools).
5 HAND Teacher explains how to maintain hand tools.
TOOLS/MAINTENANCE
Students state and explain how to maintain
Hand tools maintenance hand tools.
care in handling hand
tools. Hand tools, cleaning and maintaining items.

6 WORKSHOP Sketch, define and explain types of

EQUIPMENTS AND equipments.
MAINTENANCE
Students observe and sketch equipments.
Definition of equipments.
Equipment chart and posters, equipment soft
Types and uses, e.g wares.
compressor, battery
charger, wheel balancing
and alignment gauge.

7 MAINTENANCE OF Explain how to maintain equipments, state

EQUIPMENTS and explain types of maintenance, explain
importance of maintenance. Students explain
Equipment maintenance how an equipment can be maintained.
Types of maintenance Equipment soft-ware.

Importance of
maintenance.

8 THE CHASSIS Teacher introduces students to vehicle

layout, explain types of chassis.
Explanation of chassis,
Students identify the vehicle layout.
Types of motor vehicle
chassis. Sketch of chassis layout, lesson plan,
posters, charts, types of chassis layout
models.

9 THE CHASSIS Teacher lists the main components, such as

engine, gearbox, clutch, chassis rear axle,
Principle components of wad wheels and vehicle body.
motor vehicle;
identification of engine, Students inspect types of vehicle chassis and
transmission system, various components stated, identify the
chassis members, various components.
breaking system,
 suspension system as are Various components of chassis layout.
mounted on the chassis,
diagrammatical
illustrations.

10 THE CHASSIS Teacher explains the functions and uses of

the chassis components. Students participate
Functions of each in the discussion and explain the importance
principal components and of various components.
uses.
Chassis assembly with various components,
charts showing the assently.

11 ENGINE Teacher explains the types of engine design,

e.g single cylinder, multi cylinder, unline and
Types of engine design V-engine designs.

12 ENGINE Teacher lists main components of engine,

lists parts of engine, shows and explains
Identification of main sketches of engine, showing details, and
components of engine explains the importance of various
components. Students visit a workshop to
observe the various components of engines.

Complete engine chart and posters.

13 Revision Revision

14 Examination Examination

AUTO MECHANIC WORK

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 TYPES OF ENGINE Teacher draws and explain line diagram of

multi-cylinder engine. Students participate in
Line diagrams of multi the discussion.
cylinder engines and
explanation. Resources; Engine block of a multi-cylinder
engine.
 Charts and posters.

2 TYPES OF ENGINE Teacher illustrates and explains types of

cylinder liners.
Types of cylinder liners e.g
dry and wet. Differentiate between types of liners and
state the advantages and disadvantages.
Constructional details of Students identify different cylinder liners,
cylinder liners. and explain their differences.

3 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM Teacher sketch and display the layout of

transmission system, explain the
Transmission system components of transmission system.
layout (the engine, clutch,
gearbox, universal joint, Students identify and examine transmission
propeller shaft, rear axle layout, mention the components in
and half shafts. sequential order.

Resources; Charts, transmission models,

posters, live vehicle.

4 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM Teacher explains types of engine and

driving arrangements. Students observe
Types of drive (front engine different types of driving arrangements,
front wheel drive, rear identify the various types of vehicle and their
engine rear wheel drive.) driving arrangement. Resources; Posters,
charts, live vehicles.

5 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM Teacher explain and illustrate the types of

suspension system (laminated spring, coil
Types of suspension spring, fusion bar, etc). list functions of
system with their functions suspension system.
e.g laminated spring, coil,
spring and fusion bar. Students observe and identify types of
suspension system. Lists functions of
suspension systems.

Resources; Suspension system

components, charts, posters.

6 STEERING SYSTEM Teacher explains the functions of steering,

illustrate the components of steering.
Functions of steering Students observe the components of
 Components of steering steering system.
system, e.g kingpin,
steering column, stub axle, Resources; Steering system components,
steering box. posters, charts.

7 STEERING SYSTEM Differentiate between types of steering

boxes. Students identify types of steering
Types of steering boxes boxes.
with their functions e.g raw
and pinon cam and worm Resources; Steering boxes, charts, posters.
redrculating balls etc.

8 ENGINE LUBRICATING Teacher explain friction with merits and

AND COOLING SYSTEM demerits, explain reasons for lubricating
system, demonstrate existence and uses of
Friction, merits and lubrication, show students types of
demerits of friction. lubricants, and areas of application.
Purpose of lubricating Students rub palms and explain why they
system e.g of passages, become warm. Rub two surfaces on each
pump, filters etc. other with oil and without oil, and note the
differences.

9 ENGINE LUBRICATION Teacher defines cooling system, and

AND COOLING SYSTEM emphasize the need for cooling system.
Students notice the effect of lack of water in
functions of cooling system running an engine.

Resources; Posters, charts.

10 COOLING SYSTEM Teacher lists and explains types of cooling

system, demonstrate the cyculation of water
Types of cooling system, in cooling system and state the role of the
Components of cooling role of the system components. students
system e.g radiator, water mention in sequence, the function of the
pump, hoses, cooling fan components of cooling system. Resources;
with passages. Line vehicle, cooling system components,
charts, posters.

11 Revision Revision

12 Examination Examination
 AUTO MECHANIC WORK

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 BRAKING SYSTEM Teacher explains the importance of brakes and

braking system in a motor vehicle. Students say
Basic concept of friction what brake does with a moving vehicle.
as applied to braking
system Resources; Live vehicle, brake components.

2 BREAKING SYSTEM Teacher state the functions of braking system,

list and explain types of brake i.e drum and
Functions of braking disc. Students identify disc and drum brake, say
system. where in a motor vehicle each type is mostly
found.
Drum brakes and disc
brakes. Resources; Live vehicle, disc and drum.

3 BRAKING SYSTEM The teacher, with the aid of sketches, explains

mechanically and hydraulically operated brakes.
Types and principle of Students identify and distinguish mechanical
operation of mechanical and hydraulic brakes.
and hydraulic brake
systems.

4 Teacher list and explain the hydraulic brake

BRAKING SYSTEM system, components and the mechanical
Components of types of braking components. Students differentiate
braking system e.g components of hydraulic brake system, and
master cylinder, wheel mechanical brake system.
cylinder, pipe lines,
calipers, disc, shoes, Resources; Live vehicle, components of bolt
pedal, linkages, system of brakes, charts and posters.
actuating rods etc.

5 BRAKING SYSTEM Teacher list and explain the advantages and

disadvantages of the two types of brake
Advantages and systems. Students white brake has more
disadvantages of advantages, and efficient operation.
mechanical and
hydraulic brake Resources; Lesson plan, chart.
systems.

6 FUEL AND Teacher list and explain types of fuel e.g petrol,
 COMBUSTION diesel, paraffin, etc.
General layout of Students examine the layout of the fuel system.
working principle of fuel
system. Resources; Fuel pump, fuel hose, fuel filter- live
vehicle.

FUEL AND Teacher illustrates the components and part of

COMBUSTION fuel system using sketches.
Components and part Students visit workshop to see a live vehicle
of fuel system and and model fuel system layout.
illustration e.g. fuel
pump, carburetor, float, Resources; Workshop, fuel system layout, live
float chamber etc vehicle.

8 MANIFOLD Teacher state and explain function of manifold-

demonstrate how to remove and replace
Functions of manifold, manifold. Students identify inlet and exhaust
types of manifold e.g. manifold, and say what each do.
inlet and exhaust
manifold. Resources; Manifolds, charts, posters, live
vehicle.

9 RIMS Teacher explains the function of RIM, illustrate

types of RIM, remove and replace RIMS.
Functions of RIMS Students identify types and sizes of RIMS,
Types of RIMS observe the dismantling and coupling of RIM.
Resources; Alloy RIMS, press steel RIMS, chart
Sizes of RIMS and posters, RIM removing tools.

Removing and fixing of

RIMS, tools used.

10 TYRES The teacher states the functions of tyres, list

and explain types of tyre- tube and tubeless.
Function of tyres, sizes
of tyres e.g. tyre Students distinguish tube from tubeless tyre.
designation.
Resources; Tubeless tyre, tube tyre, lesson
plan.

11 TYRES Teacher list and explain the advantages and

disadvantages of tube and tubeless tyres.
Advantages and
disadvantages of tube Students identify the tyres, based of most
and tubeless tyres. efficient type.
 Resources; Tube and tubeless tyre, lesson
plan.

12 Revision Revision

UPHOLSTERY

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 DEFINITION OF UPHOLSTERY Teacher defines upholstery with

example from traditional styles, local
- Definition of upholstery made upholstery chairs for houses and
- Characteristics of
offices.
upholstery
- Characteristics of Students show pictures of traditional
upholstery articles and modern upholstery work.
- Description of an
Upholstery.
-
2 HISTORY OF UPHOLSTERY Narrates the history of upholstery.

- Origin of upholstery Describe upholstery styles.

- Early upholstery
- Upholstery styles.

3 CAREERS IN UPHOLSTERY Describe the special areas in

upholstery.
- List special areas in
upholstery . Identify and invite two specialists in
- Explain special areas in upholstery.
upholstery.
- State the required skills
 for a special area in
Upholstery.
-
4 JOB OPPORTUNITIES IN Identify job opportunities.
UPHOLSTERY

1. Types of job
opportunities.
a. Self-employment
b. Industries
c. Do it yourself

5 JOB OPPORTUNITIES IN Organize field trips to industries and

UPHOLSTERY private workshops.

Requirement for job

opportunities.

6 SAFETY RULES AND Explain the importance of safety in the

REGULATION AND workshop.
PRECAUTIONS

Safety rules e.g pertaining to

clothing habits, hand tools etc

7 SAFETY RULES AND Emphasizes the need for observing

REGULATION AND safety rules and regulations and
PRECAUTIONS precautions.

Carrying, storing and using hand

tools.

List safety precautions.

8 BASIC UPHOLSTERY SAFETY Explain the possible sources of

hazards.
- Sources of hazards e.g
sharp tools, fabric, Allays students fears about upholstery
stuffing and padding hazards.
particles, inflammable
materials etc List the precautions to reduce the
- Reduction of the effect of effects of hazardous tools and
hazardous materials. materials.
- Safe use of hazardous
tools and materials. Demonstrate safe use of hazardous
 tools and materials.

9 UPHOLSTERY HAND TOOLS Show types of hand tools.

-Types of upholstery hand tools. Describe each hand tools.

-Identification of upholstery hand State the uses of hand tools.

tools.
Demonstrate the use of each hand
-Sketches of upholstery hand tools.
tools.

10 UPHOLSTERY POWER Display power tools.

TOOLS.
Describe power tools with sketches.
-Definition of upholstery
power tools.
- Types of upholstery
power tools.
- Identification of
upholstery power tools.
11 UPHOLSTERY POWER State the uses of power tools.
TOOLS
Emphasizes safety precautions of
-Describe upholstery power power tools.
tools.
Demonstrate the correct and safe use
-Explain safety precautions of of each power tools.
upholstery power tools.

-Safe use of upholstery power

tools.

12 UPHOLSTERY MACHINES List upholstery machines.

Definition of upholstery
machines.

Types of upholstery machines.

13 Revision Revision

14 Examination Examination

UPHOLSTERY
 SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 UPHOLSTERY MACHINES Describe a given upholstery

machine.
- Describe upholstery machines e.g
sewing machine, ironing machine, State functions of a given
foam cutting machine etc. upholstery machines.
- Functions of upholstery machines.
- Maintenance of upholstery
machines e.g corrective, predictive
and preventive
-
2 UPHOLSTERY MACHINES State safety precautions of a
given machine.
-Safety precautions in the use of
upholstery machines e.g ironing and Operate each upholstery
sewing machine, foam cutting machine. machine.

-Safe operation of upholstery machine.

3 TYPES OF UPHOLSTERY MATERIALS Explain the meaning of

upholstery materials.
-Definition of upholstery materials.
Classify upholstery materials.
-Classification of upholstery materials.

4 TYPES OF UPHOLSTERY MATERIALS State practical application of

upholstery materials.
-Description of upholstery materials.

-Application of upholstery materials.

-Uses of upholstery materials.

5 TYPES OF UPHOLSTERY Explain the different types of

upholstery.
Half and full holster

6 TYPES OF UPHOLSTERY Sketch simple upholstery

work.
Uses of upholstery work

Sketch simple upholstery work

7 PARTS OF UPHOLSTERY Explain different types of

 Frame upholstery parts.

Padding Identify parts of a given

upholstery work.
Cover

8 PARTS OF UPHOLSTERY State common materials

used for each parts.
Types of common materials for ;

a. Frame; wood, metal, web, springs,

cane etc
b. Padding; foam, sisal, wood, grass
etc.
c. Covering; fabric, natural leather,
synthetic leather, etc.

9 CONSTRUCTION OF SIMPLE Explain principles of

UPHOLSTERY ARTICLE upholstery construction.

Principles of upholstery construction.

10 CONSTRUCTION OF SIMPLE Explain process of

UPHOLSTERY ARTICLE upholstery construction.

Identification process of upholstery

construction.

11 Revision Revision

12 Examination Examination

UPHOLSTERY

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 CONSTRUCTION OF A SIMPLE Explain and give standard sizes of

UPHOLSTERY ARTICLE upholstery article.

-Standard sizes of upholstery Produce working drawing.

articles.
Construct a given project using
-Working drawing of upholstery appropriate working drawing.
 article.

-Appropriate joints.

2 CONSTRUCTION OF A SIMPLE Demonstrate the drawing of a given

UPHOLSTERY ARTICLE project.

3 BASIC DRAWING PRINCIPLES, Explain the application of drawing in

EQUIPMENTS AND MATERIALS. upholstery design.

- Definition of basic drawing Explain geometrical plane figures

principle. and solids.
- Types of drawing
instruments. Demonstrate lines and their
- Types of lines application.
- Geometrical plane figures.
- Geometrical solids.

4 PRESENTATION OF DRAWING Explain different types of

presentation.
- Types of drawing
- Free-hand sketch
- Orthographic projection
- Pictorial drawings.
5 PRESENTATION OF DRAWING Demonstrate the application of
different presentations.
Describe method of presenting
drawing.

6 DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS. Explain the basic design

fundamentals.
-fundamentals of designs;
Outlines characteristics of a good
a. Appearance of design design.
b. functionality

7 STAGES IN UPHOLSTERY Explain the basic stages in

DESIGN upholstery design.

- Conceptualization and Demonstrate application of the basic

problem identification. stages to simple projects.
- Generation of alternative
solutions
- Selection of the best
alternative.
 - Production of working
drawing.
-
8 INTRODUCTION TO Explain the uses of working
UPHOLSTERY DESIGN drawings.
PROCESS
State the uses of working
drawings.

9 UPHOLSTERY DESIGN Demonstrate the preparation of

PROCESS cutting list and basic estimate.

- Preparation of cutting list

- Basic estimates.
-
10 UPHOLSTERY DESIGN Produce workshop rod and
PROCESS templates.
Preparation of workshop rod and
templates for simple upholstery
projects.

11 Revision Revision

12 Examination Examination

PAINTING AND DECORATION

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 INTRODUCTION TO PAINTING, The teacher initiates discussion

PICTORIAL PAINTING, PAINTING IN on painting, mention and
THE BUILDING TRADE;- discusses the two types of
painting. He enumerates the
DEFINITION OF PAINTING, materials like brushes, pencils,
MATERIALS FOR PAINTING. color, card board, paper etc

The students participate in the

class discussion.

2 PAINTING (CONT) The teacher lists and explains

 Types of painting – pictorial painting, the techniques in painting.
painting in building trade (decoration
painting and spray painting). Tools and The students answer and ask
equipments in decoration and spray questions, and copy notes.
painting.

3 COLOR MIXING AND MATCHING-; The teacher introduce the color

by explanation.
COLOR STUDY;-
Lists and discusses the
Classes of color; primary, secondary, different class of colors and
tertiary and intermediate colors. demonstrates the mixing of
Properties of color; hues, tones, color colors and show them some
intensity. examples like colors, palletes,
brushes, color charts, flowers
etc.

The students listen attentively

and mention the colors.

4 COLOR MIXING AND MATCHING;- The teacher explains and

demonstrates the different
Schemes—monochroms, analogues, colors scheme. The students
colors, complimentary colors, mix the colors to get primary,
contrasting colors, sources of colors, secondary, tertiary and
from local materials e.g cam-wood, intermediate colors.
indigo, ginger etc

5 TECHNIQUES IN PAINTING;- The teacher explains the six

techniques in painting and
Techniques of pictorial painting, dry gives examples. Examples of
painting, wet painting, glezing, impasto, leasing materials- oil paints,
fresco, tempesa. brushes, crayon, water color,
etc
The students participate in
discussion of paints.

6 TECHNIQUES OF BUILDING The teacher explains five

PAINTING- techniques of building paint.
The students practice some of
Flat, rag, volting, scrumbling or the painting techniques.
combining, blow lamp method, spraying.

7 STILL LIFE/NATURE PAINTING- The teacher explains the use of

light and shade in still life and
 Drawing/painting of still life nature composition. The
compositions. teacher gives some teaching
aids as pencils, card board,
color, still life objects.
The students sketch simple
still/nature objects, paints the
composed objects.

8 TYPES OF DECORATION— The teacher explains origin of

body of decoration, techniques
Body decoration;- meaning of of decoration and show
decoration, origin of decoration, examples of decorated bodies.
materials for decoration.

9 TRADITIONAL/MODERN The teacher lists functions of

DECORATION;- USES OF BODY body decoration and guides
DECORATION, PRODUCTION OF students in production in
DESIGNS FOR BODY DECORATION. production of designs for body
decoration. Students produce
designs for body decoration.

10 WALL DECORATION;-- The teacher lists materials for

wall decorations as chalk,
Meaning, materials, motifs and patterns, board marker, prepared motifs
functions. for wall decoration.
The students write down points
and develop motifs and
patterns for wall decoration.

11 WALL DECORATION (PRACTICAL) The students produce designs

PRODUCTION OF DESIGNS FOR suitable for wall decorations,
WALL DECORATION and also design a section of
wall in the school.

12 DECORATION FOR INTENSIVE The teacher leads the

PAPER DECORATION FOR FESTIVE discussion and gives examples
OCCASION. of materials as cutting knife,
gum paper, of different colors
a. Paper flower etc. Guides the students to
b. Paper chain
c. Chrismas decoration and salah construct various paper
decoration decoration. The students
construct some paper
decorations.

13 Revision Revision
 14 Examination Examination

PAINTING AND DECORATION

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 DESIGN- ELEMENT OF DESIGN- The teacher defines designs and

its elements while the students
Line, color, forum and space value listen attentively.
texture.
Teaching aids are card board
paper, pencil, ruler, etc

2 DESIGN (CONT)—principles of Teacher explains and writes

design/art also known as principles of notes. The students copy the
organization, balance harmony, notes.
contrast, proposition, rhythm,
repetition etc

3 TEXTILE DESIGN—formation of The teacher explains while the

motif, design unit of repeat pattern. students listen attentively.

4 TEXTILE DESIGN— The students produce their print

on paper using leaf/tuber with
Tubes, prints, leaf print, banana fond colors.
print etc

5 BOARDER DESIGN;- The teacher explains the term

motif, design unit and pattern.
Meaning o boarder design, motif for Guide the students to produce a
boarder design, modulation for boarder design.
boarder design.

6 PHOTO MONTAGE-; The students design their boarder

and mount photo at the center.
Boarder designs and menting of
photos in the middle of the boarder.

7 LETTERING— The teacher explains the origin of

 Pen lettering, block lettering, A-Z lettering, introduces two types of
lettering and also the
characteristics of two types of
lettering. The students define the
term lettering.

Teaching aids are pencils, ruler,

cardboard, letter set, etc

8 LETTERING;- TERMINOLOGIES; The teacher guides the students

in constructing letters.
Sesif, san sesif, calligraphy, fonts,
open letter, etc The students constructs letters A-
Z.

9 FORMATION OF WORDS; The students form words with

block letters.
Use of block letters to form words.

10 CALLIGRAPHY—

Writing of poems with calligraphic

style.

11 CALLIGRAPHY (CONT) The students use calligraphic

writing to write poems.
Completion of the calligraphic writing.

12 Revision Revision

13 Examination Examination

PAINTING AND DECORATION

SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 POSTER DESIGN— The teacher defines poster

design and list characteristics of
Introduction of what posters design is, a good poster. Teaching aids
 characteristics of a good poster e.g include paper, pen, ink, brushes,
legibility, spacing, boldness, simplicity. color, etc the students pay
attention to the lesson.
Functions of a good poster design.

2 FUNCTIONS OF A GOOD POSTER;- The teacher discusses functions

of a good poster and guides the
Simple poster design students to make simple posters.

3 POSTER DESIGN (CONT) The students make simple poster

design of different purposes.
PRACTICAL

4 BOOK COVER/JACKETS DESIGN— Lead discussion on the book

cover. List different parts of book
Introduction to book cover/jackets cover and the materials such as
design. card board paper, pencil, letter
Qualities of book/jacket cover designs. set, cutting knife etc.

Students participate in the

discussion.

5 BOOK COVER DESIGN (CONT)— The teacher illustrates

book/jacket cover on board. The
Book cover i.e front, spine and back. students watch closely.
Functions of book cover, difference
between book cover and jacket.

6 BOOK/JACKET COVER PRACTICAL Students produce simple

book/jacket cover as the teacher
guides them.

7 GREETING CARDS— The teacher explains two types of

greeting cards. Show the
Printed greeting cards and students different materials like
cardboard, cutting knife, poster
Hand made greeting cards.
color, leaf, fond object etc
The students explain the uses of
the various materials.

8 GREETING CARDS PRACTICAL— The teacher guides the students

to make greeting cards with the
Cards with leaf prints, and block prints found objects and display.
or cards with found objects.
 9 PROSPECT IN PAINTING. The teacher explains the various
functions of painting.
PROSPECT IN PICTORIAL
PAINTING Mention and explain the
economic values of pictorial
painting. The students contribute
in the process.

10 PROSPECT IN PAINTING.
PROSPECT IN BUILDING PAINTING.
e.g contracts in building painting
fetches some huge money after the
completion of the work.

11 SAFETY REGULATION The teacher explains the risk

involved in the handling of tools,
-Handling of tools and machines, color, explains safety measures.
chemical preservation of tools.
The students take down notes.
-Safety measures.

12 Revision Revision

13 Examination Examination

PRINTING CRAFT

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 INTRODUCTION TO PRINTING Teacher explain the origin of print and

method, yam, potato, leaf, wood etc
-Definition and types of printing, printing.
e.g. yam, potato, leaf, wood, lino-
cut, and mechanical printing. Students apply any of these medium
in printing.

2 INTRODUCTION TO PRINTING Teacher explain the origin of print and

CONT. method, yam, potato, leaf, wood etc
printing.
-Art of printing and importance of
printing. Students apply any of these medium
 in printing.

3 ORIGIN OF PRINTING Teacher explains the origin of printing

to students, discusses the Chinese
-Chinese wood block printing. wood block printing using pictures,
1200BC—700BC compares the wood block printing
with relief printing.

Students listen to the explanation on

the origin of printing, participate in the
Chinese wood block printing, ask and
answer questions.

4 HISTORY OF PRINTING IN Teacher discuss printing in Nigeria

NIGERIA with reference to; survey press,
government press, railway press,
Introduction to printing in Nigeria daily press, printing press. Students
by early missionaries—hope write an essay on the history of
waddle, townsend etc printing in Nigeria, state the copy right
law.

5 HISTORY OF PRINTING IN Teacher explain the origin of printing

NIGERIA (CONT) to students.

Development of printing in Nigeria Students listen to the explanation and

(1846-1960). participate in discussion, ask and
answer questions.
-The copy right law.

6 CRAFTS Teacher explain craft in relation to

printing.
-Definition and types of craft e.g
carving/design on yam, potato, Students listen to explanation, ask
wood, screen printing etc. and answer questions.

7 PRINTING--- EDUCATION AND Teacher discusses lucrative careers

CAREER IN PRINTING in printing industry.

-Career in printing Students discuss your future career in

the profession.
-Lithographes

-Machine menders/operators
 -Printing supervisor/managers

8 PRINTING--- EDUCATION AND Teacher discusses lucrative careers

CAREER IN PRINTING (CONT) in printing industry.

-Advertising and publishing Students discuss your future career in

executives. the profession.

-Graphics artist

-Camera men/women

-Proof

9 PRINTING--- EDUCATION AND Teacher discusses lucrative careers

CAREER IN PRINTING (CONT) in printing industry.

Estimators Students discuss your future career in

the profession.
Sales of manager.

10 STENCILS Teacher demonstrates on how to

prepare and cut stencils.
-Making of a stencil and cutting.
Students participate along with the
teacher.

11-12 PROJECTS Teacher produces hand-made

stencils with card board.
Production of banner with school
name and logo. Students produce a stencil with the
block out method.

13 Revision Revision

14 Examination Examination

PRINTING CRAFT
 SS1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 PRINTING PROCESSES Teacher explains printing processes

and their functions, displays some of
Letter press/relief printing. the materials and tools.
Offset/lithographic/panographic. Students discuss printing processes
and their functions, identify some of the
tools/materials.

2 PRINTING PROCESSES Teacher explains printing processes

(CONT) and their functions, displays some of
the materials and tools.
- Gravure/intaglio printing
- Screen/stencil printing Students discuss printing processes
- Flexography and their functions, identify some of the
tools/materials.

3 PRINTING PROCESSES Teacher explains printing processes

(CONT) and their functions, displays some of
the materials and tools.
- Functions of each process
- Materials, tools, and Students discuss printing processes
equipments commonly and their functions, identify some of the
used. tools/materials.

4 TECHNICAL WORKSHOP IN Teacher discusses the type setting

PRINTING INDUSTRY. workshops in the printing industry
showing picture of each section or
Types of technical workshop in room.
the printing industry;
Students differentiate among the four
a. Computer room types of technical workshop, stating
b. Image-origination/
composing what is done in each room.
c. Lithographic- darkroom.

5 TECHNICAL WORKSHOP IN Teacher discusses the type setting

PRINTING INDUSTRY (CONT) workshops in the printing industry
showing picture of each section or
- Machine room/types of room.
machine
- Binding/finishing room
 Students differentiate among the four
types of technical workshop, stating
what is done in each room.

6 PRINT MAKING Teacher briefly describes each printing

process, facilitates students discussion
Definition on each process, displays some
Types of print making e.g. relief, materials/tools commonly used, ask
screen, intaglio, planography. and answer questions on printing.

Students discuss printing process and

the functions of each process, among a
mixture of tools, identify tools
commonly used.

7 RELIEF PRINTING WITHOUT A Teacher demonstrates on how to

PRESS MATERIAL/MACHINE prepare and print using leaf, yam, etc

Leaf, wood, lino-cut, yam, potato, Students participate along with the
rubber etc teacher.

8 EXCURSION TO PRINTING Teacher leads them to a press.

PRESS
Students writes reports of their
Visit a nearby printing press experience.
(industry)

9-10 PROJECT Teacher demonstrates on how to

prepare and mount a mesh on frame.
-Make a wooden frame
Students participate along with the
-Steple, apply gum (evostic) a teacher.
mesh, silk on the frame

-Design a sticker.

11 Revision Revision

12 Examination Examination
 PRINTING CRAFT

SS1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 SAFETY IN THE WORKSHOP Teacher explains safety

precaution in various
-Safety precautions to be taken in technical workshops.
workshop.
Students discuss in groups.
-Installation of air-condition.

-Electricals should not be exposed.

-All lights/switches should be put off at the

close of work.

2 SAFETY IN HOT METAL COMPOSING Teacher explains safety

ROOM. precaution in various
workshops.
-Avoid contact with lead particles.
Students adhere to the
-Handle the composing equipments with whole precautions.
care.

3 SAFETY IN DARK ROOM Teacher explains safety

precaution in various
-Operators should master the layout of the workshops.
darkroom.
Students adhere to the
-No electrical cable should be exposed to whole precautions.
prevent electrocution.

-Operators.

-No pointed objects should be installed in

the darkroom etc

4 SAFETY IN THE MACHINE ROOM Teacher explains safety

precaution in various
- Only authorized persons should be workshops.
allowed in the machine.
- Dress code; avoid wearing long Students adhere to the
sleeves, rings, etc while operating whole precautions.
the machine.
- Safety device instruction; safety
 devices on the machine must be
applied before use etc
5 SAFETY IN THE BINDING AND Teacher explains safety
FINISHING WORKSHOP precautions in various
workshops.
- Major uses of guillotine
- Playing with objects Students adhere to the
- First aid box whole precautions
- Fire extinguisher and smoke detector provided.
- Good ventilation
- Efficient disposal of ink container.

6 MAINTENANCE OF MACHINES, TOOLS, Teacher discusses the

AND EQUIPMENTS IN PRINTING maintenance procedures in
WORKSHOP printing workshop.

-Name the equipments/tools in printing Students state the

workshop. maintenance procedures in
a printing workshop.
-Name the maintenance procedures in the
printing workshop.

7 HAND COMPOSITION Teacher intimates students

with safety rules in a hand
-Tools/equipments and facilities for hand composing workshop,
composition. explains the principles of
-Techniques, terminologies and principles in composition, terminologies,
hand composition. the rudimentary processes
of foundry metal hand,
-Types of alloy- type face. composition from the time
of Gutenberg, briefly
narrates the history of type.

Students observe the safety

precautions in the hand
composition workshop,
define foundry metal
composition, identify type
face structures and label
them, list the constituents of
type alloys and explain the
percentages of each metal
to durable type, list different
 type face for composition.

8 DESIGN FOR PRINTING Teacher explains the

concept of designs, lists the
Application of elements of art/design and elements of design, lists the
principles of art/design in printing. instruments for design and
explain their uses,
demonstrates the layout of
a good design, evaluates
students’ design.

Students discuss the

concept of design, carry out
simple design of
complementary cards and
letter-heads.

9 BOOK BINDING; A PRINT FINISHING Teacher familiarizes

students with book binding
-Stages in book and print finishing. and finishing processes,
takes students on excursion
-Types of binding e.g pamphlets, padding,
to a bindary.
edition case, spiral, loose sheet bindings.
Students demonstrate book
binding and prints finishing
through cutting and folding
of paper, stitching and
sewing, display your
finished book.

10 BINDING MATERIALS/TOOLS AND Teacher displays some

EQUIPMENTS materials, tools and
equipments for book
Materials for book binding binding and print finishing.
Tools and equipments for book binding. Students identify the
materials, tools and
equipments on display.

11 PROJECT Teacher demonstrates on

how to prepare a simple
Simple book binding. book binding-padding.
Students participate along
with the teacher.
 12 Revision Revision

13 Examination Examination

GSM MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITY

1 Principles of AC and DC Explain the principle of AC and DC
quantities quantities
The principle of AC and DC
quantities

2 The principles of AC and DC Differentiate accurately between AC

quantities and DC quantities
Difference between AC and DC
quantities

3 Simple Electric Circuits a) State ohm’s law

1. Ohms law b) Define the following terms
2. Definition of terms Current, voltage, resistance and
a) Current power.
b) Voltage
c) Resistance
d) Power

4 The simple Electric Circuits II a) State the uses of resistors,

1. Uses of resistors, capacitors, inductors and
capacitors and inductors transformer
2. Colour coding of carbon b) Identify colour coding of carbon
resistors. resistors

5 Common Electronic devices 1. Define the terms ; diode,

Definition of terms: diode, transistors, Integrated Circuits
transistors, integrated circuits (IC)
(IC) 2. Mention the uses of diode in a
Uses of diode, transistors, circuits.
Integrated circuits (IC)

6 Common electronics devices 1. State the differences btw the

II digital and analogue ICs
Differentiate btw digital and 2. Show the Pin numbering and
analogue ICs layout system of ICs
 Pin numbering and lay out of
ICs

7 Electronics signs and 1. Draw different types of

symbols electronic diagrams
a) Types of electronic 2. Identify different types of
diagram electronics signs and symbol
b) Types of electronic sign
and symbols
8 Power supply and amplifiers 1. Guide students to construct
a) Constructional features simple power supply circuit
of power supply. 2. Describe the uses of a power
b) Uses of a power supply supply

9 The power supply and 1. Define a amplifier

amplifiers 2. Identify different types of
a) Definition of a amplifier amplifiers
b) Types of amplifier 3. State the uses of amplifiers
c) Uses of amplifier

10 Measuring instrument 1. State different types of

1. Types of electronics electronics measuring
measuring instruments instruments
2. Different btw analogue 2. State the different btw analogue
and digital multi meter and digital multi meter
3. Uses of electronics 3. Demonstrate the uses of the
measuring instrument instrument for test electronics
components and circuits

11 Practical General practical

12 - 13 Revisions and examination Examination

GSM MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

SS1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Introduction to computer a) Guide student to define a
1. Definition of computer computer
2. Types of computer (digital b) Identify the types of
and analogue) computer e.g. digital
computer and analogue
computer

2 Introduction to computer contd a) Identify the hardware and

1. Hardware and software software components of a
 components of computers computer system

3 Introduction to internet a) Guide students to to define

1. Definition of internet internet
2. Services and application of b) State the services /
the internet application of the internet

4 Browsing the internet a) Demonstrate browsing the

1. Browsing brand websites web with search engines
2. Downloading the GSM b) Browse brand websites
repairs software, ring c) Demonstrate downloading of
tones, video / audio files GSM repair software,
etc ringtone, video/audio files
etc

5 National and International a) Guide students to define

carrier GSM carrier
1. Definition of GSM carriers b) Differentiate between
2. Difference between national and International
National and International carrier
carrier

6 National and International 1. List national and

carrier International carriers
1. List of National and
international carriers with
examples

7 GSM Phone services Providers 1. Define GSM Phone service

Definition of GSM phone service providers
providers

8 Major GSM phone service 2. List major service provider in

providers Nigeria and their websites
1. List major service providers
in Nigeria and their
websites

9 – 10 General troubleshooting, 1. Students should identify

maintenance and repair basic components of GSM
1. General troubleshooting of phones
GSM phones 2. Identify fault when required
2. Basic maintenance of GSM
phones
3. Repairs in GSM Phone
11 – 12 Revision Revision
13 Examination examination

REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Safety in the workshop Explain the need for safety in the
Workshop rules and regulations workshop while the students
participate effectively
2 Safety in the workshop Teacher demonstrates proper
Safety devices and equipment workshop dressing while the students
demonstrates dressing code and
observed rules and regulations
3 Safety in the workshop Teacher demonstrates proper
Dressing code in the workshop workshop dressing while the students
demonstrates dressing code and
observed rules and regulations
4 Safety in the workshop Teacher explain ways of preventing
Accidents prevention techniques accident in the workshop while
students operates on safety devices
and equipment
5 First aid The teacher list and state the uses of
First aid materials first aid materials which the student
demonstrate the application of first aid
on accident victim
6 First aid The teacher list and state the uses of
Application of first aid materials first aid materials which the student
demonstrate the application of first aid
on accident victim
7 Energy Teacher to define energy, gives
Definition of energy, the process examples which the students note the
of energy conversion e.g. forms and uses.
electrical to chemical, gas to
vapour
8 Nature of matter Teacher to list the states of matter
Nature of matter, i.e. solid, while students participates actively in
liquid, gas and vapour etc the discussion
9 Nature of matter Teacher to explain how matter can
Change of state of matter change from one state to another e.g
liquid to solid etc
10 Temperature and its Teacher explain the concept of
measurement temperature and students to define
Concept of temperature temperature
11 Temperature and its Teacher to state different unit of
 measurement temperature, describe different types
Different type of thermometer of thermometer and their applications
e.g. gas, liquid, resistance and
thermo couple etc.

12 Temperature and its Teacher to illustrate conversion of

measurement one temperature scale while the
Temperature scales, conversion students demonstrates
e.g. F to C
13 Revision and examination Revision and examination

REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

SS1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Pressure and its Teacher to explain the concept
measurement pressure while the student define
Concept pressure pressure and state the units.
2 Pressure and its Teacher to demonstrate how to
measurement measure pressure and how to interpret
Different types of pressure its values while the students identify
measuring devices e.g. various types of pressure measuring
barometer, monometer and devices and their application
their uses
3 Pressure and its Teacher to demonstrate how to
measurement measure pressure and how to
Barometer and monometers interprets its values while the students
as pressure measuring identify various types of pressure
devices measuring devices and their application
4 Pressure and its How to measure pressure and interpret
measurement its values
Pressure measuring devices
e.g. bourdon gauge
5 Pressure and its How to measure pressure and
measurement interprets its values
Pressure measurement
6 Introduction to refrigeration The teacher to explain the refrigeration
Refrigeration cycle cycle and emphasis the sequence.
 1. Evaporation While student’s lists the stages of the
2. Compression circle.
3. Condensation
4. Expansion
7 Introduction to refrigeration
The teacher to draw and describe the
Layout diagrams of layout diagrams of refrigeration
refrigeration system systems for the students to do same
8 Refrigerants The teacher to define refrigerants while
Definition of refrigerants
the students are to note the difference
9 Refrigerants The teacher to explain types
Types of refrigerants refrigerants while the students are to
observe the different type
10 Refrigerant The teacher to explain the various
Chemical names and chemical names and formulae of
formulae of refrigerants different refrigerants
11 – 12 Revision and examination Revision and examination
REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
SS1 THIRD TERM

WEEK TOPIC / CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Refrigerants Teacher to explain the different types of
Properties of refrigerants refrigerants and their properties while
students note the properties of
refrigerants
2 Refrigerants Teacher emphasize on different
Uses of refrigerants application of refrigerants while the
students observe the application in a
refrigeration work shop
3 Compressor Teacher list and describe different
Types of compressor types of compressor while the students
differentiate the types
4 Compressors The teacher draws and label different
Construction of compressors types of compressors identifying
1. Reciprocatory different components and how it works
2. Centrifugal while students identify various
components
5 Compressors The teacher draws and label different
Construction of compressors types of compressors identifying
1. Screw different components and how it works
2. rotary while students identify various
components
6 Compressors The teacher explains the operation of
Working principles of the students
compressors
7 Evaporators The teacher list and differentiate types
 Types of evaporators of evaporators.
8 Evaporators Teacher emphasizes different
Construction of evaporators construction of evaporators e.g direct
e.g direct expansion expansion type and its working
principles.
9 Evaporators Teacher emphasizes different
Construction of evaporators construction of evaporators e.g flooded
e.g flooded expansion expansion type while students describe
working principles.

10 Evaporators The teacher draws and label

Working principles of evaporator assembly and explains its
evaporators operation while the students identify its
working principles.

11 Basic tools used in the The teacher displays, draws and

refrigerator and air explain basic tools and demonstrates
conditioning system their uses while the students identify
Basic tools e.g. hark saw, the use of the basic tools.
spring bender, reamers, tube
cutters etc.

12 Servicing an Air conditioner The teacher identifies the tools and

Tools and procedures for procedures in servicing an air
servicing a window unit air conditioner.
condition

13 – 14 Revision and Examination Revision and Examination

ANIMAL HUSBANDERY SS1

SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEEK TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1. Introduction to i. Define Animal i. The teacher leads the
Animal Husbandary classroom discussion .
Husbandary ii. Explain Farm Animal ii. Teacher provides
iii. Economic importance of pictures/ videos of
Farm Animals livestock farm.
iv. Scope of Animal
Husbandary
2. Classification of Classification based on i. The teacher displays
farm animals Nutrition live farm animals.
i. Ruminants- (a) Big ii. Students observe live
ruminant eg. Cattle farm animal and
b. small ruminant eg. classify them.
 Sheep, goats.
ii. Non- Ruminant eg.
Poultry, pig, rabbit, horses/
donkeys, snail, bees, grass
cutter

3. Parts, organs and I. Parts and organs of farm i. The teacher dissects
functions in farm animals lives farm animals in
animals - Digestive systems, the laboratory
Respiratory system, ii. Students identify the
Nervous systems, various organs.
Circulatory systems.

4. Functions of i. Functions of digestive i. The teacher dissects

parts/organs of system of ruminants lives farm animals in
farm animals the laboratory
ii. Functions of digestive ii. Students identify the
system of non-ruminants various organs.

5 Functions of i. Functions of respiratory i. The teacher dissects

parts/organs of system lives farm animals in
farm animals the laboratory
ii. Functions of nervous ii. Students identify the
system various organs.

iii. Functions of circulatory

system

6 Functions of i. Functions of skeletal i. The teacher dissects

parts/organs of system lives farm animals in
farm animals the laboratory
ii. Functions of reproductive ii. Students identify the
system. various organs.

7 Practical on i. Digestive system of i. The teacher dissects

organs of farm poultry bird: non – ruminant lives farm animals in
animals the laboratory
ii. Digestive system of goat ii. Students identify the
and sheep: ruminant various organs.

iii. Preservation of vital

organs in the laboratory

8 Practical on i. Skeletal system of poultry i. The teacher dissects

organs of farm lives farm animals in
animals ii. Skeletal system of sheep, the laboratory
 goat and cow ii. Students identify the
various organs.

9 Practical on i. Reproductive system of i. Teacher dissects

organs of farm poultry (male and female) small ruminant and
animals poultry to expose the
ii. Reproductive system of internal organs for
ruminant e.g. goat and students to observe
sheep (male and female)
ii. Students to visit
abatiour to identify
internal organs of farm
animals

10 Practical on i. Skeletal system of snails i. Students to make

organs of farm collection of snails and
animals ii. Skeletal system of honey preserve them in the
bee laboratory

iii. Students to
make a
collection of
honey bees
and honey
comb.
iv.
11 Practical on Visit to abatiour to identify i. Teacher
organs of farm internal organs of farm demonstrates the
animals animals preservation of farm
animal organs in the
laboratory
ii. Students are to
preserve animal
specimens collected
during their visit to
abatTior.

12 Revision Revision Revision

13 Examination Examination Examination

ANIMAL HUSBANDERY
SS I SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 LIVESTOCK i. Explain the term i. Teacher guides the
REPRODUCTION livestock reproduction classroom discussion
ii. Definition of terms in ii. Teacher displays
livestock reproduction e.g. pictures & charts.
ovulation, oestrus cycle,
heat period, mating,
gestation, parturition,
lactation.

2 REPRODUCTION i. Reproduction process in i. Teacher guides the

PROCESS OF ruminants e.g. cattle, classroom discussion
LIVESTOCK sheep & goat. ii. Teacher displays
pictures & charts.

3 REPRODUCTION i. Reproduction process in i. Teacher displays

PROCESS OF poultry with emphasis on incubator for students to
LIVESTOCK e.g. formation. observe
ii. Students to carry out
incubation of eggs in the
school farm.

4 REPRODUCTIVE i. Sources and roles of i. Teacher guides the

HORMONEYS female hormones e.g. classroom discussion.
oestrogen, progestene,
relaxin, oxytocin.
ii. Sources and roles of
male hormones e.g.
testosterone/androgen.

5 PRACTICAL ON i. Lengths of oestrus cycle i. The teacher displays

LIVESTOCK of cattle, goat, sheep, pig live pregnant female
REPRODUCTION etc. farm animals for
ii. Detection of heat period students to observe.
iii. Various signs of heat in ii. Provides videos of
female farm animal. farm animals in heat for
students to watch.

6 PRACTICAL ON i. Observation of female i. The teacher displays a

LIVESTOCK animals in the school farm live pregnant female
REPRODUCTION for heat period farm animal for students
ii. Observation of female to observe.
animals in the school farm ii. Students to monitor
for pregnancy pregnant farm animals
iii. Detection of gestation till parturition.
period of goat, sheep,
cattle, pig, rabbit etc.
7 MANAGEMENT i. Management of Pregnant i. The teacher guides
PRACTICES OF farm animal include:- the classroom
PREGNANT FARM - Regular feeding discussion
ANIMALS - Adequate feeding
- Steaming up
- Adequate body exercise
- Separation from male
animals
- Provision of clean &
adequate water
- Administration of drugs
where necessary.

8. PRACTICAL ON i. Visit to an established i. Teacher demonstrates

MANAGEMENT and standard farm the care of pregnant
PRACTICES OF ii. Students to manage farm animal
PREGNANT FARM pregnant farm animals in ii. Students to submit
ANIMALS the school farm their farm animal record
iii. Students to keep book
records of events from
pregnancy to parturition.

9. PRACTICAL ON i. Teacher to provide i. Students to visit

PARTURITION videos of farm animal established farm to
giving birth. witness parturition in
ii. Students to visit farm animals or watch a
established farm to witness video of parturition in
parturition in farm animal farm animal
iii. Detection of signs of
approaching parturition.

10. CARE OF THE i. Foetus i. The teacher

YOUNG ANIMAL expulsion/cleaning up demonstrates the care
IMMEDIATELY ii. Naval cord cutting of the young farm
AFTER BIRTH iii. Access to colostrums animal immediately after
iv. Lactation birth.
ii. Students to
participate in the care of
the young farm animals.

11 Revision Revision Revision

12 Examination Examination Examination

ANIMAL HUSBANDERY
SS I THIRD TERM
WEEK TOPIC CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 LIVESTOCK i. Explain the I). The teacher directs the

MANAGEMEN concept of classroom discussion
T SYSTEM livestock II). Teacher displays pictures
management of livestock management
ii. Outline the systems
livestock III). Student to visit established
management farm
system.

2 Intensive i. Advantages of I). The teacher directs the

management intensive classroom discussion
system management II). Teacher displays pictures
ii. Disadvantages of of livestock management
intensive systems
management III). Student to visit established
farm

3 Semi-intensive i. Advantages of I). The teacher directs the

management Semi-intensive classroom discussion
system management II). Teacher displays pictures
system of livestock management
ii. Disadvantages of systems
Semi-intensive III). Student to visit established
management farm
system

4 Extensive i. Advantages of I). The teacher directs the

management Extensive classroom discussion
system management II). Teacher displays pictures
ii. Disadvantages of of livestock management
Extensive systems
management III). Student to visit established
farm

5 Management i). Management practices of i). Teacher directs classroom

practices in ruminants (goats, sheep, discussion
livestock cattle, cattle) e.g. ii). Teacher demonstrates
- Housing, feeding, feeding, castration, dehorning,
sanitation, castration, deworming and vaccination
dehorning, tattooing, ear
notching, deworming,
vaccination and culling
6 Management ii). Management practices i). Teacher directs classroom
practices in of poultry discussion
livestock - Housing and equipment ii). Teacher demonstrates
(feeder, drinker etc.) feeding, castration, dehorning,
- Brooding incubation deworming and vaccination
- Feeding of chicks, layers,
broilers etc.
- Common diseases of
poultry and control
- Vaccination
- Debeaking
- Culling

7 Management i). Management practices i). Teacher directs the

practices in of pig classroom discussion
livestock a). Housing ii). Teacher displays
b). Feeding pictures/videos of rabbit
c). Diseases and control
d). Breeding

8 Management ii). Management practices i. Displays pictures/videos

practices in of rabbit of rabbit
livestock a). Housing
b). Feeding
c). Diseases and control
d). Breeding

9 Practical on i). Students are assigned to i). Students are assigned to

management manage goat, sheep, cattle manage goat, sheep, cattle
practices of in the school farm etc.
ruminant ii). Students to keep records ii). Students keep farm animal
of animals in the school records and submit their
farm record books

10 Practical on i). Students are assigned to i). Students are assigned to

management manage the school poultry manage goat, sheep, cattle
practices of ii). Student to keep records etc.
poultry of animals in the school ii). Students keep farm animal
farm. records and submit their
record books.

11 Practical on i). Students are assigned to “

management manage rabbit or pig
practices of ii). Students keep records of
rabbit and pig rabbit or pig in the school
farm.
12 Revision Revision Revision
13 Examination Examination Examination

FURNITURE MAKING
SS 1 FIRST TERM

WEE TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K
1 Workshop Safety Rules And -State and explains sources of accident
Regulation in the workshop
-Sources of furniture workshop
accident

2 General Workshop Safety -Describe safe working condition

-Safe working condition -State the general safety rules in the
furniture workshop

3 Safe Working Habits -Demonstrate appropriate safety habits

-Safe working condition and in the workshop
techniques -Apply safe working conditions and
technique in the furniture workshop

4 Hand Tools Safety -State the rules of carrying and storing

-Carrying and storing hand hand tools
tools -State the rules of carrying and storing
hand tools

5 Hand Tools Safety -Demonstrate safe ways of using hand

-Using hand tools tools
-Demonstrate the appropriate ways of
using hand tools.

6 Hand Tools Safety -Sate and demonstrate safe ways of

using hand tools.

7 Workshop Bench And -Show students a work bench

Appliances -Sketch and label the work bench
-The workbench and it’s uses

8 Workshop Bench And -State the uses of the work bench

 Appliances -List the work bench appliances
-The workbench and
appliances

9 Work Bench Appliances -Sketch the appliances

-Work bench appliances e.g. -List the work bench appliances and
bench hook G. cramp, vice their uses
etc.
10 Work Bench Appliances -Show the students the work bench
-The work bench appliances appliance
and their uses -Demonstrate the

11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination
13 Examination Examination

FURNITURE MAKING
SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEE TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K
1 Timber Growth -Sketch a tree and explain it’s growth
-Parts of a tree and types of tree -Label the parts of a tree
growth

2 Timber growth structure and -Sketch and label the cross section of a
classification tree
-Cross section of a tree -State the functions of the part

3 Classification Of Timber -Classifies tree and sate the

-Classification of timber tree characteristics of each class
-State the classification of the timber trees
and their characteristics

4 Conversion Of Timber -Explain the meaning of timber conversion

-timber conversion -Sketch the different methods of timber
conversion

5 Methods of Timber Conversion -State describes and sketch the different

-Methods of timber conversion methods of timber conversion
 -State describers the various methods of
timber conversion

6 Advantage And Disadvantages -State advantages and disadvantages of

Timber conversion timber conversion
-Advantages and disadvantages -Advantages and disadvantages of
of timber conversion different method of timber

7 Seasoning Of Timber -Explains the term seasoning of timber

-Timber seasoning -State the advantages of seasoning timber
-Describe the various method of
seasoning timber
-State the advantages and disadvantages
of seasoning timber

8 Methods Of Seasoning Timber -Describe and sketch the various method

-method of timber seasoning of various method of seasoning timber.

9 Defect In Timber -Explain the meaning of defects

-meaning of defect in timber -Classifies defects
-Growth defects -Give Examples of de
-Growth defects
-Seasoning defects
-Defect coursed by insect .

10 Preservation Of Timber -Explains the meaning of timber

-Meaning of timber preservation preservative
and preservatives -State the characteristics of good wood
-Characteristics of good wood preservatives
preservatives -List with examples of different types wood
-Application of wood preservatives
preservatives -Discuss the different method of applying
wood preservatives

11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination
FURNITURE MAKING
SS 1 THIRD TERM

WEE TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

K
1 Hand Tools Type, -Present and name different types of
Classification And Uses hand tools
-Types of tools classification of -Classifies hand tools according to their
hand tools uses
-Demonstrate the uses of different hand
tools.

2 Uses of different hand tools -demonstrate the use of hand tools

-Use different hand tools
-Practice the use of different hand tools.

3 Safety In The Use Of Hand -State and explain hand tools safety
Tools rules and regulations
-Hand tools safety rules and -Demonstrates hand tools safety
regulation handing /usage
-Observe safety rules and regulations
when using hand tools

4 Machines Uses And Safety -Name and explains the uses of

Precautions different machines
-Uses of different machines -List machine safety precautions
safety precautions -Demonstrate machine use and safety
precautions.

5 Timber Preparation -Demonstrates the process of cutting

-Cutting timber to sizes timber to final size
-Mark and plane timber to find -Demonstrate making out and planning
size to finish size
-Explain the use of face and edge
marks.

6 Classification Of Common -Explain common wood work joins and

Wood Work Joins classify them e.g. widening joints,
-Types of common wood work framing joins angle joins
joins and their classification
-Uses of common wood work
joins
7 Construction Of Joins -Explain common wood work joints and
-Basic requirements of classify them demonstrate the
 common wood work joins e.g. construction of joins in a simple projects
stability rigidity easy to
constructs.

8 Types Of Construction -Describes framed carcass construction

-Types of framed carcass -Demonstrates simple framed carcass
construction construction (make a framed cabinet)

9 Free Hand Sketching Of -Explain and demonstrate basic

Future Items sketching principles
-Basic sketching principles -Make sketches of common house hold
furniture items.

10 -Sketching common house -Make free hand sketches of common

hold furniture items house hold furniture items .

11 Revision Revision
12 Examination Examination

BOOK KEEPING

SS 1 FIRST TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Meaning of Book Keeping :- Teacher-discuses the

i) Meaning of book-keeping meaning of book-keeping
ii) importance of book-keeping i). Discuss the importance of
book-keeping.
Students: - define book-
keeping.
ii). Outline the importance of
book-keeping.
Instructional Resource- A
Chart showing the importance
of book-keeping

2. History of Book Keeping:- Teacher- Discusses the

i) Narrate briefly the history of history of book-keeping in
book- keeping in Nigeria. Nigeria
Students:- Students
participate in the discussion
Instructional Resources :- A
visit to the office of the book-
keeper

3. Career opportunities in book- Teacher: - Discuss the career

keeping:- opportunities and
i)Discuss the career opportunities beneficiaries of book-keeping.
ii) Identify the beneficiaries of book- Students:-
keeping. i)State 5 career opportunities
ii)list 3 beneficiaries of book-
keeping
Instructional Resources:-
A picture book- keepers

4. Assets and Liabilities:- Teacher:-

i)Meaning of assets i) Classify assets into their
ii) Mention various classes of assets various classes.
in order of permanency and liquidity. ii) Students should list the
classes of assets.
Instructional Resources:- A
chart showing the list of
assets

5. Assets and Liabilities (Cont.) Teachers:-

i)Meaning of liabilities (i) Define liabilities
 ii). Differentiate between assets and (ii) Differenciate
liabilities between assests
iii). explains the classification of and liabilities
liabilities (iii) Examples of assets
iv). Examples of liabilities and liabilities
Students activities
i. Define assets and
liabilities
(iv) Differenciate
between assests
and liabilities
ii. List the classes of
assets and liabilities
Instructional resources- a
chart showing the list of
liabilities.

6. Business transactions Teacher:-

i) Meaning of business I. Define business
transaction. transaction
ii) list the different types of II. List those involved in
business transaction business transactions.
iii) Identify those involved in III. Give example of
business transaction e.g people involved in
buyer, sellers, and business transaction.
costumers. IV. Use a diagram to
explain further.

7 Debtors and creditors:- Student activities:-Student

i. Explain the term debtors understands business
ii. Explain the term creditors. transaction together with the
iii. Differentiate between debtors example.
and creditors. Instructional Resources-
picture of various business
centres.

8. Source documents:-
i. Explain meaning of source Teacher:-demonstrate how to
document. identify debtors and creditors.
ii. Explain types of source Student activities:-
documents.eg invoice, receipt, i. Define term debtor.
voucher, creditor, debits’ notes ii. Define term creditor.
etc. iii. Give example of
 debtors and creditors.

9. Source document: Teacher activities :-shows the

1. Explain the content of each examples of each source
source document. documents
2. Mention the uses of source Student activities
document. i. Define source
document.
ii. Give example of
sources documents.
Instructional resources:
specimen of source document
and journals.

10 Book of original entry: Teachers’ activities: teachers

1. Explain the meaning of explain how to record
journals information in source
2. Mentions the types of journals documents.
e.g sales, purchases, returns Students activities: students
inwards, return outwards, identifies contents of each
general journal. journal.
Instructional Resources:
specimen of source document
and journals.

11. Book of original entry: Teachers activities: illustrate

i. Draw the format of a journal how to draw the format of the
ii. Explain the functions of each journal
column.
iii. Explain the uses. Students’ activities: students
identify contents of each
journal.
Instructional Resources:
specimen of source document
and various types of journals.

12 Book of original entry: Teacher activities:-

i. Explain how to extract i. illustrate how to
information from source draw the format of
document in the books of journal
original entry ii. Solve questions for
ii. Differentiate the types of the students.
 journal Students’ activities: students
understand how to draw the
format and extract information

Specimen of various types of

journals and source
document.

Teacher activities. Teacher

explains how information is
extracted from source
documents.
Students activities:
i). Differentiate between
various types of journal
ii). Identify the contents of
each journal
Instructional Resources:
Specimen of various types of
journals.

13 Revisions Revision

14 Examinations. Examination

BOOK KEEPING

SS 1 SECOND TERM

WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Ledger: Teachers activities:

i) Define ledger i. Teachers define ledger
ii) Explain the division of ii. Teachers list the items
ledger into debit and credit on the ledger
side Students Activities:
iii) Identify items on ledger. Students ask questions on
items on the ledger
Instructional Resources:
Specimen on ledger and the
relevant text books.
2 Ledger: Teachers Activities:
i. Draw the format of ledger Teachers discuss with the
ii. Explain types of ledger learner the contents of the
account. ledger and its importance.
Students Activities: students
make correct entries in the
ledger.
Instructional Resources:
Specimen of ledger and
relevant text books.

3. Ledger: Teachers Activities:

i. Explain the uses of ledger Teachers guide the learner on
ii. Post entries correctly in the how to enter correctly in the
ledger ledger.
iii. Practice more exercise Students Activities: students
make correct entries on the
ledger.
Instructional Resources:
Specimen of ledger

4. Single column cash book: Teachers Activities:

i. Explain the meaning of single Describes single column cash
column cash book book.
ii. Explain items of a single Student Activities: Learners
column cash book understand the uses of single
iii. List the uses of single column column cash book.
cash book. Instructional Resources:
Specimen of a ledger and a
cash book format

5. Single column cash book: Teacher Activities: teacher

i. Preparation of single column list the rule for posting in a
cash book single column cash book.
ii. Practices more exercise on Student Activities- students
single column cash book. understand the rules and
practice more exercise.
Instructional Resources:
Specimen of a ledger and a
cash book.

6. Double column cash book: Teachers Activities: Teacher

 i. Explain the meaning of double describes the double column
column cash book. cash book.
ii. Identify items on the double Students activities:
column cash book(through Students were show the ruled
format) ledger for its preparation.
students understand the rule
for posting
Instructional Resources:
Specimen of a ledger and
chart showing format of
double column cash book

7. Principles of double entry: Teacher Activities:

i. Explain the meaning of double i. Explain the meaning of
entry. double entry.
ii. State the role of double entry. ii. State the rules.
Student activities: Students
understand the rule of double
entry
Instructional Resources :
A chart showing the format of
cash book.

8 Double column cash book: Teacher Activities:

i. Preparation of double column List the rules of posting the
cash book with emphasis on double column cash book
cash and bank column, both Student Activities: Students
on receipt and payment side. understand the rules and use
ii. Differentiate between single it to solve more exercise.
column cash book and double Instructional resources: A
column cash book. chart showing the format of
ledger and double column
cash book.

9. Contra –Entry: Teacher Activities: Teacher

i. Explain the concepts’ of describe concept of contra
contra-entry entry
ii. Identify contra entry Students Activities: students
transactions. understand contra entry and
iii. Record contra entry solve exercises.
transactions appropriately. Instructional resources: A
chart showing the format of
cash book and relevant text
 books.

10. Principles of double entry contd.: Teacher Activities:

i. Identify the account to be i. Teacher explains the
debited and the one to be account to be debited
credited. and credited.
ii. Post transactions from cash ii. Illustrates how to apply
book to ledger the rule of double
entry.
Student Activities: learners
understand the rule and
practise more exercise.
Instructional resources: A
chart showing the format of
principles of double entry.

11. Petty cash book: Teacher Activities:

i. Explains the meaning of petty i. Define petty cash book
cash book ii. Classification of
ii. Explains classification of columns
columns. Student Activities: students
understand the classes of the
columns
Instructional resources: A
chart showing the format of
petty cash book.

12. Revision Revision

13. Examinations Examination

BOOK KEEPING

SS 1 THIRD TERM
WEEK TOPIC/CONTENT ACTIVITIES

1 Petty cash book: Teacher Activities: Teacher

Explains posting of transactions into states the rules of posting
various columns of petty cash book. transactions into petty cash
book.
Students Activities: Practice
more exercises on petty cash
book.
Instructional Resources: A
chart showing the format of
petty cash book.

2. Trial balance: Teacher Activities:

i. Explain the meaning of trial i. Define trial balance
balance ii. Explain the rule of trial
ii. State functions of trial balance
balance. Student Activities:
iii. State the rule for posting items i. Ask questions on trial
from ledger to trail balance balance
ii. Participate in the
discussion
Instructional Resources: A
chart showing the format of
trail balance.

3 Trail Balance : Teacher Activities:

i. Extract balances from ledger Teachers explains rules for
to trial balance, extracting balance from ledger
ii. Preparation of trial balance. to prepare trail balance
Student Activities: Students
understand the preparation of
trial balance
Instructional Resources: A
chart showing the format of
trial balance.

4 Corrections of errors: Teacher Activities:

i. Explain the meaning of error Teacher describes classes of
ii. State the types of error error.
iii. Identify the error affecting trial Student Activities: Students
balance. understand the different
classes of error
 Instructional Resources: A
chart showing the format of
ledger and suspense account.

5 Correction of errors: Teacher Activities/Students:

i. Identify error that do not affect i. Demonstrate how to
trial balance detect errors
ii. Correct errors identified in the ii. Demonstrate how to
trial balance. correct the errors.
iii. Prepare suspense
account
Instructional Resources: A
chart showing the format of
trial balance and suspense
account.

6 Trading Accounts: Teacher Activities:

i. Identify trading account i. Explain trading
ii. State the purpose of trading account.
account ii. Guide students in
iii. Explains the terminologies determining cost of
used in preparation of trading goods sold.
Account. e.g Cost of goods Students activities:
sold, cost of goods available i. Learners practice more
for sales. Etc. exercise on trading
account
ii. Learners practice more
exercise in calculating
cost of goods sold.
Instructional Resources: A
chart showing the format of
trading account.

7 Trading Accounts: Teacher Activities:

i. Rules format for constructing i. Explain rules for
simple trading account, both preparing or
vertical and horizontal constructing trading
ii. Determine the gross profit. account.
ii. Practice more exercise
on trading account.
Student Activities:
Learners practice more
exercise on trading account.
 Instructional Resources: A
chart showing the format of
trading account.

8 Profit and loss Account: Teacher Activities:

i. Define profit and loss account i. Explain profit and loss
ii. State the purpose of profit and account
loss account. ii. Guide students to
iii. Explain the terminology used prepare profit and loss
in the preparation of profit and account.
loss account. Student activities:
Learners take note on profit
and loss account.
Instructional Resources: A
chart showing the format of
profit and loss account.

9 Profit and loss Account: Teacher Activities:

i. Outline the rule for preparing a i). Teacher explains rules for
simple profit and loss account preparing profit and loss
with the aid of format, both account.
vertical and horizontal ii). Teacher guides the student
ii. Determine the net profit or to determine net profit or loss.
loss by preparation of profit Student Activities: Learners
and loss account. understand the rules for
preparing profit and loss.
Instructional Resources: A
chart showing the format of
profit and loss account.

10 Balance Sheet: Teacher Activities:

i. Explain the meaning of i. Teacher explain
balance sheet. balance sheet.
ii. State the content of balance ii. State balance sheet
sheet with the aid of format content
both vertical and horizontal. Student Activities:
i. Understand the
meaning of balance
sheet.
ii. Understand the
contents of balance
sheet.
 Instructional Resources: A
chart showing the format of
balance sheet.

11 Balance sheet: Teacher Activities:

i. State the uses of balance Teacher Identify the use of
sheet balance sheet
ii. Prepare a simple balance Students activities:
sheet. Prepare a simple balance
iii. Practise more exercise. sheet.
Instructional Resources: A
chart showing the format of
trading account.

12 Revision Revision

13 Examination Examination